UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K 

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

 

Commission File Number: 1-10853

 

BB&T CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

   
North Carolina 56-0939887
(State of Incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   

200 West Second Street

Winston-Salem, North Carolina

27101
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(336) 733-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

 

  

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

     
Title of each class

Name of each exchange

on which registered

 
 

Common Stock, $5 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange
 

Depositary Shares each representing 1/1,000 th interest in a share of Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

 

New York Stock Exchange
 

Depositary Shares each representing 1/1,000 th interest in a share of Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

 

New York Stock Exchange
 

Depositary Shares each representing 1/1,000 th interest in a share of Series F Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

 

New York Stock Exchange
 

Depositary Shares each representing 1/1,000 th interest in a share of Series G Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock

 

New York Stock Exchange
         

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  [X]   No  [  ]

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  [  ]   No  [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  [X]   No  [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  [X]   No  [  ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by references in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer X     Accelerated filer      
         
Non-accelerated filer   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  [  ]   No  [X]

At January 31, 2016, the Company had 780,451,430 shares of its Common Stock, $5 par value, outstanding. As of June 30, 2015, the aggregate market value of voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the Company was approximately $29.4 billion.

 
 
 

 

 

BB&T CORPORATION
Index
December 31, 2015
 
        Page Nos.
         
PART I
Item 1 Business   3
Item 1A Risk Factors   17
Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments - (None to be reported)    
Item 2 Properties   24
Item 3 Legal Proceedings (see Note 7, Note 12 and Note 14)   112 , 120 , 126
Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures - (Not applicable)    
PART II
Item 5 Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   25
Item 6 Selected Financial Data   29
Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation s   30
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (see Market Risk Management)   66
Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    
  Quarterly Financial Summary   75
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   81
  Consolidated Balance Sheets   82
  Consolidated Statements of Income   83
  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income   84
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity   85
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows   86
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements    
    Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies   87
    Note 2. Acquisitions and Divestitures   98
    Note 3. Securities   101
    Note 4. Loans and ACL   104
    Note 5. Premises and Equipment   111
    Note 6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets   111
    Note 7. Loan Servicing   112
    Note 8. Deposits   114
    Note 9. Long-Term Deb t   115
    Note 10. Shareholders' Equity   117
    Note 11. AOCI   119
    Note 12. Income Taxes   120
    Note 13. Benefit Plans   122
    Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies   126
    Note 15. Regulatory Requirements and Other Restrictions   128
 
 

 

    Note 16. Parent Company Financial Statements   129
    Note 17. Fair Value Disclosures   132
    Note 18. Derivative Financial Instruments   138
    Note 19. Computation of EPS   142
    Note 20. Operating Segments   142
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure - (None to be reported)    
Item 9A Controls and Procedures   80
Item 9B Other Information - (None to be reported)    
PART III
Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   *
Item 11 Executive Compensation   *
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   *
Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   *
Item 14 Principal Accounting Fees and Services   *
PART IV
Item 15 Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules    
  Financial Statements - (see Listing in Item 8 above)    
  Exhibits   149
  Financial Statement Schedules - (None required)    

 

* For information regarding executive officers, refer to “Executive Officers of BB&T” in Part I. The other information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings “Proposal 1-Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance Matters” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

The information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation of Executive Officers,” “Compensation Committee Report on Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation of Directors” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

For information regarding the registrant’s securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, refer to “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in Part II.

 

The other information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings “Stock Ownership Information” and “Compensation of Executive Officers” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings “Corporate Governance Matters” and “Transactions with Executive Officers and Directors” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the information that appears under the headings “Fees to Auditors” and “Corporate Governance Matters” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
 

Glossary of Defined Terms

The following terms may be used throughout this Report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 

Term   Definition
2015 Repurchase Plan   Plan for the repurchase of up to 50 million shares of BB&T’s common stock
2006 Repurchase Plan   Plan for the repurchase of up to 50 million shares of BB&T’s common stock
ACL   Allowance for credit losses
Acquired from FDIC   Assets of Colonial Bank acquired from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation during 2009, which are currently covered or were formerly covered under loss sharing agreements
AFS   Available-for-sale
Agency MBS   Mortgage-backed securities issued by a U.S. government agency or GSE
ALLL   Allowance for loan and lease losses
American Coastal   American Coastal Insurance Company
AOCI   Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Basel III   Global regulatory standards on bank capital adequacy and liquidity published by the BCBS
BB&T   BB&T Corporation and subsidiaries
BCBS   Basel Committee on Bank Supervision
BHC   Bank holding company
BHCA   Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended
Branch Bank   Branch Banking and Trust Company
BU   Business Unit
CCAR   Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
CD   Certificate of deposit
CDI   Core deposit intangible assets
CISA   Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act
CFPB   Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
CEO   Chief Executive Officer
CRO   Chief Risk Officer
CMO   Collateralized mortgage obligation
Colonial   Collectively, certain assets and liabilities of Colonial Bank acquired by BB&T in 2009
Company   BB&T Corporation and subsidiaries (interchangeable with "BB&T" above)
CRA   Community Reinvestment Act of 1977
CRE   Commercial real estate
CRMC   Credit Risk Management Committee
CROC   Compliance Risk Oversight Committee
DIF   Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the FDIC
Directors’ Plan   Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan
Dodd-Frank Act   Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
EITSC   Enterprise IT Steering Committee
EPS   Earnings per common share
ERP   Enterprise resource planning
EVE   Economic value of equity
Exchange Act   Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
FASB   Financial Accounting Standards Board
FATCA   Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
FDIC   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
FHA   Federal Housing Administration
FHC   Financial Holding Company
FHLB   Federal Home Loan Bank
FHLMC   Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
FINRA   Financial Industry Regulatory Authority
FNMA   Federal National Mortgage Association
FRB   Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
FTE   Fully taxable-equivalent
FTP   Funds transfer pricing
GAAP   Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
  1  
TableofContents  

 

     
Term   Definition
GNMA   Government National Mortgage Association
Grandbridge   Grandbridge Real Estate Capital, LLC
GSE   U.S. government-sponsored enterprise
HFI   Held for investment
HMDA   Home Mortgage Disclosure Act
HTM   Held-to-maturity
HUD-OIG   Office of Inspector General, U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development
IDI   Insured depository institution
IMLAFA   International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001
IPV   Independent price verification
IRC   Internal Revenue Code
IRS   Internal Revenue Service
ISDA   International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
LCR   Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LHFS   Loans held for sale
LIBOR   London Interbank Offered Rate
MBS   Mortgage-backed securities
MRLCC   Market Risk, Liquidity and Capital Committee
MSR   Mortgage servicing right
MSRB   Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board
NIM   Net interest margin
NPA   Nonperforming asset
NPL   Nonperforming loan
NYSE   NYSE Euronext, Inc.
OAS   Option adjusted spread
OCI   Other comprehensive income (loss)
OREO   Other real estate owned
ORMC   Operational Risk Management Committee
OTTI   Other-than-temporary impairment
Parent Company   BB&T Corporation, the parent company of Branch Bank and other subsidiaries
Patriot Act   Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001
PCI   Purchased credit impaired loans as well as assets of Colonial Bank acquired from the FDIC during 2009, which are currently covered or were formerly covered under loss sharing agreements
Peer Group   Financial holding companies included in the industry peer group index
RMC   Risk Management Committee
RMO   Risk Management Organization
RSU   Restricted stock unit
RUFC   Reserve for unfunded lending commitments
S&P   Standard & Poor's
SBIC   Small Business Investment Company
SCAP   Supervisory Capital Assessment Program
SEC   Securities and Exchange Commission
Short-Term Borrowings   Federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowed funds with original maturities of less than one year
Simulation   Interest sensitivity simulation analysis
Susquehanna   Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc., acquired by BB&T effective August 1, 2015
TBA   To be announced
TDR   Troubled debt restructuring
U.S.   United States of America
U.S. Treasury   United States Department of the Treasury
UPB   Unpaid principal balance
VA   U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs
VaR   Value-at-risk
VIE   Variable interest entity

 

 

  2  
TableofContents  

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, regarding the financial condition, results of operations, business plans and the future performance of BB&T that are based on the beliefs and assumptions of the management of BB&T and the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” and other similar expressions are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from anticipated results. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

· general economic or business conditions, either nationally or regionally, may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and/or a reduced demand for credit, insurance or other services;
· disruptions to the national or global financial markets, including the impact of a downgrade of U.S. government obligations by one of the credit ratings agencies and the adverse effects of recessionary conditions in Europe and the impact of recent market disruptions in China;
· changes in the interest rate environment, including interest rate changes made by the Federal Reserve, and cash flow reassessments may reduce NIM and/or the volumes and values of loans made or held as well as the value of other financial assets held;
· competitive pressures among depository and other financial institutions may increase significantly;
· legislative, regulatory or accounting changes, including changes resulting from the adoption and implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act may adversely affect the businesses in which BB&T is engaged;
· local, state or federal taxing authorities may take tax positions that are adverse to BB&T;
· a reduction may occur in BB&T’s credit ratings;
· adverse changes may occur in the securities markets;
· competitors of BB&T may have greater financial resources or develop products that enable them to compete more successfully than BB&T and may be subject to different regulatory standards than BB&T;
· cyber-security risks, including “denial of service,” “hacking” and “identity theft,” could adversely affect our business and financial performance or our reputation, and we could be liable for financial losses incurred by third parties due to breaches of data shared between financial institutions;
· natural or other disasters, including acts of domestic or foreign terrorism, could have an adverse effect on BB&T in that such events could materially disrupt BB&T’s operations or the ability or willingness of BB&T’s customers to access the financial services BB&T offers;
· costs related to the integration of the businesses of BB&T and its merger partners may be greater than expected;
· failure to execute on strategic or operational plans, including the ability to successfully complete and/or integrate mergers and acquisitions or fully achieve expected cost savings or revenue growth associated with mergers and acquisitions within the expected time frames could adversely impact financial condition and results of operations;
· significant litigation could have a material adverse effect on BB&T;
· deposit attrition, customer loss and/or revenue loss following completed mergers and acquisitions may be greater than expected;
· higher than expected costs related to information technology infrastructure or a failure to successfully implement future system enhancements could adversely impact BB&T’s financial condition and results of operations and could result in significant additional costs to BB&T; and
· widespread system outages, caused by the failure of critical internal systems or critical services provided by third parties, could adversely impact BB&T’s financial conditions and results of operations.

 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in or implied by any forward-looking statement. Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, BB&T undertakes no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

BB&T is a FHC headquartered in Winston-Salem, North Carolina. BB&T conducts its business operations primarily through its bank subsidiary, Branch Bank, and other nonbank subsidiaries.

 

  3  
TableofContents  

 

Operating Subsidiaries

 

Branch Bank (Winston-Salem, North Carolina), BB&T’s largest subsidiary, was chartered in 1872 and is the oldest bank headquartered in North Carolina. Branch Bank provides a wide range of banking and trust services for retail and commercial clients in its geographic markets, including small and mid-size businesses, public agencies, local governments and individuals, through 2,139 offices (as of December 31, 2015). Branch Bank’s principal operating subsidiaries include:

 

· BB&T Equipment Finance Corporation (Charlotte, North Carolina) provides loan and lease financing to commercial and small businesses;

 

· BB&T Insurance Services, Inc. (Raleigh, North Carolina) offers property and casualty, life, health, employee benefits, commercial general liability, surety, title and other insurance products through its agency network;

 

· BB&T Investment Services, Inc. (Charlotte, North Carolina) is a registered broker-dealer and offers clients non-deposit investment products, including discount brokerage services, equities, fixed-rate, variable-rate and index annuities, mutual funds, government and municipal bonds, and money market funds;

 

· CRC Insurance Services, Inc. (Birmingham, Alabama) is a wholesale insurance broker authorized to do business nationwide;

 

· Crump Life Insurance Services, Inc. (Roseland, New Jersey) is a wholesale insurance broker authorized to do business nationwide;

 

· Grandbridge (Charlotte, North Carolina) specializes in arranging and servicing commercial mortgage loans;

 

· McGriff, Seibels & Williams, Inc. (Birmingham, Alabama) is authorized to do business nationwide and specializes in providing insurance products on an agency basis to large commercial clients, including many Fortune 500 companies;

 

· Prime Rate Premium Finance Corporation, Inc. (Florence, South Carolina) and its subsidiaries, which include AFCO Credit Corporation, provide insurance premium financing to clients in the United States and Canada; and

 

· Susquehanna Commercial Finance, Inc. (Malvern, Pennsylvania) provides loans and lease financing to commercial and small businesses.

 

Major Nonbank Subsidiaries

 

BB&T also has a number of nonbank subsidiaries, including:

 

· BB&T Securities, LLC (Richmond, Virginia) is a registered investment banking and full-service brokerage firm that provides services in retail brokerage, equity and debt underwriting, investment advice, corporate finance and equity research; and facilitates the origination, trading and distribution of fixed-income securities and equity products in both the public and private capital markets. BB&T Securities, LLC also provides correspondent clearing services to broker-dealers and entities involved in the securities industry;

 

· Regional Acceptance Corporation (Greenville, North Carolina) specializes in nonprime, indirect financing for consumer purchases of primarily mid-model and late-model used automobiles; and

 

· Sterling Capital Management, LLC (Charlotte, North Carolina) is a registered investment advisor, which provides tailored investment management solutions to meet the specific needs and objectives of individual and institutional clients through a full range of investment strategies.

 

Services

 

BB&T’s subsidiaries offer a variety of services targeted to retail and commercial clients. BB&T’s objective is to offer clients a full array of products to meet all their financial needs. BB&T’s insurance operations primarily consist of a wholesale/agency network.

 

  4  
TableofContents  

 

  Retail Services:   Commercial Services:  
    Asset management     Asset management  
    Automobile lending     Association services  
    Bankcard lending     Capital markets services  
    Consumer finance     Commercial deposit services  
    Home equity lending     Commercial finance  
    Home mortgage lending     Commercial middle market lending  
    Insurance     Commercial mortgage lending  
    Investment brokerage services     Corporate banking  
    Mobile/online banking     Institutional trust services  
    Payment solutions     Insurance  
    Retail deposit services     Insurance premium finance  
    Sales finance     International banking services  
    Small business lending     Leasing  
    Wealth management/private banking     Merchant services  
          Mortgage warehouse lending  
          Payment solutions  
          Private equity investments  
          Real estate lending  
          Supply chain management  

 

Market Area
                             
The following table reflects BB&T’s deposit market share and branch locations by state:
                             
Table 1
BB&T Deposit Market Share and Branch Locations by State
                             
              % of BB&T's Deposits (2)   Deposit Market Share Rank (2)   Number of Branches (3)  
  North Carolina (1)    23  %     2nd    357   
  Virginia    19        4th    358   
  Florida    14        6th    325   
  Georgia    10        5th    160   
  South Carolina    7        3rd    112   
  Maryland    6        7th    163   
  Kentucky    6        2nd    113   
  West Virginia    4        1st    76   
  Texas    4        14th    122   
  Alabama    3        5th    88   
  Tennessee    2        7th    49   
  Washington, D.C.    2        6th    13   
  Pennsylvania (4)    ―           ―       172   
  New Jersey (4)    ―            ―       28   
                             
                             
 (1) Excludes home office deposits.
 (2) Source: FDIC.gov-data as of June 30, 2015.
 (3) As of December 31, 2015. Excludes two branches in Indiana and one in Ohio.
 (4) Branch locations resulted from the acquisition of Susquehanna on August 1, 2015.

 

BB&T operates in markets that have a diverse employment base covering numerous industries. Management strongly believes that BB&T’s community bank approach to providing client service is a competitive advantage that strengthens the Company’s ability to effectively provide financial products and services to businesses and individuals in its markets. Furthermore, BB&T believes its current market area will support growth in assets and deposits in the future.

 

  5  
TableofContents  

 

Competition

 

The financial services industry is highly competitive and constantly evolving. BB&T’s subsidiaries compete actively with national, regional and local financial services providers, including banks, thrifts, securities dealers, mortgage bankers, finance companies and insurance companies. In recent years, competition has increased from institutions not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as domestic banks and BHCs. Consumers have the opportunity to select from a variety of traditional and nontraditional alternatives. The industry frequently sees merger activity, which affects competition by eliminating some regional and local institutions, while strengthening the franchises of acquirers. For additional information concerning markets, BB&T’s competitive position and business strategies and recent government interventions, see “Market Area” above and “General Business Development” below.

 

General Business Development

 

BB&T is a regional FHC and has maintained a long-term focus on a strategy that includes expansion of asset size and diversification in terms of revenues and sources of profitability. This strategy encompasses both organic growth and acquisitions of complementary banks and financial businesses.

 

Merger and Acquisition Strategy

 

BB&T’s growth in business, profitability and market share has historically been enhanced by strategic mergers and acquisitions. Management intends to remain disciplined and focused with regard to future merger and acquisition opportunities. BB&T will continue to assess bank and thrift acquisitions subject to market conditions, primarily within or contiguous to BB&T’s existing footprint, and will pursue economically advantageous acquisitions of insurance agencies, specialized lending businesses, and fee income generating financial services businesses. BB&T’s strategy is currently focused on meeting the following acquisition criteria:

 

· the organization must be a good fit with BB&T’s culture;

 

· the acquisition must be strategically attractive – meaning that any bank acquisition should be in BB&T’s existing footprint to allow for cost savings and economies of scale or in contiguous states to provide market diversification, or the transaction must be otherwise strategically compelling;

 

· any risk-related issues would need to be quantified and addressed; and

 

· the transaction must meet BB&T’s financial criteria.

 

During 2015, BB&T completed the purchases of Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc. and The Bank of Kentucky Financial Corporation. BB&T also acquired 41 retail branches in Texas from Citigroup. During 2014, BB&T purchased 21 retail branches in Texas from Citigroup. See Note 2 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” in the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” for further information about these transactions.

 

BB&T has reached an agreement and received approval from applicable banking regulators to acquire National Penn Bancshares, Inc., which had $9.6 billion in assets and $6.7 billion in deposits as of December 31, 2015. This transaction is currently expected to close on April 1, 2016.

 

Regulatory Considerations

 

The extensive regulatory framework applicable to banks, BHCs and FHCs is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, the DIF and the stability of the financial system, rather than for the protection of shareholders and creditors. Comprehensive reform of the legislative and regulatory landscape occurred with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act during 2010. Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act and related rulemaking activities continues to occur. In addition to banking laws, regulations and regulatory agencies, BB&T is subject to various other laws, regulations, supervision and examination by other regulatory agencies, all of which directly or indirectly affect the operations and management of BB&T and its ability to make distributions to shareholders.

 

  6  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T’s earnings are affected by general economic conditions, management policies, changes in state and federal laws and regulations and actions of various regulatory authorities, including those referred to in this section. Proposals to change the laws and regulations to which BB&T is subject are frequently introduced at both the federal and state levels. The likelihood and timing of any such changes and the impact such changes may have on BB&T is impossible to determine with any certainty. The description herein summarizes the significant state and federal laws to which BB&T currently is subject. To the extent statutory or regulatory provisions are described in this section, such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions.

 

Financial Regulatory Reform

 

During the past several years, there has been a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight for U.S. financial services firms, primarily resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act is extensive, complex and comprehensive legislation that impacts practically all aspects of a banking organization, representing a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act implements numerous and far-reaching changes that affect financial companies, including banks, BHCs and FHCs such as BB&T.

 

Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and other laws are subject to further rulemaking, guidance and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators. BB&T will continue to evaluate the impact of any new regulations so promulgated, including changes in regulatory costs and fees, modifications to consumer products or disclosures required by the CFPB and the requirements of the enhanced supervision provisions, among others.

 

As a BHC and a FHC under federal law, BB&T is subject to regulation under the BHCA and the examination and reporting requirements of the FRB. Branch Bank, a North Carolina state-chartered commercial bank, is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC and the CFPB.

 

State and federal law govern the activities in which Branch Bank engages, the investments it makes and the aggregate amount of loans that may be granted to one borrower. Various consumer and compliance laws and regulations also affect its operations. Branch Bank is also affected by the actions of the FRB as it implements monetary policy.

 

In addition to federal and state banking laws and regulations, BB&T and certain of its subsidiaries and affiliates, including those that engage in securities underwriting, dealing, brokerage, investment advisory and insurance activities, are subject to other federal and state laws and regulations as well as supervision and examination by other state and federal regulatory agencies and other regulatory authorities, including the SEC, FINRA, NYSE and various state insurance and securities regulators.

 

FHC Regulation

 

Under current federal law, as a BHC, BB&T has elected to become a FHC, which allows it to offer customers virtually any type of service that is financial in nature or incidental thereto, including banking and activities closely related thereto, securities underwriting, insurance and merchant banking. In order to maintain its status as a FHC, BB&T and all of its affiliated IDIs must be well-capitalized and well-managed and have at least a satisfactory CRA rating. The FRB has responsibility for overseeing compliance with these requirements. If the FRB determines that a FHC is not well-capitalized or well-managed, the FHC has a period of time to comply, but during the period of noncompliance, the FRB can place any limitations on the FHC that it believes to be appropriate. Furthermore, if the FRB determines that a FHC has not maintained a satisfactory CRA rating, the FHC would not be able to commence any new financial activities or acquire a company that engages in such activities, although the FHC would still be allowed to engage in activities closely related to banking and make investments in the ordinary course of conducting banking activities.

 

Most of the financial activities that are permissible for FHCs also are permissible for a bank’s “financial subsidiary,” except for insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investments, real estate investments and development, and merchant banking, which must be conducted by a FHC. In order for a financial subsidiary of a bank to engage in permissible financial activities, federal law requires the parent bank (and its sister-bank affiliates) to be well-capitalized and well-managed; the aggregate consolidated assets of all of that bank’s financial subsidiaries may not exceed the lesser of 45% of its consolidated total assets or $50 billion; the bank must have at least a satisfactory CRA rating; and, if that bank is one of the 100 largest national banks, it must meet certain financial rating or other comparable requirements.

 

  7  
TableofContents  

 

Current federal law also establishes a system of functional regulation under which the FRB is the umbrella regulator for BHCs, but BHC affiliates are principally regulated by functional regulators such as the FDIC for state nonmember bank affiliates, the SEC for securities affiliates and state insurance regulators for insurance affiliates. Certain specific activities, including traditional bank trust and fiduciary activities, may be conducted in the bank without the bank being deemed a “broker” or a “dealer” in securities for purposes of functional regulation. Although states generally must regulate bank insurance activities in a nondiscriminatory manner, states may continue to adopt and enforce rules that specifically regulate bank insurance activities in certain identifiable areas.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also imposed new prudential regulation on depository institutions and their holding companies. As such, BB&T is subject to more stringent standards and requirements with respect to (1) bank and nonbank acquisitions and mergers, (2) the “financial activities” in which it engages as a FHC, (3) affiliate transactions and (4) proprietary trading, among other provisions.

 

Resolution Planning and Regulation QQ

 

FRB and FDIC regulations require “covered companies” such as BB&T and systemically important financial institutions such as Branch Bank to file, maintain and update plans for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure (a “living will”). Both the FRB and the FDIC must review and evaluate BB&T’s and Branch Bank’s living wills and are authorized to impose restrictions on BB&T’s and Branch Bank’s growth and activities or operations if deemed necessary. The public portions of BB&T’s and Branch Bank’s resolution plans are available in the Additional Disclosures section of the Investor Relations site at www.bbt.com .

 

CCAR and Stress Test Requirements

 

Current FRB rules require BB&T and other BHCs with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets to submit annual capital plans based on pre-defined stress scenarios. BB&T and other such BHCs are also required to collect and report certain related data on a quarterly basis to allow the FRB to monitor progress against the BHCs’ annual capital plans. Covered BHCs, including BB&T, may pay dividends and repurchase stock only in accordance with a capital plan that has been reviewed by the FRB and as to which the FRB has not objected. The rules also require, among other things, that a covered BHC may not make a capital distribution unless, after giving effect to the distribution, it will meet all minimum regulatory capital ratios. See Table 3 for additional information about capital requirements. The FRB did not object to BB&T’s 2015 capital plan, and the 2016 capital plan is expected to be submitted during April 2016.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FRB to conduct an annual supervisory stress test for BHCs, such as BB&T, with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets. The FRB’s stress test rules also require BB&T and other covered BHCs to conduct a separate mid-year stress test, file the results of such test with the FRB and publicly disclose details of the scenario and the impact on its capital. BB&T’s annual and midcycle stress test results are available in the Additional Disclosures section of the Investor Relations site on www.bbt.com.

 

Effective for 2015, the FRB amended the capital plan and stress test rules to modify the start date of the capital plan and stress test cycles from October 1 to January 1 of the following calendar year. The FRB also amended the capital plan rule to limit a BHC’s ability to make capital distributions to the extent the BHC’s actual capital issuances are less than the amount indicated in its capital plan under baseline conditions, measured on a quarterly basis.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the FDIC to conduct an annual supervisory stress test for FDIC-insured state nonmember banks such as Branch Bank with $50 billion or more of total consolidated assets and requires such institutions to conduct annual company-run stress tests. The results of the annual supervisory stress test are included in the annual capital plan submitted to the FDIC.

 

The FDIC has modified the “as-of” dates for financial data that covered banks with more than $10 billion in assets will use to perform their stress tests as well as the reporting dates and public disclosure dates of the annual stress tests. The revisions to the regulations became effective on January 1, 2016.

 

Acquisitions

 

BB&T complies with numerous laws related to its acquisition activity. Under the BHCA, a BHC may not directly or indirectly acquire ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any BHC or bank or merge or consolidate with another BHC without the prior approval of the FRB.

 

  8  
TableofContents  

 

Current federal law authorizes interstate acquisitions of banks and BHCs without geographic limitation, and a bank headquartered in one state is authorized to merge with a bank headquartered in another state, subject to market share limitations and any state requirement that the target bank shall have been in existence and operating for a minimum period of time. After a bank has established branches in a state through an interstate merger transaction, the bank may establish and acquire additional branches at any location in the state where a bank headquartered in that state could have established or acquired branches under applicable federal or state law. These regulatory considerations are applicable to privately negotiated acquisition transactions.

 

FRB rules prohibit a financial company from combining with another company if the ratio of the resulting company's liabilities exceeds 10 percent of the aggregate consolidated liabilities of all financial companies.

 

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations

 

The FRB has enforcement powers over BHCs and their nonbanking subsidiaries. The FRB has authority to prohibit activities that represent unsafe or unsound practices or constitute violations of law, rule, regulation, administrative order or written agreement with a federal regulator. These powers may be exercised through the issuance of cease and desist orders, civil money penalties or other actions.

 

There also are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on BHCs and their depository institution subsidiaries by federal law and regulatory policy that are designed to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors of such depository institutions and to the FDIC insurance fund in the event the depository institution is insolvent or is in danger of becoming insolvent. For example, under requirements of the FRB with respect to BHC operations, a BHC is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit financial resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so otherwise. In addition, the “cross-guarantee” provisions of federal law require IDIs under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the DIF as a result of the insolvency of commonly controlled IDIs or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to commonly controlled IDIs in danger of failure. The FDIC’s claim for reimbursement under the cross-guarantee provisions is superior to claims of shareholders of the IDI or its holding company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and nonaffiliated holders of subordinated debt of the commonly controlled IDI.

 

Federal and state banking regulators also have broad enforcement powers over Branch Bank, including the power to impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and to appoint a receiver in order to conserve the assets of Branch Bank for the benefit of depositors and other creditors. The North Carolina Commissioner of Banks also has the authority to take possession of a North Carolina state bank in certain circumstances, including, among other things, when it appears that such bank has violated its charter or any applicable laws, is conducting its business in an unauthorized or unsafe manner, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to transact its business or has an impairment of its capital stock.

 

Payment of Dividends; Capital Requirements

 

The Parent Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from Branch Bank and its subsidiaries. The majority of the Parent Company’s revenue is from dividends paid by Branch Bank. Branch Bank is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay. In addition, BB&T and Branch Bank are subject to various regulatory restrictions relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums, and to remain “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations summarized elsewhere in this section. Federal banking regulators have indicated that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only if (1) the organization’s net income available to common shareholders over the past year has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. BB&T’s future capital actions will depend on the FRB’s review of BB&T’s annual capital plans.

 

North Carolina law states that, provided a bank does not make distributions that reduce its capital below its applicable required capital, the board of directors of a bank chartered under the laws of North Carolina may declare such distributions as the directors deem proper.

 

The federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” in respect of IDIs and their BHCs that do not meet minimum capital requirements. The law establishes five capital categories for this purpose: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” To be considered “well-capitalized” under these standards, an IDI must maintain the ratios shown above and must not be subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.

 

  9  
TableofContents  

 

Federal law also requires the regulatory agencies to implement systems for “prompt corrective action” for institutions that fail to meet minimum capital requirements within the five capital categories, with progressively more severe restrictions on operations, management and capital distributions according to the category in which an institution is placed. Additionally, failure to meet capital requirements may cause an institution to be directed to raise additional capital. Federal law further mandates that the agencies adopt safety and soundness standards generally relating to operations and management, asset quality and executive compensation, and authorizes administrative action against an institution that fails to meet such standards.

 

In addition, failure to meet capital guidelines may subject a banking organization to a variety of other enforcement remedies, including additional substantial restrictions on its operations and activities, termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC and, under certain conditions, the appointment of a conservator or receiver.

 

U.S. Implementation of Basel III

 

During 2013, the FRB published final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations known as Basel III. The rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to BHCs and IDIs, including BB&T and Branch Bank. The rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting banking institutions' regulatory capital ratios. The rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions' regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach, which was derived from Basel I capital accords of the BCBS, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the standardized approach in the BCBS's 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. The Basel III rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies' rules. BB&T qualifies as a standardized approach banking organization and was required to comply with the new requirements beginning on January 1, 2015.

 

Institutions with greater than $250 billion in assets or $10 billion in foreign assets are considered advanced approaches banking organizations, which results in a more complex calculation of RWA that includes an assessment of the impact of operational risk, among other changes. In addition, advanced approaches institutions have additional reporting requirements and must calculate capital under both the standardized approach and the advanced approaches and use the more conservative result. BB&T is preparing to comply with the advanced approaches requirements as it would become subject to these requirements upon exceeding either of the asset thresholds.

 

The Basel III rules, among other things, (1) introduce a new capital measure referred to as common equity Tier 1; (2) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of Tier 1 common equity and additional Tier 1 capital instruments meeting specified requirements; (3) define Tier 1 common equity narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to Tier 1 common equity and not to the other components of capital; and (4) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments from capital as compared to existing regulations.

 

The Basel III rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets. The Basel III risk weight classifications generally range from 0% for U.S. government securities to 600% for certain equity exposures, with a maximum risk weight classification of 1,250% for certain securitizations. This results in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. In addition, the rules provide more advantageous risk weights for derivatives and repurchase-style transactions cleared through a qualifying central counterparty and increase the scope of eligible guarantors and eligible collateral for purposes of credit risk mitigation.

 

The Basel III rules revise the “prompt corrective action” directives by establishing more conservative ratio levels for well-capitalized status. In addition to the minimum risk-based capital requirements, all banks must hold additional capital, the capital conservation buffer (which is in the form of common equity), to avoid being subject to limits on capital distributions, such as dividend payments, discretionary payments on Tier 1 instruments, share buybacks, and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers, including heads of major business lines and similar employees. The required amount of the capital conservation buffer will be phased-in annually through January 1, 2019.

 

BB&T is considered to be a “modified LCR” holding company. BB&T would be subject to full LCR requirements if its operations were to fall under the “internationally active” rules, which would generally be triggered if BB&T’s assets were to increase above $250 billion. BB&T produces LCR calculations to effectively manage the position of High-Quality Liquid Assets and the balance sheet deposit mix to optimize BB&T’s liquidity position. BB&T’s LCR was approximately 130% at December 31, 2015, compared to the regulatory minimum for such entities of 90%, which puts BB&T in full compliance with the rule. The regulatory minimum will increase to 100% on January 1, 2017.

 

  10  
TableofContents  

 

The following table summarizes the capital requirements and BB&T’s internal targets under Basel III:
                                                 
Table 2
Capital Under Basel III
                                                 
          Minimum   Well-   Minimum Capital Plus Capital Conservation Buffer   BB&T
          Capital   Capitalized   2016    2017    2018    2019 (1)   Target
Common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets    4.5  %    6.5  %    5.125  %    5.750  %    6.375  %    7.000  %    8.5  %
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets    6.0       8.0       6.625       7.250       7.875       8.500       10.0   
Total capital to risk-weighted assets    8.0       10.0       8.625       9.250       9.875       10.500       12.0   
Leverage ratio    4.0       5.0      N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A      8.0   
                                                 
                                                 
(1) BB&T's goal is to maintain capital levels above the 2019 requirements.

 

BB&T's capital ratios are shown in the following table:
                           
Table 3
Capital Adequacy Ratios
December 31, 2015
                           
            BB&T   Branch Bank  
                           
  Common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets      10.3  %      11.3  %  
  Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets      11.8         11.3     
  Total capital to risk-weighted assets      14.3         13.4     
  Leverage ratio      9.8         9.3     

 

HMDA Regulations

 

The CFPB has issued final rules changing the reporting requirements for lenders under the HMDA. The new rules expand the range of transactions subject to these requirements to include most securitized residential mortgage closed-end loans and lines. The rules also increase the overall amount of data required to be collected and submitted, including additional data points about the applicable loans and expanded data about the borrowers. BB&T will be required to begin collecting the expanded data on January 1, 2018.

 

Enhanced Prudential Standards for BHCs and Foreign Banking

 

The FRB has adopted amendments to Regulation YY to implement certain components of the enhanced prudential standards required to be established under Section 165 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The amendments became effective during 2014. The enhanced prudential standards include risk-based and leverage capital requirements, liquidity standards, requirements for overall risk management, stress-test requirements, and a 15-to-1 debt-to-equity limit for companies that the Financial Stability Oversight Council has determined pose a grave threat to financial stability. The amendments also establish risk committee requirements and capital stress-testing requirements for certain BHCs and foreign banking organizations with total consolidated assets of $10 billion or more.

 

FATCA and Conforming Regulations

 

During 2014, the IRS issued Notice 2014-33 (the “Notice”) regarding FATCA and its related withholding provisions. The Notice announced that calendar years 2014 and 2015 are regarded as a transition period for purposes of IRS enforcement and administration with respect to the implementation of FATCA by withholding agents, foreign financial institutions and other entities with IRC chapter 4 responsibilities. The Notice also announced the IRS’s intention to further amend the regulations under Sections 1441, 1442, 1471, and 1472 of the IRC. Prior to the IRS issuing these amendments, taxpayers may rely on the provisions of the Notice regarding the proposed amendments to the regulations. The transition period and other guidance described in the Notice are intended to facilitate an orderly transition for withholding agent and foreign financial institution compliance with FATCA’s requirements and respond to comments regarding certain aspects of the regulations under chapters 3 and 4 of the IRC. The new requirements became effective on December 31, 2015. BB&T is in compliance with the applicable requirements.

 

  11  
TableofContents  

 

Volcker Rule

 

The Volcker Rule implements section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act and prohibits IDIs and affiliated companies ("banking entities") from engaging in short-term proprietary trading of certain securities, derivatives, and commodity futures, and options on these instruments, for their own account. The final rules also impose limits on banking entities' investments in, and other relationships with, hedge funds or private equity funds. Like the Dodd-Frank Act, the rules provide exemptions for certain activities, including market making, underwriting, hedging, trading in government obligations, insurance company activities, and organizing and offering hedge funds or private equity funds. The rules also clarify that certain activities are not prohibited, including acting as agent, broker, or custodian.

 

The compliance requirements under the rules vary based on the size of the banking entity and the scope of activities conducted. Banking entities with significant trading operations will be required to establish a detailed compliance program, and their CEOs will be required to attest that the program is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with the final rules. Independent testing and analysis of an institution's compliance program also will be required. The final rules reduce the burden on smaller, less-complex institutions by limiting their compliance and reporting requirements. Additionally, a banking entity that does not engage in covered trading activities will not need to establish a compliance program.

 

Banking entities were required to conform proprietary trading activities to the final rule by July 21, 2015. The FRB extended the compliance deadline to July 21, 2016 (and announced the intention to further extend the deadline to July 21, 2017) for purposes of conforming investments in and relationships with covered funds and foreign funds that were in place prior to December 31, 2013. Complying with these requirements is not expected to have a material impact on BB&T’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Deposit Insurance Assessments

 

Branch Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF of the FDIC up to the limits set forth under applicable law. The FDIC imposes a risk-based deposit premium assessment system that determines assessment rates for an IDI based on an assessment rate calculator, which is based on a number of elements to measure the risk each IDI poses to the DIF. The assessment rate is applied to total average assets less tangible equity, as defined under the Dodd-Frank Act. The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time at the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits. Under the current system, premiums are assessed quarterly.

 

Pursuant to an existing FDIC rule, regular assessment rates for all banks will decline when the reserve ratio reaches 1.15%, which the FDIC expects will occur in early 2016. However, during 2015, the FDIC proposed a rule that would impose on banks with at least $10 billion in assets a surcharge of 4.5 cents per $100 of their assessment base, after making certain adjustments, for a period estimated by the FDIC to be two years. BB&T estimates that the net effect of the proposed changes would increase BB&T’s total annual assessment by an amount within the range of $40 million to $50 million.

 

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations

 

In connection with its lending and leasing activities, Branch Bank is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and their respective state law counterparts.

 

CFPB

 

The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the laws referenced above, fair lending laws and certain other statutes. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, their service providers and certain non-depository entities such as debt collectors and consumer reporting agencies. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.

 

  12  
TableofContents  

 

The CFPB has concentrated much of its rulemaking efforts on a variety of mortgage-related topics required under the Dodd-Frank Act, including mortgage origination disclosures, minimum underwriting standards and ability to repay, high-cost mortgage lending, and servicing practices. The rules related to ability to repay, qualified mortgage standards and mortgage servicing became effective during 2014, while the escrow and loan originator compensation rules became effective during 2013.

 

A final rule integrating mortgage loan disclosures required by the Truth in Lending Act (“TILA”) and the Real Estate Settlement and Procedures Act (“RESPA”) became effective during October 2015. The final rule consolidated four existing and separate disclosures required under TILA and RESPA for closed-end credit transactions secured by real property into two forms with a view towards making the mortgage loan disclosures less confusing and more consumer friendly. Branch Bank delivered the functionality required to meet the effective date of October 3, 2015 for the new integrated disclosures.

 

As a result of these rules, BB&T transferred the management of certain home equity loans from direct retail lending within the Community Banking segment to the Residential Mortgage Banking segment during 2014.

 

Interchange Fees

 

The FRB adopted rules establishing standards for assessing whether the interchange fees that may be charged with respect to certain electronic debit transactions are “reasonable and proportional” to the costs incurred by issuers for such transactions. Interchange fees, or “swipe” fees, are charges that merchants pay to BB&T and other card-issuing banks for processing electronic payment transactions.

 

During 2013, a U.S. Federal District Court judge ruled against the debit card interchange fee limits imposed by the FRB, resulting in the potential for further reductions to these caps. During March 2014, the Washington, D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals overturned the 2013 lower court decision. During January 2015, the U.S. Supreme Court declined to hear the case, which preserved the limits established by the FRB.

 

Privacy

 

Federal law contains extensive customer privacy protection provisions, including substantial customer privacy protections provided under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (commonly known as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act). Under these provisions, a financial institution must provide to its customers, at the inception of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These provisions also provide that, except for certain limited exceptions, an institution may not provide such personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that such information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure. Federal law makes it a criminal offense, except in limited circumstances, to obtain or attempt to obtain customer information of a financial nature by fraudulent or deceptive means.

 

CRA

 

The CRA requires Branch Bank’s primary federal bank regulatory agency, the FDIC, to assess the bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities served by the bank, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods and persons. Institutions are assigned one of four ratings: “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance.” This assessment is reviewed for any bank that applies to merge or consolidate with or acquire the assets or assume the liabilities of an IDI, or to open or relocate a branch office. The CRA record of each subsidiary bank of a FHC, such as BB&T, also is assessed by the FRB in connection with any acquisition or merger application.

 

Automated Overdraft Payment Regulation

 

The FRB and FDIC have enacted consumer protection regulations related to automated overdraft payment programs offered by financial institutions. Regulation E prohibits financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Financial institutions must also provide consumers with a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service and the consumer’s choices. In addition, FDIC-supervised institutions must monitor overdraft payment programs for “excessive or chronic” customer use and undertake “meaningful and effective” follow-up action with customers that overdraw their accounts more than six times during a rolling 12-month period. Financial institutions must also impose daily limits on overdraft charges, review and modify check-clearing procedures, prominently distinguish account balances from available overdraft coverage amounts and ensure board and management oversight regarding overdraft payment programs.

 

  13  
TableofContents  

 

Patriot Act

 

The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement agencies and intelligence communities to cooperate in the prevention, detection and prosecution of international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The Patriot Act contains anti-money laundering measures affecting IDIs, broker-dealers and certain other financial institutions. The Patriot Act includes the IMLAFA, which requires such financial institutions to implement policies and procedures to combat money laundering and the financing of terrorism and grants the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury broad authority to establish regulations and to impose requirements and restrictions on financial institutions’ operations. The U.S. Treasury continues to issue regulations to implement the Patriot Act, which impose substantial obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing. Failure to comply with these regulations may result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, reputation damage, or restrictions on business. In addition, the Patriot Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank mergers and BHC acquisitions. BB&T expects to continue to devote significant resources to its Bank Secrecy Act/anti-money laundering (“BSA/AML”) program, particularly as risks persistently emerge and evolve and as regulatory expectations escalate.

 

Pay Ratio Disclosure

 

The SEC has adopted amendments to Item 402 of Regulation S-K to require disclosure of: (1) the median compensation amount of the annual total compensation of all employees of a registrant (excluding the CEO), (2) the annual total compensation of that registrant’s CEO and (3) the ratio of the median of the annual total compensation of all employees (excluding the CEO) to the annual total compensation of the CEO. The rules will require such pay ratio disclosure information for the first fiscal year beginning on or after January 1, 2017.

 

Cybersecurity

 

The CISA, which became effective on December 18, 2015, is intended to improve cybersecurity in the U.S. by enhanced sharing of information about security threats among the U.S. government and private sector entities, including financial institutions. The CISA also authorizes companies to monitor their own systems notwithstanding any other provision of law, and allows companies to carry out defensive measures on their own systems from cyber attacks. The law includes liability protections for companies that share cyber threat information with third parties so long as such sharing activity is conducted in accordance with CISA.

 

Other Regulatory Matters

 

BB&T is subject to examinations by federal and state banking regulators, as well as the SEC, the FINRA, the NYSE, various taxing authorities and various state insurance and securities regulators. BB&T periodically receives requests for information from regulatory authorities in various states, including state insurance commissions and state attorneys general, securities regulators and other regulatory authorities, concerning BB&T’s business and accounting practices. Such requests are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business.

 

Employees

 

At December 31, 2015, BB&T had approximately 37,200 employees, the majority of which were full time, compared to approximately 33,400 employees at December 31, 2014.

 

Website Access to BB&T’s Filings with the SEC

 

BB&T’s electronic filings with the SEC, including the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended, are made available at no cost in the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website, www.bbt.com , as soon as reasonably practicable after BB&T files such material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. BB&T’s SEC filings are also available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

 

  14  
TableofContents  

 

Corporate Governance

 

Information with respect to BB&T’s Board of Directors, Executive Officers and corporate governance policies and principles is presented on BB&T’s website, www.bbt.com , and includes:

 

· Corporate Governance Guidelines

 

· Corporate Board of Directors, including Biographical Information

 

· Committees of the Corporate Board of Directors and Committee Charters

 

· Codes of Ethics for Directors, Senior Financial Officers and Associates

 

· Executive Officers, including Biographical Information

 

· Policy and Procedures for Accounting, Securities and Legal Complaints, including Whistleblower Procedures

 

· Statement of Political Activity

 

BB&T intends to disclose any substantive amendments or waivers to the Codes of Ethics for Directors or Senior Financial Officers on BB&T’s website at www.bbt.com .

 

 

 

 

  15  
TableofContents  

 

 

Executive Officers of BB&T

 

Executive Officer   Recent Work Experience   Years of Service   Age
Kelly S. King   Chairman since January 2010. Chief Executive Officer since January 2009.   43    67 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer          
               
Christopher L. Henson   Chief Operating Officer since January 2009.   31   54
Chief Operating Officer          
               
Daryl N. Bible   Chief Financial Officer since January 2009.   8   54 
Senior Executive Vice President and          
Chief Financial Officer          
               
W. Bennett Bradley   President, Payment Solutions since September   30   54
Senior Executive Vice President and   2005. Chief Digital Officer since January 2016.        
Chief Digital Officer            
             
Ricky K. Brown   President, Community Banking since July 2004.   38   60 
Senior Executive Vice President and          
President, Community Banking          
               
Barbara F. Duck   Enterprise Risk Manager from July 2009 to December 2015. Data and Technology Services Manager since January 2016.   28    49 
Senior Executive Vice President and          
Data and Technology Services Manager          
               
Donna C. Goodrich   Deposit Services Manager since April 2004. Deposit and Operations Services Manager since January 2016.   30    53 
Senior Executive Vice President and          
Deposit and Operations Services Manager          
               
Robert J. Johnson, Jr.   General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Corporate Governance Officer since September 2010.   11    43

  Senior Executive Vice President and

General Counsel, Secretary and Chief Corporate Governance Officer

         
             
Clarke R. Starnes III   Chief Risk Officer since July 2009.   33    56 
Senior Executive Vice President and          
Chief Risk Officer          
               
David H. Weaver   Community Banking Group Executive since   20    49 

Senior Executive Vice President and

Community Banking Group Executive

  December 2010.        
             
Steven B. Wiggs   Chief Marketing Officer since February 2005. Lending Group Manager since July 2009.   36    58 
Senior Executive Vice President and          
Chief Marketing Officer and Lending          
Group Manager            
               
Cynthia A. Williams   Chief Corporate Communications Officer since June 2009.   30    63 
Senior Executive Vice President and          
Chief Corporate Communications Officer          
               
W. Rufus Yates   President and CEO of BB&T Securities since January 2013. President and CEO of Scott & Stringfellow, LLC from 2009 through 2012.   29    58 
Senior Executive Vice President and          
Capital Markets Manager          

 

  16  
TableofContents  

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

The following discussion sets forth some of the more important risk factors that could materially affect BB&T’s financial condition and operations. When a risk factor spans several risk categories, the below risks have been listed by their primary risk category. Other factors that could affect the Company’s financial condition and operations are discussed in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section above. However, there may be additional risks that are not presently material or known, and factors besides those discussed below, or elsewhere in this or other reports that BB&T filed or furnished with the SEC, that also could adversely affect the Company.

 

Compliance Risk

 

Changes in banking laws could have a material adverse effect on BB&T.

 

BB&T is extensively regulated under federal and state banking laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, federal DIFs and the banking system as a whole. In addition, BB&T is subject to changes in federal and state laws as well as changes in banking and credit regulations and governmental economic and monetary policies. Any of these changes could adversely and materially affect BB&T. The current regulatory environment for financial institutions entails significant potential increases in compliance requirements and associated costs, including those related to consumer credit, with a focus on mortgage lending.

 

Federal and state banking regulators also possess broad powers to take supervisory actions as they deem appropriate. These supervisory actions may result in higher capital requirements, higher deposit insurance premiums and limitations on BB&T’s activities that could have a material adverse effect on its business and profitability.

 

The ongoing implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act, and its related rulemaking activities, may result in lower revenues, higher costs and ratings downgrades. In addition, failure to meet the FRB’s capital planning and adequacy requirements and liquidity requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act and other banking laws may limit the ability to pay dividends, pursue acquisitions and repurchase common stock.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry, addressing, among other things, systemic risk, capital adequacy, deposit insurance assessments, consumer financial protection, interchange fees, derivatives, lending limits, and changes among the bank regulatory agencies. Under Dodd-Frank, BB&T is deemed to be a “systemically important” institution. Federal agencies continue to implement the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Many of these provisions remain subject to further rulemaking, guidance, and interpretation by the applicable federal regulators, such as the Council, which will regulate the systemic risk of the financial system. Additionally, the CFPB has finalized a number of significant rules that impact nearly every aspect of the lifecycle of a residential mortgage. These rules implement the Dodd-Frank Act amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. These rules have a direct impact on BB&T’s operations, as BB&T is both a mortgage originator and a servicer.

 

Due to BB&T’s size, it is subject to additional regulations such as the “living will” requirements relating to the rapid and orderly resolution of systemically important financial institutions in the event of material financial distress or failure. BB&T cannot predict the additional effects that compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act or any regulations will have on BB&T’s businesses or its ability to pursue future business opportunities. Additional regulations resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may materially adversely affect BB&T’s business, financial condition or results of operations. See “Regulatory Considerations” for additional information regarding the Dodd-Frank Act and its impact upon BB&T.

 

In addition, BB&T has been subject to assessment by the FRB as part of the CCAR program. CCAR is an annual exercise by the FRB to ensure that institutions have forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their risks and sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress. BB&T cannot be certain that the FRB will have no objections to BB&T’s future capital plans submitted through the CCAR program. Failure to pass the CCAR review could adversely affect BB&T’s ability to pay dividends, enter into acquisitions and repurchase common stock.

 

 

  17  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T may be subject to more stringent capital requirements, which could diminish its ability to pay dividends or require BB&T to reduce its operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act requires federal banking agencies to establish more stringent risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits applicable to banks and BHCs. The FRB approved final rules that established a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations and established a more conservative definition of capital. These requirements, known as Basel III, became effective on January 1, 2015, and as a result, BB&T became subject to enhanced minimum capital and leverage ratios. These requirements, and any other new regulations, including those that have been proposed but not yet implemented as a result of the requirements established by the BCBS, could adversely affect BB&T’s ability to pay dividends, or could require BB&T to limit certain business activities or to raise capital, which may adversely affect its results of operations or financial condition. With approximately $209.9 billion in assets at December 31, 2015, BB&T currently qualifies as a standardized approach banking organization under Basel III. Financial institutions with greater than $250 billion in assets or $10 billion in foreign assets are considered advanced approaches banking organizations, which results in a more complex calculation of RWA that includes an assessment of the impact of operational risk, among other changes. BB&T is preparing to comply with the advanced approaches requirements and these more stringent requirements, or BB&T’s failure to properly comply with them, could materially and adversely impact BB&T’s financial results and regulatory status. In addition, the costs associated with complying with more stringent capital requirements, such as the requirement to formulate and submit capital plans based on pre-defined stress scenarios on an annual basis, could have a material adverse effect on BB&T. See “Regulatory Considerations” for additional information regarding the capital requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III.

 

BB&T is subject to extensive and expanding government regulation and supervision, which can lead to costly enforcement actions while increasing the cost of doing business and limiting BB&T’s ability to generate revenue.

 

The financial services industry is facing more intense scrutiny from bank supervisors in the examination process and more aggressive enforcement of regulations on both the federal and state levels, particularly with respect to mortgage- related practices and other consumer compliance matters, and compliance with anti-money laundering, Bank Secrecy Act and Office of Foreign Assets Control efforts, and economic sanctions against certain foreign countries and nationals. Federal banking law grants substantial enforcement powers to federal banking regulators. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess significant civil or criminal monetary penalties, fines, or restitution; to issue cease and desist or removal orders; and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliated parties. These enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Failure to comply with these and other regulations, and supervisory expectations related thereto, may result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, reputation damage, or restrictions on business. In addition, federal bank regulatory agencies are required to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution’s anti-money laundering activities and other regulatory compliance matters when reviewing bank mergers and BHC acquisitions and, consequently, non-compliance with the applicable regulations could materially impair BB&T’s ability to enter into or complete mergers and acquisitions.

 

Differences in interpretation of tax laws and regulations and any potential resulting litigation may adversely impact BB&T’s financial statements.

 

Local, state or federal tax authorities may interpret tax laws and regulations differently than BB&T and challenge tax positions that BB&T has taken on its tax returns. This may result in differences in the treatment of revenues, deductions, credits and/or differences in the timing of these items. The differences in treatment may result in payment of additional taxes, interest or penalties that could have a material adverse effect on BB&T’s results. For example, as discussed in Note 12 “Income Taxes” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” during 2010, BB&T received an IRS statutory notice of deficiency for tax years 2002-2007 asserting a liability for taxes, penalties and interest of approximately $892 million. Related developments resulted in a $516 million charge during 2013. Potential developments in BB&T’s litigation or in similar cases could adversely affect BB&T’s financial position or results of operations.

 

  18  
TableofContents  

 

Credit Risk

 

Changes in national, regional and local economic conditions and deterioration in the geographic and financial markets in which BB&T operates could lead to higher loan charge-offs and reduce BB&T’s net income and growth.

 

BB&T’s business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national, regional and local economic conditions, as well as conditions that may be specific to particular sectors or industries. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled, and may have a material adverse impact on BB&T’s operations and financial condition even if other favorable events occur. BB&T’s banking operations are locally oriented and community-based. Accordingly, BB&T expects to continue to be dependent upon local business conditions as well as conditions in the local residential and CRE markets it serves. For example, an increase in unemployment, a decrease in real estate values or increases in interest rates, as well as other factors, could weaken the economies of the communities BB&T serves. Weakness in BB&T’s market area could depress its earnings and consequently its financial condition because:

 

· customers may not want or need BB&T’s products or services;
· borrowers may not be able or willing to repay their loans;
· the value of the collateral securing loans to borrowers may decline; and
· the quality of BB&T’s loan portfolio may decline.

 

Any of the latter three scenarios could require BB&T to charge off a higher percentage of loans and/or increase provisions for credit losses, which would reduce BB&T’s net income. Credit deterioration, combined with flat to declining real estate values, would result in increased loan charge-offs and higher provisions for credit losses, which may negatively impact BB&T’s net income. For example, as of December 31, 2015, loan balances related to the oil and gas industry represented approximately 1% of our total loan portfolio. This amount generally consists of loans for oilfield services, oil and gas exploration and production, and pipeline transportation of gas and crude oil. Beginning in late 2014, oil prices began declining, which has had an adverse effect on some of our borrowers in this portfolio and on the value of the collateral securing some of these loans. If such downturn in the oil and gas industry continues, the cash flows of our customers in this industry could be adversely impacted, which could impair their ability to service any loans outstanding to them and/or reduce demand for loans. These factors could result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

A systemic lack of available credit, a lack of confidence in the financial sector, volatility in the financial markets and/or reduced business activity could materially adversely affect BB&T’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Potential downgrades of U.S. government securities by one or more of the credit ratings agencies could have a material adverse effect on BB&T’s operations, earnings and financial condition.

 

A possible future downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government and a decline in the perceived creditworthiness of U.S. government-related obligations could impact BB&T’s ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments, as well as affect the pricing of that funding when it is available. A downgrade may also adversely affect the market value of such instruments. BB&T cannot predict if, when or how any changes to the credit ratings or perceived creditworthiness of these organizations will affect economic conditions. Such ratings actions could result in a significant adverse impact on BB&T. For example, BB&T’s securities portfolio consists largely of MBS issued by GSEs, such as FHLMC and FNMA. Among other things, a further downgrade in the U.S. government’s credit rating could adversely impact the value of these securities and may trigger requirements that the Company post additional collateral for trades relative to these securities. A downgrade of the sovereign credit ratings of the U.S. government or the credit ratings of related institutions, agencies or instruments would significantly exacerbate the other risks to which BB&T is subject and any related adverse effects on the business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect BB&T.

 

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. BB&T has exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and BB&T and certain of its subsidiaries routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds and other institutions. Many of these transactions expose BB&T to credit risk in the event of default of its counterparty. In addition, BB&T’s credit risk may be exacerbated when collateral is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure. These types of losses could materially and adversely affect BB&T’s results of operations or financial condition.

 

  19  
TableofContents  

 

Liquidity Risk

 

BB&T’s liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access the capital markets, an unforeseen outflow of cash or a reduction in the credit ratings for BB&T or its subsidiaries.

 

Liquidity is essential to BB&T’s businesses. When volatility or disruptions occur in the capital markets, BB&T’s ability to access capital could be materially impaired. Additionally, other factors outside of BB&T’s control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects third parties, could impair BB&T’s ability to access capital markets or create an unforeseen outflow of cash or deposits. BB&T’s inability to access the capital markets could constrain its ability to make new loans, to meet its existing lending commitments and ultimately jeopardize its overall liquidity and capitalization.

 

BB&T’s credit ratings are also important to its liquidity. Rating agencies regularly evaluate BB&T and its subsidiaries, and their ratings are based on a number of factors, including the financial strength of BB&T and its subsidiaries, as well as factors not entirely within BB&T’s control, including conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. As a result, there can be no assurance that BB&T will maintain its current ratings. A reduction in BB&T’s credit ratings could adversely affect BB&T’s liquidity and competitive position, increase its borrowing costs, limit its access to the capital markets or trigger unfavorable contractual obligations.

 

Market Risk

 

Turmoil and volatility in global financial markets could have a material adverse effect on BB&T’s operations, earnings and financial condition.

 

The negative impact on economic conditions and global markets from foreign sovereign debt matters could adversely affect BB&T’s business, financial condition and liquidity. Global conflicts and political activity could cause turmoil and volatility in the financial markets, which could reduce the value of BB&T’s assets or cause a reduction in liquidity that adversely impacts BB&T’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The monetary, tax and other policies of governmental agencies, including the FRB, have a significant impact on market interest rates, and BB&T’s business and financial performance is impacted significantly by such interest rates.

 

BB&T’s businesses and earnings are affected by the fiscal and other policies adopted by various regulatory authorities of the U.S., non-U.S. governments and international agencies. The FRB regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. The federal policies determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments. The market impact from such policies can also materially decrease the value of certain of BB&T’s financial assets, most notably debt securities. Changes in the federal policies are beyond BB&T’s control and, consequently, the impact of these changes on BB&T’s activities and results of operations is difficult to predict.

 

Changes in interest rates may have an adverse effect on BB&T’s profitability.

 

BB&T’s earnings and financial condition are largely dependent on net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned from loans and investments and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. The narrowing of interest rate spreads could adversely affect BB&T’s earnings and financial condition. BB&T cannot control or predict with certainty changes in interest rates. Regional and local economic conditions, competitive pressures and the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary policies of the FRB, affect interest income and interest expense. As discussed in “Market Risk Management – Interest Rate Market Risk (Other than Trading),” BB&T has ongoing policies and procedures designed to manage the risks associated with changes in market interest rates. However, changes in interest rates still may have an adverse effect on BB&T’s profitability. For example, rising interest rates could adversely affect BB&T’s mortgage banking business because higher interest rates could cause customers to apply for fewer mortgages. Similarly, rising interest rates may increase the cost of BB&T’s deposits, which are a primary source of funding. BB&T is also subject to the risk of a negative interest rate scenario, which implies that a depositor would pay a premium for a financial institution to hold funds on deposit. In such a scenario, some depositors may choose to withdraw their deposits in lieu of paying an interest rate to BB&T to hold such deposits. Negative rates would also diminish the spreads on loans and securities. This scenario could have a material adverse effect on BB&T’s financial condition and results of operations. While BB&T actively manages against these risks through hedging and other risk mitigation strategies, if BB&T’s assumptions regarding borrower behavior are wrong or overall economic conditions are significantly different than anticipated, the Company’s risk mitigation techniques may be insufficient.

 

Loss of deposits or a change in deposit mix could increase the Company’s funding costs.

 

Deposits are a low cost and stable source of funding. BB&T competes with banks and other financial institutions for deposits. Funding costs may increase because the Company may lose deposits and replace them with more expensive sources of funding, clients may shift their deposits into higher cost products or the Company may need to raise its interest rates to avoid losing deposits. Higher funding costs reduce the Company’s NIM, net interest income and net income.

 

  20  
TableofContents  

 

Operational Risk

 

BB&T faces cybersecurity risks, including “denial of service attacks,” “hacking” and “identity theft” that could result in the disclosure of confidential information, adversely affect BB&T’s business or reputation and create significant legal and financial exposure.

 

BB&T’s computer systems and network infrastructure are subject to security risks and could be susceptible to cyber attacks, such as denial of service attacks, hacking, terrorist activities or identity theft. Financial services institutions and companies engaged in data processing have reported breaches in the security of their websites or other systems, some of which have involved sophisticated and targeted attacks intended to obtain unauthorized access to confidential information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks and other means. Denial of service attacks have been launched against a number of large financial services institutions, including BB&T. None of these events resulted in a breach of BB&T’s client data or account information; however, the performance of BB&T’s website, www.bbt.com , was adversely affected, and in some instances customers were prevented from accessing BB&T’s website. BB&T expects to be subject to similar attacks in the future. While events to date primarily resulted in inconvenience, future cyber attacks could be more disruptive and damaging. Hacking and identity theft risks, in particular, could cause serious reputational harm. Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and BB&T may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. BB&T may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize these risks and could be held liable for any security breach or loss.

 

Despite efforts to ensure the integrity of its systems, BB&T will not be able to anticipate all security breaches of these types, and BB&T may not be able to implement effective preventive measures against such security breaches. The techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including outside groups such as external service providers, organized crime affiliates, terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. Those parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other users of BB&T’s systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to its data or that of its clients. These risks may increase in the future as the Company continues to increase its mobile-payment and other internet-based product offerings and expands its internal usage of web-based products and applications.

 

A successful penetration or circumvention of system security could cause serious negative consequences to BB&T, including disruption of operations, misappropriation of confidential information of BB&T or its customers, or damage to computer systems of BB&T or its customers and counterparties. A security breach could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to BB&T or to its customers, loss of confidence in BB&T’s security measures, significant litigation exposure, and harm to BB&T’s reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect.

 

BB&T relies on its employees, systems and certain counterparties, and certain failures could materially adversely affect operations.

 

BB&T’s business is dependent on the ability to process, record and monitor a large number of complex transactions. The Company could be materially adversely affected if one or more of its employees causes a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or intentionally. Financial, accounting, or other data processing systems may fail or have other significant shortcomings that materially adversely affect BB&T’s business. BB&T’s systems may not be able to handle certain scenarios, such as a negative interest rate environment. In addition, products, services and processes are continually changing and BB&T may not fully identify new operational risks that may arise from such changes. Any of these occurrences could diminish the ability to operate one or more BUs or result in potential liability to clients, increased operating expenses, higher litigation costs (including fines and sanctions), reputational damage, regulatory intervention or weaker competitive standing, any of which could be material to the Company.

 

If personal, confidential or proprietary information of clients were to be mishandled or misused, significant regulatory consequences, reputational damage and financial loss could occur. Such mishandling or misuse could include circumstances where, for example, such information was erroneously provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information, either through the fault of systems, employees, or counterparties, or where such information was intercepted or otherwise inappropriately taken by third parties.

 

  21  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T may be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control, which may include, for example, security breaches; electrical or telecommunications outages; failures of computer servers or other damage to property or assets; natural disasters; health emergencies or pandemics; or events arising from political events, including terrorist acts. There can be no assurance that disaster recovery or other plans will fully mitigate all potential business continuity risks. Any failures or disruptions of systems or operations could impact BB&T’s ability to service its clients, which could adversely affect BB&T’s results of operations by subjecting BB&T to losses, litigation, regulatory fines or penalties or by requiring the expenditure of significant resources to correct the failure or disruption.

 

Significant litigation could have a material adverse effect on BB&T.

 

BB&T faces legal risks in its business, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions remains high. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against BB&T may have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to BB&T, which in turn could seriously harm BB&T’s business prospects.

 

BB&T faces significant operational and other risks related to its activities, which could expose it to negative publicity, litigation and/or regulatory action.

 

BB&T is exposed to many types of risks, including operational, reputational, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders (including identity and information theft), unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. Negative public opinion can result from BB&T’s actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, activities related to asset sales and balance sheet management and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect BB&T’s ability to attract and keep customers and can expose it to litigation and regulatory action.

 

Because the nature of the financial services business involves a high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully rectified. BB&T’s necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process its transaction volume may further increase the risk that technical flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect. BB&T also may be subject to disruptions of its operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond its control (for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to customers and to financial loss or liability. BB&T is further exposed to the risk that its external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as is BB&T) and to the risk that BB&T’s (or its vendors’) business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate.

 

BB&T relies on other companies to provide certain key components of its business infrastructure.

 

Third party vendors provide certain key components of BB&T’s business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and mutual fund distribution. While BB&T has selected these third party vendors carefully, it does not control their operations. Any failure by these third parties to perform or provide agreed upon goods and services for any reason, or their poor performance of services, could adversely affect BB&T’s ability to deliver products and services to its customers and otherwise conduct its business. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.

 

BB&T may not be able to successfully integrate bank or nonbank mergers and acquisitions.

 

Difficulties may arise in the integration of the business and operations of BHCs, banks and other nonbank entities BB&T acquires and, as a result, BB&T may not be able to achieve the cost savings and synergies that it expects will result from such transactions. Achieving cost savings is dependent on consolidating certain operational and functional areas, eliminating duplicative positions and terminating certain agreements for outside services. Additional operational savings are dependent upon the integration of the acquired or merged entity’s businesses with BB&T or one of BB&T’s subsidiaries, the conversion of core operating systems, data systems and products and the standardization of business practices. Complications or difficulties in the conversion of core operating systems, data systems and products may result in the loss of customers, damage to BB&T’s reputation within the financial services industry, operational problems, one-time costs currently not anticipated or reduced cost savings resulting from such mergers or acquisitions. Annual cost savings in each such transaction may be materially less than anticipated if the holding company, bank merger or nonbank merger or acquisition is delayed unexpectedly, the integration of operations is delayed beyond what is anticipated or the conversion to a single set of data systems is not accomplished on a timely basis.

 

  22  
TableofContents  

 

Difficulty in integrating an acquired company may prevent BB&T from realizing expected revenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence and/or other projected benefits from the acquisition. The integration could result in higher than expected deposit attrition, loss of key employees, disruption of BB&T’s businesses or the businesses of the acquired company, or otherwise adversely affect BB&T’s ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Also, the negative effect of any divestitures required by regulatory authorities in acquisitions or business combinations may be greater than expected. As a result of these and other factors, BB&T could incur losses on acquired assets and increased expenses resulting from the failure to successfully integrate an acquired company, which could adversely impact its financial condition or results of operations.

 

BB&T may not be able to successfully implement future information technology system enhancements, which could adversely affect BB&T’s business operations and profitability.

 

BB&T invests significant resources in information technology system enhancements in order to provide functionality and security at an appropriate level. BB&T may not be able to successfully implement and integrate future system enhancements, which could adversely impact the ability to provide timely and accurate financial information in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, which could result in sanctions from regulatory authorities. Such sanctions could include fines and suspension of trading in BB&T stock, among others. In addition, future system enhancements could have higher than expected costs and/or result in operating inefficiencies, which could increase the costs associated with the implementation as well as ongoing operations.

 

Failure to properly utilize system enhancements that are implemented in the future could result in impairment charges that adversely impact BB&T’s financial condition and results of operations and could result in significant costs to remediate or replace the defective components. In addition, BB&T may incur significant training, licensing, maintenance, consulting and amortization expenses during and after systems implementations, and any such costs may continue for an extended period of time.

 

Strategic and Other Risk

 

BB&T may experience significant competition from new or existing competitors, which may reduce its customer base or cause it to lower prices for its products and services in order to maintain market share.

 

There is intense competition among commercial banks in BB&T’s market area. In addition, BB&T competes with other providers of financial services, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, securities firms, insurance companies, commercial finance and leasing companies, the mutual funds industry, full-service brokerage firms and discount brokerage firms, some of which are subject to less extensive regulations than BB&T is with respect to the products and services they provide. BB&T’s success depends, in part, on its ability to adapt its products and services to evolving industry standards and customer expectations. There is increasing pressure to provide products and services at lower prices. Lower prices can reduce BB&T’s NIM and revenues from its fee-based products and services.

 

In addition, the adoption of new technologies by competitors, including internet banking services, mobile phone applications and advanced ATM functionality could require BB&T to make substantial expenditures to modify or adapt its existing products and services. Also, these and other capital investments in BB&T’s business may not produce expected growth in earnings anticipated at the time of the expenditure. BB&T may not be successful in introducing new products and services, achieving market acceptance of its products and services, anticipating or reacting to consumers’ changing technological preferences or developing and maintaining loyal customers. In addition, BB&T could lose market share to the shadow banking system or other non-traditional banking organizations.

 

Some of BB&T’s larger competitors, including certain national banks that have a significant presence in BB&T’s market area, may have greater capital and resources than BB&T, may have higher lending limits and may offer products and services not offered by BB&T. Any potential adverse reactions to BB&T’s financial condition or status in the marketplace, as compared to its competitors, could limit BB&T’s ability to attract and retain customers and to compete for new business opportunities. The inability to attract and retain customers or to effectively compete for new business may have a material and adverse effect on BB&T’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

  23  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T also experiences competition from nonbank companies inside and outside of its market area and, in some cases, from companies other than those traditionally considered financial sector participants. In particular, technology companies have begun to focus on the financial sector and offer software and products primarily over the Internet, with an increasing focus on mobile device delivery. These companies generally are not subject to the comparable regulatory burdens as financial institutions and may accordingly realize certain cost savings and offer products and services at more favorable rates and with greater convenience to the customer. For example, a number of companies offer bill pay and funds transfer services that allow customers to avoid using a bank. Technology companies are generally positioned and structured to quickly adapt to technological advances and directly focus resources on implementing those advances. This competition could result in the loss of fee income and customer deposits and related income. In addition, changes in consumer spending and saving habits could adversely affect BB&T’s operations, and the Company may be unable to develop competitive and timely new products and services in response. As the pace of technology and change advance, continuous innovation is expected to exert long-term pressure on the financial services industry.

 

BB&T may not be able to complete future acquisitions.

 

BB&T must generally satisfy a number of meaningful conditions before it can complete an acquisition of another bank or BHC, including federal and/or state regulatory approvals. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank or BHC acquisition, bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition and future prospects, including current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience and integrity of management and record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the CRA, the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities and protests from various stakeholders of both BB&T and its acquisition partner. Also, under the Dodd-Frank Act, U.S. regulators must now take systemic risk into account when evaluating whether to approve a potential acquisition transaction involving a large financial institution like BB&T. BB&T cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. In specific cases, BB&T may be required to sell banks or branches, or take other actions as a condition to receiving regulatory approval. An inability to satisfy other conditions necessary to consummate an acquisition transaction, such as third-party litigation, a judicial order blocking the transaction or lack of shareholder approval, could also prevent BB&T from completing an announced acquisition.

 

Catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on BB&T.

 

The occurrence of catastrophic events such as hurricanes, tropical storms, tornados, winter storms and other large scale catastrophes could adversely affect BB&T’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. BB&T has operations and customers along the Gulf and Atlantic coasts as well as other parts of the southeastern United States, which could be adversely impacted by hurricanes and other severe weather in those regions. Unpredictable natural and other disasters could have an adverse effect on BB&T in that such events could materially disrupt its operations or the ability or willingness of its customers to access the financial services offered by BB&T. Although BB&T carries insurance to mitigate its exposure to certain catastrophic events, these events could nevertheless reduce BB&T’s earnings and cause volatility in its financial results for any fiscal quarter or year and have a material adverse effect on BB&T’s financial condition and/or results of operations.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

BB&T leases its headquarters at 200 West Second Street, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101 and owns or leases other significant office space in the vicinity of its headquarters. BB&T owns free-standing operations centers, with its primary operations and information technology centers located in various locations in the southeastern United States. Offices are either owned or operated under long-term leases. BB&T operates retail branches in a number of states, primarily concentrated in the southeastern and mid-Atlantic United States. See Table 1 for a list of BB&T’s branches by state. BB&T also operates numerous insurance agencies and other businesses that occupy facilities. Management believes that the premises are well-located and suitably equipped to serve as financial services facilities. See Note 5 “Premises and Equipment” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in this report for additional disclosures related to properties and other fixed assets.

 

  24  
TableofContents  

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

BB&T’s common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “BBT.” The common stock was held by approximately 384,000 shareholders at December 31, 2015 compared to approximately 346,000 shareholders at December 31, 2014. The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low trading prices and closing sales prices for BB&T’s common stock and the dividends declared per share of common stock for each of the last eight quarters.

 

Table 4
Quarterly Summary of Market Prices and Cash Dividends Declared on Common Stock
                                                           
            2015   2014  
                              Cash                     Cash  
            Sales Prices   Dividends   Sales Prices   Dividends  
            High   Low   Close   Declared   High   Low   Close   Declared  
  Quarter Ended:                                                
    March 31 $  40.17    $  34.95    $  38.99    $  0.24    $  41.04    $  36.28    $  40.17    $  0.23   
    June 30    41.70       37.33       40.31       0.27       40.95       36.38       39.43       0.24   
    September 30    41.90       34.73       35.60       0.27       40.21       35.86       37.21       0.24   
    December 31    39.47       34.24       37.81       0.27       39.69       34.50       38.89       0.24   
      Year $  41.90    $  34.24    $  37.81    $  1.05    $  41.04    $  34.50    $  38.89    $  0.95   

 

Common Stock, Dividends and Share Repurchases

 

BB&T’s ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on earnings from operations, the adequacy of capital and the availability of liquid assets for distribution and is subject to the FRB not objecting to its capital plan. BB&T’s ability to generate liquid assets for distribution is dependent on the ability of Branch Bank to pay dividends to the Parent Company. The payment of cash dividends is an integral part of providing a competitive return on shareholders’ investments. The Company’s policy is to accomplish this while retaining sufficient capital to support future growth and to meet regulatory requirements. Management has established a guideline that the common dividend payout ratio will be between 30% and 50% and the total payout ratio (including dividends and share repurchases) will be between 30% and 80% of basic EPS during normal economic conditions. BB&T’s common dividend payout ratio, computed by dividing dividends declared per common share by basic EPS, was 40.5% in 2015 compared to 34.4% in 2014. BB&T has paid a cash dividend to shareholders every year since 1903. BB&T expects common dividend declarations, if declared, to occur in January, April, July and October with payment dates on or about the first of March, June, September and December. A discussion of dividend restrictions is included in Note 15 “Regulatory Requirements and Other Restrictions” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and in the “Regulatory Considerations” section.

 

Share Repurchases

 

BB&T has periodically repurchased shares of its own common stock. In accordance with North Carolina law, repurchased shares cannot be held as treasury stock, but revert to the status of authorized and unissued shares upon repurchase.

 

The Board of Directors had previously granted authority under the 2006 Repurchase Plan for the repurchase of up to 50 million shares of BB&T’s common stock. No shares were repurchased in connection with the 2006 Repurchase Plan during 2015, 2014, or 2013.

 

During June 2015, the Board of Directors authorized a new plan, the 2015 Repurchase Plan, to repurchase up to 50 million shares of the Company’s common stock. Repurchases under the 2015 Repurchase Plan may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. The timing and exact amount of repurchases will be consistent with the Company’s capital plan and subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position, liquidity, financial performance, alternative uses of capital, stock trading price and general market conditions, and may be suspended at any time. The 2015 Repurchase Plan replaces the 2006 Repurchase Plan and does not have a specified termination date. No shares were repurchased in connection with the 2015 Repurchase Plan during 2015.

 

  25  
TableofContents  

 

Table 5
Share Repurchase Activity
                           
                        Maximum Remaining  
                        Number of Shares  
          Total     Average   Total Shares Repurchased   Available for Repurchase  
          Shares     Price Paid   Pursuant to   Pursuant to  
          Repurchased (1)     Per Share (2)   Publicly-Announced Plan   Publicly-Announced Plan  
                           
          (shares in thousands)  
  October 2015  9    $  35.42     ―       50,000   
  November 2015  3       37.78     ―       50,000   
  December 2015  12       37.42     ―       50,000   
    Total  24       36.69     ―         
                           
                           
(1) Repurchases reflect shares exchanged or surrendered in connection with the exercise of equity-based awards under BB&T’s equity-based compensation plans.
(2) Excludes commissions.

 

Preferred Stock

 

See Note 10 “Shareholders’ Equity” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for information about BB&T’s preferred stock.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table provides information concerning securities to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding equity-based awards, the weighted average price of such awards and the securities remaining available for future issuance as of December 31, 2015.

 

  Table 6  
  Equity Compensation Plan Information  
                                   
            (a)(1)   (b)(2)   (c)(3)  
            Number of securities   Weighted-average   Number of securities remaining  
            to be issued upon   exercise price of   available for future issuance  
            exercise of outstanding   outstanding options,   under equity compensation plans  
  Plan Category   options, warrants and rights   warrants and rights   (excluding securities reflected in (a))  
  Approved by security holders      32,215,501      $  34.89         22,015,930     
  Not approved by security holders      ―           ―           ―       
    Total      32,215,501         34.89         22,015,930     
                                   
                                   
(1) Includes 11,638,316 RSUs.
(2) Excludes RSUs because they do not have an exercise price.
(3) All awards remaining available for future issuance will be issued under the terms of the 2012 Incentive Plan.

 

  26  
TableofContents  

 

 

Performance Graph

 

Set forth below are graphs comparing the total returns (assuming reinvestment of dividends) of BB&T common stock, the S&P 500 Index, and an industry Peer Group. The companies in the Peer Group were Comerica Incorporated, Fifth-Third Bancorp, Huntington Bancshares, Incorporated, KeyCorp, M&T Bank Corporation, PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., Regions Financial Corporation, SunTrust Banks, Inc., U.S. Bancorp and Zions Bancorporation.

 

 

 

 

  27  
TableofContents  

                                                             
* $100 invested on December 31, 1995, 2005 or 2010, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ended December 31.
                                                             
        Cumulative Total Return Through December 31,         Cumulative Total Return  
        2010    2011    2012    2013    2014    2015        Through December 31, 2015  
        $100 Invested December 31, 2010         10 Year   20 Year  
  BB&T Corporation $  100.00    $  98.12    $  116.35    $  154.41    $  165.06    $  164.90          $  130.13    $  561.66   
  S&P 500 Index    100.00       102.11       118.43       156.77       178.22       180.67             202.41       481.73   
  BB&T’s Peer Group    100.00       88.66       108.49       147.24       164.75       164.96             118.28       388.14   

 

  28  
TableofContents  

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(dollars in millions, except per share data, shares in thousands)
                                             
        As of/ For the Year Ended December 31,
        2015    2014    2013    2012    2011 
Summary Income Statement:                                      
  Interest income $  6,473      $  6,286      $  6,654      $  7,068      $  7,035   
  Interest expense    735         769         892         1,062         1,381   
    Net interest income-taxable equivalent    5,738         5,517         5,762         6,006         5,654   
  Noninterest income    4,019         3,856         4,036         3,973         3,217   
    Revenue-taxable equivalent    9,757         9,373         9,798         9,979         8,871   
  Less: taxable equivalent adjustment    146         143         146         149         147   
  Provision for credit losses    428         251         592         1,057         1,190   
  Noninterest expense    6,266         5,852         5,777         5,828         5,802   
  Income before income taxes    2,917         3,127         3,283         2,945         1,732   
  Provision for income taxes    794         921         1,553         892         384   
  Net income    2,123         2,206         1,730         2,053         1,348   
  Noncontrolling interest    39         75         50         49         43   
  Dividends and accretion on preferred stock    148         148         117         63         ―     
  Net income available to common shareholders    1,936         1,983         1,563         1,941         1,305   
                                             
Per Common Share:                                      
  Earnings:                                      
    Basic $  2.59      $  2.76      $  2.22      $  2.78      $  1.87   
    Diluted    2.56         2.72         2.19         2.74         1.85   
  Cash dividends declared (1)    1.05         0.95         0.92         0.80         0.65   
  Common equity    31.66         30.09         28.48         27.17         24.90   
                                             
Average Balances:                                      
  Total assets $  197,347      $  185,095      $  181,282      $  178,592      $  162,903   
  Securities, at amortized cost (2)    42,103         40,541         36,772         36,334         29,923   
  Loans and leases (3)    127,802         118,830         117,527         113,733         105,962   
  Deposits    138,498         129,077         128,555         127,617         112,318   
  Long-term debt    23,343         22,210         19,301         20,651         22,257   
  Shareholders' equity    25,871         23,954         21,860         19,435         17,204   
                                           
Period-End Balances:                                      
  Total assets $  209,947      $  186,834      $  183,043      $  184,469      $  174,956   
  Securities, at amortized cost (2)    43,827         41,147         40,205         38,731         36,407   
  Loans and leases (3)    136,986         121,307         117,139         118,364         111,205   
  Deposits    149,124         129,040         127,475         133,075         124,939   
  Long-term debt    23,769         23,312         21,493         19,114         21,803   
  Shareholders' equity    27,340         24,377         22,780         21,193         17,425   
                                             
Selected Ratios:                                      
  Rate of return on:                                      
    Average total assets    1.08  %      1.19  %      0.95  %      1.15  %      0.83  %
    Average common equity    8.34         9.32         8.07         10.52         7.61   
    Average total shareholders' equity    8.21         9.21         7.91         10.56         7.84   
  Dividend payout    40.54         34.42         41.44         28.78         34.76   
  Average total shareholders' equity to average total assets    13.11         12.94         12.06         10.88         10.56   
                                             
                                             
(1) 2011 included a special $0.01 dividend.
(2) Excludes trading securities.
(3) Loans and leases are net of unearned income and include LHFS.
Note: Prior periods have been revised to reflect the adoption of new accounting guidance for investments in qualified affordable housing projects and certain other reclassifications to conform to the current presentation. See Note 14 "Commitments and Contingencies" for additional information.

 

  29  
TableofContents  

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Executive Overview

 

Overview of Significant Events and Financial Results

 

Net income available to common shareholders totaled $1.9 billion for 2015, a 2.4% decline from the prior year. On a diluted per common share basis, earnings for 2015 were $2.56, compared to $2.72 for 2014. BB&T’s results of operations for 2015 produced a return on average assets of 1.08% and a return on average common shareholders’ equity of 8.34% compared to prior year ratios of 1.19% and 9.32%, respectively. These results include merger-related and restructuring charges of $165 million for 2015, which reflects current year acquisition activity, compared to $46 million for 2014. Net interest income and noninterest income were both higher following the current year acquisition activity. Noninterest expense was higher due to increases in headcount and locations, primarily the result of the acquisitions, and the provision for credit losses increased after an allowance release in the prior year.

 

Effective January 1, 2015, BB&T adopted new guidance related to the accounting for investments in qualified affordable housing projects. For periods prior to January 1, 2015, amortization expense related to qualifying investments in low income housing tax credits was reclassified from other income to provision for income taxes, and the amount of amortization and tax benefits recognized was revised as a result of the adoption of the proportional amortization method. See Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” for additional information.

 

During 2015, BB&T acquired Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc., which provided $18.3 billion in assets, $14.1 billion in deposits and 245 branches in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, West Virginia and Maryland. BB&T also acquired The Bank of Kentucky Financial Corporation, which provided $2.0 billion in assets, $1.6 billion in deposits and 32 branches in the northern Kentucky/Cincinnati market, and completed the purchase of 41 retail branches in Texas, providing $1.9 billion in deposits. Additionally, BB&T reached an agreement to acquire National Penn Bancshares, Inc., which had $9.6 billion in assets, $6.7 billion in deposits and 124 branches in Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Maryland as of December 31, 2015.

 

Industry-wide sustained low interest rates represented a significant challenge for the Company during 2015 and for the past several years. From a NIM perspective, the negative impact associated with lower yields on loans and securities was partially mitigated by a decrease in funding costs from 0.65% to 0.60%, primarily driven by a decline in the cost of interest-bearing deposits and the early extinguishment of certain higher-cost FHLB advances during 2015 and 2014.

 

BB&T’s revenues for 2015 were $9.8 billion on a FTE basis, an increase of $384 million compared to 2014. Net interest income on a FTE basis was $221 million higher than the prior year, which reflects a $187 million increase in interest income and a $34 million decrease in interest expense. Noninterest income increased $163 million for the year, driven by improvements in FDIC loss share income and higher mortgage banking income.

 

The provision for credit losses was $428 million, compared to $251 million for the prior year. This increase reflects the stabilization in the rate of credit improvement and prior year loan sales that generated gains through the release of the related ALLL.

 

Asset quality improved significantly during 2015 as NPAs declined $70 million, or 9.0%, compared to 2014. This decline included a $40 million decrease in NPLs primarily due to continuing strong asset quality within commercial lending, and a $30 million decrease in foreclosed real estate and other property. Net charge-offs for 2015 were $436 million, compared to $538 million for the prior year. The ratio of the ALLL to net charge-offs was 3.36x for 2015, compared to 2.74x in 2014.

 

Noninterest expense increased $414 million primarily due to higher personnel expense and merger-related and restructuring charges, both of which were primarily the result of acquisition activity. These increases were partially offset by lower loan-related and other expense as the prior year included $118 million of charges related to the FHA-insured loan origination process.

 

During 2015, the U.S. Court of Appeals overturned a portion of an earlier ruling related to tax benefits previously disallowed in connection with a financing transaction that resulted in the recognition of income tax benefits of $107 million.

 

  30  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T’s total assets at December 31, 2015 were $209.9 billion, an increase of $23.1 billion compared to December 31, 2014. This includes a $15.7 billion increase in loans and leases due to acquisitions and organic growth. Commercial and industrial loans were up $7.0 billion, CRE-income producing properties loans were up $2.7 billion and direct retail lending loans were up $3.0 billion. Mortgage loans declined $557 million due to management’s continuing decision to sell substantially all conforming mortgage loan production and the impact of certain NPL sales, partially offset by acquisition activity. AFS securities totaled $25.3 billion at December 31, 2015, compared to $20.9 billion at December 31, 2014. HTM securities were $18.5 billion at December 31, 2015 compared to $20.2 billion in the prior year. Goodwill, CDI and other intangible assets were also higher as the result of acquisitions.

 

Total deposits at December 31, 2015 were $149.1 billion, an increase of $20.1 billion from the prior year. Noninterest-bearing deposits increased $6.9 billion, interest checking increased $5.1 billion and money market and savings increased $9.9 billion. Time deposits declined $1.8 billion. The overall growth in lower-cost deposits reflects acquisition activity and continued organic growth. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits for 2015 was 0.24%, a decline of two basis points compared to the prior year.

 

Total shareholders’ equity increased $3.0 billion, or 12.2%, compared to the prior year. This increase was primarily driven by net income in excess of dividends totaling $1.2 billion, combined with common stock issued in connection with acquisitions. BB&T’s Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital ratios at December 31, 2015 were 11.8% and 14.3%, respectively, compared to 12.4% and 14.9% at December 31, 2014, respectively. Common equity tier 1 was 10.3% at December 31, 2015.

 

On February 24, 2016 BB&T reached an agreement to acquire CGSC North America Holdings Corporation from Cooper Gay Swett & Crawford.

 

Key Challenges

 

BB&T’s business has become more dynamic and complex in recent years. Consequently, management has annually evaluated and, as necessary, adjusted the Company’s business strategy in the context of the current operating environment. During this process, management considers the current financial condition and performance of the Company and its expectations for future economic activity from both a national and local market perspective. The achievement of BB&T’s key strategic objectives and established long-term financial goals is subject to many uncertainties and challenges. In the opinion of management, the challenges that are most relevant and likely to have a near term impact on performance are presented below:

 

· Intense competition within the financial services industry given the challenge in growing assets during a period of sustained low interest rates.

 

· New technologies and evolving consumer preferences will put pressure on market share and customer loyalty.

 

· Global economic and geopolitical risk, including potential financial system instability and ramifications of sovereign debt issues.

 

· Cost and risk associated with regulatory reform and initiatives and IT projects.

 

· Merger integration risk.

 

In addition, certain other challenges and unforeseen events could have a near term impact on BB&T’s financial condition and results of operations. See the section titled “Forward-Looking Statements” for additional examples of such challenges.

 

Net Interest Income and NIM

 

Net interest income is BB&T’s primary source of revenue. Net interest income is influenced by a number of factors, including the volume, mix and maturity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned and paid thereon. The difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets and the cost of funds (with a FTE adjustment made to tax-exempt items to provide comparability with taxable items) is measured by the NIM.

 

  31  
TableofContents  

 

2015 compared to 2014

 

For 2015, net interest income on a FTE basis totaled $5.7 billion, an increase of $221 million or 4.0% compared to the prior year. The increase reflects higher interest income due to acquisitions and organic loan growth, partially offset by lower yields on new loans and securities and runoff in the loan portfolio acquired from the FDIC. Interest expense declined, reflecting lower rates and improvement in the mix of funding sources. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits declined two basis points to 0.24%, reflecting reductions in time deposits and growth in interest checking and money market and savings. The average cost of long-term debt declined from 2.36% to 2.13%, primarily due to the early extinguishment of $2.0 billion of higher-cost FHLB advances during the last two years.

 

The FTE-adjusted NIM is the primary measure used in evaluating the gross profit margin from the portfolios of earning assets. The FTE-adjusted NIM was 3.32% in 2015 compared with 3.42% in 2014. The decline in the NIM reflects lower yields on loans and securities, partially offset by the lower funding costs described above. The average annualized FTE yield for total loans and leases was 4.26% for 2015, compared to 4.42% for the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to lower yields on new loan originations and the runoff of higher yielding loans acquired from the FDIC, partially offset by acquisition impact. The FTE yield on the total securities portfolio was 2.36% for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 2.45% for the prior year.

 

The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits for 2015 dropped to 0.24%, from 0.26% in 2014. This improvement was driven by changes in mix, with time deposits representing a lower percentage of interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2015.

 

The rate paid on average short-term borrowings was 0.15% in 2015, compared to 0.13% in 2014. The average rate on long-term debt during 2015 was 2.13%, compared to 2.36% for the prior year. This decline reflects the previously mentioned early extinguishment of higher-cost FHLB advances. At December 31, 2015, the targeted Federal funds rate was a range of 0.25% to 0.50%, following the first rate increase in several years.

 

2014 compared to 2013

 

For 2014, net interest income on a FTE basis totaled $5.5 billion, a decrease of $245 million or 4.3% compared to the prior year. The decrease in net interest income reflects lower yields on new loans and securities and runoff in the loan portfolio acquired from the FDIC, partially offset by lower funding costs, which declined $123 million compared to 2013. The improvement in funding costs reflects a six basis point reduction in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits due to improved mix and a 67 basis point reduction in the average cost of long-term debt primarily due to the early extinguishment of $1.1 billion of higher-cost FHLB advances during the third quarter and lower rates on new issuances.

 

The FTE-adjusted NIM was 3.42% in 2014 compared with 3.68% in 2013. The decline in the NIM reflects lower yields on loans and securities, partially offset by the lower funding costs described above. The average annualized FTE yield for total loans and leases was 4.42% for 2014, compared to 4.85% for the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to lower yields on new loan originations and the runoff of higher yielding loans acquired from the FDIC. The FTE yield on the total securities portfolio was 2.45% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 2.51% for the prior year.

 

The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits for 2014 dropped to 0.26%, from 0.32% in 2013. This improvement was driven by an 18 basis point reduction in the cost of time deposits.

 

The rates paid on average short-term borrowings declined to 0.13% in 2014 from 0.16% in 2013. At December 31, 2014, the targeted Federal funds rate was a range of zero percent to 0.25%. The average rate on long-term debt during 2014 was 2.36%, compared to 3.03% for the prior year. This decline reflects the previously mentioned early extinguishment of $1.1 billion of higher-cost FHLB advances and lower rates on new issuances.

 

The following table sets forth the major components of net interest income and the related yields and rates, as well as the variances between the periods caused by changes in interest rates versus changes in volumes. Changes attributable to the mix of assets and liabilities have been allocated proportionally between the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

  32  
TableofContents  

 

Table 7
FTE Net Interest Income and Rate / Volume Analysis (1)
Year Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
                                                                  2015 vs. 2014   2014 vs. 2013
            Average Balances (7)   Yield/Rate   Income/Expense   Increase   Change due to   Increase   Change due to
            2015   2014    2013    2015   2014    2013    2015   2014    2013    (Decrease)   Rate   Volume   (Decrease)   Rate   Volume
                                                                                                   
            (Dollars in millions)
Assets                                                                                          
Total securities, at amortized cost: (2)                                                                                          
  U.S. Treasuries   $  2,650    $  1,969    $  486     1.58  %    1.51  %    0.42  %   $  42    $  30    $  2    $  12    $  1    $  11    $  28    $  13    $  15 
  GSEs      5,338       5,516       5,032     2.13       2.10       2.04         113       116       103       (3)      2       (5)      13       3       10 
  MBS issued by GSE      30,683       29,504       27,598     1.98       2.00       2.00         605       589       552       16       (6)      22       37       ―         37 
  States and political subdivisions      1,913       1,827       1,836     5.62       5.78       5.80         108       106       107       2       (3)      5       (1)      ―         (1)
  Non-agency MBS      215       246       283     8.17       7.55       5.69         18       19       16       (1)      1       (2)      3       5       (2)
  Other      477       547       470     1.31       1.43       1.45         7       8       7       (1)      (1)      ―         1       ―         1 
  Acquired from FDIC      827       932       1,067     12.22       13.35       12.82         101       125       137       (24)      (10)      (14)      (12)      5       (17)
    Total securities      42,103       40,541       36,772     2.36       2.45       2.51         994       993       924       1       (16)      17       69       26       43 
Other earning assets (3)      2,768       1,881       2,412     1.39       2.13       1.39         38       40       34       (2)      (17)      15       6       15       (9)
Loans and leases, net of unearned income: (4)(5)                                                                                          
  Commercial:                                                                                          
    Commercial and industrial      44,648       39,537       38,206     3.21       3.35       3.63         1,434       1,325       1,386       109       (57)      166       (61)      (108)      47 
    CRE-income producing properties      11,806       10,489       9,916     3.66       3.49       3.72         432       366       368       66       18       48       (2)      (23)      21 
    CRE-construction and development      3,196       2,616       2,589     3.57       3.51       3.86         114       92       100       22       2       20       (8)      (9)      1 
    Dealer floor plan      1,068       985       619     1.85       1.87       2.18         20       18       14       2       ―         2       4       (2)      6 
  Direct retail lending (6)      9,375       8,249       15,952     4.07       4.10       4.64         381       338       741       43       (2)      45       (403)      (78)      (325)
  Sales finance      9,975       9,022       8,039     2.86       2.80       3.26         286       253       261       33       6       27       (8)      (38)      30 
  Revolving credit      2,406       2,385       2,303     8.76       8.70       8.56         211       208       197       3       1       2       11       3       8 
  Residential mortgage (6)      30,252       31,528       23,598     4.15       4.20       4.22         1,255       1,325       996       (70)      (16)      (54)      329       (5)      334 
  Other lending subsidiaries      12,291       10,848       10,468     8.68       9.08       10.20         1,067       985       1,068       82       (45)      127       (83)      (121)      38 
  PCI      1,083       1,613       2,667     16.57       17.22       16.93         179       278       451       (99)      (10)      (89)      (173)      8       (181)
    Total loans and leases HFI      126,100       117,272       114,357     4.27       4.42       4.88         5,379       5,188       5,582       191       (103)      294       (394)      (373)      (21)
  LHFS      1,702       1,558       3,170     3.63       4.19       3.59         62       65       114       (3)      (9)      6       (49)      17       (66)
    Total loans and leases      127,802       118,830       117,527     4.26       4.42       4.85         5,441       5,253       5,696       188       (112)      300       (443)      (356)      (87)
    Total earning assets      172,673       161,252       156,711     3.75       3.90       4.25         6,473       6,286       6,654       187       (145)      332       (368)      (315)      (53)
    Nonearning assets      24,674       23,843       24,571                                                                         
      Total assets   $  197,347    $  185,095    $  181,282                                                                         
                                                                                                   
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity                                                                                          
Interest-bearing deposits:                                                                                          
  Interest checking   $  22,092    $  18,731    $  19,305     0.08       0.07       0.08         18       13       15       5       2       3       (2)      (2)      ―   
  Money market and savings      56,592       49,728       48,640     0.19       0.15       0.13         107       74       64       33       22       11       10       9       1 
  Time deposits      16,405       22,569       26,006     0.66       0.67       0.85         107       151       221       (44)      (2)      (42)      (70)      (43)      (27)
  Foreign office deposits - interest-bearing      593       722       672     0.12       0.07       0.08         1       1       1       ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         ―   
    Total interest-bearing deposits      95,682       91,750       94,623     0.24       0.26       0.32         233       239       301       (6)      22       (28)      (62)      (36)      (26)
Short-term borrowings      3,221       3,421       4,459     0.15       0.13       0.16         5       5       7       ―         ―         ―         (2)      (1)      (1)
Long-term debt      23,343       22,210       19,301     2.13       2.36       3.03         497       525       584       (28)      (54)      26       (59)      (139)      80 
    Total interest-bearing liabilities      122,246       117,381       118,383     0.60       0.65       0.75         735       769       892       (34)      (32)      (2)      (123)      (176)      53 
    Noninterest-bearing deposits      42,816       37,327       33,932                                                                         
    Other liabilities      6,414       6,433       7,107                                                                         
    Shareholders’ equity      25,871       23,954       21,860                                                                         
      Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $  197,347    $  185,095    $  181,282                                                                         
Average interest rate spread                      3.15  %    3.25  %    3.50  %                                                      
NIM / net interest income                      3.32  %    3.42  %    3.68  %   $  5,738    $  5,517    $  5,762    $  221    $  (113)   $  334    $  (245)   $  (139)   $  (106)
FTE adjustment                                       $  146    $  143    $  149                                     
                                                                                                   
                                                                                                   
(1) Yields are stated on a FTE basis assuming tax rates in effect for the periods presented.
(2) Total securities include AFS and HTM securities at amortized cost.
(3) Includes Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements or similar arrangements, interest-bearing deposits with banks, trading securities, FHLB stock and other earning assets.
(4) Loan fees, which are not material for any of the periods shown, have been included for rate calculation purposes.
(5) NPLs have been included in the average balances.
(6) During the first quarter of 2014, $8.3 billion in loans were transferred from direct retail lending to residential mortgage.
(7) Excludes basis adjustments for fair value hedges.

 

  33  
TableofContents  

 

Provision for Credit Losses

 

2015 compared to 2014

 

The provision for credit losses was $428 million in 2015, an increase of $177 million compared to the prior year. The increase in the provision for credit losses reflects allowance releases on loan sales in the prior year and stabilization in credit trends after an extended period of improvements. The ratio of the ALLL to net charge-offs was 3.36x for 2015, compared to 2.74x for 2014. During the prior year, loan sales resulted in a combined $66 million in gains recognized through the release of the ALLL.

 

Net charge-offs were 0.35% of average loans and leases held for investment for 2015, compared to 0.46% of average loans and leases held for investment during 2014. Net charge-offs declined $102 million, or 19.0%, with improvement across several loan portfolios led by commercial and industrial loans, which declined $45 million, and residential mortgage-nonguaranteed, which declined $38 million.

 

2014 compared to 2013

 

The provision for credit losses was $251 million in 2014, a decrease of $341 million compared to the prior year. The decrease in the provision for credit losses reflects continued improvement in credit trends and outlook, as net charge-offs in 2014 decreased 32.1% compared to the prior year. Improving credit conditions also resulted in an increase in the ratio of the ALLL to net charge-offs, which increased to 2.74x for 2014, compared to 2.19x for 2013.

 

During 2014, approximately $550 million of residential mortgage loans that were primarily performing TDRs and approximately $140 million of residential mortgage loans that were primarily nonperforming were sold at a pre-tax gain of $42 million and $24 million, respectively. Both of these gains were recognized as a reduction to the provision for credit losses.

 

Net charge-offs were 0.46% of average loans and leases held for investment for 2014, compared to 0.69% of average loans and leases held for investment during 2013. Net charge-offs declined $254 million, or 32.1%, with improvement across most loan portfolios led by commercial and industrial loans, which declined $112 million compared to 2013. Net charge-offs in other lending subsidiaries were $15 million higher primarily due to a process change that resulted in the accelerated recognition of charge-offs in the nonprime automobile lending portfolio.

 

Noninterest Income

 

Noninterest income is a significant contributor to BB&T’s financial results. Management focuses on diversifying its sources of revenue to further reduce BB&T’s reliance on traditional spread-based interest income, as certain fee-based activities are a relatively stable revenue source during periods of changing interest rates.

 

 

  34  
TableofContents  

 

Table 8
Noninterest Income
                                     
        Year Ended December 31,   % Change  
        2015   2014   2013   2015 vs. 2014   2014 vs. 2013  
                                     
        (Dollars in millions)              
  Insurance income $  1,596    $  1,643    $  1,517     (2.9) %    8.3  %  
  Service charges on deposits    631       632       619     (0.2)      2.1     
  Mortgage banking income    455       395       565     15.2       (30.1)    
  Investment banking and brokerage fees and commissions    398       387       383     2.8       1.0     
  Trust and investment advisory revenues    240       221       200     8.6       10.5     
  Bankcard fees and merchant discounts    218       207       202     5.3       2.5     
  Checkcard fees    174       163       157     6.7       3.8     
  Operating lease income    124       95       77     30.5       23.4     
  Income from bank-owned life insurance    113       110       113     2.7       (2.7)    
  FDIC loss share income, net    (253)      (343)      (293)    (26.2)      17.1     
  Securities gains (losses), net    (3)      (3)      51     ―         (105.9)    
  Other income    326       349       445     (6.6)      (21.6)    
    Total noninterest income $  4,019    $  3,856    $  4,036     4.2       (4.5)    
                                     

 

 

2015 compared to 2014

 

Noninterest income was a record $4.0 billion for 2015, an increase of $163 million compared to 2014. This increase was driven by improved FDIC loss share income, higher mortgage banking income and higher operating lease income, partially offset by lower insurance income and lower other income.

 

FDIC loss share income improved by $90 million, primarily due to a $58 million reduction in negative accretion related to credit losses on covered loans and a $20 million change in the offset to the provision for covered loans. See “Acquired from the FDIC and FDIC Loss Share Receivable/Payable” for additional information.

 

Mortgage banking income increased $60 million, primarily due to higher volume and $17 million of higher MSR valuation adjustments.

 

Operating lease income increased $29 million, primarily due to a larger leasing portfolio size as this business has continued to demonstrate steady growth.

 

Income from BB&T’s insurance agency/brokerage operations was the largest source of noninterest income in 2015. Insurance income totaled $1.6 billion for 2015, a decline of $47 million compared to 2014. The second quarter sale of American Coastal resulted in a $79 million decline in insurance income, which was partially offset by higher volume in the property and casualty business.

 

Other income totaled $326 million for 2015, a decline of $23 million from 2014. This decline is primarily due to the $26 million loss on sale of American Coastal during the second quarter of 2015 and $18 million of lower income related to assets for certain post-employment benefits (which is offset in personnel expense). These declines were partially offset by higher partnerships and other investment income, which was the result of an opportunistic sale that resulted in a $28 million gain during the third quarter of 2015.

 

2014 compared to 2013

 

Noninterest income was $3.9 billion for 2014, compared to $4.0 billion for 2013. This decrease was driven by declines in mortgage banking income, FDIC loss share income, net securities gains and other income, partially offset by growth in insurance income.

 

Income from BB&T’s insurance agency/brokerage operations was the largest source of noninterest income in 2014. Insurance income was $1.6 billion, up $126 million compared to 2013, as increased volume and improving market conditions drove broad-based increases across the insurance business. This growth was led by a $95 million increase in property and casualty commissions and a $17 million increase in contingent insurance commissions.

 

 

  35  
TableofContents  

 

Mortgage banking income totaled $395 million in 2014, a decrease of $170 million compared to the prior year. The decrease in mortgage banking income includes a $182 million decrease in residential mortgage production revenues primarily due to decreases in the volume and margins on loan sales, which have come under pressure due to increased competition and sustained low interest rates. The decline also reflects an $18 million reduction in fees primarily due to a reduction in volume. These declines were partially offset by increased servicing income due to a larger servicing portfolio as well as an increase in derivative income.

 

Net securities gains declined $54 million as the prior year contained a $46 million gain on the sale of GNMA securities. FDIC loss share income, net, was $50 million worse than 2013, primarily due to a $29 million change in the offset to the provision for covered loans, which was a benefit in 2014 due to improved credit quality on the acquired loans.

 

Trust and investment advisory revenues increased $21 million to a record $221 million, primarily the result of higher investment advisory revenues during the current year. Other income decreased $96 million in 2014, primarily due to a $31 million gain on the sale of a consumer lending subsidiary in 2013, a $24 million decrease in income from assets related to certain post-employment benefits, which is offset in personnel expense, and an $8 million decrease in letter of credit fees. These declines and other smaller declines were partially offset by a $19 million increase in leasing income.

 

Noninterest Expense

 

The following table provides a breakdown of BB&T’s noninterest expense:

 

 

Table 9
Noninterest Expense
                                       
          Year Ended December 31,   % Change  
          2015   2014   2013   2015 vs. 2014   2014 vs. 2013  
                                       
          (Dollars in millions)              
  Personnel expense $  3,469    $  3,180    $ 3,293     9.1  %    (3.4) %  
  Occupancy and equipment expense    708       682      692     3.8       (1.4)    
  Software expense    192       174      158     10.3       10.1     
  Loan-related expense    150       267      188     (43.8)      42.0     
  Outside IT services    135       115      89     17.4       29.2     
  Professional services    130       139      189     (6.5)      (26.5)    
  Amortization of intangibles    105       91      106     15.4       (14.2)    
  Regulatory charges    101       106      143     (4.7)      (25.9)    
  Foreclosed property expense    53       40      55     32.5       (27.3)    
  Merger-related and restructuring charges, net    165       46      46    NM      ―       
  Loss on early extinguishment of debt    172       122       ―       41.0      NM    
  Other expense    886       890      818     (0.4)      8.8     
    Total noninterest expense $  6,266    $  5,852    $  5,777     7.1       1.3     

 

2015 compared to 2014

 

Noninterest expense totaled $6.3 billion for 2015, an increase of $414 million from 2014. This increase was driven by higher personnel expense, merger-related and restructuring charges and loss on early extinguishment of debt, partially offset by lower loan-related expense.

 

Personnel expense is the largest component of noninterest expense and includes salaries, wages and incentives, as well as pension and other employee benefit costs. Personnel expense totaled $3.5 billion, a $289 million increase compared to 2014. This increase was driven by a $114 million increase in salaries, which was primarily due to additional headcount from acquisitions. Personnel expense also increased due to a $74 million increase in pension expense that reflects higher amortization, service and interest costs, partially offset by the estimated return on higher plan assets. Additionally, personnel expense reflects a $50 million increase in employee medical and insurance benefits and a $32 million increase in incentives.

 

Merger-related and restructuring charges totaled $165 million, an increase of $119 million compared to 2014. This increase was primarily related to the Susquehanna acquisition, with additional amounts related to The Bank of Kentucky and the planned acquisition of National Penn.

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt was $172 million for 2015, compared to $122 million for 2014. The combined debt extinguishments for the two years totaled $2.0 billion of FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.5%.

 

 

  36  
TableofContents  

 

Occupancy and equipment expense totaled $708 million for 2015, compared to $682 million for 2014. The increase reflects the acquisition activity occurring during the year.

 

Loan-related expense totaled $150 million for 2015, a decrease of $117 million compared to the prior year. This decrease is largely the result of lower claims and chargeoffs in the current year, as well as charges recorded in the prior year of $33 million related to the FHA-insured loan origination process and $27 million related to a review of mortgage lending processes.

 

2014 compared to 2013

 

Personnel expense totaled $3.2 billion, a decrease of $113 million compared to 2013. This decline was driven by a $110 million reduction in qualified pension plan expense, primarily due to a higher expected return on plan assets and a change in the actuarial discount rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation as of the beginning of the year that resulted in reduced amortization expense during 2014.

 

Professional services expense totaled $139 million, a decrease of $50 million compared to the prior year. This decrease was driven by a reduction in legal fees as well as services associated with regulatory initiatives. Regulatory charges totaled $106 million for 2014, a decline of $37 million compared to 2013, which primarily reflects a reduction in FDIC insurance due to long-term debt issuances and improved credit conditions.

 

Loan-related expense totaled $267 million for 2014, an increase of $79 million compared to the prior year. This increase includes a $33 million mortgage loan indemnification reserve adjustment, which represents an increase in estimated losses that may be incurred on FHA-insured mortgage loans that have not yet defaulted, and a mortgage reserve adjustment of $27 million related to a review of mortgage lending processes.

 

Outside IT services totaled $115 million during 2014, compared to $89 million for 2013. This increase was due to third-party costs associated with the new ERP and commercial loan systems.

 

A loss on early extinguishment of debt of $122 million was recorded during 2014 in connection with the early termination of $1.1 billion of higher cost FHLB advances. The transaction occurred during the third quarter of 2014 and had a beneficial impact to net interest income for the remainder of the year.

 

Other expense was $890 million for 2014, an increase of $72 million compared to 2013. During June 2014, BB&T received notice from the HUD-OIG that BB&T had been selected for an audit/survey to assess BB&T's compliance with FHA loan origination and quality control requirements. In late 2014 and in 2015, BB&T received subpoenas from the HUD-OIG and the Department of Justice seeking additional information regarding its lending practices in connection with loans insured by the FHA. BB&T is cooperating with the investigation. While the outcome of the investigation is unknown and neither the Department of Justice nor the HUD-OIG has asserted any claims, similar reviews and related matters with other financial institutions have resulted in cash settlements and other remedial actions. BB&T identified a potential exposure related to losses incurred by the FHA on defaulted loans that ranges from $25 million to $105 million and recognized an $85 million charge during 2014. The income statement impact of this adjustment was included in other expense on the Consolidated Statements of lncome. The ultimate resolution of this matter is uncertain and the estimates of this exposure are subject to the application of significant judgment and therefore cannot be predicted with certainty at this time.

 

The increase in other expense also includes a $17 million increase in depreciation related to operating leases. These increases were partially offset by a $15 million favorable franchise tax adjustment and a decline in expense due to the prior year $11 million write-down of owned real estate.

 

Merger-Related and Restructuring Charges

 

BB&T has incurred certain merger-related and restructuring charges, which are reflected in BB&T’s Consolidated Statements of Income as a category of noninterest expense. Merger-related and restructuring expenses or credits include:

 

· severance and personnel-related costs or credits, which typically occur in corporate support and data processing functions;
· occupancy and equipment charges or credits, which relate to costs or gains associated with lease terminations, obsolete equipment write-offs and the sale of duplicate facilities and equipment;
· professional services, which relate to investment banking advisory fees and other consulting services pertaining to the transaction;

 

 

  37  
TableofContents  

 

 

· systems conversion and related charges, which represent costs to integrate the acquired entity’s information technology systems; and

· other merger-related and restructuring charges or credits, which include expenses necessary to convert and combine the acquired branches and operations of merged companies, direct media advertising related to the acquisitions, asset and supply inventory write-offs, and other similar charges.

 

Merger-related and restructuring accruals are established when the costs are incurred or once all requirements for a plan to dispose of certain business functions have been approved by management. In general, a major portion of accrued costs are utilized in conjunction with or immediately following the systems conversion, when most of the duplicate positions are eliminated and the terminated employees begin to receive severance. Other accruals are utilized over time based on the sale, closing or disposal of duplicate facilities or equipment or the expiration of lease contracts. Merger and restructuring accruals are re-evaluated periodically and adjusted as necessary. The remaining accruals at December 31, 2015 are generally expected to be utilized within one year, unless they relate to specific contracts that expire later.

 

The following table presents a summary of activity with respect to merger-related and restructuring accruals:
                                   
Table 10
Merger-related and Restructuring Accrual Activity
                                   
            Year Ended December 31, 2015  
            Beginning Balance   Merger-Related Charges, net   Utilized   Ending Balance  
                                   
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Severance and personnel-related $  2    $  60    $  (36)   $  26   
  Occupancy and equipment    7       16       (12)      11   
  Professional services    17       34       (38)      13   
  Systems conversion and related charges    ―         25       (25)      ―     
  Other adjustments    5       30       (33)      2   
    Total $  31    $  165    $  (144)   $  52   
                                   

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

BB&T’s provision for income taxes totaled $794 million, $921 million and $1.6 billion for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. BB&T’s effective tax rates for the years ended 2015, 2014 and 2013 were 27.2%, 29.5% and 47.3%, respectively. The changes in the effective tax rates during 2015, 2014 and 2013 were primarily due to adjustments for uncertain tax positions as discussed below.

 

During 2010, BB&T received an IRS statutory notice of deficiency for tax years 2002-2007 asserting a liability for taxes, penalties and interest of approximately $892 million related to the disallowance of foreign tax credits and other deductions claimed by a subsidiary in connection with a financing transaction. BB&T paid the disputed tax, penalties and interest during 2010 and filed a lawsuit seeking a refund in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims. During 2013, the court denied the refund claim, and BB&T recorded $516 million of income tax charges. BB&T appealed the decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. On May 14, 2015, the appeals court overturned a portion of the earlier ruling, resulting in the recognition of income tax benefits of $107 million during the second quarter of 2015. The remainder of the decision was affirmed. On September 29, 2015, BB&T filed a petition requesting the case be heard by the U.S. Supreme Court, which has not rendered a decision on whether it will hear the case.

 

BB&T has extended credit to and invested in the obligations of states and municipalities and their agencies and has made other investments and loans that produce tax-exempt income. The income generated from these investments, together with certain other transactions that have favorable tax treatment, have reduced BB&T’s overall effective tax rate from the statutory rate in all periods presented.

 

Refer to Note 12 “Income Taxes” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a reconciliation of the effective tax rate to the statutory tax rate and a discussion of uncertain tax positions and other tax matters.

 

  38  
TableofContents  

 

Segment Results

 

See Note 20 “Operating Segments” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” herein for additional disclosures related to BB&T’s operating segments, the internal accounting and reporting practices used to manage these segments and financial disclosures for these segments.

 

Fluctuations in noninterest income and noninterest expense incurred directly by the segments are more fully discussed in the “Noninterest Income” and “Noninterest Expense” sections above.

 

2015 compared to 2014

 

Community Banking

 

Community Banking had a network of 2,139 banking offices at the end of 2015, an increase of 300 offices compared to December 31, 2014. The increase in offices was primarily driven by the acquisition of 41 branches in Texas, 32 branches with the acquisition of The Bank of Kentucky and 245 branches with the acquisition of Susquehanna Bancshares, partially offset by the consolidation of nearby financial centers and the closure of certain lower volume branches within the BB&T branch network.

  

Community Banking net income was $978 million in 2015, an increase of $68 million, or 7.5%, compared to 2014. Net income results include the impact of the current year acquisitions as described previously.

 

Segment net interest income increased $159 million to $3.1 billion, primarily driven by growth in commercial loans and direct retail loans due to organic growth and the acquisitions, partially offset by lower interest rates on new loans and lower funding spreads on deposits.

 

Noninterest income decreased $18 million driven by lower service charges on deposits, international factoring commissions and letter of credit fees. Intersegment net referral fee income increased $15 million driven by higher loan referrals to the Residential Mortgage Banking segment and higher capital markets referrals to the Financial Services segment.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses decreased $56 million as a result of lower commercial and retail loan net charge-offs. Noninterest expense increased $89 million driven by higher salary, incentive, pension and franchise tax expense as well as higher merger-related charges. The increase in salary expense reflects the acquisition activity. Allocated corporate expense increased $21 million driven by internal business initiatives.

 

Residential Mortgage Banking

 

Residential Mortgage Banking net income was $244 million in 2015, an increase of $40 million, or 19.6%, compared to 2014. Mortgage originations totaled $18.1 billion in 2015, an increase of $706 million compared to $17.4 billion in 2014. BB&T’s residential mortgage servicing portfolio, which includes both retained loans and loans serviced for others, totaled $122.2 billion at the end of 2015, compared to $122.3 billion at December 31, 2014.

 

Segment net interest income decreased $46 million to $452 million, primarily the result of lower loans HFI balances reflecting the current strategy of selling substantially all conforming mortgage loan production, partially offset by higher credit spreads. Noninterest income increased $45 million, driven by higher gains on residential mortgage loan production and sales and an increase in net MSR income, primarily due to improved MSR hedging results.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses reflected a charge of $9 million in 2015, compared to a benefit of $107 million in 2014, partially attributable to stabilization in the rate of improvement in credit trends. Earlier period results reflect the impact of loan sales that generated a combined $66 million in gains through the release of the related ALLL. Noninterest expense decreased $184 million, primarily due to prior-year adjustments totaling $118 million relating to the previously discussed FHA-insured loan exposures and a $27 million prior-year charge related to a review of mortgage processes. The decrease in noninterest expense was also partially attributable to lower costs associated with repurchased loans. 

 

Dealer Financial Services

 

Dealer Financial Services net income was $180 million in 2015, a decrease of $3 million, or 1.6%, compared to 2014.

 

 

  39  
TableofContents  

 

Segment net interest income increased $53 million to $728 million, primarily driven by growth in the Dealer Finance and Regional Acceptance loan portfolios, the inclusion of dealer floor plan loans in the segment results beginning in the first quarter of 2015 and the acquisition of Susquehanna’s consumer auto leasing business.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses increased $17 million, primarily due to higher charge-offs. Noninterest expense increased $37 million driven by higher personnel, professional services, loan processing and other expenses.

 

Dealer Financial Services grew average loans by $911 million, or 7.1%, compared to 2014 as a result of strong growth in the prime and nonprime auto lending businesses and the acquisition of Susquehanna’s consumer auto leasing business.

 

Specialized Lending

 

Specialized Lending net income was $268 million in 2015, an increase of $11 million, or 4.3%, compared to 2014.

 

Segment net interest income increased $33 million to $465 million, driven by strong growth in small ticket consumer loans and the acquisition of Susquehanna’s small business equipment finance portfolio, partially offset by lower rates on new loans. Noninterest income increased $39 million driven by higher commercial mortgage and operating lease income.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses increased $9 million, primarily due to higher net charge-offs in the small ticket consumer and commercial finance loan portfolios. Noninterest expense increased $45 million, primarily due to higher personnel expense and higher depreciation of property under operating leases.

 

Specialized Lending grew average loans by $2.0 billion, or 12.7%, compared to 2014 as a result of strong growth in small ticket consumer, commercial mortgage and governmental finance loans and the acquisition of the small business equipment finance portfolio.

 

Insurance Services

 

Insurance Services net income was $182 million in 2015, a decrease of $51 million, or 21.9%, compared to 2014.

 

Insurance Service’s noninterest income of $1.6 billion decreased $55 million, which primarily reflects lower direct commercial property and casualty insurance premiums due to the previously discussed sale of American Coastal, partially offset by higher new and renewal commercial property and casualty insurance business.

 

Noninterest expense increased $2 million driven by higher salary, employee insurance and pension expense as well as higher merger-related charges, partially offset by lower business referral and insurance claims expense. Allocated corporate expenses increased $13 million primarily due to the centralization of certain corporate support functions during mid-2014.

 

Financial Services

 

Financial Services net income was $319 million in 2015, an increase of $37 million, or 13.1%, compared to 2014.

 

Segment net interest income increased $80 million to $526 million, driven by Corporate Banking and BB&T Wealth loan and deposit growth, partially offset by lower rates on new loans. Noninterest income increased $68 million as a result of higher investment commissions and brokerage fees, trust and investment advisory fees, commercial unused commitment fees and income from SBIC private equity investments. Client invested assets totaled $130.6 billion as of December 31, 2015, an increase of $11.7 billion, or 9.8%, compared to 2014.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses increased $40 million as a result of the Corporate Banking loan growth, portfolio mix and risk expectations related to the oil and energy sector. Noninterest expense increased $46 million compared to 2014, driven by higher salary, incentive, pension and professional services expense.

 

Financial Services continues to generate significant loan growth through expanded lending strategies, with Corporate Banking’s average loan balances increasing $2.6 billion, or 28.4%, compared to 2014, while BB&T Wealth’s average loan balances increased $367 million, or 32.7%. BB&T Wealth also grew transaction account balances by $595 million, or 21.5%, and money market and savings balances by $974 million, or 14.5%, compared to 2014, partially attributable to the ongoing identification and servicing of wealth clients in the Community Bank.

 

 

  40  
TableofContents  

 

Other, Treasury & Corporate

 

Other, Treasury & Corporate generated a net loss of $48 million in 2015, compared to net income of $137 million in 2014.

 

Segment net interest income decreased $62 million to $339 million, driven by lower average PCI loan balances as well as lower yields on the securities portfolio, partially offset by higher funding spreads on deposits. Noninterest income increased $79 million, primarily due to improved FDIC loss share income, partially offset by the loss on the previously discussed sale of American Coastal.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses reflected a benefit of $15 million in 2015, compared to a benefit of $66 million in 2014, primarily due to a release in the RUFC in the earlier period driven by improvements related to the mix of unfunded lending exposures and a lower provision benefit for PCI loans attributable to improvements in credit quality in the earlier period.

 

Noninterest expense increased $365 million, driven by higher salary, employee insurance and pension expense, partially attributable to the Susquehanna acquisition, as well as higher IT professional services and software expense, franchise taxes and merger-related charges. In addition, noninterest expense for the current year includes the previously discussed $172 million loss on early extinguishment of FHLB advances, compared to a similar loss of $122 million in the prior year. Intersegment net referral fee expenses decreased $22 million driven largely by higher mortgage loan referrals shared by other segments. Amortization of intangibles increased $25 million primarily due to core deposit intangible amortization for acquisitions occurring during 2015. Allocated corporate expense decreased $53 million compared to the earlier period as a result of higher expense allocations to the other segments related to internal business initiatives and the continued centralization of certain support functions into the respective allocated corporate centers.

 

2014 compared to 2013

 

Community Banking

 

Community Banking had a network of 1,839 banking offices at the end of 2014, an increase of 14 offices compared to December 31, 2013. During the second quarter of 2014, BB&T completed the acquisition of 21 branches in Texas, which included $1.2 billion in deposits and $112 million in loans. The increase in offices was primarily driven by the acquisition, partially offset by the closure of certain lower volume branches.

 

Community Banking net income was $910 million in 2014, an increase of $26 million, or 2.9%, compared to 2013. Segment net interest income totaled $2.9 billion, a decrease of $134 million compared to 2013, primarily due to lower yields on new loans and lower funding spreads earned on deposits, partially offset by loan and noninterest-bearing deposit growth. Noninterest income of $1.2 billion increased $4 million, primarily due to higher service charges on deposits, checkcard fees and bankcard fees.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses decreased $156 million driven by lower business and consumer loan charge-offs, partially offset by stabilization in loss factors. Noninterest expense totaled $1.4 billion for 2014. The $145 million decrease was primarily attributable to lower personnel, occupancy and equipment and professional services expense and lower restructuring charges. Intersegment net referral fees decreased $58 million driven by lower mortgage banking referrals. Allocated corporate expenses increased $81 million, primarily driven by internal business initiatives, including the implementation of the ERP system.

 

Residential Mortgage Banking

 

Residential Mortgage Banking net income was $204 million in 2014, a decrease of $179 million, or 46.7%, compared to 2013. Mortgage originations totaled $17.4 billion in 2014, a decrease of $14.2 billion compared to $31.6 billion in 2013. BB&T’s residential mortgage servicing portfolio, which includes both retained loans and loans serviced for others, totaled $122.3 billion at the end of 2014, compared to $121.2 billion at the end of 2013.

 

Segment net interest income decreased $87 million to $498 million, primarily the result of lower average loan balances. Noninterest income decreased $171 million driven by lower gains on residential mortgage loan sales due to lower origination volume and tighter pricing due to competitive factors. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in net servicing income of $31 million, primarily due to slower prepayment speeds and a $2.8 billion, or 3.2%, increase in the investor-owned servicing portfolio.

 

  41  
TableofContents  

 

The allocated provision for credit losses was a benefit of $107 million in 2014, compared to expense of $12 million in 2013, reflecting the benefit of the previously discussed sales of residential mortgage loans during 2014 and a decrease in loan balances consistent with the current strategy of selling substantially all conforming mortgage loan production. Noninterest expense increased $141 million, which primarily reflects a $27 million charge in the fourth quarter of 2014 related to the previously discussed ongoing review of mortgage processes, as well as adjustments in the second quarter of 2014 totaling $118 million related to the previously discussed FHA-insured loan exposures.

 

Dealer Financial Services

 

Dealer Financial Services net income was $183 million in 2014, a decrease of $21 million, or 10.3%, compared to 2013.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses increased $23 million primarily due to higher charge-offs in the nonprime automobile loan portfolio as credit trends in that portfolio continue to normalize. Noninterest expense increased $8 million, driven by higher personnel expense, primarily related to Regional Acceptance Corporation’s geographic expansion, and operating charge-offs.

 

Dealer Financial Services grew average loans by $1.1 billion, or 10.5%, compared to 2013 as a result of strong growth in both the prime and nonprime auto lending businesses.

 

Specialized Lending

 

Specialized Lending net income was $257 million in 2014, a decrease of $16 million, or 5.9%, compared to 2013.

 

Segment net interest income decreased $120 million to $432 million, which primarily reflects the sale of a consumer lending subsidiary during the fourth quarter of 2013 and lower credit spreads on loans earned during 2014. Noninterest income increased $10 million driven by higher operating lease income.

 

The sale of the specialized lending subsidiary also had a beneficial impact on the allocated provision for credit losses, which decreased $46 million. Noninterest expense decreased $34 million driven by lower personnel, occupancy and equipment, loan processing and professional services expense.

 

Small ticket consumer finance, equipment finance, governmental finance and commercial mortgage experienced strong loan growth compared to 2013.

 

Insurance Services

 

Insurance Services net income was $233 million in 2014, an increase of $46 million, or 24.6%, compared to 2013.

 

Insurance Services’ noninterest income of $1.7 billion increased $128 million, primarily due to increased commissions on new and renewal property and casualty business, higher performance-based commissions and an increase in employee benefit commissions. Noninterest expense increased $54 million driven by higher salaries, performance-based incentives, operating charge-offs and business referral expense.

 

Financial Services

 

Financial Services net income was $282 million in 2014, a decrease of $23 million, or 7.5%, compared to 2013.

 

Noninterest income increased $22 million, primarily due to higher trust, investment advisory and investment banking income. Client invested assets totaled $119.0 billion as of December 31, 2014, an increase of $7.8 billion, or 7.0%, compared to 2013.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses increased $7 million compared to the prior year as a result of growth in the Corporate Banking and BB&T Wealth loan portfolios. Noninterest expense increased $30 million, primarily due to higher personnel expense, operating charge-offs, sub-advisory fees and occupancy and equipment expense. Allocated corporate expenses increased $19 million, primarily driven by internal business initiatives and growth in the segment.

 

Financial Services continued to generate significant loan growth through expanded lending strategies. Corporate Banking’s average loan balances increased $1.7 billion, or 23.4%, compared to 2013, while BB&T Wealth’s average loan balances increased $229 million, or 25.6%. BB&T Wealth also grew transaction account balances by $438 million, or 18.8%, and money market and savings balances by $534 million, or 8.6%, compared to 2013.

 

 

  42  
TableofContents  

 

Other, Treasury & Corporate

 

Other, Treasury & Corporate net income was $137 million in 2014 compared to a net loss of $506 million in 2013. Results in the prior year include $516 million in adjustments for uncertain income tax positions as previously discussed.

 

Segment net interest income increased $103 million to $401 million, primarily due to an increase in the investment portfolio, lower funding credits on deposits allocated to Community Banking and Financial Services and lower corporate borrowing costs, partially offset by runoff in the PCI loan portfolio.

 

Noninterest income decreased $170 million primarily due to lower securities gains in the investment portfolio, lower FDIC loss share income, the sale of a consumer lending subsidiary during the fourth quarter of 2013 and lower income from assets related to certain post-employment benefits.

 

The allocated provision for credit losses was a benefit of $66 million compared to a benefit of $16 million in 2013. Results from 2014 included a $29 million benefit for loans acquired from the FDIC and a $29 million reduction in the reserve for unfunded lending commitments driven by improvements related to the mix of lines of credit, letters of credit, and bankers’ acceptances. Noninterest expense increased $36 million, primarily due to $122 million in expense related to early extinguishment of FHLB debt, and higher outside IT services and merger-related expense, partially offset by lower personnel, professional services and tax and license expense. Intersegment net referral fee expense decreased $59 million as a result of a lower level of mortgage banking referral income that was allocated to both Community Banking and Financial Services.

 

Analysis of Financial Condition

 

Investment Activities

 

BB&T’s board-approved investment policy is carried out by the MRLCC, which meets regularly to review the economic environment and establish investment strategies. The MRLCC also has much broader responsibilities, which are discussed in the “Market Risk Management” section in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein.

 

Investment strategies are reviewed by the MRLCC based on the interest rate environment, balance sheet mix, actual and anticipated loan demand, funding opportunities and the overall interest rate sensitivity of the Company. In general, the goals of the investment portfolio are: (i) to provide a sufficient margin of liquid assets to meet unanticipated deposit and loan fluctuations and overall funds management objectives; (ii) to provide eligible securities to secure public funds, trust deposits as prescribed by law and other borrowings; and (iii) to earn the maximum return on funds invested that is commensurate with meeting the requirements of (i) and (ii).

 

Branch Bank invests in securities allowable under bank regulations. These securities may include obligations of the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agencies, GSEs (including MBS), bank eligible obligations of any state or political subdivision, non-agency MBS, structured notes, bank eligible corporate obligations (including corporate debentures), commercial paper, negotiable CDs, bankers acceptances, mutual funds and limited types of equity securities. Branch Bank also may deal in securities subject to the provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. BB&T’s full-service brokerage and investment banking subsidiary engages in the underwriting, trading and sales of equity and debt securities subject to the risk management policies of the Company.

 

 

 

  43  
TableofContents  

 

 

The following table provides information regarding the composition of the securities portfolio for the years presented:
                           
Table 11
Composition of Securities Portfolio
                           
          December 31,  
          2015   2014   2013  
                           
          (Dollars in millions)  
  AFS securities (at fair value):                  
    U.S. Treasury $  1,832    $  1,231    $  595   
    GSE    51       ―         ―     
    Agency MBS    20,046       16,154       17,929   
    States and political subdivisions    2,079       1,974       1,851   
    Non-agency MBS    221       264       291   
    Other    4       41       45   
    Acquired from FDIC    1,064       1,243       1,393   
  Total AFS securities    25,297       20,907       22,104   
                       
  HTM securities (at amortized cost):                  
    U.S. Treasury    1,097       1,096       392   
    GSE    5,045       5,394       5,603   
    Agency MBS    12,267       13,120       11,636   
    States and political subdivisions    63       22       33   
    Other    58       608       437   
  Total HTM securities    18,530       20,240       18,101   
  Total securities $  43,827    $  41,147    $  40,205   

 

The securities portfolio totaled $43.8 billion at December 31, 2015, compared to $41.1 billion at December 31, 2014. The increase was driven by higher AFS portfolio balances, primarily due to purchases of agency MBS and U.S. Treasury securities during the year.

 

As of December 31, 2015, approximately 12.4% of the securities portfolio was variable rate, compared to 14.0% as of December 31, 2014. The effective duration of the securities portfolio was 4.0 years at December 31, 2015, compared to 3.9 years at the end of 2014. The duration of the securities portfolio excludes equity securities, auction rate securities, and certain non-agency MBS acquired from the FDIC.

 

Agency MBS represented 73.7% of the total securities portfolio at year-end 2015, compared to 71.1% as of prior year end. As of December 31, 2015, the AFS securities portfolio also includes $1.1 billion of securities that were acquired from the FDIC as part of the Colonial acquisition. Effective October 1, 2014, securities subject to the commercial loss sharing agreement with the FDIC related to the Colonial acquisition were no longer subject to loss sharing; however, any gains on the sale of these securities through September 30, 2017 would be shared with the FDIC. Since these securities are in a significant unrealized gain position, they are effectively covered as any declines in the unrealized gains of the securities down to a contractually specified amount would reduce the liability to the FDIC at the applicable percentage. Securities acquired from the FDIC consisted of $768 million of non-agency MBS and $296 million of states and political subdivisions securities as of December 31, 2015.

 

BB&T transferred $517 million of HTM securities to AFS during the third quarter of 2015. These securities, which were sold by the end of the third quarter, represented investments in student loans for which there was a significant increase in risk weighting as a result of the implementation of Basel III.

 

BB&T recognized $4 million in OTTI charges for 2015 and $6 million in OTTI charges for 2014.

 

Refer to Note 3 “Securities” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” herein for additional disclosures related to the evaluation of securities for OTTI.

 

  44  
TableofContents  

 

The following table presents the securities portfolio at December 31, 2015, segregated by major category with ranges of maturities and average yields disclosed:
                                 
Table 12
Securities
                                 
          December 31, 2015  
          AFS     HTM  
                Effective         Effective  
          Fair Value   Yield (1)   Amortized Cost   Yield (1)  
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  U.S. Treasury:                        
    Within one year $  246     0.49  %   $  ―       ―    %  
    One to five years    1,392     1.29         1,097     2.21     
    Five to ten years    194     2.02         ―       ―       
      Total    1,832     1.26         1,097     2.21     
                                 
  GSE:                        
    One to five years    ―       ―           1,000     1.56     
    Five to ten years    51     2.14         4,045     2.21     
      Total    51     2.14         5,045     2.08     
                                 
  Agency MBS: (2)                        
    One to five years    10     3.82         ―       ―       
    Five to ten years    18     2.34         ―       ―       
    After ten years    20,018     1.81         12,267     2.11     
      Total    20,046     1.81         12,267     2.11     
                                 
  States and political subdivisions: (3)                        
    Within one year    12     6.93         ―       ―       
    One to five years    79     6.27         ―       ―       
    Five to ten years    620     5.65         17     1.33     
    After ten years    1,368     6.30         46     0.98     
      Total    2,079     6.11         63     1.07     
                                 
  Non-agency MBS: (2)                        
    After ten years    221     7.96         ―       ―       
      Total    221     7.96         ―       ―       
                                 
  Other:                        
    Within one year    4     0.48         1     1.29     
    After ten years    ―       ―           57     1.69     
      Total    4     0.48         58     1.69     
                                 
  Acquired from FDIC:                        
    Within one year    2     4.51         ―       ―       
    One to five years    186     3.70         ―       ―       
    Five to ten years    108     4.00         ―       ―       
    After ten years    768     17.72         ―       ―       
      Total    1,064     13.86         ―       ―       
        Total securities $  25,297     2.68      $  18,530     2.10     
                                 
                                 
(1) Yields represent interest computed at the end of the period using the effective interest method on an FTE basis applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% and the amortized cost of the securities.
(2) For purposes of the maturity table, MBS, which are not due at a single maturity date, have been included in maturity groupings based on the contractual maturity. The expected life of MBS will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay the underlying mortgage loans.
(3) Weighted-average yield excludes the effect of pay-fixed swaps hedging municipal securities.

 

  45  
TableofContents  

 

Lending Activities

 

The primary goal of the BB&T lending function is to help clients achieve their financial goals by providing quality loan products that are fair to the client and profitable to the Company. Management believes that this purpose can best be accomplished by building strong, profitable client relationships over time, with BB&T becoming an important contributor to the prosperity and well-being of its clients. In addition to the importance placed on client knowledge and continuous involvement with clients, BB&T’s lending process incorporates the standards of a consistent company-wide credit culture and an in-depth local market knowledge. Furthermore, the Company employs strict underwriting criteria governing the degree of assumed risk and the diversity of the loan portfolio in terms of type, industry and geographical concentration. In this context, BB&T strives to meet the credit needs of clients in its markets while pursuing a balanced strategy of loan profitability, loan growth and loan quality.

 

Table 13
Quarterly Average Balances of Loans and Leases
                                   
        For the Three Months Ended
        12/31/15   9/30/15   6/30/15   3/31/15   12/31/14
                                   
          (Dollars in millions)
Commercial:                            
  Commercial and industrial $  48,047    $  46,462    $  42,541    $  41,448    $  40,383 
  CRE - income producing properties    13,264       12,514       10,730       10,680       10,681 
  CRE - construction and development    3,766       3,502       2,767       2,734       2,772 
  Dealer floor plan    1,164       1,056       1,010       1,040       1,053 
Direct retail lending    10,896       9,926       8,449       8,191       8,085 
Sales finance    10,533       10,386       9,507       9,458       9,194 
Revolving credit    2,458       2,421       2,365       2,385       2,427 
Residential mortgage    30,334       30,384       29,862       30,427       31,046 
Other lending subsidiaries    13,281       12,837       11,701       11,318       11,351 
PCI    1,070       1,052       1,055       1,156       1,309 
  Total average loans and leases HFI    134,813       130,540       119,987       118,837       118,301 
LHFS    1,377       1,959       2,069       1,398       1,611 
  Total average loans and leases $  136,190    $  132,499    $  122,056    $  120,235    $  119,912 

 

Average loans held for investment for the fourth quarter of 2015 were $134.8 billion, up $4.3 billion compared to the third quarter of 2015. Excluding acquisitions (which comprises Susquehanna, The Bank of Kentucky, both branch acquisitions in Texas and BankAtlantic), average loans held for investment were up approximately 2.0% on an annualized basis.

 

Average commercial and industrial loans increased $1.6 billion during the fourth quarter of 2015. Approximately $740 million of the increase was the result of acquisitions while the remaining increase primarily reflects continued growth in large corporate lending. Average commercial real estate – income producing properties loans increased $750 million and average commercial real estate – construction and development loans increased $264 million, with the majority of both of these increases being attributable to acquisitions. Dealer floor plan average loans, which were not significantly impacted by acquisition activity, were up $108 million or 40.6% annualized, due to strong organic growth.

 

Direct retail lending average loans increased $970 million; approximately $735 million of the growth was due to acquisitions. Other lending subsidiaries average loans increased $444 million, with approximately half of the increase due to acquisitions.

 

Excluding acquisition activity, average sales finance loans declined approximately $400 million, which is partially due to dealer pricing structure changes implemented during the third quarter. Average residential mortgage loans decreased approximately $430 million excluding acquisitions, which reflects the continued strategy to sell conforming residential mortgage loan production.

 

The following table excludes sales finance and retail other lending subsidiaries loans as the substantial majority of those loans have fixed interest rates:

 

  46  
TableofContents  

 

Table 14
Variable Rate Loans (Excluding PCI and LHFS)
                             
  December 31, 2015   Outstanding Balance   Wtd. Avg. Contractual Rate   Wtd. Avg. Remaining Term  
                             
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                    
    Commercial and industrial   $  33,927     2.39  %    2.9  yrs  
    CRE - income producing properties      9,984     3.14       4.5     
    CRE - construction and development      3,356     3.44       3.1     
    Dealer floor plan (1)      1,215     1.91      NM    
    Other lending subsidiaries      528     2.68       2.7     
  Retail:                    
    Direct retail lending (2)      9,060     3.45       8.4     
    Revolving credit      2,194     9.35      NM    
    Residential mortgage      6,412     3.42       24.9     
                             
                             
  (1) The weighted average remaining term for dealer floor plan is excluded as the balance primarily represents loans that are callable on demand.  
  (2) The weighted average remaining term for direct retail lending represents the remaining contractual draw period. Margin loans totaling $94 million have been excluded from the calculation of the weighted average remaining term because they do not have a contractual end date and are callable on demand.  
  NM - not meaningful.    

 

As of December 31, 2015, approximately 3.3% of the outstanding balance of variable rate residential mortgage loans is currently in an interest-only phase. Approximately 94.0% of these balances will begin amortizing within the next three years. Variable rate residential mortgage loans typically reset every 12 months beginning after a 3 to 10 year fixed period, with an annual cap on rate changes ranging from 2.0% to 6.0%.

 

As of December 31, 2015, the direct retail lending portfolio includes $6.7 billion of home equity lines. Approximately 74.9% of the outstanding balance of variable rate home equity lines is currently in the interest-only phase. Approximately 8.8% of these balances will begin scheduled amortization within the next three years. Variable rate home equity lines typically reset on a monthly basis. Variable rate home equity loans were immaterial as of December 31, 2015.

 

BB&T monitors the performance of its home equity loans and lines secured by second liens similar to other consumer loans and utilizes assumptions specific to these loans in determining the necessary ALLL. BB&T also receives notification when the first lien holder, whether BB&T or another financial institution, has initiated foreclosure proceedings against the borrower. When notified that the first lien is in the process of foreclosure, BB&T obtains valuations to determine if any additional charge-offs or reserves are warranted. These valuations are updated at least annually thereafter.

 

BB&T has limited ability to monitor the delinquency status of the first lien, unless the first lien is held or serviced by BB&T. As a result, using migration assumptions that are based on historical experience and adjusted for current trends, BB&T estimates the volume of second lien positions where the first lien is delinquent and adjusts the ALLL to reflect the increased risk of loss on these credits. Finally, BB&T also provides additional reserves to second lien positions when the estimated combined current loan to value ratio for the credit exceeds 100%. As of December 31, 2015, BB&T held or serviced the first lien on 32.8% of its second lien positions.

 

Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which the payment is due. Determinations of maturities are based on contract terms. BB&T’s credit policy typically does not permit automatic renewal of loans. At the scheduled maturity date (including balloon payment date), the customer generally must request a new loan to replace the matured loan and execute either a new note or note modification with rate, terms and conditions negotiated at that time.

 

BB&T lends to a diverse customer base that is substantially located within the Company’s primary market area. At the same time, the loan portfolio is geographically dispersed throughout BB&T’s branch network to mitigate concentration risk arising from local and regional economic downturns. Refer to the “Risk Management” section herein for a discussion of each of the loan portfolios and the credit risk management policies used to manage the portfolios.

 

  47  
TableofContents  

 

 

The following table presents the loan portfolio based upon BB&T’s BUs:

 

Table 15
Composition of Loan and Lease Portfolio Based on BU
                                     
        December 31,  
        2015   2014   2013    2012    2011   
                                     
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                              
    Commercial and industrial $  48,430    $  41,454    $  38,508    $  38,295    $  36,415   
    CRE—income producing properties    13,421       10,722       10,228       9,861       8,860   
    CRE—construction and development    3,732       2,735       2,382       2,861       3,890   
    Dealer floor plan    1,215       1,091       904       431       345   
  Direct retail lending (1)    11,140       8,146       15,869       15,817       14,506   
  Sales finance    10,327       9,509       8,478       7,305       7,056   
  Revolving credit    2,510       2,460       2,403       2,330       2,212   
  Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed (1)    29,663       30,107       23,513       23,189       20,057   
  Residential mortgage-government guaranteed    870       983       1,135       1,083       524   
  Other lending subsidiaries    13,521       11,462       10,462       10,137       8,737   
  PCI    1,122       1,215       2,035       3,294       4,867   
    Total loans and leases HFI    135,951       119,884       115,917       114,603       107,469   
  LHFS    1,035       1,423       1,222       3,761       3,736   
    Total loans and leases $  136,986    $  121,307    $  117,139    $  118,364    $  111,205   
                                     
                                     
(1) During the first quarter of 2014, $8.3 billion of loans were transferred from direct retail lending to residential mortgage.

 

Total loans and leases were $137.0 billion at year-end 2015, an increase of $15.7 billion compared to the balance at year-end 2014. This increase reflects broad-based loan growth along with the impact of acquisitions, which contributed $14.2 billion in loans as of the respective acquisition dates. Commercial and industrial loans were up $7.0 billion, direct retail lending loans were up $3.0 billion, CRE-income producing properties loans were up $2.7 billion and other lending subsidiaries loans were up $2.1 billion. A $557 million decline in residential mortgage balances reflects the continued strategy to sell conforming residential mortgage loan production.

 

The increase in commercial and industrial loans reflects the previously mentioned acquisition activity as well as solid growth from large corporate clients, which typically have strong credit profiles and therefore put downward pressure on pricing. The yield on commercial and industrial loans declined to 3.21% in 2015 from 3.35% in 2014.

 

The PCI loan portfolio, which totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2015, continued to runoff during the year, partially offset by the addition of $403 million of PCI loans in connection with the Susquehanna acquisition.

 

The majority of BB&T’s loans are with clients in domestic market areas, which are primarily concentrated in the southeastern United States. International loans were immaterial as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

The following tables summarize the loan portfolio based on regulatory classifications, which focuses on the underlying loan collateral, and differs from internal classifications presented herein that focus on the primary purpose of the loan.

 

  48  
TableofContents  

 

Table 16
Composition of Loan and Lease Portfolio
                                     
        December 31,  
        2015   2014   2013    2012    2011   
                                     
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial, financial and agricultural $  32,211    $  27,615    $  25,260    $  23,863    $  21,452   
  Lease receivables    2,497       1,120       1,126       1,114       1,067   
  Real estate-construction and land development    5,621       4,736       4,630       5,900       7,714   
  Real estate-mortgage    70,324       63,464       65,485       65,760       60,821   
  Consumer    24,298       22,949       19,416       17,966       16,415   
    Total loans and leases HFI    135,951       119,884       115,917       114,603       107,469   
  LHFS    1,035       1,423       1,222       3,761       3,736   
    Total loans and leases $  136,986    $  121,307    $  117,139    $  118,364    $  111,205   

 

Table 17
Selected Loan Maturities and Interest Sensitivity
                           
          December 31, 2015  
          Commercial,   Real Estate:        
          Financial   Construction        
          and   and Land        
          Agricultural   Development   Total  
                           
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Fixed Rate:                  
    1 year or less (1) $  2,741    $  421    $  3,162   
    1-5 years    3,859       443       4,302   
    After 5 years    4,822       772       5,594   
      Total    11,422       1,636       13,058   
  Variable Rate:                  
    1 year or less (1)    5,042       946       5,988   
    1-5 years    12,852       2,033       14,885   
    After 5 years    3,895       1,006       4,901   
      Total    21,789       3,985       25,774   
        Total loans and leases (2) $  33,211    $  5,621    $  38,832   
                           
                           
(1) Includes loans due on demand.  
(2) The above table excludes:       (Dollars in millions)  
  (i) consumer   $  24,298   
  (ii) real estate mortgage      70,324   
  (iii) LHFS      1,035   
  (iv) lease receivables      2,497   
    Total   $  98,154   

 

Asset Quality

 

The following discussion includes PCI loans, which are considered performing due to the application of the expected cash flows method and totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2015 and $1.2 billion in the prior year. Foreclosed real estate acquired from the FDIC totaled $26 million and $56 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

NPAs, which include foreclosed real estate, repossessions and NPLs, totaled $712 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $782 million at December 31, 2014. The decline in NPAs of $70 million was driven by decreases of $40 million in NPLs and $30 million in foreclosed real estate and other property.

 

The decline in NPLs was led by decreases in CRE-income producing properties and CRE-construction and development NPLs of $36 million and $13 million, respectively, due to continued improvement in credit quality.

.

NPAs as a percentage of loans and leases plus foreclosed property were 0.52% at December 31, 2015 compared with 0.65% at December 31, 2014.

 

  49  
TableofContents  

 

 

The following table presents the changes in NPAs (excludes foreclosed property acquired from the FDIC):

 

Table 18
Rollforward of NPAs
 
              Year Ended December 31,  
              2015   2014  
                         
              (Dollars in millions)  
  Balance at beginning of year $  726    $  1,053   
    New NPAs    1,266       1,307   
    Advances and principal increases    85       74   
    Disposals of foreclosed assets (1)    (484)      (487)  
    Disposals of NPLs (2)    (165)      (332)  
    Charge-offs and losses    (246)      (309)  
    Payments    (358)      (398)  
    Transfers to performing status    (149)      (192)  
    Other, net    11       10   
  Balance at end of year $  686    $  726   
                         
                     
(1) Includes charge-offs and losses recorded upon sale of $170 million and $165 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and  2014, respectively.
(2) Includes charge-offs and losses recorded upon sale of $17 million and $25 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

The following tables summarize asset quality information for the past five years. As more fully described below, this information has been adjusted to exclude certain components:

 

· BB&T has recorded certain amounts related to government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that BB&T has the option, but not the obligation, to repurchase and has effectively regained control. These amounts are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets but have been excluded from the asset quality disclosures, as management believes they result in distortion of the reported metrics. The amount of government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that have been excluded are noted in the footnotes to Table 19.

 

· In addition, BB&T has concluded that the inclusion of PCI in “Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing as a percentage of total loans and leases” may result in significant distortion to this ratio. The inclusion of these loans could result in a lack of comparability across quarters or years, and could negatively impact comparability with other portfolios that were not impacted by acquisition accounting. BB&T believes that the presentation of this asset quality measure excluding PCI provides additional perspective into underlying trends related to the quality of its loan portfolio. Accordingly, the asset quality measures in Table 20 present asset quality information on a consolidated basis as well as “Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing as a percentage of total loans and leases” excluding PCI.

 

 

 

  50  
TableofContents  

 

  Table 19  
  Asset Quality  
                                               
          December 31,  
          2015   2014   2013   2012   2011  
                                               
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Nonaccrual loans and leases:                                      
    Commercial and industrial $  237      $  239      $  363      $  545      $  582   
    CRE - income producing properties    38         74         113         171         275   
    CRE - construction and development    13         26         51         170         495   
    Direct retail lending (1)    43         48         109         132         142   
    Sales finance    7         5         5         7         7   
    Residential mortgage (1)(2)(3)(4)    173         166         243         269         308   
    Other lending subsidiaries (2)(5)    65         58         51         86         63   
  Total nonaccrual loans and leases (3)(4)(5)    576         616         935         1,380         1,872   
    Foreclosed real estate    82         87         71         107         536   
    Foreclosed real estate-acquired from FDIC    26         56         121         254         378   
    Other foreclosed property    28         23         47         49         42   
  Total NPAs (3)(4)(5) $  712      $  782      $  1,174      $  1,790      $  2,828   
                                               
  Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:                                      
    Commercial and industrial $  ―        $  ―        $  ―        $  1      $  2   
    Dealer floor plan    ―           ―           ―           ―           3   
    Direct retail lending (1)    7         12         33         38         56   
    Sales finance    5         5         5         10         15   
    Revolving credit    10         9         10         16         17   
    Residential mortgage (1)    55         83         69         91         103   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed (6)    121         238         296         252         204   
    Other lending subsidiaries    ―           ―           5         10         5   
    PCI    114         188         304         442         736   
  Total loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing (6) $  312      $  535      $  722      $  860      $  1,141   
                                               
  Loans 30-89 days past due and still accruing:                                      
    Commercial and industrial $  36      $  23      $  35      $  42      $  85   
    CRE - income producing properties    13         4         8         11         18   
    CRE - construction and development    9         1         2         3         18   
    Dealer floor plan    ―           ―           ―           ―           2   
    Direct retail lending (1)    58         41         132         145         162   
    Sales finance    72         62         56         56         73   
    Revolving credit    22         23         23         23         22   
    Residential mortgage (1)(2)    397         392         454         477         450   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed (7)    75         80         88         84         74   
    Other lending subsidiaries (2)(5)    304         237         221         290         273   
    PCI    42         33         88         135         222   
  Total loans 30 - 89 days past due and still accruing (5)(7) $  1,028      $  896      $  1,107      $  1,266      $  1,399   
                                               
(1) During the first quarter of 2014, approximately $55 million of nonaccrual loans, $22 million of loans 90 days or more past due and $83 million of loans 30-89 days past due were transferred from direct retail lending to residential mortgage.
(2) During the fourth quarter of 2013, approximately $16 million of nonaccrual loans and $40 million of loans 30-89 days past due were transferred from other lending subsidiaries to residential mortgage.
(3) During the fourth quarter of 2014, approximately $121 million of nonaccrual residential mortgage loans were sold.
(4) During the fourth quarter of 2015, approximately $50 million of nonaccrual residential mortgage loans were sold.
(5) During the fourth quarter of 2013, approximately $9 million of nonaccrual loans and $26 million of loans 30-89 days past due were sold in connection with the sale of a consumer lending subsidiary.
(6) Excludes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that BB&T does not have the obligation to repurchase that are 90 days or more past due totaling $365 million, $410 million, $511 million, $517 million and $426 million at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(7) Excludes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that BB&T does not have the obligation to repurchase that are past due 30-89 days totaling $2 million, $2 million, $4 million, $5 million and $7 million at December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

  51  
TableofContents  

 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest, excluding government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans, totaled $312 million at December 31, 2015, compared with $535 million at year-end 2014, a decline of $223 million. This reduction reflects overall continued improvement in credit quality. Loans 30-89 days past due, excluding government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans, totaled $1.0 billion at December 31, 2015, an increase of $132 million compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher loan balances.

 

Table 20
Asset Quality Ratios
                                       
          As Of / For The Year Ended December 31,  
          2015   2014    2013    2012    2011   
  Asset Quality Ratios (including PCI)                              
    Loans 30 - 89 days past due and still accruing as a                              
      percentage of loans and leases HFI (1)  0.76  %    0.75  %    0.95  %    1.10  %    1.30  %  
    Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing as a                              
      percentage of loans and leases HFI (1)  0.23       0.45       0.62       0.75       1.06     
    NPLs as a percentage of loans and leases HFI  0.42       0.51       0.81       1.20       1.74     
    NPAs as a percentage of:                              
      Total assets  0.34       0.42       0.64       0.97       1.62     
      Loans and leases HFI plus foreclosed property  0.52       0.65       1.01       1.56       2.63     
    Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans                              
      and leases HFI (2)  0.35       0.46       0.69       1.17       1.60     
    ALLL as a percentage of loans and leases HFI  1.07       1.23       1.49       1.76       2.10     
    Ratio of ALLL to:                              
      Net charge-offs (2)  3.36  x    2.74  x    2.19  x    1.56  x    1.36  x  
      NPLs  2.53       2.39       1.85       1.46       1.21     
                                       
  Asset Quality Ratios (excluding PCI)(3)                              
    Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing as a                              
      percentage of loans and leases HFI (1)  0.15  %    0.29  %    0.37  %    0.38  %    0.39  %  
                                       
(1) Excludes government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans that BB&T has the right but not the obligation to repurchase. Refer to the footnotes of Table 19 for amounts related to these loans.
(2) Net charge-offs for 2011 include $236 million related to BB&T’s NPA disposition strategy. In connection with this strategy, approximately $271 million of problem loans were transferred from loans HFI to LHFS in 2011. The disposition of all such loans was complete as of December 31, 2011.
(3) These asset quality ratios have been adjusted to remove the impact of PCI assets. Appropriate adjustments to the numerator and denominator have been reflected in the calculation of these ratios.

 

Potential problem loans include loans on nonaccrual status or past due as disclosed in Table 19. In addition, for the commercial portfolio segment, loans that are rated special mention or substandard performing are closely monitored by management as potential problem loans. Refer to Note 4 “Loans and ACL” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” herein for additional disclosures related to these potential problem loans.

 

TDRs generally occur when a borrower is experiencing, or is expected to experience, financial difficulties in the near-term. As a result, BB&T will work with the borrower to prevent further difficulties, and ultimately to improve the likelihood of recovery on the loan. To facilitate this process, a concessionary modification that would not otherwise be considered may be granted, resulting in classification of the loan as a TDR. Refer to Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional policy information regarding TDRs.

 

BB&T’s performing TDRs, excluding government guaranteed GNMA mortgage loans, totaled $982 million at December 31, 2015, a reduction of $68 million compared to the prior year. This decline reflects lower performing TDR balances across most loan portfolios.

 

  52  
TableofContents  

 

The following table provides a summary of performing TDR activity:
                         
Table 21
Rollforward of Performing TDRs
 
              Year Ended December 31,  
              2015   2014  
                         
              (Dollars in millions)  
  Balance at beginning of year $  1,050    $  1,705   
    Inflows    448       594   
    Payments and payoffs    (224)      (222)  
    Charge-offs    (44)      (78)  
    Transfers to nonperforming TDRs, net    (85)      (73)  
    Removal due to the passage of time    (31)      (108)  
    Non-concessionary re-modifications    (2)      (25)  
    Sold and transferred to held for sale    (130)      (745)  
    Other    ―         2   
  Balance at end of year $  982    $  1,050   

 

Payments and payoffs represent cash received from borrowers in connection with scheduled principal payments, prepayments and payoffs of amounts outstanding. Transfers to nonperforming TDRs represent loans that no longer meet the requirements necessary to reflect the loan in accruing status and as a result are subsequently classified as a nonperforming TDR.

 

TDRs may be removed due to the passage of time if they: (1) did not include a forgiveness of principal or interest, (2) have performed in accordance with the modified terms (generally a minimum of six months), (3) were reported as a TDR over a year end reporting period, and (4) reflected an interest rate on the modified loan that was no less than a market rate at the date of modification. These loans were previously considered TDRs as a result of structural concessions such as extended interest-only terms or an amortization period that did not otherwise conform to normal underwriting guidelines.

 

In addition, certain loans may be removed from classification as a TDR as a result of a subsequent non-concessionary re-modification. Non-concessionary re-modifications represent TDRs that did not contain concessionary terms at the date of a subsequent renewal/modification and there was a reasonable expectation that the borrower would continue to comply with the terms of the loan subsequent to the date of the re-modification. A re-modification may be considered for such a re-classification if the loan has not had a forgiveness of principal or interest and the modified terms qualify as more than minor such that the re-modified loan is considered a new loan. Alternatively, such loans may be considered for reclassification in years subsequent to the date of the re-modification based on the passage of time as described in the preceding paragraph.

 

In connection with consumer loan TDRs, a NPL will be returned to accruing status when current as to principal and interest and upon a sustained historical repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months). The following table provides further details regarding the payment status of TDRs:

 

  53  
TableofContents  

 

Table 22
TDRs
                                               
         December 31, 2015
                    Past Due   Past Due      
        Current Status   30-89 Days   90 Days Or More   Total
                                               
        (Dollars in millions)
Performing TDRs (1):                                        
  Commercial:                                        
    Commercial and industrial $  45     91.8  %   $  4     8.2  %   $  ―       ―    %   $  49 
    CRE - income producing properties    13     100.0         ―       ―           ―       ―           13 
    CRE - construction and development    16     100.0         ―       ―           ―       ―           16 
  Direct retail lending    70     97.2         2     2.8         ―       ―           72 
  Sales finance    16     94.1         1     5.9         ―       ―           17 
  Revolving credit    28     84.9         4     12.1         1     3.0         33 
  Residential mortgage - nonguaranteed    236     81.9         44     15.3         8     2.8         288 
  Residential mortgage - government guaranteed    174     55.1         64     20.2         78     24.7         316 
  Other lending subsidiaries    146     82.0         32     18.0         ―       ―           178 
    Total performing TDRs    744     75.8         151     15.4         87     8.8         982 
Nonperforming TDRs (2)    61     41.8         23     15.7         62     42.5         146 
    Total TDRs $  805     71.4      $  174     15.4      $  149     13.2      $  1,128 
                                               
(1) Past due performing TDRs are included in past due disclosures.
(2) Nonperforming TDRs are included in NPL disclosures.

 

  54  
TableofContents  

 

 

ACL

 

Information related to the ACL is presented in the following table:

 

Table 23  
Analysis of ACL  
                                       
          Year Ended December31,  
          2015   2014   2013   2012   2011  
                                       
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Beginning balance $  1,534    $  1,821    $  2,048    $  2,285    $  2,755   
  Provision for credit losses (excluding PCI)    430       280       587       1,044       1,119   
  Provision for PCI loans    (2)      (29)      5       13       71   
    Charge-offs:                              
      Commercial:                              
        Commercial and industrial    (81)      (131)      (248)      (337)      (324)  
        CRE - income producing properties    (20)      (31)      (74)      (150)      (167)  
        CRE - construction and development    (4)      (11)      (58)      (245)      (407)  
      Direct retail lending (1)    (54)      (69)      (148)      (224)      (276)  
      Sales finance    (26)      (23)      (23)      (26)      (32)  
      Revolving credit    (70)      (71)      (85)      (81)      (95)  
      Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed (1)(2)    (40)      (82)      (79)      (135)      (269)  
      Residential mortgage-government guaranteed    (6)      (2)      (2)      (1)      ―     
      Other lending subsidiaries    (286)      (269)      (255)      (225)      (190)  
      PCI    (1)      (21)      (19)      (34)      (66)  
        Total charge-offs (2)    (588)      (710)      (991)      (1,458)      (1,826)  
                                       
    Recoveries:                              
      Commercial:                              
        Commercial and industrial    37       42       47       17       28   
        CRE - income producing properties    7       14       20       9       10   
        CRE - construction and development    11       19       31       45       33   
      Direct retail lending (1)    29       29       38       36       37   
      Sales finance    9       9       9       10       9   
      Revolving credit    20       19       17       18       19   
      Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed (1)    3       7       3       3       5   
      Other lending subsidiaries    36       33       34       26       25   
        Total recoveries    152       172       199       164       166   
  Net charge-offs (2)    (436)      (538)      (792)      (1,294)      (1,660)  
  Other changes, net    24       ―         (27)      ―         ―     
  Ending balance $  1,550    $  1,534    $  1,821    $  2,048    $  2,285   
                                       
  ALLL (excluding PCI loans) $  1,399    $  1,410    $  1,618    $  1,890    $  2,107   
  Allowance for PCI loans    61       64       114       128       149   
  RUFC    90       60       89       30       29   
    Total ACL $  1,550    $  1,534    $  1,821    $  2,048    $  2,285   
                                       
(1) During the first quarter of 2014, $8.3 billion of loans were transferred from direct retail lending to residential mortgage. Charge-offs and recoveries have been reflected in these line items based upon the date the loans were transferred.  
(2) Includes charge-offs of $11 million related to performing TDR and NPL sales during 2014. Includes charge-offs of $87 million in residential mortgage loans during 2011 in connection with BB&T's NPL disposition strategy.  

 

The ACL consists of the ALLL, which is presented separately on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the RUFC, which is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The ACL totaled $1.6 billion at December 31, 2015, an increase of $16 million compared to the prior year.

 

  55  
TableofContents  

 

The ALLL amounted to 1.07% of loans and leases held for investment at December 31, 2015, compared to 1.23% at December 31, 2014. This decline is primarily due to the acquisitions occurring during 2015, which provided $14.2 billion in loans and no related allowance as of the various acquisition dates. The ratio of the ALLL to NPLs held for investment was 2.53x at December 31, 2015 compared to 2.39x at December 31, 2014.

 

Net charge-offs totaled $436 million for 2015, compared to $538 million in 2014. Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans and leases were 0.35% for 2015, compared to 0.46% in 2014. Net charge-offs declined in most loan portfolios, including decreases in the commercial and industrial and residential mortgage-nonguaranteed portfolios of 50.6% and 50.7%, respectively. CRE – construction and development had net recoveries of $7 million for the year.

 

Refer to Note 4 “Loans and ACL” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional disclosures.

 

The following table presents an estimated allocation of the ALLL at the end of each of the last five years. This allocation of the ALLL is calculated on an approximate basis and is not necessarily indicative of future losses or allocations. The entire amount of the allowance is available to absorb losses occurring in any category of loans and leases. During 2013, the balance in the unallocated ALLL was incorporated into the loan portfolio segments.

 

Table 24
Allocation of ALLL by Category
                                                                 
        December 31,
        2015   2014   2013   2012   2011
              % Loans         % Loans         % Loans         % Loans         % Loans
              in each         in each         in each         in each         in each
        Amount   category   Amount   category   Amount   category   Amount   category   Amount   category
                                                                 
        (Dollars in millions)
Balances at end of period applicable to:                                                
  Commercial and industrial $  466     35.8  %   $  422     34.6  %   $  454     33.2  %   $  470     33.4  %   $  433     33.9  %
  CRE - income producing                                                          
    properties    135     9.9         162     8.9         149     8.8         170     8.6         249     8.2   
  CRE - construction and                                                          
    development    37     2.7         48     2.3         76     2.1         134     2.5         371     3.6   
  Dealer floor plan    8     0.9         10     0.9         8     0.8         2     0.4         3     0.3   
  Direct retail lending (1)    105     8.2         110     6.8         209     13.7         300     13.8         232     13.5   
  Sales finance    40     7.6         40     7.9         37     7.3         27     6.4         35     6.6   
  Revolving credit    104     1.8         110     2.1         115     2.1         102     2.0         112     2.1   
  Residential mortgage-                                                          
    nonguaranteed (1)    194     21.8         217     25.1         269     20.3         296     20.3         318     18.7   
  Residential mortgage-                                                          
    government guaranteed    23     0.6         36     0.8         62     1.0         32     0.9         47     0.5   
  Other lending subsidiaries    287     9.9         255     9.6         239     9.0         277     8.8         197     8.1   
  PCI    61     0.8         64     1.0         114     1.7         128     2.9         149     4.5   
  Unallocated    ―       ―           ―       ―           ―       ―           80     ―           110     ―     
    Total ALLL    1,460     100.0  %      1,474     100.0  %      1,732     100.0  %      2,018     100.0  %      2,256     100.0  %
    RUFC    90             60             89             30             29       
    Total ACL $  1,550          $  1,534          $  1,821          $  2,048          $  2,285       
                                                                 
                                                                 
(1) During the first quarter of 2014, $8.3 billion in loans were transferred from direct retail lending to residential mortgage.

 

FDIC Loss Share Receivable/Payable and Asset Acquired from the FDIC

 

In connection with the Colonial acquisition, Branch Bank entered into loss sharing agreements with the FDIC that outline the terms and conditions under which the FDIC will reimburse Branch Bank for a portion of the losses incurred on certain loans, OREO, investment securities and other assets. The following table presents the carrying amount of assets by loss share agreement:

 

  56  
TableofContents  

 

Table 25
Assets Acquired from the FDIC by Loss Share Agreement
 
          December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014  
           Commercial    Single Family    Total    Commercial    Single Family    Total  
                                             
           (Dollars in millions)    (Dollars in millions)  
  Loans and leases   $  273    $  539    $  812    $  561    $  654    $  1,215   
  AFS securities      1,064       ―         1,064       1,243       ―         1,243   
  Other assets      32       27       59       58       38       96   
    Total assets acquired from the FDIC   $  1,369    $  566    $  1,935    $  1,862    $  692    $  2,554   
  UPB of loans and leases   $  462    $  725    $  1,187    $  836    $  888    $  1,724   

 

As of October 1, 2014, the loss sharing provisions of the commercial loss sharing agreement expired; however, gains on the disposition of assets subject to this agreement will be shared with the FDIC through September 30, 2017. Any gains realized after September 30, 2017 would not be shared with the FDIC. Assets subject to the single family loss sharing agreement are indemnified through August 31, 2019.

 

The gain/loss sharing coverage related to the acquired AFS securities is based on a contractually-specified value of the securities as of the date of the loss sharing agreement, adjusted to reflect subsequent pay-downs, redemptions or maturities on the underlying securities. The contractually-specified value of these securities totaled approximately $492 million at December 31, 2015. During the period of gain sharing (October 1, 2014 through September 30, 2017), any decline in the fair value of the acquired AFS securities down to the contractually-specified value would reduce BB&T’s liability to the FDIC at the applicable loss sharing percentage. BB&T is not indemnified for declines in the fair value of the acquired securities below the contractually-specified amount.

 

The terms of the loss sharing agreement with respect to certain non-agency MBS provided that Branch Bank would be reimbursed by the FDIC for 95% of any and all losses incurred through the third quarter of 2014. For other assets acquired from the FDIC, the FDIC reimbursement was as follows:

 

· 80% of net losses incurred up to $5 billion
· 95% of net losses in excess of $5 billion.

 

BB&T does not expect cumulative net losses to exceed $5 billion on the respective assets acquired from FDIC. Gains and recoveries on assets acquired from FDIC, net of related expenses, will offset losses or be paid to the FDIC at the applicable loss share percentage at the time of recovery.

 

Following the conclusion of the 10 year loss share period in 2019, should actual aggregate losses, excluding securities, be less than an amount determined in accordance with these agreements, BB&T will pay the FDIC a portion of the difference. As of December 31, 2015, BB&T projects that in 2019 Branch Bank would owe the FDIC approximately $170 million under the aggregate loss calculation. As described below, this liability is expensed over time and BB&T has recognized total expense of approximately $149 million through December 31, 2015.

 

The fair value of the net reimbursement the Company expected to receive from the FDIC under these agreements was recorded as the FDIC loss share receivable at the date of acquisition. The fair value of the FDIC loss share receivable/payable was estimated using a discounted cash flow methodology.

 

Acquired loans were aggregated into separate pools based upon common risk characteristics. Each pool is considered a unit of account and the cash flows expected to be collected, credit losses and other relevant information are developed for each pool. A summary of the accounting treatment related to changes in credit losses on each loan pool and the related FDIC loss share asset follows.

 

· If the estimated credit loss on a loan pool is increased:

 

o The reduction in the net present value of the loan pool is recognized immediately as provision expense and an increase to the ALLL.
o The FDIC loss share asset is increased by 80% of the adjustment to the ALLL through income, if applicable.

 

  57  
TableofContents  
     
· If the estimated credit loss on a loan pool is reduced:

 

o If the loan pool has an allowance, the allowance is first reduced to $0 (and, if applicable, 80% of this reduction decreases the FDIC loss share asset) through income.
o If the loan pool does not have an allowance (or it is first reduced to $0 and there remains additional expected cash flows), the excess of expected cash flows is recognized as a yield adjustment over the remaining expected life of the loan.
o The decrease in expected reimbursement from the FDIC is recognized in income prospectively using a level yield methodology over the remaining life of the loss share agreements.
o The increase in the amount expected to be paid to the FDIC as a result of the aggregate loss calculation is recognized prospectively in proportion to expected loan income over the remaining life of the loss share agreements.

 

The accounting treatment for securities acquired from the FDIC is summarized below:

 

· Prior to the recognition of OTTI on a security acquired from the FDIC:

 

o The purchase discount established at acquisition is accreted into income over the expected life of the underlying securities using a level yield methodology.
o Changes to the expected life of the securities are recognized with a cumulative adjustment to the accretion recognized.

 

· Subsequent to recognition of OTTI, which is determined using the same methodology that is applied to securities that were not acquired from the FDIC, an increase in expected cash flows is recognized as a yield adjustment over the remaining expected life of the security based on an evaluation of the nature of the increase.

 

· The income statement effect of the above items is offset by the applicable loss share percentage in FDIC loss share income, net, which cumulatively resulted in a liability of $265 million as of December 31, 2015. Subsequent to September 30, 2014, with the expiration of commercial loss sharing, any OTTI will not be offset.

 

· Securities acquired from the FDIC are classified as AFS and carried at fair market value. The changes in unrealized gains/losses (down to the contractually specified amount) are offset by the applicable loss share percentage in AOCI, which resulted in a liability of $271 million as of December 31, 2015.

 

· BB&T would only owe these amounts to the FDIC if BB&T were to sell these securities prior to the end of the third quarter of 2017. BB&T has no current intent to dispose of the securities.

 

The following table provides information related to the components of the FDIC loss share receivable (payable):

 

Table 26
FDIC Loss Share Receivable (Payable)
                               
        December 31,  
        2015   2014  
        Carrying Amount   Fair Value   Carrying Amount   Fair Value  
                               
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Loans $  285    $  11    $  534    $  123   
  Securities    (536)      (518)      (565)      (535)  
  Aggregate loss calculation    (149)      (158)      (132)      (161)  
    Total $  (400)   $  (665)   $  (163)   $  (573)  

 

The decrease in the carrying amount attributable to loans acquired from the FDIC was due to the receipt of cash from the FDIC, negative accretion due to credit loss improvement and the offset to the provision for loans acquired from the FDIC, which was a benefit for the current year. The change in the carrying amount attributable to the aggregate loss calculation is primarily due to accretion of the expected payment. The fair values are based upon a discounted cash flow methodology that is consistent with the acquisition date methodology. The fair value attributable to acquired loans and the aggregate loss calculation changes over time due to the receipt of cash from the FDIC, updated credit loss assumptions and the passage of time. The fair value attributable to securities acquired from the FDIC is based upon the timing and amount that would be payable to the FDIC should they settle at the current fair value at the conclusion of the gain sharing period.

 

  58  
TableofContents  

 

Funding Activities

 

Deposits are the primary source of funds for lending and investing activities. Scheduled payments, as well as prepayments, and maturities from portfolios of loans and investment securities also provide a stable source of funds. FHLB advances, other secured borrowings, Federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowed funds, as well as long-term debt issued through the capital markets, all provide supplemental liquidity sources. Funding activities are monitored and governed through BB&T’s overall asset/liability management process, which is further discussed in the “Market Risk Management” section in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein. The following section provides a brief description of the various sources of funds.

 

Deposits

 

Deposits are attracted principally from clients within BB&T’s branch network through the offering of a broad selection of deposit instruments to individuals and businesses, including noninterest-bearing checking accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, CDs and IRAs. Deposit account terms vary with respect to the minimum balance required, the time period the funds must remain on deposit and service charge schedules. Interest rates paid on specific deposit types are determined based on (i) the interest rates offered by competitors, (ii) the anticipated amount and timing of funding needs, (iii) the availability and cost of alternative sources of funding, and (iv) anticipated future economic conditions and interest rates. Deposits are attractive sources of funding because of their stability and relative cost. Deposits are regarded as an important part of the overall client relationship and provide opportunities to cross-sell other BB&T services.

 

Total deposits were $149.1 billion at December 31, 2015, an increase of $20.1 billion compared to year-end 2014. This increase was driven by acquisition activity and organic growth. Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $45.7 billion at December 31, 2015, an increase of $6.9 billion from December 31, 2014. The majority of the increase in noninterest-bearing deposits was due to business and personal deposits, which grew $4.1 billion (16.1%) and $2.7 billion (29.0%), respectively.

 

Interest checking increased $5.1 billion and money market and savings increased $9.9 billion during 2015, while time deposits and IRAs decreased $1.8 billion during 2015.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, total deposits averaged $138.5 billion, an increase of $9.4 billion compared to 2014. The cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.24% for 2015, compared to 0.26% for 2014.

 

The following table presents the composition of average deposits for the last five quarters:

 

  Table 27  
  Composition of Average Deposits  
                                   
      For the Three Months Ended  
      12/31/15   9/30/15   6/30/15   3/31/15   12/31/14  
                                   
      (Dollars in millions)  
  Noninterest-bearing deposits $  45,824    $  44,153    $  41,502    $  39,701    $  39,130   
  Interest checking    24,157       22,593       20,950       20,623       19,308   
  Money market and savings    61,431       59,306       53,852       51,644       51,176   
  Time deposits    16,981       16,837       14,800       17,000       20,041   
  Foreign office deposits - interest-bearing    98       948       764       563       660   
    Total average deposits $  148,491    $  143,837    $  131,868    $  129,531    $  130,315   

 

Average deposits for the fourth quarter were $148.5 billion, an increase of $4.7 billion compared to the prior quarter. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $1.7 billion, with approximately $870 million of the increase due to acquisitions. Interest checking grew $1.6 billion (approximately $220 million excluding acquisitions) and money market and savings grew $2.1 billion (approximately $535 million excluding acquisitions). Excluding acquisition activity, time deposits declined approximately $650 million, or an annualized 18.5%.

 

The growth in noninterest-bearing deposits and lower-cost deposits drove continued improvement in mix during the quarter. Noninterest-bearing deposits represented 30.9% of total average deposits for the fourth quarter, compared to 30.7% for the prior quarter and 30.0% a year ago.

 

 

  59  
TableofContents  

 

The cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.24% for the fourth quarter, flat compared to the prior quarter.

 

The following table provides information regarding the scheduled maturities of time deposits that are $100,000 and greater at December 31, 2015.

 

  Table 28  
  Scheduled Maturities of Time Deposits $100,000 and Greater  
           
      December 31, 2015  
      (Dollars in millions)  
  Three months or less $  2,682   
  Over three through six months    1,170   
  Over six through twelve months    1,734   
  Over twelve months    1,976   
    Total $  7,562   

 

 

Short-term Borrowings

 

BB&T also uses various types of short-term borrowings to meet funding needs. While deposits remain the primary source for funding loan originations, management uses short-term borrowings as a supplementary funding source for loan growth and other balance sheet management purposes. Short-term borrowings were 1.6% of total funding on average in 2015 as compared to 1.8% in 2014. The types of short-term borrowings that have been, or may be, used by the Company include Federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, master notes, commercial paper, short-term bank notes and short-term FHLB advances. Short-term borrowings at the end of 2015 were $3.6 billion, a decrease of $124 million, or 3.3%, compared to year-end 2014. Average short-term borrowings totaled $3.2 billion during 2015 compared to $3.4 billion last year. The decrease in the average balance of short-term borrowings during 2015 primarily reflects an increase in deposits as a funding source.

 

The following table summarizes certain information for the past three years with respect to short-term borrowings:

 

Table 29
Short-Term Borrowings
                                     
              As Of / For The Year Ended December 31,  
              2015   2014   2013  
                                     
              (Dollars in millions)    
  Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase:                        
    Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the year $  1,327      $  1,073      $  1,537     
    Balance outstanding at end of year    617         317         463     
    Average outstanding during the year    901         526         662     
    Average interest rate during the year    0.23  %      0.20  %      0.25  %  
    Average interest rate at end of year    0.70         0.18         0.28     
                                     
  Federal Funds Purchased and Short-Term Borrowed Funds:                        
    Maximum outstanding at any month-end during the year $  4,041      $  4,405      $  4,722     
    Balance outstanding at end of year    2,976         3,400         3,675     
    Average outstanding during the year    2,320         2,895         3,797     
    Average interest rate during the year    0.11  %      0.12  %      0.13  %  
    Average interest rate at end of year    0.32         0.08         0.09     

 

Long-term Debt

 

Long-term debt provides funding and, to a lesser extent, regulatory capital. During 2015, long-term debt represented 11.8% of average total funding compared to 12.0% during 2014. At December 31, 2015, long-term debt totaled $23.8 billion, an increase of $457 million compared to year-end 2014. The increase in long-term debt reflects the issuance of $1.0 billion of BB&T Corporation senior notes and $1.2 billion of Branch Bank subordinated notes, as well as debt assumed through acquisitions, partially offset by the early extinguishment of $931 million of higher-cost FHLB debt and other payments and maturities. The average cost of long-term debt was 2.13% in 2015, compared to 2.36% in 2014. See Note 9 “Long-Term Debt” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” herein for further disclosure.

 

  60  
TableofContents  

 

Exclusive of hedge basis adjustments, FHLB advances represented 24.0% of total outstanding long-term debt at December 31, 2015, compared to 28.5% at December 31, 2014. FHLB advances are long-term funding sources that provide flexibility to structure the debt in a manner that aids in the management of interest rate risk and liquidity.

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

Shareholders’ equity totaled $27.3 billion at December 31, 2015, an increase of $3.0 billion, or 12.2%, from year-end 2014. Book value per common share at December 31, 2015 was $31.66, compared to $30.09 at December 31, 2014.

 

Shareholders’ equity increased due to net income in excess of dividends declared of $1.2 billion, as well as $2.2 billion of shares issued in connection with acquisitions. Additionally, there were $88 million of issuances of shares and other transactions in connection with equity-based compensation plans, the 401(k) plan and the dividend reinvestment plan.

 

These increases were partially offset by a $222 million reduction to equity in connection with the AmRisc transaction. Additionally, the net loss in AOCI increased $277 million, primarily due to a $186 million after-tax net decrease in the value of the AFS securities portfolio and a $97 million after-tax pension impact.

 

Tangible book value per common share at December 31, 2015 was $19.82 compared to $19.86 at December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2015, measures of tangible capital were not required by the regulators and, therefore, were considered non-GAAP measures. Refer to the section titled “Capital” herein for a discussion of how BB&T calculates and uses these measures in the evaluation of the Company.

 

Risk Management

 

BB&T has a strong and consistent risk culture, based on established risk values, which promotes predictable and consistent performance within an environment of open communication and effective challenge. The strong culture influences all associates in the organization daily and helps them evaluate whether risks are acceptable or unacceptable while making decisions that balance quality, profitability and growth appropriately. BB&T’s effective risk management framework establishes an environment which enables it to achieve superior performance relative to peers, ensures that BB&T is viewed among the safest of banks and assures the operational freedom to act on opportunities.

 

BB&T ensures that there is an appropriate return for the amount of risk taken, and that the expected return is in line with its strategic objectives and business plan. Risk-taking activities are evaluated and prioritized to identify those that present attractive risk-adjusted returns while preserving asset value. BB&T only undertakes risks that are understood and can be managed effectively. By managing risk well, BB&T ensures sufficient capital is available to maintain and grow core business operations in a safe and sound manner.

 

Regardless of financial gain or loss to the Company, associates are held accountable if they do not follow the established risk management policies and procedures. Compensation decisions take into account an associate’s adherence to, and successful implementation of, BB&T’s risk values. The compensation structure supports the Company’s core values and sound risk management practices in an effort to promote judicious risk-taking behavior.

 

BB&T’s risk culture encourages transparency and open dialogue between all levels in the performance of organizational functions, such as the development, marketing and implementation of a product or service.

 

BB&T has established a risk management framework based on a “three lines of defense” model:

 

· First Line of Defense: Risk management begins with the BUs, the point at which risk is originated and where risks must be managed. Business unit managers in the first line identify, assess, control and report their group’s risk profile compared to its approved risk limits.

 

· Second Line of Defense: The RMO provides independent oversight and guidance of risk-taking across the enterprise. The RMO aggregates, integrates, and correlates risk information into a holistic picture of the corporation’s risk profile and concentrations. The RMO establishes policies and limits and reports sources and amounts of risk to Executive Management and the Board of Directors.

 

· Third Line of Defense: Audit Services (BB&T’s internal audit function) evaluates the design and effectiveness of the risk management framework and its results. Results are reported to Executive Management and the Board of Directors according to Audit Services Policy.

 

  61  
TableofContents  

 

The following chart depicts the three lines of defense model:
             
  Risk Committees Board of Directors Executive Management  
         
  1st Line of Defense 2nd Line of Defense 3rd Line of Defense  
  Business Units Risk Functions Audit Services  
         
  Chief Risk Officer  

 

The CRO leads the RMO, which designs, organizes and manages BB&T’s risk management framework. The RMO is responsible for ensuring effective risk management oversight, measurement, monitoring, reporting and consistency. The CRO has direct access to the Board of Directors and Executive Management. The CRO is responsible for identifying and communicating in a timely manner to the CEO and the Board of Directors meaningful risks and significant instances when the RMO’s assessment of risk differs from that of a BU, significant instances when a BU is not adhering to the risk governance framework, and BB&T’s risk profile in relation to its risk appetite on at least a quarterly basis. In the event that the CRO and CEO’s assessment of risk were to differ or if the CEO were to not adhere to the risk management framework, the CRO would have the responsibility to report such matters to the Board of Directors.

 

The Executive Management-led enterprise risk committees provide oversight of the first and second lines of defense and communicate risk appetite and values to the RMO. The CRO and the enterprise risk committees approve policies, set risk limits and tolerances and monitor results.

 

The RMC, CRMC, ORMC, CROC and the MRLCC are the enterprise risk committees and provide oversight of the risks as described in the common risk language. Executive Management members participate in all five committees.

 

The risk management framework is composed of specialized risk functions focused on specific types of risk. The MRLCC, CRMC, CROC and ORMC provide oversight of market, liquidity, capital, credit, compliance, and operational risk while RMC provides a fully integrated view of all material risks across the company. The RMC provides oversight of all risks and its purpose is to review BB&T’s aggregate risk exposure, evaluate risk appetite, and evaluate risks not reviewed by other risk committees.

 

The RMC is responsible for taking a broad view of risk, incorporating information from all risk functions. This combination of broad and specific focus provides the most effective framework for the management of risk. The RMC is chaired by the CRO and its membership includes all members of Executive Management, the General Auditor (ex officio) and senior leaders from Financial Management, the RMO and other areas.

 

The principal types of inherent risk include compliance, credit, liquidity, market, operational, reputation and strategic risks.

 

Compliance risk

 

Compliance risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from violations of laws, rules or regulations, or from non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal policies and procedures or ethical standards. This risk exposes BB&T to fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages and the voiding of contracts. Compliance risk can result in diminished reputation, reduced franchise or enterprise value, limited business opportunities and lessened expansion potential.

 

Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from the default, inability or unwillingness of a borrower, obligor, or counterparty to meet the terms of any financial obligation with BB&T or otherwise perform as agreed. Credit risk exists in all activities where success depends on the performance of a borrower, obligor, or counterparty. Credit risk arises when BB&T funds are extended, committed, invested, or otherwise exposed through actual or implied contractual agreements, whether on or off balance sheet. Credit risk also occurs when the credit quality of an issuer whose securities or other instruments the bank holds deteriorates.

 

  62  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T has established the following general practices to manage credit risk:

 

· limiting the amount of credit that individual lenders may extend to a borrower;

 

· establishing a process for credit approval accountability;

 

· careful initial underwriting and analysis of borrower, transaction, market and collateral risks;

 

· ongoing servicing and monitoring of individual loans and lending relationships;

 

· continuous monitoring of the portfolio, market dynamics and the economy; and

 

· periodically reevaluating the bank’s strategy and overall exposure as economic, market and other relevant conditions change.

 

The following discussion presents the principal types of lending conducted by BB&T and describes the underwriting procedures and overall risk management of BB&T’s lending function.

 

Underwriting Approach

 

The loan portfolio is a primary source of profitability and risk, therefore, proper loan underwriting is critical to BB&T’s long-term financial success. BB&T’s underwriting approach is designed to define acceptable combinations of specific risk-mitigating features that ensure credit relationships conform to BB&T’s risk philosophy. Provided below is a summary of the most significant underwriting criteria used to evaluate new loans and loan renewals:

 

· Cash flow and debt service coverage —cash flow adequacy is a necessary condition of creditworthiness, meaning that loans must either be clearly supported by a borrower’s cash flow or, if not, must be justified by secondary repayment sources.

 

· Secondary sources of repayment —alternative repayment funds are a significant risk-mitigating factor as long as they are liquid, can be easily accessed and provide adequate resources to supplement the primary cash flow source.

 

· Value of any underlying collateral —loans are generally secured by the asset being financed. Because an analysis of the primary and secondary sources of repayment is the most important factor, collateral, unless it is liquid, does not justify loans that cannot be serviced by the borrower’s normal cash flows.

 

· Overall creditworthiness of the customer, taking into account the customer’s relationships, both past and current, with BB&T and other lenders —BB&T’s success depends on building lasting and mutually beneficial relationships with clients, which involves assessing their financial position and background.

 

· Level of equity invested in the transaction —in general, borrowers are required to contribute or invest a portion of their own funds prior to any loan advances.

 

Commercial Loan and Lease Portfolio

 

The commercial loan and lease portfolio represents the largest category of the Company’s total loan portfolio. BB&T’s commercial lending program is generally targeted to serve small-to-middle market businesses with sales of $250 million or less. In addition, BB&T’s Corporate Banking Group provides lending solutions to large corporate clients. Traditionally, lending to small and mid-sized businesses has been among BB&T’s strongest market segments.

 

Commercial and small business loans are primarily originated through BB&T’s Community Bank. In accordance with the Company’s lending policy, each loan undergoes a detailed underwriting process, which incorporates BB&T’s underwriting approach, procedures and evaluations described above. Commercial loans are typically priced with an interest rate tied to market indices, such as the prime rate or LIBOR. Commercial loans are individually monitored and reviewed for any possible deterioration in the ability of the client to repay the loan. Approximately 87.7% of BB&T’s commercial loans are secured by real estate, business equipment, inventories and other types of collateral.

 

  63  
TableofContents  

 

Direct Retail Loan Portfolio

 

The direct retail loan portfolio primarily consists of a wide variety of loan products offered through BB&T’s branch network. Various types of secured and unsecured loans are marketed to qualifying existing clients and to other creditworthy candidates in BB&T’s market area. The vast majority of direct retail loans are secured by first or second liens on residential real estate and include both closed-end home equity loans and revolving home equity lines of credit. Direct retail loans are subject to the same rigorous lending policies and procedures as described above for commercial loans and are underwritten with note amounts and credit limits that ensure consistency with the Company’s risk philosophy.

 

Sales Finance Loan Portfolio

 

The sales finance category primarily includes secured indirect installment loans to consumers for the purchase of new and used automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles. Such loans are originated through approved franchised and independent dealers throughout the BB&T market area. These loans are relatively homogenous and no single loan is individually significant in terms of its size and potential risk of loss. Sales finance loans are subject to the same rigorous lending policies and procedures as described above for commercial loans and are underwritten with note amounts and credit limits that ensure consistency with the Company’s risk philosophy. In addition to its normal underwriting due diligence, BB&T uses application systems and “scoring systems” to help underwrite and manage the credit risk in its sales finance portfolio.

 

Revolving Credit Loan Portfolio

 

The revolving credit portfolio consists of the outstanding balances on credit cards and BB&T’s checking account overdraft protection product, Constant Credit. BB&T markets credit cards to its existing banking client base and does not solicit cardholders through nationwide programs or other forms of mass marketing. Such balances are generally unsecured and actively managed.

 

Residential Mortgage Loan Portfolio

 

Branch Bank offers various types of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans for the purpose of constructing, purchasing or refinancing residential properties. BB&T primarily originates conforming mortgage loans and higher quality jumbo and construction-to-permanent loans for owner-occupied properties. Conforming loans are loans that are underwritten in accordance with the underwriting standards set forth by FNMA and FHLMC. They are generally collateralized by one-to-four-family residential real estate, typically have loan-to-collateral value ratios of 80% or less at origination, and are made to borrowers in good credit standing.

 

Risks associated with the mortgage lending function include interest rate risk, which is mitigated through the sale of a substantial portion of conforming fixed-rate loans in the secondary mortgage market, and an effective MSR hedging process. Borrower risk is lessened through rigorous underwriting procedures and mortgage insurance. The right to service the loans and receive servicing income is generally retained when conforming loans are sold. Management believes that the retention of mortgage servicing is a relationship driver in retail banking and a part of management’s strategy to establish profitable long-term customer relationships and offer high quality client service. BB&T also purchases residential mortgage loans from correspondent originators. The loans purchased from third-party originators are subject to the same underwriting and risk-management criteria as loans originated internally.

 

Other Lending Subsidiaries Portfolio

 

BB&T’s other lending subsidiaries portfolio consists of loans originated through BUs that provide specialty finance alternatives to consumers and businesses including: dealer-based financing of equipment for small businesses and consumers, commercial equipment leasing and finance, insurance premium finance, indirect nonprime automobile finance, and full-service commercial mortgage banking. BB&T offers these services to bank clients as well as nonbank clients within and outside BB&T’s primary geographic market area.

 

BB&T’s other lending subsidiaries adhere to the same overall underwriting approach as the commercial and consumer lending portfolio and also utilize automated credit scoring to assist with underwriting credit risk. The majority of these loans are relatively homogenous and no single loan is individually significant in terms of its size and potential risk of loss. The majority of the loans are secured by real estate, automobiles, equipment or unearned insurance premiums. As of December 31, 2015, the other lending subsidiaries portfolio includes loans to nonprime borrowers of approximately $3.2 billion.

 

  64  
TableofContents  

 

PCI

 

The PCI balance includes $539 million of loans that are covered by loss sharing agreements and $273 million of loans that were formerly covered by loss sharing agreements. Refer to Note 4 “Loans and ACL” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and to “Acquired from FDIC and FDIC Loss Share Receivable/Payable” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this report for additional disclosures related to loans acquired from the FDIC.

 

Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital that BB&T will be unable to meet its obligations as they come due because of an inability to liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding (funding liquidity risk) or that it cannot easily unwind or offset specific exposures without significantly lowering market prices because of inadequate market depth or market disruptions (market liquidity risk).

 

Market risk

 

Market risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from changes in the market value of portfolios, securities, or other financial instruments. Market risk results from changes in the level, volatility or correlations among financial market rates or prices, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices or other relevant rates or prices.

 

Interest rate risk results from differences between the timing of rate changes and the timing of cash flows (re-pricing risk); from changing rate relationships among different yield curves affecting bank activities (basis risk); from changing rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities (yield curve risk); and from interest-related options embedded in bank products (options risk).

 

For additional information concerning BB&T’s management of market risk, see the “Market Risk Management” section of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” herein.

 

Operational risk

 

Operational risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. This definition includes legal risk, which is the risk of loss arising from defective transactions, litigation or claims made, or the failure to adequately protect company-owned assets.

 

Cybersecurity

 

In recent years, cybersecurity has gained prominence within the financial services industry due to increases in the quantity and sophistication of cyber attacks, which include significant distributed denial-of-service attacks, malicious code and viruses and attempts to breach the security of systems, which, in certain instances, have resulted in unauthorized access to customer account data.

 

BB&T has a number of complex information systems used for a variety of functions by customers, employees and vendors. In addition, third parties with which BB&T does business or that facilitate business activities (e.g., vendors, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories and financial intermediaries) could also be sources of cybersecurity risk to BB&T, including with respect to breakdowns or failures of their systems, misconduct by the employees of such parties, or cyber attacks which could affect their ability to deliver a product or service to BB&T.

 

As a FHC, BB&T must adhere to the security requirements and expectations of the applicable regulatory agencies, which include requirements related to data privacy, systems availability and business continuity planning, among others. The regulatory agencies have established guidelines for the responsibilities of the board of directors and senior management, which include establishing policy, appointing and training personnel, implementing review and testing functions and ensuring an appropriate frequency of updates.

 

  65  
TableofContents  

 

The primary responsibility for cybersecurity at BB&T lies with the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, which has delegated the day-to-day operations to management via the RMC, ORMC and EITSC. The EITSC serves as the primary team responsible for monitoring and reporting on cybersecurity risks. The EITSC, which is led by the Chief Information Officer, provides a bi-monthly report on cybersecurity to executive management and provides other periodic cybersecurity reporting to the RMC and the ORMC. In addition, the Chief Information Officer and Chief Information Security Officer provide a quarterly Cyber Security Update to the Risk Committee or the full Board of Directors on a rotating basis. Annually, the EITSC provides a formal IT risk assessment and Information Security reports to the Risk Committee.

 

As a complement to the overall cybersecurity infrastructure, BB&T utilizes a number of internal training methods, both formally through mandatory courses and informally through written communications and other updates. Internal policies and procedures have been implemented to encourage the reporting of potential phishing attacks or other security risks. BB&T also uses third party services as part of its cybersecurity framework, and any such third parties are required to comply with BB&T’s policies regarding information security and confidentiality. BB&T also uses third party groups to assess and supplement the Company’s cybersecurity needs.

 

These cyber attacks have not, to date, resulted in any material disruption to BB&T’s operations or harm to its customers and have not had a material adverse effect on BB&T’s results of operations; however, there can be no assurance that a sophisticated cyber attack can be detected or thwarted.

 

Reputation risk

 

Reputation risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, enterprise value, the BB&T brand, and public confidence arising from negative publicity or public opinion, whether real or perceived, regarding BB&T’s business practices, products, services, transactions, or other activities undertaken by BB&T, its representatives, or its partners. A negative reputation may impair BB&T’s relationship with clients, associates, communities or shareholders, and it is often a residual risk that arises when other risks are not managed properly.

 

Strategic risk

 

Strategic risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings, capital, enterprise value and the achievement of BB&T’s vision, mission, purpose and business objectives consistent with its values that arises from BB&T’s business strategy or potentially adverse business decisions, improper or ineffective implementation of business decisions or lack of responsiveness to changes in the banking industry and operating environment. Strategic risk is a function of BB&T’s strategic goals, business strategies, resources and quality of implementation. The responsibility for managing this risk rests with the Board of Directors, Executive Management and the Senior Leadership Team.

 

Market Risk Management

 

The effective management of market risk is essential to achieving BB&T’s strategic financial objectives. As a financial institution, BB&T’s most significant market risk exposure is interest rate risk in its balance sheet; however, market risk also includes product liquidity risk, price risk and volatility risk in BB&T’s LOBs. The primary objectives of market risk management are to minimize any adverse effect that changes in market risk factors may have on net interest income, net income and capital and to offset the risk of price changes for certain assets recorded at fair value. At BB&T, market risk management also includes the enterprise-wide IPV function.

 

Interest Rate Market Risk (Other than Trading)

 

BB&T actively manages market risk associated with asset and liability portfolios with a focus on the strategic pricing of asset and liability accounts and management of appropriate maturity mixes of assets and liabilities. The goal of these activities is the development of appropriate maturity and repricing opportunities in BB&T’s portfolios of assets and liabilities that will produce reasonably consistent net interest income during periods of changing interest rates. These portfolios are analyzed for proper fixed-rate and variable-rate mixes under various interest rate scenarios.

 

  66  
TableofContents  

 

The asset/liability management process is designed to achieve relatively stable NIM and assure liquidity by coordinating the volumes, maturities or repricing opportunities of earning assets, deposits and borrowed funds. Among other things, this process gives consideration to prepayment trends related to securities, loans and leases and certain deposits that have no stated maturity. Prepayment assumptions are developed using a combination of market data and internal historical prepayment experience for residential mortgage-related loans and securities, and internal historical prepayment experience for client deposits with no stated maturity and loans that are not residential mortgage related. These assumptions are subject to monthly back-testing, and are adjusted as deemed necessary to reflect changes in interest rates relative to the reference rate of the underlying assets or liabilities. On a monthly basis, BB&T evaluates the accuracy of its Simulation model, which includes an evaluation of its prepayment assumptions, to ensure that all significant assumptions inherent in the model appropriately reflect changes in the interest rate environment and related trends in prepayment activity. It is the responsibility of the MRLCC to determine and achieve the most appropriate volume and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as to ensure an adequate level of liquidity and capital, within the context of corporate performance goals. The MRLCC also sets policy guidelines and establishes long-term strategies with respect to interest rate risk exposure and liquidity. The MRLCC meets regularly to review BB&T’s interest rate risk and liquidity positions in relation to present and prospective market and business conditions, and adopts funding and balance sheet management strategies that are intended to ensure that the potential impacts on earnings and liquidity as a result of fluctuations in interest rates are within acceptable tolerance guidelines.

 

BB&T uses derivatives primarily to manage economic risk related to securities, commercial loans, MSRs and mortgage banking operations, long-term debt and other funding sources. BB&T also uses derivatives to facilitate transactions on behalf of its clients. As of December 31, 2015, BB&T had derivative financial instruments outstanding with notional amounts totaling $67.5 billion, with a net fair value of a gain of $178 million. See Note 18 “Derivative Financial Instruments” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” herein for additional disclosures.

 

The majority of BB&T’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and, therefore, differ greatly from most commercial and industrial companies that have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories. Fluctuations in interest rates and actions of the FRB to regulate the availability and cost of credit have a greater effect on a financial institution’s profitability than do the effects of higher costs for goods and services. Through its balance sheet management function, which is monitored by the MRLCC, management believes that BB&T is positioned to respond to changing needs for liquidity, changes in interest rates and inflationary trends.

 

Management uses the Simulation to measure the sensitivity of projected earnings to changes in interest rates. The Simulation projects net interest income and interest rate risk for a rolling two-year period of time. The Simulation takes into account the current contractual agreements that BB&T has made with its customers on deposits, borrowings, loans, investments and commitments to enter into those transactions. Furthermore, the Simulation considers the impact of expected customer behavior. Management monitors BB&T’s interest sensitivity by means of a model that incorporates the current volumes, average rates earned and paid, and scheduled maturities and payments of asset and liability portfolios, together with multiple scenarios that include projected prepayments, repricing opportunities and anticipated volume growth. Using this information, the model projects earnings based on projected portfolio balances under multiple interest rate scenarios. This level of detail is needed to simulate the effect that changes in interest rates and portfolio balances may have on the earnings of BB&T. This method is subject to the accuracy of the assumptions that underlie the process, but management believes that it provides a better illustration of the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates than other analyses such as static or dynamic gap. In addition to the Simulation, BB&T uses EVE analysis to focus on projected changes in capital given potential changes in interest rates. This measure also allows BB&T to analyze interest rate risk that falls outside the analysis window contained in the Simulation. The EVE model is a discounted cash flow of the portfolio of assets, liabilities, and derivative instruments. The difference in the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities is defined as the economic value of equity.

 

The asset/liability management process requires a number of key assumptions. Management determines the most likely outlook for the economy and interest rates by analyzing external factors, including published economic projections and data, the effects of likely monetary and fiscal policies, as well as any enacted or prospective regulatory changes. BB&T’s current and prospective liquidity position, current balance sheet volumes and projected growth, accessibility of funds for short-term needs and capital maintenance are also considered. This data is combined with various interest rate scenarios to provide management with the information necessary to analyze interest sensitivity and to aid in the development of strategies to reach performance goals.

 

  67  
TableofContents  

 

The following table shows the effect that the indicated changes in interest rates would have on net interest income as projected for the next twelve months assuming a gradual change in interest rates as described below. Key assumptions in the preparation of the table include prepayment speeds of mortgage-related and other assets, cash flows and maturities of derivative financial instruments, loan volumes and pricing, deposit sensitivity, customer preferences and capital plans. The resulting change in net interest income reflects the level of interest rate sensitivity that income has in relation to the investment, loan and deposit portfolios.

  

Table 30
Interest Sensitivity Simulation Analysis
                                         
        Interest Rate Scenario   Annualized Hypothetical Percentage  
        Linear   Prime Rate     Change in Net Interest Income    
        Change in   December 31,     December 31,    
        Prime Rate    2015    2014      2015    2014    
        Up 200 bps    5.50  %    5.25  %      2.23  %    2.06  %    
        Up 100      4.50       4.25         1.58       1.46       
        No Change      3.50       3.25         ―         ―         
        Down 25      3.25       3.00         (0.69)      0.33       

 

The MRLCC has established parameters related to interest sensitivity that prescribe a maximum negative impact on net interest income under different interest rate scenarios. In the event the results of the Simulation model fall outside the established parameters, management will make recommendations to the MRLCC on the most appropriate response given the current economic forecast. The following parameters and interest rate scenarios are considered BB&T’s primary measures of interest rate risk:

 

· Maximum negative impact on net interest income of 2% for the next 12 months assuming a 25 basis point change in interest rates each month for four months followed by a flat interest rate scenario for the remaining eight month period.

 

· Maximum negative impact on net interest income of 4% for the next 12 months assuming a 25 basis point change in interest rates each month for eight months followed by a flat interest rate scenario for the remaining four month period.

 

If a parallel rate change of 200 basis points cannot be modeled due to a low level of rates, a proportional limit applies. Management currently only models a negative 25 basis point decline because larger parallel declines would have resulted in a Federal funds rate of less than zero. In a situation such as this, the maximum negative impact on net interest income is adjusted on a proportional basis. Regardless of the proportional limit, the negative risk exposure limit will be the greater of the 1% or the proportional limit.

 

Management has also established a maximum negative impact on net interest income of 4% for an immediate 100 basis points parallel change in rates and 8% for an immediate 200 basis points parallel change in rates. As noted above, management currently only models a negative 25 basis point decline, and the maximum negative impact on net interest income is adjusted on a proportional basis. Regardless of the proportional limit, the negative risk exposure limit will be the greater of 2% or the proportional limit. These “interest rate shock” limits are designed to create an outer band of acceptable risk based upon a significant and immediate change in rates.

 

Management also considers potential negative interest rate scenarios, which implies that a depositor would pay a premium for a financial institution to hold funds on deposit. In such a scenario, some depositors may choose to withdraw their deposits in lieu of paying an interest rate to BB&T to hold such deposits. As a result, management considers potential pricing and structure changes, such as the movement to a primarily fee-based deposit system. Negative rates would also diminish the spreads on loans and securities. As a result, management considers interest rate floors or rate index floors in loans to mitigate this risk. BB&T purchases both fixed and variable rate securities. The fixed rate securities would be beneficial in a negative interest rate environment.

 

Management must also consider how the balance sheet and interest rate risk position could be impacted by changes in balance sheet mix. Liquidity in the banking industry has been very strong during the current economic cycle. Much of this liquidity increase has been due to a significant increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Consistent with the industry, Branch Bank has seen a significant increase in this funding source. The behavior of these deposits is one of the most important assumptions used in determining the interest rate risk position of BB&T. A loss of these deposits in the future would reduce the asset sensitivity of BB&T’s balance sheet as the Company increases interest-bearing funds to offset the loss of this advantageous funding source.

 

 

 

  68  
TableofContents  

 

Beta represents the correlation between overall market interest rates and the rates paid by BB&T on interest-bearing deposits. BB&T applies an average beta of approximately 80% to its managed rate deposits for determining its interest rate sensitivity. Managed rate deposits are high beta, premium money market and interest checking accounts, which attract significant client funds when needed to support balance sheet growth. BB&T regularly conducts sensitivity on other key variables to determine the impact they could have on the interest rate risk position. This allows BB&T to evaluate the likely impact on its balance sheet management strategies due to a more extreme variation in a key assumption than expected.

 

The following table shows the effect that the loss of demand deposits and an associated increase in managed rate deposits would have on BB&T’s interest-rate sensitivity position. For purposes of this analysis, BB&T modeled the incremental beta for the replacement of the lost demand deposits at 100%.

 

Table 31
Deposit Mix Sensitivity Analysis
                                 
                    Results Assuming a Decrease in  
        Increase in     Base Scenario   Noninterest-Bearing Demand Deposits  
        Rates     at December 31, 2015 (1)   $1 Billion   $5 Billion  
        Up 200 bps      2.23  %    2.01  %    1.12  %  
        Up 100        1.58       1.44       0.89     
                                 
                                 
(1) The base scenario is equal to the annualized hypothetical percentage change in net interest income at December 31, 2015 as presented in the preceding table.

 

If rates increased 200 basis points, BB&T could absorb the loss of $10.1 billion, or 22.0%, of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and replace them with managed rate deposits with a beta of 100% before becoming neutral to interest rate changes.

 

The following table shows the effect that the indicated changes in interest rates would have on EVE. Key assumptions in the preparation of the table include prepayment speeds of mortgage-related and other assets, cash flows and maturities of derivative financial instruments, loan volumes and pricing and deposit sensitivity.

 

Table 32
EVE Simulation Analysis
                                     
                          Hypothetical Percentage  
              EVE/Assets   Change in EVE  
        Change in    December 31,    December 31,  
        Rates    2015    2014    2015    2014  
        Up 200 bps    10.9  %    10.9  %    0.6  %    (1.5) %  
        Up 100      11.0       11.1       1.6       0.6     
        No Change      10.8       11.1       ―         ―       
        Down 25      10.7       10.9       (1.1)      (1.0)    

 

Market Risk from Trading Activities

 

BB&T also manages market risk from trading activities which consists of acting as a financial intermediary to provide its customers access to derivatives, foreign exchange and securities markets. Trading market risk is managed through the use of statistical and non-statistical risk measures and limits. BB&T utilizes a historical VaR methodology to measure and aggregate risks across its covered trading LOBs. This methodology uses two years of historical data to estimate economic outcomes for a one-day time horizon at a 99% confidence level. The average 99% one-day VaR and the maximum daily VaR for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were each less than $1 million. Market risk disclosures under Basel II.5 are available in the Additional Disclosures section of the Investor Relations site on www.bbt.com .

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity represents the continuing ability to meet funding needs, including deposit withdrawals, timely repayment of borrowings and other liabilities, and funding of loan commitments. In addition to the level of liquid assets, such as cash, cash equivalents and AFS securities, many other factors affect the ability to meet liquidity needs, including access to a variety of funding sources, maintaining borrowing capacity in national money markets, growing core deposits, the repayment of loans and the ability to securitize or package loans for sale.

 

 

  69  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T monitors the ability to meet customer demand for funds under both normal and stressed market conditions. In considering its liquidity position, management evaluates BB&T’s funding mix based on client core funding, client rate-sensitive funding and non-client rate-sensitive funding. In addition, management also evaluates exposure to rate-sensitive funding sources that mature in one year or less. Management also measures liquidity needs against 30 days of stressed cash outflows for Branch Bank. To ensure a strong liquidity position, management maintains a liquid asset buffer of cash on hand and highly liquid unpledged securities. BB&T follows regulation YY for purposes of determining the liquid asset buffer. BB&T’s policy is to use the greater of 5% or a range of projected net cash outflows over a 30 day period. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, BB&T’s liquid asset buffer was 13.5% and 13.6%, respectively, of total assets.

 

BB&T is considered to be a “modified LCR” holding company. BB&T would be subject to full LCR requirements if its operations were to fall under the “internationally active” rules, which would generally be triggered if BB&T’s assets were to increase above $250 billion. BB&T produces LCR calculations to effectively manage the position of High-Quality Liquid Assets and the balance sheet deposit mix to optimize BB&T’s liquidity position. BB&T’s LCR was approximately 130% at December 31, 2015, compared to the regulatory minimum for such entities of 90%, which puts BB&T in full compliance with the rule. The regulatory minimum will increase to 100% on January 1, 2017. As noted above, BB&T is currently subject to the modified LCR requirement. BB&T routinely evaluates the impact of becoming subject to the full LCR requirement. This includes an evaluation of the changes to the balance sheet and investment strategy that would be necessary to comply with the requirement. Management does not currently expect the required changes to have a material impact on BB&T’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

Parent Company

 

The purpose of the Parent Company is to serve as the primary source of capital for the operating subsidiaries, with assets primarily consisting of cash on deposit with Branch Bank, equity investments in subsidiaries, advances to subsidiaries, accounts receivable from subsidiaries, and other miscellaneous assets. The principal obligations of the Parent Company are payments on long-term debt. The main sources of funds for the Parent Company are dividends and management fees from subsidiaries, repayments of advances to subsidiaries, and proceeds from the issuance of equity and long-term debt. The primary uses of funds by the Parent Company are for investments in subsidiaries, advances to subsidiaries, dividend payments to common and preferred shareholders, retirement of common stock and payments on long-term debt.

 

The primary source of funds used for Parent Company cash requirements was dividends received from subsidiaries. See Note 16 “Parent Company Financial Statements” for additional information regarding dividends from subsidiaries. In addition, the Parent Company issued $1.0 billion of senior notes and repaid $934 million of long-term debt. During periods that the Parent Company has funds raised through master note agreements with commercial clients, these funds are placed in a note receivable at Branch Bank primarily for its use in meeting short-term funding needs and, to a lesser extent, to support the short-term cash needs of the Parent Company. There were no master notes outstanding as of December 31, 2015 or 2014.

 

Liquidity at the Parent Company is more susceptible to market disruptions. BB&T prudently manages cash levels at the Parent Company to cover a minimum of one year of projected contractual cash outflows which includes unfunded external commitments, debt service, preferred dividends and scheduled debt maturities without the benefit of any new cash infusions. Generally, BB&T maintains a significant buffer above the projected one year of contractual cash outflows. In determining the buffer, BB&T considers cash requirements for common and preferred dividends, unfunded commitments to affiliates, being a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries and being able to withstand sustained market disruptions that could limit access to the capital markets. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Parent Company had 36 months and 31 months, respectively, of cash on hand to satisfy projected contractual cash outflows as described above.

 

Branch Bank

 

BB&T carefully manages liquidity risk at Branch Bank. Branch Bank’s primary source of funding is customer deposits. Continued access to customer deposits is highly dependent on the confidence the public has in the stability of the bank and its ability to return funds to the client when requested. BB&T maintains a strong focus on its reputation in the market to ensure continued access to client deposits. BB&T integrates its risk appetite into its overall risk management framework to ensure the bank does not exceed its risk tolerance through its lending and other risk taking functions and thus risk becoming undercapitalized. BB&T believes that sufficient capital is paramount to maintaining the confidence of its depositors and other funds providers. BB&T has extensive capital management processes in place to ensure it maintains sufficient capital to absorb losses and maintain a highly capitalized position that will instill confidence in the bank and allow continued access to deposits and other funding sources. Branch Bank monitors many liquidity metrics at the bank including funding concentrations, diversification, maturity distribution, contingent funding needs and ability to meet liquidity requirements under times of stress.

 

 

  70  
TableofContents  

 

Branch Bank has several major sources of funding to meet its liquidity requirements, including access to capital markets through issuance of senior or subordinated bank notes and institutional CDs, access to the FHLB system, dealer repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements with commercial clients, access to the overnight and term Federal funds markets, use of a Cayman branch facility, access to retail brokered CDs and a borrower in custody program with the FRB for the discount window. As of December 31, 2015, BB&T has approximately $70.6 billion of secured borrowing capacity, which represents approximately 6.3 times the amount of one year wholesale funding maturities.

 

The ability to raise funding at competitive prices is affected by the rating agencies’ views of the Parent Company’s and Branch Bank’s credit quality, liquidity, capital and earnings. Management meets with the rating agencies on a regular basis to discuss current outlooks. The ratings for BB&T and Branch Bank by the major rating agencies are detailed in the table below:

 

Table 33
Credit Ratings of BB&T Corporation and Branch Bank
December 31, 2015
                         
          S&P   Moody's   Fitch   DBRS  
  BB&T Corporation:                
    Commercial Paper A-2   P-1   F1   R-1(low)  
    Issuer A-   A2   A+   A(high)  
    LT/Senior debt A-   A2   A+   A(high)  
    Subordinated debt BBB+   A2   A   A  
                         
  Branch Bank:                
    Bank financial strength N/A   N/A   a+   N/A  
    Long term deposits N/A   Aa1   AA-   AA(low)  
    LT/Senior unsecured bank notes A   A1   A+   AA(low)  
    Long term issuer A   A1   A+   A(high)  
    Other long term senior obligations A   N/A   A+   AA(low)  
    Other short term senior obligations A-1   N/A   F1   R-1(middle)  
    Short term bank notes A-1   P-1   F1   R-1(middle)  
    Short term deposits N/A   P-1   F1+   R-1(middle)  
    Subordinated bank notes A-   A2   A   A(high)  
                         
  Ratings Outlook:                
    Credit Trend Stable   Stable   Stable   Stable  

 

BB&T and Branch Bank have Contingency Funding Plans designed to ensure that liquidity sources are sufficient to meet their ongoing obligations and commitments, particularly in the event of a liquidity contraction. These plans are designed to examine and quantify the organization’s liquidity under various “stress” scenarios. Additionally, the plans provide a framework for management and other critical personnel to follow in the event of a liquidity contraction or in anticipation of such an event. The plans address authority for activation and decision making, liquidity options and the responsibilities of key departments in the event of a liquidity contraction. The liquidity options available to management could include seeking secured funding, asset sales, and under the most extreme scenarios, curtailing new loan originations.

 

Management believes current sources of liquidity are adequate to meet BB&T’s current requirements and plans for continued growth. See Note 5 “Premises and Equipment,” Note 9 “Long-Term Debt” and Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding outstanding balances of sources of liquidity and contractual commitments and obligations.

 

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Related Party Transactions

 

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2015, BB&T’s contractual obligations by payment date. The payment amounts represent those amounts contractually due to the recipient. The table excludes liabilities recorded where management cannot reasonably estimate the timing of any payments that may be required in connection with these liabilities. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

  71  
TableofContents  

 

Table 34
Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
December 31, 2015
                                         
                Less than   1 to 3   3 to 5   After 5  
            Total   One Year   Years   Years   Years  
                                         
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Long-term debt and capital leases $  23,346    $  5,471    $  6,044    $  4,742    $  7,089   
  Operating leases    1,592       250       429       322       591   
  Commitments to fund affordable housing investments    654       354       260       21       19   
  Private equity commitments (1)    233       55       110       47       21   
  Time deposits    17,558       11,813       4,263       1,452       30   
  Contractual interest payments (2)    3,798       784       1,206       878       930   
  Purchase obligations (3)    341       163       142       25       11   
    Total contractual cash obligations $  47,522    $  18,890    $  12,454    $  7,487    $  8,691   
                                         
                                         
 (1) Maturities are based on estimated payment dates.  
 (2) Includes accrued interest, future contractual interest obligations and the impact of hedges. Non-hedging derivatives are excluded. Variable rate payments are based upon the rate in effect at December 31, 2015.
 (3) Includes purchase obligations for goods and services covered by noncancellable contracts.

 

The table above excludes the future cash payments associated with the nonqualified pension plans. Refer to Note 13 “Benefit Plans” for information related to future payments under these plans.

 

BB&T’s commitments include investments in affordable housing and historic building rehabilitation projects throughout its market area and private equity funds. Refer to Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and to Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for further discussion of these commitments.

 

In addition, BB&T enters into derivative contracts to manage various financial risks. A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date. Derivative contracts are written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only provide the basis for calculating payments between counterparties and are not a measure of financial risk. Therefore, the derivative liabilities recorded on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 18 “Derivative Financial Instruments” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

In the ordinary course of business, BB&T indemnifies its officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law against liabilities arising from litigation. BB&T also issues standard representation and warranties in underwriting agreements, merger and acquisition agreements, loan sales, brokerage activities and other similar arrangements. Counterparties in many of these indemnifications provide similar indemnifications to BB&T. Although these agreements often do not specify limitations, BB&T does not believe that any payments related to these guarantees would materially change the financial condition or results of operations of BB&T.

 

BB&T holds public funds in certain states that do not require 100% collateralization on public fund bank deposits. In these states, should the failure of another public fund depository institution result in a loss for the public entity, the resulting shortfall would have to be absorbed on a pro-rata basis by the remaining financial institutions holding public funds in that state.

 

As a member of the FHLB, BB&T is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock. The board of directors of the FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Agency. Because the extent of any obligation to increase BB&T’s investment in the FHLB depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLB are not determinable.

 

  72  
TableofContents  

 

In the normal course of business, BB&T is also a party to financial instruments to meet the financing needs of clients and to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk. Such financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and certain contractual agreements, including standby letters of credit and financial guarantee arrangements. Further discussion of BB&T’s commitments is included in Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” and Note 17 “Fair Value Disclosures” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

Table 35
Mortgage Indemnification, Recourse and Repurchase Reserves Activity (1)
                         
        Year Ended December 31,  
        2015   2014   2013  
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Balance, at beginning of period $  94    $  72    $  71   
    Payments    (5)      (23)      (27)  
    Expense    (15)      45       28   
    Acquisitions    5       —       —   
  Balance, at end of period $  79    $  94    $  72   
                         
                         
(1) Excludes the FHA-insured mortgage loan reserve of $85 million established during 2014.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

The Company may transact with its officers, directors and other related parties in the ordinary course of business. These transactions include substantially the same terms as comparable third-party arrangements and are in compliance with applicable banking regulations.

 

Capital

 

The maintenance of appropriate levels of capital is a management priority and is monitored on a regular basis. BB&T’s principal goals related to the maintenance of capital are to provide adequate capital to support BB&T’s risk profile consistent with the Board-approved risk appetite, provide financial flexibility to support future growth and client needs, comply with relevant laws, regulations, and supervisory guidance, achieve optimal credit ratings for BB&T and its subsidiaries and provide a competitive return to shareholders.

 

Management regularly monitors the capital position of BB&T on both a consolidated and bank level basis. In this regard, management’s overriding policy is to maintain capital at levels that are in excess of the operating capital guidelines, which are above the regulatory “well capitalized” levels. Management has implemented stressed capital ratio minimum guidelines to evaluate whether capital ratios calculated with planned capital actions are likely to remain above minimums specified by the FRB for the annual CCAR. Breaches of stressed minimum guidelines prompt a review of the planned capital actions included in BB&T’s capital plan.

 

Table 36
BB&T's Internal Capital Guidelines for Basel III
    Operating   Stressed  
  Tier 1 Capital Ratio  10.0  %    7.5  %  
  Total Capital Ratio  12.0       9.5     
  Tier 1 Leverage Capital Ratio  8.0       5.5     
  Tangible Common Equity Ratio  6.0       4.0     
  Tier 1 Common Equity Ratio  8.5       6.0     

 

Payments of cash dividends and repurchases of common shares are the methods used to manage any excess capital generated. In addition, management closely monitors the Parent Company’s double leverage ratio (investments in subsidiaries as a percentage of shareholders’ equity). The active management of the subsidiaries’ equity capital, as described above, is the process used to manage this important driver of Parent Company liquidity and is a key element in the management of BB&T’s capital position.

 

  73  
TableofContents  

 

Management intends to maintain capital at Branch Bank at levels that will result in classification as “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes. Secondarily, it is management’s intent to maintain Branch Bank’s capital at levels that result in regulatory risk-based capital ratios that are generally comparable with peers of similar size, complexity and risk profile. If the capital levels of Branch Bank increase above these guidelines, excess capital may be transferred to the Parent Company in the form of special dividend payments, subject to regulatory and other operating considerations.

 

While nonrecurring events or management decisions may result in the Company temporarily falling below its operating minimum guidelines for one or more of these ratios, it is management’s intent through capital planning to return to these targeted operating minimums within a reasonable period of time. Such temporary decreases below the operating minimums shown above are not considered an infringement of BB&T’s overall capital policy, provided a return above the minimums is forecast to occur within a reasonable time period.

 

BB&T regularly performs stress testing on its capital levels and is required to periodically submit the company’s capital plans to the banking regulators. The FRB did not object to the Company’s 2015 capital plan, and the 2016 capital plan is expected to be submitted during April 2016. Management’s capital deployment plan in order of preference is to focus on organic growth, dividends, strategic opportunities and share repurchases.

 

Risk-based capital ratios, which include Tier 1 Capital, Total Capital and Tier 1 Common Equity, are calculated based on regulatory guidance related to the measurement of capital and risk-weighted assets. The decrease in regulatory capital was primarily due to current year acquisition activity, partially offset by earnings in excess of dividends.

 

  Table 37  
  Capital Ratios  
                         
          December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014  
          Basel III   Basel I  
                         
          (Dollars in millions, except per share data, shares in thousands)  
  Risk-based:                
    Common equity Tier 1    10.3  %     N/A    
    Tier 1    11.8         12.4  %  
    Total    14.3         14.9     
  Leverage capital    9.8         9.9     
                         
  Non-GAAP capital measures (1):                
    Tangible common equity as a percentage of tangible assets    7.7  %      8.0  %  
    Tangible common equity per common share $  19.82      $  19.86     
                         
  Calculations of tangible common equity and tangible assets (1):                
    Total shareholders' equity $  27,340      $  24,377     
    Less:                
      Preferred stock    2,603         2,603     
      Noncontrolling interests    34         88     
      Intangible assets    9,234         7,374     
    Tangible common equity $  15,469      $  14,312     
                         
    Total assets $  209,947      $  186,834     
    Less:                
      Intangible assets    9,234         7,374     
    Tangible assets $  200,713      $  179,460     
                         
  Risk-weighted assets (2) $  166,611      $  143,675     
  Common shares outstanding at end of period    780,337         720,698     
                         
(1) Tangible common equity and related ratios are non-GAAP measures. Management uses these measures to assess the quality of capital and believes that investors may find them useful in their analysis of the Company. These capital measures are not necessarily comparable to similar capital measures that may be presented by other companies.
(2) Risk-weighted assets are determined based on the regulatory capital requirements in effect for the periods presented.

 

The Company’s estimated common equity tier 1 ratio using the Basel III standardized approach on a fully phased-in basis was 10.0% at December 31, 2015.

 

  74  
TableofContents  

 

Table 38
Quarterly Financial Summary―Unaudited (1)
                                                     
        2015   2014
        Fourth   Third   Second   First   Fourth   Third   Second   First
        Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter
                                                     
        (Dollars in millions, except per share data)
Consolidated Summary of Operations:                                              
  Interest income $  1,695    $  1,650    $  1,489    $  1,493    $  1,518    $  1,541    $  1,537    $  1,546 
  Interest expense    191       186       177       181       183       192       194       199 
  Provision for credit losses    129       103       97       99       83       34       74       60 
  Securities gains (losses), net    ―         (2)      (1)      ―         ―         (5)      -       2 
  Other noninterest income    1,015       990       1,020       997       1,022       954       958       925 
  Noninterest expense    1,597       1,594       1,653       1,422       1,394       1,539       1,534       1,385 
  Provision for income taxes    251       222       80       241       277       172       216       256 
  Net income    542       533       501       547       603       553       477       573 
  Noncontrolling interest    3       4       10       22       15       4       16       40 
  Preferred stock dividends    37       37       37       37       37       37       37       37 
  Net income available to common                                              
    shareholders $  502    $  492    $  454    $  488    $  551    $  512    $  424    $  496 
  Basic EPS $  0.64    $  0.64    $  0.63    $  0.68    $  0.77    $  0.71    $  0.59    $  0.70 
  Diluted EPS $  0.64    $  0.64    $  0.62    $  0.67    $  0.75    $  0.70    $  0.58    $  0.68 
                                                     
Selected Average Balances:                                              
  Assets $  209,217    $  203,531    $  189,033    $  187,297    $  186,462    $  186,339    $  185,094    $  182,428 
  Securities, at amortized cost    43,468       43,048       40,727       41,133       40,817       40,566       40,656       40,117 
  Loans and leases (2)    136,190       132,499       122,056       120,235       119,912       120,471       118,510       116,372 
  Total earning assets    183,151       178,464       165,428       163,367       162,559       162,879       161,143       158,364 
  Deposits    148,491       143,837       131,868       129,531       130,315       130,608       129,599       125,718 
  Short-term borrowings    2,698       3,572       3,080       3,539       3,095       3,321       2,962       4,321 
  Long-term debt    24,306       23,394       22,616       23,043       22,139       22,069       22,206       22,432 
  Total interest-bearing liabilities    129,671       126,650       116,062       116,412       116,419       117,895       118,133       117,079 
  Shareholders' equity    27,378       26,612       24,888       24,566       24,574       24,151       23,841       23,233 
                                                     
                                                     
(1) Effective January 1, 2015, BB&T adopted new guidance related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects. See Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” for additional information.
(2) Loans and leases are net of unearned income and include LHFS.

 

Fourth Quarter Results

 

Consolidated net income available to common shareholders for the fourth quarter of 2015 totaling $502 million was down 8.9% compared to $551 million earned during the same period in 2014. On a diluted per common share basis, earnings for the fourth quarter of 2015 were $0.64, down 14.7% compared to $0.75 for the same period in 2014. BB&T’s results of operations for the fourth quarter of 2015 produced an annualized return on average assets of 1.03% and an annualized return on average common shareholders’ equity of 8.06%, compared to prior year ratios of 1.28% and 9.99%, respectively. These results include merger-related and restructuring charges of $50 million and $18 million, respectively.

 

Total revenues on a FTE basis were $2.6 billion for the fourth quarter of 2015, up $164 million compared to the earlier quarter. This increase was driven by a $171 million increase in taxable-equivalent net interest income, largely the result of the Susquehanna and The Bank of Kentucky acquisitions

 

Net interest margin was 3.35%, compared to 3.36% for the earlier quarter. Average earning assets increased $20.6 billion, or 12.7%, while average interest-bearing liabilities increased $13.3 billion, or 11.4%, both of which were primarily driven by the Susquehanna and The Bank of Kentucky acquisitions. The annualized yield on the total loan portfolio for the fourth quarter was 4.31%, an increase of two basis points compared to the earlier quarter, which primarily reflects the impact of the current year acquisitions, partially offset by runoff of loans acquired from the FDIC. The annualized fully taxable-equivalent yield on the average securities portfolio for the fourth quarter was 2.30%, compared to 2.45% for the earlier period. This decline reflects lower rates on mortgage-backed securities, runoff of securities acquired from the FDIC and larger holdings in U.S. Treasuries.

 

  75  
TableofContents  

 

The average annualized cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.24%, a decline of one basis point compared to the earlier quarter. The average annualized rate paid on long-term debt was 2.11%, compared to 2.22% for the earlier quarter. This decrease was primarily due to early extinguishments of higher cost FHLB advances.

 

Excluding acquired from FDIC and PCI loans, the provision for credit losses was $128 million, compared to $84 million in the earlier quarter. The earlier quarter included a $24 million allowance release related to the sale of nonperforming mortgage loans, which also resulted in $4 million of net recoveries. Net charge-offs for the fourth quarter of 2015, excluding loans acquired from the FDIC and PCI, totaled $130 million, compared to $102 million for the earlier quarter.

 

The $7 million decrease in noninterest income was driven by lower insurance income, mortgage banking income and investment banking and brokerage fees and commissions, partially offset by improved FDIC loss share income and higher other income.

 

Noninterest expense was $1.6 billion for the fourth quarter of 2015, an increase of $203 million compared to the earlier quarter. This increase was primarily driven by the Susquehanna and The Bank of Kentucky acquisitions, which resulted in higher personnel expense, occupancy and equipment expense, merger-related and restructuring charges and other expense. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in loan-related expense.

 

The provision for income taxes was $251 million for the fourth quarter of 2015, compared to $277 million for the earlier quarter. This produced an effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2015 of 31.7%, compared to 31.5% for the earlier quarter.

 

Reclassifications

 

In certain circumstances, reclassifications have been made to prior period information to conform to the current presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported shareholders’ equity or net income.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The accounting and reporting policies of BB&T are in accordance with GAAP and conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. The financial position and results of operations are affected by management’s application of accounting policies, including estimates, assumptions and judgments made to arrive at the carrying value of assets and liabilities and amounts reported for revenues and expenses. Different assumptions in the application of these policies could result in material changes in the consolidated financial position and/or consolidated results of operations and related disclosures. Understanding BB&T’s accounting policies is fundamental to understanding the consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations. Accordingly, BB&T’s significant accounting policies and changes in accounting principles and effects of new accounting pronouncements are discussed in detail in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

The following is a summary of BB&T’s critical accounting policies that are highly dependent on estimates, assumptions and judgments. These critical accounting policies are reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors on a periodic basis.

 

ACL

 

BB&T’s policy is to maintain an ALLL and a RUFC that represent management’s best estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolios and off-balance sheet lending commitments at the balance sheet date. Estimates for loan and lease losses are determined by analyzing historical loan and lease losses, historical loan and lease migration to charge-off experience, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, expected cash flows on purchased loans, current assessment of problem loans and leases, the results of regulatory examinations and changes in the size, composition and risk assessment of the loan and lease portfolio. As part of this process, BB&T develops a series of loss estimate factors, which are modeled projections of the frequency, timing and severity of losses. These loss estimate factors are based on historical loss experience, economic and political environmental considerations and any other data that management believes will provide evidence about the expected collectability of outstanding loan and lease amounts. The following table summarizes the loss estimate factors used to determine the ALLL:

 

  Loss Estimate Factor   Description
  Loss Frequency   Indicates the likelihood of a borrower defaulting on a loan
  Loss Severity   Indicates the amount of estimated loss at the time of default

 

  76  
TableofContents  

 

For collectively evaluated loans, the ALLL is determined by multiplying the loan exposure by the loss frequency and loss severity factors. For individually evaluated loans, the ALLL is determined through review of data specific to the borrower. For TDRs, default expectations and estimated slower prepayment speeds that are specific to each of the restructured loan populations are incorporated in the determination of the ALLL. Also included in management’s estimates for loan and lease losses are considerations with respect to the impact of current economic events, the outcomes of which are uncertain. These events may include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in overall interest rates, political conditions, legislation that may directly or indirectly affect the banking industry and economic conditions affecting specific geographical areas and industries in which BB&T conducts business.

 

The methodology used to determine an estimate for the RUFC is inherently similar to the methodology used in calculating the ALLL adjusted for factors specific to binding commitments, including the probability of funding and exposure at the time of funding. A detailed discussion of the methodology used in determining the ALLL and the RUFC is included in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The vast majority of assets and liabilities carried at fair value are based on either quoted market prices or market prices for similar instruments. See Note 17 “Fair Value Disclosures” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” herein for additional disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments.

 

Securities

 

BB&T generally utilizes a third-party pricing service in determining the fair value of its AFS and trading securities. Fair value measurements are derived from market-based pricing matrices that were developed using observable inputs that include benchmark yields, benchmark securities, reported trades, offers, bids, issuer spreads and broker quotes. Management performs various procedures to evaluate the accuracy of the fair values provided by the third-party service provider. These procedures, which are performed independent of the responsible LOB, include comparison of pricing information received from the third party pricing service to other third party pricing sources, review of additional information provided by the third party pricing service and other third party sources for selected securities and back-testing to compare the price realized on any security sales to the daily pricing information received from the third party pricing service. The IPV committee, which provides oversight to BB&T’s enterprise-wide IPV function, is responsible for oversight of the comparison of pricing information received from the third party pricing service to other third party pricing sources, approving tolerance limits determined by IPV for price comparison exceptions, reviewing significant changes to pricing and valuation policies and reviewing and approving the pricing decisions made on any illiquid and hard-to-price securities. When market observable data is not available, which generally occurs due to the lack of liquidity for certain securities, the valuation of the security is subjective and may involve substantial judgment by management.

 

BB&T periodically reviews AFS securities with an unrealized loss. An unrealized loss exists when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. The purpose of the review is to consider the length of time and the extent to which the market value of a security has been below its amortized cost. The primary factors BB&T considers in determining whether an impairment is other-than-temporary are long-term expectations and recent experience regarding principal and interest payments and BB&T’s intent to sell and whether it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell those securities before the anticipated recovery of the amortized cost basis.

 

MSRs

 

BB&T has a significant mortgage loan servicing portfolio with two classes of MSRs for which it separately manages the economic risk: residential and commercial. Residential MSRs are primarily carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of mortgage banking income. BB&T uses various derivative instruments to mitigate the income statement effect of changes in fair value due to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions of its residential MSRs. MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available. Accordingly, BB&T estimates the fair value of residential MSRs using an OAS valuation model to project MSR cash flows over multiple interest rate scenarios, which are then discounted at risk-adjusted rates. The OAS model considers portfolio characteristics, contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service and other economic factors. BB&T reassesses and periodically adjusts the underlying inputs and assumptions in the OAS model to reflect market conditions and assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing the MSR asset.

 

  77  
TableofContents  

 

Fair value estimates and assumptions are compared to industry surveys, recent market activity, actual portfolio experience and, when available, observable market data. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, MSRs are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The value of MSRs is significantly affected by mortgage interest rates available in the marketplace, which influence mortgage loan prepayment speeds. In general, during periods of declining interest rates, the value of MSRs declines due to increasing prepayments attributable to increased mortgage-refinance activity. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of MSRs generally increases due to reduced refinance activity. Refer to Note 7 “Loan Servicing” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for quantitative disclosures reflecting the effect that changes in management’s assumptions would have on the fair value of MSRs.

 

During 2015 and prior years, commercial MSRs were carried at the lower of cost or market and amortized over the estimated period that servicing income was expected to be received based on projections of the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows. The amount and timing of servicing asset amortization was based on actual results and updated projections. Effective January 1, 2016, BB&T adopted the fair value method for commercial MSRs. The impact of this adoption was not material.

 

LHFS

 

BB&T originates certain mortgage loans for sale to investors that are carried at fair value. The fair value is primarily based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans. Changes in the fair value are recorded as a component of mortgage banking income, while the related origination costs are recognized in noninterest expense when incurred. The changes in fair value are largely driven by changes in interest rates subsequent to loan funding and changes in the fair value of servicing associated with the LHFS. BB&T uses various derivative instruments to mitigate the economic effect of changes in fair value of the underlying loans.

 

Derivative Assets and Liabilities

 

BB&T uses derivatives to manage various financial risks. BB&T mitigates the credit risk by subjecting counterparties to credit reviews and approvals similar to those used in making loans and other extensions of credit. In addition, certain counterparties are required to provide collateral to BB&T when their unsecured loss positions exceed certain negotiated limits. The fair values of derivative financial instruments are determined based on quoted market prices and internal pricing models that are primarily sensitive to market observable data. The fair value of interest rate lock commitments, which are related to mortgage loan commitments, is based on quoted market prices adjusted for commitments that BB&T does not expect to fund and includes the value attributable to the net servicing fee.

 

Private Equity and Similar Investments

 

BB&T has private equity and similar investments that are carried at fair value. Changes in the fair value of these investments are recorded in other noninterest income each period. In many cases there are no observable market values for these investments and management must estimate the fair value based on a comparison of the operating performance of the company to multiples in the marketplace for similar entities. This analysis requires significant judgment, and actual values in a sale could differ materially from those estimated. As of December 31, 2015, BB&T had $289 million of these investments, which represented less than 1% of total assets.

 

Intangible Assets

 

The acquisition method of accounting requires that acquired assets and liabilities are recorded at their fair values. This often involves estimates based on third party valuations or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques, all of which are inherently subjective. The amortization of identified intangible assets is based upon the estimated economic benefits to be received, which is also subjective. Acquisitions typically result in goodwill, which is subject to ongoing periodic impairment tests based on the fair values of the reporting units to which the acquired goodwill relates. Refer to Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a description of the impairment testing process. Management considers the sensitivity of the significant assumptions in its impairment analysis including consideration of a 10% change in estimated future cash flows or the discount rate for each reporting unit.

 

  78  
TableofContents  

 

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

 

BB&T offers various pension plans and postretirement benefit plans to employees. Calculation of the obligations and related expenses under these plans requires the use of actuarial valuation methods and assumptions, which are subject to management judgment and may differ significantly if different assumptions are used. The discount rate assumption used to measure the postretirement benefit obligations is set by reference to a high-quality (AA-rated or higher) corporate bond yield curve and the individual characteristics of the plans such as projected cash flow patterns and payment durations. Management evaluated the sensitivity changes that the expected return on plan assets and the discount rate would have on pension expense for 2015. A decrease of 25 basis points in the discount rate would result in additional pension expense of approximately $24 million for 2016, while a decrease of 100 basis points in the expected return on plan assets would result in an increase of approximately $46 million in pension expense for 2016. Refer to Note 13 “Benefit Plans” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for disclosures related to BB&T’s benefit plans.

 

Income Taxes

 

The calculation of BB&T’s income tax provision is complex and requires the use of estimates and judgments. As part of the Company’s analysis and implementation of business strategies, consideration is given to the tax laws and regulations that apply to the specific facts and circumstances for any tax position under evaluation. For tax positions that are uncertain in nature, management determines whether the tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. For tax positions that meet this threshold, management then estimates the amount of the tax benefit to recognize in the financial statements. Management closely monitors tax developments in order to evaluate the effect they may have on the Company’s overall tax position and the estimates and judgments used in determining the income tax provision and records adjustments as necessary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  79  
TableofContents  

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Management of BB&T is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. BB&T’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records, that in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the Company’s assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with GAAP and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with the authorizations of BB&T’s management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material impact on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013)” promulgated by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, commonly referred to as the “COSO” criteria. Based on this evaluation under the COSO criteria, management concluded that the internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.

 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the management of the Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

 

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2015 that has materially affected, or is likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

 

  80  
TableofContents  

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of BB&T Corporation:

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BB&T Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Greensboro, North Carolina

 

February 25, 2016

 

  81  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in millions, except per share data, shares in thousands)
                   
          December 31,
          2015   2014
Assets          
  Cash and due from banks $  2,123    $  1,639 
  Interest-bearing deposits with banks    1,435       529 
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements or similar          
    arrangements    153       157 
  Restricted cash    456       374 
  AFS securities at fair value    25,297       20,907 
  HTM securities (fair value of $18,519 and $20,313 at December 31, 2015          
     and December 31, 2014, respectively)    18,530       20,240 
  LHFS at fair value    1,035       1,423 
  Loans and leases    135,951       119,884 
  ALLL    (1,460)      (1,474)
    Loans and leases, net of ALLL    134,491       118,410 
                   
  Premises and equipment    2,007       1,827 
  Goodwill    8,548       6,869 
  CDI and other intangible assets    686       505 
  Residential MSRs at fair value    880       844 
  Other assets    14,306       13,110 
      Total assets $  209,947    $  186,834 
                   
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          
  Deposits:          
    Noninterest-bearing deposits $  45,695    $  38,786 
    Interest-bearing deposits    103,429       90,254 
      Total deposits    149,124       129,040 
                   
  Short-term borrowings    3,593       3,717 
  Long-term debt    23,769       23,312 
  Accounts payable and other liabilities    6,121       6,388 
      Total liabilities    182,607       162,457 
                   
  Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)          
  Shareholders’ equity:          
    Preferred stock, $5 par, liquidation preference of $25,000 per share    2,603       2,603 
    Common stock, $5 par    3,902       3,603 
    Additional paid-in capital    8,365       6,517 
    Retained earnings    13,464       12,317 
    AOCI, net of deferred income taxes    (1,028)      (751)
    Noncontrolling interests    34       88 
      Total shareholders’ equity    27,340       24,377 
      Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $  209,947    $  186,834 
                   
  Common shares outstanding    780,337       720,698 
  Common shares authorized    2,000,000       2,000,000 
  Preferred shares outstanding    107       107 
  Preferred shares authorized    5,000       5,000 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  82  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Dollars in millions, except per share data, shares in thousands)
 
            Year Ended December 31,
              2015      2014      2013 
Interest Income                
  Interest and fees on loans and leases $  5,347    $  5,163    $  5,603 
  Interest and dividends on securities    941       939       871 
  Interest on other earning assets    39       40       33 
      Total interest income    6,327       6,142       6,507 
Interest Expense                
  Interest on deposits    233       239       301 
  Interest on short-term borrowings    4       4       6 
  Interest on long-term debt    498       525       584 
      Total interest expense    735       768       891 
Net Interest Income    5,592       5,374       5,616 
  Provision for credit losses    428       251       592 
Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses    5,164       5,123       5,024 
Noninterest Income                
  Insurance income    1,596       1,643       1,517 
  Service charges on deposits    631       632       619 
  Mortgage banking income    455       395       565 
  Investment banking and brokerage fees and commissions    398       387       383 
  Trust and investment advisory revenues    240       221       200 
  Bankcard fees and merchant discounts    218       207       202 
  Checkcard fees    174       163       157 
  Operating lease income    124       95       77 
  Income from bank-owned life insurance    113       110       113 
  FDIC loss share income, net    (253)      (343)      (293)
  Other income    326       349       445 
  Securities gains (losses), net                
      Gross realized gains    41       7       57 
      Gross realized losses    (40)      (4)      (6)
      OTTI charges    (2)      (23)      ―   
      Non-credit portion recognized in OCI    (2)      17       ―   
          Total securities gains (losses), net    (3)      (3)      51 
      Total noninterest income    4,019       3,856       4,036 
Noninterest Expense                
  Personnel expense    3,469       3,180       3,293 
  Occupancy and equipment expense    708       682       692 
  Software expense    192       174       158 
  Loan-related expense    150       267       188 
  Outside IT services    135       115       89 
  Professional services    130       139       189 
  Amortization of intangibles    105       91       106 
  Regulatory charges    101       106       143 
  Foreclosed property expense    53       40       55 
  Merger-related and restructuring charges, net    165       46       46 
  Loss on early extinguishment of debt    172       122       ―   
  Other expense    886       890       818 
      Total noninterest expense    6,266       5,852       5,777 
Earnings                
  Income before income taxes    2,917       3,127       3,283 
  Provision for income taxes    794       921       1,553 
      Net income    2,123       2,206       1,730 
  Noncontrolling interests    39       75       50 
  Dividends on preferred stock    148       148       117 
      Net income available to common shareholders $  1,936    $  1,983    $  1,563 
  Basic EPS $  2.59    $  2.76    $  2.22 
  Diluted EPS $  2.56    $  2.72    $  2.19 
  Cash dividends declared per share $  1.05    $  0.95    $  0.92 
  Basic weighted average shares outstanding    748,010       718,140       703,042 
  Diluted weighted average shares outstanding    757,765       728,372       714,363 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  83  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Dollars in millions)
 
            Year Ended December 31,
              2015      2014      2013 
Net Income $  2,123    $  2,206    $  1,730 
OCI, Net of Tax:                
  Change in unrecognized net pension and postretirement costs    (97)      (323)      411 
  Change in unrealized net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges    (29)      (56)      175 
  Change in unrealized net gains (losses) on AFS securities    (186)      194       (640)
  Change in net amounts attributable to the FDIC under loss share agreements    38       28       21 
  Other, net    (3)      (1)      (1)
    Total OCI    (277)      (158)      (34)
    Total comprehensive income $  1,846    $  2,048    $  1,696 
                           
                           
Income Tax Effect of Items Included in OCI:                
  Change in unrecognized net pension and postretirement costs $  (59)   $  (192)   $  252 
  Change in unrealized net gains (losses) on cash flow hedges    (18)      (34)      106 
  Change in unrealized net gains (losses) on AFS securities    (120)      117       (384)
  Change in net amounts attributable to the FDIC under loss share agreements    25       17       14 
  Other, net    3       2       2 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  84  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Dollars in millions, shares in thousands)
                                                     
          Shares of Common Stock   Preferred Stock   Common Stock   Additional Paid-In Capital   Retained Earnings   AOCI   Noncontrolling Interests   Total Shareholders' Equity
Adjusted Balance, January 1, 2013  699,728    $  2,116    $  3,499    $  5,973    $  10,099    $  (559)   $  65    $  21,193 
Add (Deduct):                                            
  Net income  ―         ―         ―         ―         1,680       ―         50       1,730 
  Net change in AOCI  ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         (34)      ―         (34)
  Stock transactions:                                            
    Issued in connection with equity awards  6,257       ―         31       74       ―         ―         ―         105 
    Shares repurchased in connection                                            
      with equity awards  (879)      ―         (4)      (23)      ―         ―         ―         (27)
    Issued in connection with dividend                                            
      reinvestment plan  656       ―         3       19       ―         ―         ―         22 
    Issued in connection with 401(k) plan  858       ―         4       25       ―         ―         ―         29 
    Issued in connection with preferred stock                                            
      offerings  ―         487       ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         487 
  Cash dividends declared on common stock  ―         ―         ―         ―         (647)      ―         ―         (647)
  Cash dividends declared on preferred stock  ―         ―         ―         ―         (117)      ―         ―         (117)
  Equity-based compensation expense  ―         ―         ―         96       ―         ―         ―         96 
  Other, net  ―         ―         ―         8       ―         ―         (65)      (57)
Adjusted Balance, December 31, 2013  706,620    $  2,603    $  3,533    $  6,172    $  11,015    $  (593)   $  50    $  22,780 
Add (Deduct):                                            
  Net income  ―         ―         ―         ―         2,131       ―         75       2,206 
  Net change in AOCI  ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         (158)      ―         (158)
  Stock transactions:                                            
    Issued in connection with equity awards  15,321       ―         76       233       ―         ―         ―         309 
    Shares repurchased in connection                                            
      with equity awards  (2,287)      ―         (11)      (74)      ―         ―         ―         (85)
    Excess tax benefits in connection                                            
      with equity awards  ―         ―         ―         49       ―         ―         ―         49 
    Issued in connection with dividend                                            
      reinvestment plan  391       ―         2       13       ―         ―         ―         15 
    Issued in connection with 401(k) plan  653       ―         3       22       ―         ―         ―         25 
  Cash dividends declared on common stock  ―         ―         ―         ―         (681)      ―         ―         (681)
  Cash dividends declared on preferred stock  ―         ―         ―         ―         (148)      ―         ―         (148)
  Equity-based compensation expense  ―         ―         ―         102       ―         ―         ―         102 
  Other, net  ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         (37)      (37)
Adjusted Balance, December 31, 2014  720,698    $  2,603    $  3,603    $  6,517    $  12,317    $  (751)   $  88    $  24,377 
Add (Deduct):                                            
  Net income  ―         ―         ―         ―         2,084       ―         39       2,123 
  Net change in AOCI  ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         (277)      ―         (277)
  Stock transactions:                                            
    Issued in acquisitions  54,000       ―         270       1,918       ―         ―         ―         2,188 
    Issued in connection with equity awards  6,995       ―         35       79       ―         ―         ―         114 
    Shares repurchased in connection                                            
      with equity awards  (1,356)      ―         (6)      (46)      ―         ―         ―         (52)
    Excess tax benefits in connection                                            
      with equity awards  ―         ―         ―         11       ―         ―         ―         11 
  Purchase of additional ownership interest in                                            
    AmRisc, LP  ―         ―         ―         (219)      ―         ―         (3)      (222)
  Cash dividends declared on common stock  ―         ―         ―         ―         (789)      ―         ―         (789)
  Cash dividends declared on preferred stock  ―         ―         ―         ―         (148)      ―         ―         (148)
  Equity-based compensation expense  ―         ―         ―         106       ―         ―         ―         106 
  Other, net  ―         ―         ―         (1)      ―         ―         (90)      (91)
Balance, December 31, 2015  780,337    $  2,603    $  3,902    $  8,365    $  13,464    $  (1,028)   $  34    $  27,340 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  85  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in millions)
 
              Year Ended December 31,
              2015   2014   2013
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                
  Net income $  2,123    $  2,206    $  1,730 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:                
      Provision for credit losses    428       251       592 
      Adjustment to income tax provision    (107)      (39)      516 
      Depreciation    356       333       315 
      Loss on early extinguishment of debt    172       122       ―   
      Amortization of intangibles    105       91       106 
      Deferred tax expense    110       134       307 
      Equity-based compensation    106       102       96 
      (Gain) loss on securities, net    3       3       (51)
      Net change in operating assets and liabilities:                
            LHFS    422       (201)      2,445 
            Trading securities    (698)      (101)      116 
            Other assets    (493)      346       (75)
            Accounts payable and other liabilities    263       (4)      (812)
      Other, net    125       (33)      23 
            Net cash from operating activities    2,915       3,210       5,308 
                             
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                
  Proceeds from sales of AFS securities    6,302       1,309       2,209 
  Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of AFS securities    5,064       3,915       6,214 
  Purchases of AFS securities    (12,698)      (3,685)      (6,463)
  Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of HTM securities    3,791       1,866       2,863 
  Purchases of HTM securities    (2,557)      (4,030)      (7,399)
  Originations and purchases of loans and leases, net of principal collected    (2,984)      (5,041)      (3,077)
  Net cash from acquisitions and divestitures    1,055       1,025       516 
  Proceeds from sales of foreclosed property    218       239       394 
  Other, net    171       387       534 
      Net cash from investing activities    (1,638)      (4,015)      (4,209)
                             
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                
  Net change in deposits    2,506       337       (5,600)
  Net change in short-term borrowings    (982)      (421)      1,274 
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt    2,272       5,510       4,164 
  Repayment of long-term debt    (2,433)      (3,912)      (1,634)
  Net proceeds from preferred stock issued    ―         ―         487 
  Cash dividends paid on common stock    (789)      (666)      (765)
  Cash dividends paid on preferred stock    (148)      (148)      (147)
  Other, net    (317)      265       248 
      Net cash from financing activities    109       965       (1,973)
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents    1,386       160       (874)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period    2,325       2,165       3,039 
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period $  3,711    $  2,325    $  2,165 
                             
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:                
  Cash paid during the period for:                
      Interest $  734    $  765    $  918 
      Income taxes    655       322       677 
  Noncash investing and financing activities:                
      Transfers of loans to foreclosed assets    532       547       609 
      Transfers of loans HFI to LHFS    43       684       ―   
      Stock issued in acquisitions    2,188       ―         ―   
      Purchase of additional interest in AmRisc, LP    216       ―         ―   
      Transfer of HTM securities to AFS    517       ―         ―   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

  86  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

General

 

See the Glossary of Defined Terms at the beginning of this Report for terms used throughout the consolidated financial statements and related notes of this Form 10-K.

 

The accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with GAAP. Additionally, where applicable, the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. The following is a summary of the more significant accounting policies.

 

Nature of Operations

 

BB&T is a FHC organized under the laws of North Carolina. BB&T conducts operations through a bank subsidiary, Branch Bank, and nonbank subsidiaries. Branch Bank’s offices are concentrated primarily in the southeastern and mid-Atlantic United States. BB&T provides a wide range of banking services to individuals, businesses and municipalities. BB&T offers a variety of loans and lease financing to individuals and entities primarily within BB&T’s geographic footprint, including insurance premium financing; permanent CRE financing arrangements; loan servicing for third-party investors; direct consumer finance loans to individuals; credit card lending; automobile financing; factoring and equipment financing. BB&T also markets a wide range of other services, including deposits; discount and full service brokerage, annuities and mutual funds; life insurance, property and casualty insurance, health insurance and commercial general liability insurance on an agency basis and through a wholesale insurance brokerage operation; trust and retirement services; comprehensive wealth advisory services; asset management and capital markets services.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BB&T Corporation and those subsidiaries that are majority owned by BB&T or over which BB&T exercises control. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The results of operations of companies or assets acquired are included from the dates of acquisition. All material wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries are consolidated unless GAAP requires otherwise.

 

BB&T holds investments in certain legal entities that are considered VIEs. VIEs are legal entities in which equity investors do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to independently finance its activities, or as a group, the holders of the equity investment at risk lack the power through voting or similar rights to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact its economic performance, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses of the entity or the right to receive expected residual returns of the entity. Consolidation of a VIE is required if a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

 

Investments in VIEs are evaluated to determine if BB&T is the primary beneficiary. This evaluation gives appropriate consideration to the design of the entity and the variability that the entity was designed to pass along, the relative power of each party, and to BB&T’s relative obligation to absorb losses or receive residual returns of the entity, in relation to such obligations and rights held by each party. During 2015, BB&T disposed of its variable interests in its Tender Option Bond program trusts, which allowed for tax-advantaged financing of certain debt instruments issued by tax-exempt entities. BB&T was considered the primary beneficiary of the Tender Option Bond program trusts, resulting in the consolidation of their assets and liabilities in prior years. BB&T also has variable interests in certain entities that were not required to be consolidated, including affordable housing partnership interests, historic tax credit partnerships and other partnership interests. Refer to Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” for additional disclosures regarding BB&T’s significant VIEs.

 

BB&T accounts for unconsolidated partnerships and similar investments using the equity method of accounting. BB&T records its portion of income or loss in other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. These investments are periodically evaluated for impairment. BB&T also has investments in, and future funding commitments to, private equity investments, which are accounted for based on BB&T’s ownership and control rights specific to each investment.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain amounts reported in prior periods’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on previously reported cash flows, shareholders’ equity or net income.

 

  87  
TableofContents  

 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the ACL, determination of fair value for financial instruments, valuation of goodwill, intangible assets and other purchase accounting related adjustments, benefit plan obligations and expenses, and tax assets, liabilities and expense.

 

Business Combinations

 

BB&T accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The accounts of an acquired entity are included as of the date of acquisition, and any excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired is capitalized as goodwill.

 

BB&T typically issues common stock and/or pays cash for an acquisition, depending on the terms of the acquisition agreement. The value of common shares issued is determined based on the market price of the stock as of the closing of the acquisition.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements or similar arrangements. Cash and cash equivalents have maturities of three months or less. Accordingly, the carrying amount of such instruments is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Restricted Cash

 

Restricted cash represents amounts posted as collateral for derivatives in a loss position.

 

Securities

 

BB&T classifies marketable investment securities as HTM, AFS or trading. Interest income and dividends on securities are recognized in income on an accrual basis. Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized as an adjustment to interest income using the interest method.

 

Debt securities are classified as HTM where BB&T has both the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. These securities are reported at amortized cost.

 

Debt securities, which may be sold to meet liquidity needs arising from unanticipated deposit and loan fluctuations, changes in regulatory capital requirements, or unforeseen changes in market conditions, are classified as AFS. AFS securities are reported at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in AOCI, net of deferred income taxes, in the shareholders’ equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains or losses realized from the sale of AFS securities are determined by specific identification and are included in noninterest income.

 

Each HTM and AFS security in a loss position is evaluated for OTTI. BB&T considers such factors as the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been below amortized cost, long term expectations and recent experience regarding principal and interest payments, BB&T’s intent to sell and whether it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell those securities before the anticipated recovery of the amortized cost basis. The credit component of an OTTI loss is recognized in earnings and the non-credit component is recognized in AOCI in situations where BB&T does not intend to sell the security and it is more-likely-than-not that BB&T will not be required to sell the security prior to recovery. Subsequent to recognition of OTTI, an increase in expected cash flows is recognized as a yield adjustment over the remaining expected life of the security based on an evaluation of the nature of the increase.

 

Trading account securities, which include both debt and equity securities, are reported at fair value and included in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Unrealized fair value adjustments, fees, and realized gains or losses from trading account activities (determined by specific identification) are included in noninterest income. Interest income on trading account securities is included in interest on other earning assets.

 

  88  
TableofContents  

 

LHFS

 

BB&T accounts for new originations of prime residential and commercial mortgage LHFS at fair value. BB&T accounts for the derivatives used to economically hedge the LHFS at fair value. The fair value of LHFS is primarily based on quoted market prices for securities collateralized by similar types of loans. Direct loan origination fees and costs related to LHFS are not capitalized and are recorded as mortgage banking income in the case of the direct loan origination fees and primarily personnel expense in the case of the direct loan origination costs. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are included in mortgage banking income. Gains and losses on sales of commercial LHFS are included in other noninterest income.

 

BB&T sells a significant portion of its fixed-rate commercial and conforming residential mortgage loan originations, which are typically converted into MBS by FHLMC, FNMA and GNMA and subsequently sold to other third party investors. BB&T records these transactions as a sale when the transferred loans are legally isolated from BB&T’s creditors and the other accounting criteria for a sale are met. Gains or losses recorded on these transactions are based in part on the net carrying amount of the loans sold, which is allocated between the loans sold and retained interests based on their relative fair values at the date of sale. BB&T generally retains the mortgage servicing on loans sold. Since quoted market prices are not typically available, BB&T estimates the fair value of these retained interests using modeling techniques to determine the net present value of expected future cash flows. Such models incorporate management’s best estimates of key variables, such as prepayment speeds, servicing costs and discount rates, that would be used by market participants based on the risks involved.

 

Gains on residential mortgage loan sales, including marking LHFS to fair value and the impact of interest rate lock commitments, are recorded in noninterest income as a component of mortgage banking income. For certain of these transactions, the loan servicing rights were retained, including the related MSRs and on-going servicing fees.

 

BB&T also issues standard representations and warranties related to mortgage loan sales to GSEs. Although these agreements often do not specify limitations, management does not believe that any payments related to these warranties would materially change the financial condition or results of operations of BB&T.

 

Loans and Leases

 

The Company’s accounting methods for loans differ depending on whether the loans are originated or purchased, and if purchased, whether or not the loans reflect credit deterioration since the date of origination such that it is probable at the date of acquisition that BB&T will be unable to collect all contractually required payments.

 

Originated Loans and Leases

 

Loans and leases that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are reported at their outstanding principal balances net of any unearned income, charge-offs, and unamortized fees and costs. The net amount of nonrefundable loan origination fees and certain direct costs associated with the lending process are deferred and amortized to interest income over the contractual lives of the loans using methods that approximate the interest method.

 

BB&T classifies loans and leases as past due when the payment of principal and interest based upon contractual terms is greater than 30 days delinquent or if one payment is past due. When commercial loans are placed on nonaccrual status as described below, a charge-off is recorded, as applicable, to decrease the carrying value of such loans to the estimated recoverable amount. Retail loans are subject to mandatory charge-off at a specified delinquency date consistent with regulatory guidelines. As such, retail loans are subject to collateral valuation and charge-off, as applicable, when they are moved to nonaccrual status as described below.

 

Purchased Loans

 

Purchased loans are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Credit discounts are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an ALLL is not recorded at the acquisition date.

 

  89  
TableofContents  

 

Purchased loans are evaluated upon acquisition and classified as either purchased impaired or purchased non-impaired. Purchased impaired loans reflect credit deterioration since origination such that it is probable at acquisition that BB&T will be unable to collect all contractually required payments. For purchased impaired loans, expected cash flows at the acquisition date in excess of the fair value of loans are recorded as interest income over the life of the loans using a level yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the acquisition date, increases in cash flows over those expected at the acquisition date are recognized prospectively as interest income. Decreases in expected cash flows due to credit deterioration are recognized by recording an ALLL. For purchased non-impaired loans, the difference between the fair value and UPB of the loan at the acquisition date is amortized or accreted to interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective interest method.

 

TDRs

 

Modifications to a borrower’s debt agreement are considered TDRs if a concession is granted for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties that otherwise would not be considered. TDRs are undertaken in order to improve the likelihood of recovery on the loan and may take the form of modifications made with the stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, other modifications to the structure of the loan that fall outside of normal underwriting policies and procedures, or in certain limited circumstances forgiveness of principal or interest. Modifications of loans acquired from the FDIC that are part of a pool accounted for as a single asset are not considered TDRs. TDRs can involve loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing on accruing status, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. In circumstances where the TDR involves charging off a portion of the loan balance, BB&T typically classifies these TDRs as nonaccrual.

 

In connection with commercial TDRs, the decision to maintain a loan that has been restructured on accrual status is based on a current, well documented credit evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for repayment under the modified terms. This evaluation includes consideration of the borrower’s current capacity to pay, which among other things may include a review of the borrower’s current financial statements, an analysis of cash flow available to pay debt obligations, and an evaluation of secondary sources of payment from the client and any guarantors. This evaluation also includes an evaluation of the borrower’s current willingness to pay, which may include a review of past payment history, an evaluation of the borrower’s willingness to provide information on a timely basis, and consideration of offers from the borrower to provide additional collateral or guarantor support. The credit evaluation may also include review of cash flow projections, consideration of the adequacy of collateral to cover all principal and interest and trends indicating improving profitability and collectability of receivables.

 

The evaluation of mortgage and retail loans includes an evaluation of the client’s debt to income ratio, credit report, property value, loan vintage, and certain other client-specific factors that impact their ability to make timely principal and interest payments on the loan.

 

Nonaccrual commercial TDRs may be returned to accrual status based on a current, well-documented credit evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for repayment under the modified terms. This evaluation must include consideration of the borrower’s sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable period (generally a minimum of six months) prior to the date on which the loan is returned to accrual status. Sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable time prior to the TDR may be taken into account. In connection with retail TDRs, a NPL will be returned to accruing status when current as to principal and interest and upon a sustained historical repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months).

 

TDR classification may be removed for a loan upon the occurrence of a non-concessionary subsequent modification that is at market terms and within current underwriting guidelines.

 

NPAs

 

NPAs include NPLs and foreclosed property. Foreclosed property consists of real estate and other assets acquired as a result of customers’ loan defaults. BB&T’s policies for placing loans on nonaccrual status conform to guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. The majority of commercial loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual status when it is probable that principal or interest is not fully collectible, or generally when principal or interest becomes 90 days past due, whichever occurs first. Other lending subsidiaries’ loans, which includes both retail and commercial loans, are placed on nonaccrual status generally when principal and interest becomes 90 days past due. Direct retail, mortgage and sales finance loans are placed on nonaccrual status at varying intervals, based on the type of product, generally when principal and interest becomes between 90 days and 120 days past due. PCI loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the expected cash flows method.

 

 

  90  
TableofContents  

 

Residential mortgage NPLs secured by 1-4 family properties are generally charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan less costs to sell upon becoming 120 days past due, unless the shortfall is covered by private mortgage insurance. Nonperforming residential mortgage TDRs generally incur charge-offs at 120 days. If a known loss is identified prior to these time periods, the applicable charge-off occurs immediately. BB&T recognizes charge-offs on government guaranteed NPLs to the extent that the carrying value of the NPL exceeds the guaranteed amount.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2015, BB&T implemented a residential mortgage and direct retail lending policy change to move loans to nonaccrual status at 120 days past due instead of 180 days.

 

Charge-offs are recorded on revolving credit loans after they become 180 days past due and commercial bank card balances after they become 90 days past due. Unpaid fees and finance charges are reversed against interest income in the period in which the charge-off occurs. Other retail loans not secured by 1-4 family properties are charged down to the fair value of the collateral securing the loan less costs to sell upon becoming between 90 and 120 days past due, depending on the type of loan.

 

Secured retail loans discharged through bankruptcy are charged down to the fair value of the related collateral, and the remaining balance is placed on nonaccrual status.

 

Certain past due loans may remain on accrual status if management determines that it does not have concern over the collectability of principal and interest. Generally, when loans are placed on nonaccrual status, accrued interest receivable is reversed against interest income in the current period. Interest payments received thereafter are applied as a reduction to the remaining principal balance as long as concern exists as to the ultimate collection of the principal. Nonaccrual mortgage loans are accounted for using the cash basis. Loans and leases are generally removed from nonaccrual status when they become current as to both principal and interest and concern no longer exists as to the collectability of principal and interest.

 

Assets acquired as a result of foreclosure are subsequently carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value equals fair value less estimated selling costs. Any excess of cost over net realizable value at the time of foreclosure is charged to the ALLL. NPAs are subject to periodic revaluations of the collateral underlying impaired loans and foreclosed real estate. The periodic revaluations are generally based on the appraised value of the property and may include additional liquidity adjustments based upon the expected retention period. BB&T’s policies require that valuations be updated at least annually and that upon foreclosure, the valuation must not be more than six months old, otherwise an updated appraisal is required. Routine maintenance costs, other costs of ownership, subsequent declines in fair value and net losses on disposal are included in foreclosed property expense.

 

ACL

 

The ACL includes the ALLL and the RUFC. The ACL represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolios and off-balance sheet lending commitments at the balance sheet date. Estimates for loan and lease losses are determined by analyzing historical loan and lease losses, historical loan and lease migration to charge-off experience, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, expected cash flows on purchased loans, current assessment of problem loans and leases, the results of regulatory examinations and changes in the size, composition and risk assessment of the loan and lease portfolio. As part of this process, BB&T develops a series of loss estimate factors, which are modeled projections of the frequency, timing and severity of losses. Changes to the ACL are made by charges to the provision for credit losses, which is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Loan or lease balances deemed to be uncollectible are charged off against the ALLL. Recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the ALLL. The methodology used to determine the RUFC is inherently similar to that used to determine the collectively evaluated component of the ALLL, adjusted for factors specific to binding commitments, including the probability of funding and exposure at default. While management uses the best information available to establish the ACL, future adjustments may be necessary if economic conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in computing the ACL or, if required by regulators based upon information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

Accounting standards require the presentation of certain disclosure information at the portfolio segment level, which represents the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic methodology to determine its ACL. BB&T concluded that its loan and lease portfolio consists of three portfolio segments; commercial, retail and PCI. The commercial portfolio segment includes CRE, commercial and industrial and other loans originated by certain other lending subsidiaries, and was identified based on the risk-based approach used to estimate the ALLL for the vast majority of these loans. The retail portfolio segment includes direct retail lending, revolving credit, residential mortgage, sales finance and other loans originated by certain retail-oriented subsidiaries, and was identified based on the delinquency-based approach used to estimate the ALLL. The PCI portfolio segment was identified based on the expected cash flows approach used to estimate the ALLL.

 

 

  91  
TableofContents  

 

The entire amount of the ACL is available to absorb losses on any loan category or lending-related commitment.

 

The following provides a description of accounting policies and methodologies related to each of the portfolio segments:

 

Commercial

 

The vast majority of loans in the commercial lending portfolio are assigned risk ratings based on an assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet contractual obligations under the loan agreement. This process includes reviewing borrowers’ financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and other information specific to each borrower. Risk ratings are reviewed on an annual basis for all credit relationships with total credit exposure of $1 million or more, or at any point management becomes aware of information affecting the borrowers’ ability to fulfill their obligations.

 

  Risk Rating   Description
  Pass   Loans not considered to be problem credits
  Special Mention   Loans that have a potential weakness deserving management’s close attention
Substandard   Loans for which a well-defined weakness has been identified that may put full collection of contractual cash flows at risk

 

For commercial clients with total credit exposure less than $1 million, BB&T has developed an automated loan review system to identify and proactively manage accounts with a higher risk of loss. The “score” produced by this automated system is updated monthly.

 

During 2013, to establish a reserve, BB&T’s policy was to review all commercial lending relationships with outstanding debt of $5 million or more that were classified as substandard. During the first quarter of 2014, this process was revised such that any obligor with an outstanding nonaccrual balance of $3 million or more is reviewed. While this review is largely focused on the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, BB&T also considers the capacity and willingness of a loan’s guarantors to support the debt service on the loan as a secondary source of repayment. When a guarantor exhibits the documented capacity and willingness to support the loan, BB&T may consider extending the loan maturity and/or temporarily deferring principal payments if the ultimate collection of both principal and interest is not in question. In these cases, BB&T may deem the loan to not be impaired due to the documented capacity and willingness of the guarantor to repay the loan. Loans are considered impaired when the borrower (or guarantor in certain circumstances) does not have the cash flow capacity or willingness to service the debt according to contractual terms, or it does not appear reasonable to assume that the borrower will continue to pay according to the contractual agreement. BB&T establishes a specific reserve for each loan that has been deemed impaired based on the criteria outlined above. The amount of the reserve is based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate and/or the value of collateral, net of costs to sell. In addition, beginning with the first quarter of 2014, BB&T reviews any collateral-dependent commercial loan balances between $1 million and $3 million to establish a specific reserve based on the underlying collateral value, net of costs to sell.

 

BB&T also has a review process related to TDRs and other commercial impaired loans. In connection with this process, BB&T establishes reserves related to these loans that are calculated using an expected cash flow approach. These discounted cash flow analyses incorporate adjustments to future cash flows that reflect management’s best estimate of the default risk related to TDRs based on a combination of historical experience and management judgment.

 

BB&T also maintains reserves for collective impairment that reflect an estimate of losses related to non-impaired commercial loans as of the balance sheet date. Embedded loss estimates for BB&T’s commercial loan portfolio are based on estimated migration rates, which are based on historical experience, and current risk mix as indicated by the risk grading process described above. Embedded loss estimates may be adjusted to reflect current economic conditions and current portfolio trends including credit quality, concentrations, aging of the portfolio, and significant policy and underwriting changes.

 

 

  92  
TableofContents  

 

Retail

 

The majority of the ALLL related to the retail lending portfolio is calculated on a collective basis using delinquency status, which is the primary factor considered in determining whether a retail loan should be classified as nonaccrual. Embedded loss estimates for BB&T’s retail lending portfolio are based on estimated migration rates that are developed based on historical experience, and current risk mix as indicated by prevailing delinquency rates. These estimates may be adjusted to reflect current economic conditions and current portfolio trends. The remaining portion of the ALLL related to the retail lending portfolio relates to loans that have been deemed impaired based on their classification as a TDR at the balance sheet date. BB&T establishes specific reserves related to these TDRs using an expected cash flow approach. The ALLL for retail TDRs is based on discounted cash flow analyses that incorporate adjustments to future cash flows that reflect management’s best estimate of the default risk related to TDRs based on a combination of historical experience and management judgment.

 

PCI

 

PCI loans (including all loans acquired in an FDIC-assisted transaction) are aggregated into loan pools based upon common risk characteristics. The ALLL for each loan pool is based on an analysis that is performed each period to estimate the expected cash flows. To the extent that the expected cash flows of a loan pool have decreased due to credit deterioration, BB&T establishes an ALLL.

 

Assets Acquired from the FDIC and Related FDIC Loss Share Receivable/Payable

 

Certain loans, securities and other assets were acquired from the FDIC in connection with the Colonial transaction and are divided between two loss sharing agreements, the single family loss share agreement and the commercial loss share agreement. The single family loss share agreement expires in 2019. Assets subject to the single family loss share agreement have loss and recovery sharing with the FDIC and are referred to as “covered” assets.

 

Effective October 1, 2014, the loss sharing provisions related to the commercial loss share agreement expired; however, Branch Bank must reimburse the FDIC for realized gains and recoveries through September 2017. Refer to Note 3 “Securities” and Note 4 “Loans and ACL” for additional information. The FDIC loss share receivable includes amounts related to net reimbursements expected to be received from the FDIC and is included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The recognized amounts related to expected future payments to the FDIC, including any amounts resulting from the aggregate loss calculation, are included in Accounts payable and other liabilities.

 

The FDIC’s obligation to reimburse Branch Bank with respect to loss sharing agreements began with the first dollar of loss incurred by BB&T on the covered assets. Covered assets, excluding certain non-agency MBS, are subject to a stated threshold of $5 billion that provides for the FDIC to reimburse Branch Bank for (1) 80% of cumulative net losses incurred up to $5 billion and (2) 95% of net losses in excess of $5 billion. Gains and recoveries on covered assets will offset losses, or be paid to the FDIC, at the applicable loss share percentage in effect at the time of gain/recovery. Losses and gains on certain non-agency MBS are to be shared with the FDIC at 95% of such losses/gains. At the conclusion of the loss share period in 2019, should actual aggregate losses, excluding securities, be less than an amount determined in accordance with these agreements, BB&T will pay the FDIC a portion of the difference.

 

The income statement effect of the changes in the FDIC loss share receivable/payable includes the accretion due to discounting and changes in expected net reimbursements. Decreases in expected net reimbursements, including the amounts expected to be paid to the FDIC as a result of the aggregate loss calculation, are recognized in income prospectively over the term of the loss share agreements consistent with the approach taken to recognize increases in cash flows on acquired loans. Increases in expected reimbursements are recognized in income in the same period that the provision for credit losses for the related loans is recognized. Subsequent to the recognition of ALLL related to specific assets, any decrease in expected net reimbursement would be recognized in income in the same period that the provision for loan losses for the related loans is released.

 

 

  93  
TableofContents  

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises, equipment, capital leases and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Land is stated at cost. In addition, purchased software and costs of computer software developed for internal use are capitalized provided certain criteria are met. Depreciation and amortization are computed principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease terms, including certain renewals that were deemed probable at lease inception, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Capitalized leases are amortized using the same methods as premises and equipment over the estimated useful lives or lease terms, whichever is less. Obligations under capital leases are amortized using the interest method to allocate payments between principal reduction and interest expense. Rent expense and rental income on operating leases is recorded using the straight-line method over the appropriate lease terms.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred income taxes have been provided when different accounting methods have been used in determining income for income tax purposes and for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying values of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. In the event of changes in the tax laws, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted in the period of the enactment of those changes, with the cumulative effects included in the current year’s income tax provision. Net deferred tax liabilities are included in accounts payable and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Interest and penalties related to income taxes are recognized as a component of the provision for income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate. These instruments include interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars, financial forwards and futures contracts, swaptions, when-issued securities, foreign exchange contracts and options written and purchased. BB&T uses derivatives primarily to manage economic risk related to securities, commercial loans, MSRs and mortgage banking operations, long-term debt and other funding sources. BB&T also uses derivatives to facilitate transactions on behalf of its clients. The fair value of derivatives in a gain or loss position is included in other assets or liabilities, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral posted for derivative instruments in a loss position is included in restricted cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

BB&T classifies its derivative financial instruments as either (1) a hedge of an exposure to changes in the fair value of a recorded asset or liability (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of an exposure to changes in the cash flows of a recognized asset, liability or forecasted transaction (“cash flow hedge”), (3) a hedge of a net investment in a subsidiary, or (4) derivatives not designated as hedges. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedges are recognized in current period earnings. BB&T has master netting agreements with the derivatives dealers with which it does business, but BB&T presents gross assets and liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

BB&T uses the long-haul method to assess hedge effectiveness. At inception and at least quarterly over the life of the hedge, BB&T documents its analysis of actual and expected hedge effectiveness. This analysis includes techniques such as regression analysis and hypothetical derivatives to demonstrate that the hedge has been, and is expected to be, highly effective in off-setting corresponding changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. For a qualifying fair value hedge, changes in the value of the derivatives that have been highly effective as hedges are recognized in current period earnings along with the corresponding changes in the fair value of the designated hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. For a qualifying cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivatives that have been highly effective are recognized in OCI until the related cash flows from the hedged item are recognized in earnings.

 

For either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges, ineffectiveness may be recognized to the extent that changes in the value of the derivative instruments do not perfectly offset changes in the value of the hedged items. If the hedge ceases to be highly effective, BB&T discontinues hedge accounting and recognizes the interim changes in fair value in current period earnings. If a derivative that qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge is terminated or de-designated, the realized or then unrealized gain or loss is recognized in income over the life of the hedged item (fair value hedge) or in the period in which the hedged item affects earnings (cash flow hedge). Immediate recognition in earnings is required upon sale or extinguishment of the hedged item (fair value hedge) or if it is probable that the hedged cash flows will not occur (cash flow hedge).

 

 

  94  
TableofContents  

 

Derivatives used to manage economic risk not designated as hedges primarily represent economic risk management instruments of MSRs and mortgage banking operations, with gains or losses included in mortgage banking income. In connection with its mortgage banking activities, BB&T enters into loan commitments to fund residential mortgage loans at specified rates and for specified periods of time. To the extent that BB&T’s interest rate lock commitments relate to loans that will be held for sale upon funding, they are also accounted for as derivatives, with gains or losses included in mortgage banking income. Gains and losses on other derivatives used to manage economic risk are primarily associated with client derivative activity and are included in other income.

 

Credit risk resulting from derivatives arises when amounts receivable from a counterparty exceed those payable to the same counterparty. The risk of loss with respect to over-the-counter derivatives, eligible margin loans and repurchase-style transactions is addressed by subjecting counterparties to a credit review and approval process similar to the process in making loans or other extensions of credit and/or by requiring collateral.

 

Derivative dealer counterparties operate under agreements to provide cash and/or highly liquid securities on a daily basis for unsecured credit exposure beyond negotiated limits, while client derivatives that are associated with loans are cross-collateralized with the loan.

 

BB&T only transacts with dealer counterparties that are national market makers with strong credit standings and requires liquid collateral to secure credit exposure. Due to these factors, the fair value of derivatives with dealer counterparties is primarily based on the interest rate mark of each trade. The fair value of interest rate derivatives with clients includes a credit valuation adjustment.

 

Collateral obtained to secure margin loans includes equities, corporate and municipal securities, and repurchase-style transactions are generally secured by government and agency securities. The value of collateral for margin loans and repurchase-style transactions is monitored daily with settlement required when changes in value exceed established limits by counterparty. Due to the liquid nature of collateral, the frequency of transactions and collateral monitoring, a reserve for credit loss is established only when a risk of loss is identified.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired (including identifiable intangibles) in transactions accounted for as acquisitions. BB&T allocates goodwill to the reporting unit(s) that receives significant benefits from the acquisition. Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year and more frequently if circumstances exist that indicate a possible reduction in the fair value of the business below its carrying value. BB&T measures impairment using the present value of estimated future cash flows based upon available information. Discount rates are based upon the cost of capital specific to the industry in which the reporting unit operates. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second analysis is performed to measure the fair value of all assets and liabilities. If, based on the second analysis, it is determined that the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, BB&T would recognize impairment for the excess of carrying value over fair value.

 

CDI and other intangible assets include premiums paid for acquisitions of core deposits and other identifiable intangible assets. Intangible assets other than goodwill, which are determined to have finite lives, are amortized based upon the estimated economic benefits received.

 

MSRs

 

BB&T has two primary classes of MSRs for which it separately manages the economic risks: residential and commercial. Residential MSRs are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets primarily at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as a component of mortgage banking income. Various derivative instruments are used to mitigate the income statement effect of changes in fair value due to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions of the residential MSRs. Commercial MSRs are recorded as other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the lower of cost or market and are amortized in proportion to, and over the estimated period, that net servicing income is expected to be received based on projections of the amount and timing of estimated future net cash flows. The amount and timing of estimated future net cash flows are updated based on actual results and updated projections. BB&T periodically evaluates its commercial MSRs for impairment.

 

 

  95  
TableofContents  

 

Equity-Based Compensation

 

BB&T maintains various equity-based compensation plans that provide for the granting of stock options (incentive and nonqualified), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance units and performance shares to selected employees and directors. BB&T values share-based awards at the grant date fair value and recognizes the expense over the requisite service period taking into account retirement eligibility.

 

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

 

BB&T offers various pension plans and postretirement benefit plans to employees. Calculation of the obligations and related expenses under these plans requires the use of actuarial valuation methods and assumptions. The discount rate assumption used to measure the postretirement benefit obligations is set by reference to a high quality corporate bond yield curve and the individual characteristics of the plan such as projected cash flow patterns and payment durations. The expected long-term rate of return on assets is based on the expected returns for each major asset class in which the plan invests, adjusted for the weight of each asset class in the target mix.

 

Insurance Income

 

Insurance commission revenue is generally recognized at the later of the billing date or the effective date of the related insurance policies. Insurance premiums from underwriting activities are recognized as income over the policy term. The portion of premiums that will be earned in the future is deferred and included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Segments

 

Segment results are presented based on internal management accounting policies that were designed to support BB&T’s strategic objectives. The Other, Treasury and Corporate segment includes financial data from subsidiaries below the quantitative and qualitative thresholds requiring disclosure. Refer to Note 20 “Operating Segments” for additional disclosures regarding BB&T’s segments.

 

Changes in Accounting Principles and Effects of New Accounting Pronouncements

 

During February 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to Leases . The new guidance requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities related to certain operating leases on the balance sheet. The new guidance also requires additional disclosures by lessees and contains targeted changes to accounting by lessors. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

During January 2016, the FASB issued new guidance related to Financial Instruments . The new guidance requires equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income, excluding equity investments that are consolidated or accounted for under the equity method of accounting. The new guidance allows equity investments without readily determinable fair values to be measured at cost minus impairment, with a qualitative assessment required to identify impairment. The new guidance also requires public companies to use exit prices to measure the fair value of financial instruments, eliminates the disclosure requirements related to measurement assumptions for the fair value of instruments measured at amortized cost and requires separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities based on form and measurement category. In addition, for liabilities measured at fair value under the fair value option, the changes in fair value due to changes in instrument-specific credit risk should be recognized in OCI. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

During September 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to Business Combinations . The new guidance requires acquirers to recognize adjustments to provisional amounts (that are identified during the measurement period) in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The new guidance also requires such amounts to be disclosed in the consolidated financial statements. BB&T early adopted this guidance effective September 30, 2015. The adoption of this guidance was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

During May 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to Insurance . The new guidance requires insurance companies to provide additional disclosures about the liability for unpaid claims and claim adjustment expenses. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015. BB&T’s insurance operations primarily consist of agency/broker transactions; therefore, the adoption of this guidance is not expected to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

  96  
TableofContents  

 

During May 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to Fair Value Measurement . The new guidance eliminates the requirement to classify in the fair value hierarchy any investments for which fair value is measured at net asset value per share using the practical expedient. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

During April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to Internal-Use Software . Under the new guidance, if a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a service contract. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

During April 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to Debt Issuance Costs . The new guidance requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

During February 2015, the FASB issued new guidance related to Consolidation . The new guidance provides an additional requirement for a limited partnership or similar entity to qualify as a voting interest entity, amending the criteria for consolidating such an entity and eliminating the deferral provided under previous guidance for investment companies. In addition, the new guidance amends the criteria for evaluating fees paid to a decision maker or service provider as a variable interest and amends the criteria for evaluating the effect of fee arrangements and related parties on a VIE primary beneficiary determination. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to be material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

During May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to Revenue from Contracts with Customers . This guidance supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 605, Revenue Recognition , and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Accounting Standards Codification. The guidance requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. During August 2015, the FASB provided a one-year deferral of the effective date; therefore, the guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Effective January 1, 2015, the Company adopted new guidance related to Receivables . The new guidance requires that a government guaranteed mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if certain conditions are met. The adoption of this guidance was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Effective January 1, 2015, the Company adopted new guidance related to Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions and Repurchase Financings . The new guidance changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. The guidance also requires separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which results in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. The adoption of this guidance was not material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Effective January 1, 2015, the Company adopted new guidance related to Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. The Company used the retrospective method of adoption and has elected the proportional amortization method to account for these investments. The proportional amortization method allows an entity to amortize the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the amount of tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognize the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of the provision for income taxes. For prior periods, amortization expense related to qualifying investments in low income housing tax credits was reclassified from other income to provision for income taxes, and the amount of amortization and tax benefits recognized was revised as a result of the adoption of the proportional amortization method. See Note 14 “Commitments and Contingencies” for the impact of the adoption of this guidance.

 

  97  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 2. Acquisitions and Divestitures

 

Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc.

 

On August 1, 2015, BB&T acquired all of the outstanding stock of Susquehanna, a FHC organized in 1982 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Susquehanna conducted its business operations primarily through its commercial bank subsidiary, Susquehanna Bank, which was merged into Branch Bank. Susquehanna also operated other subsidiaries in the mid-Atlantic region to provide a wide range of retail and commercial banking and financial products and services. In addition to Susquehanna Bank, Susquehanna operated a trust and investment company, an asset management company, an investment advisory and brokerage firm, a property and casualty insurance brokerage company and a vehicle leasing company. Susquehanna had 245 banking offices in Pennsylvania, Maryland, New Jersey and West Virginia. BB&T acquired Susquehanna in order to increase BB&T’s market share in these areas.

 

The acquisition of Susquehanna constituted a business combination. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are presented at their fair values in the table below. The determination of fair value requires management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. These fair value estimates are considered preliminary and are subject to change for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information becomes available. Immaterial amounts of the intangible assets recognized are deductible for income tax purposes.

 

            Susquehanna  
    UPB   Fair Value  
                       
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Assets acquired:            
    Cash, due from banks and federal funds sold       $  304   
    Securities          2,592   
    Loans and leases:            
      Commercial and industrial $  4,039       3,876   
      CRE-income producing properties    2,137       2,062   
      CRE-construction and development    842       804   
      Dealer floor plan    31       31   
      Commercial other lending subsidiaries    852       807   
      Direct retail lending    1,980       1,836   
      Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed    1,545       1,511   
      Sales finance    1,654       1,580   
      PCI    618       403   
        Total loans and leases $  13,698       12,910   
    Goodwill          1,376   
    CDI          167   
    Other assets          908   
      Total assets acquired          18,257   
  Liabilities assumed:            
    Deposits:            
      Noninterest-bearing deposits          2,068   
      Interest-bearing deposits          12,063   
        Total deposits          14,131   
    Debt          1,222   
    Other liabilities          299   
      Total liabilities assumed          15,652   
  Consideration paid       $  2,605   
                       
  Cash paid       $  739   
  Fair value of common stock issued, including replacement equity awards          1,866   

 

  98  
TableofContents  

 

 

The following is a description of the methods used to determine the fair values of significant assets and liabilities presented above.

 

Cash, due from banks and federal funds sold: The carrying amount of these assets is a reasonable estimate of fair value based on the short-term nature of these assets.

 

Securities: Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value estimates are based on observable inputs including quoted market prices for similar instruments, quoted market prices that are not in an active market or other inputs that are observable in the market. In the absence of observable inputs, fair value is estimated based on pricing models and/or discounted cash flow methodologies.

 

Loans and leases: Fair values for loans were based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered factors including the type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, term of loan, amortization status and current discount rates. Loans were grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The discount rates used for loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable loans and include adjustments for liquidity concerns. The discount rate does not include a factor for credit losses as that has been included as a reduction to the estimated cash flows.

 

CDI: This intangible asset represents the value of the relationships with deposit customers. The fair value was estimated based on a discounted cash flow methodology that gave appropriate consideration to expected customer attrition rates, cost of the deposit base, reserve requirements and the net maintenance cost attributable to customer deposits. The CDI is being amortized over 10 years based upon the estimated economic benefits received.

 

Deposits: The fair values used for the demand and savings deposits by definition equal the amount payable on demand at the acquisition date. The fair values for time deposits are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered to the contractual interest rates on such time deposits.

 

Debt: The fair values of long-term debt instruments are estimated based on quoted market prices for the instrument if available, or for similar instruments if not available, or by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of instruments.

 

 

 

 

  99  
TableofContents  

 

 

Other Bank and Branch Acquisitions

 

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocations for certain bank and branch acquisitions. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are presented at their estimated fair values. In many cases, the determination of these fair values required management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. The fair value estimates for the current-year acquisitions are considered preliminary and are subject to change for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as additional information becomes available.

 

          The Bank of Kentucky   Citi - 41 Branches in Texas   Citi - 21 Branches in Texas  
                                 
                    (Dollars in millions)  
  Period of acquisition           Q2 2015     Q1 2015     Q2 2014  
  Assets acquired:                          
    Cash, due from banks and federal funds sold         $  135    $  14    $  6   
    Securities            348       ―         ―     
    Loans            1,198       61       112   
    Goodwill            234       90       30   
    CDI            17       26       20   
    Other assets            94       47       15   
      Total assets acquired            2,026       238       183   
  Liabilities assumed:                          
    Deposits            1,555       1,907       1,228   
    Debt            73       ―         ―     
    Other liabilities            3       ―         ―     
      Total liabilities assumed            1,631       1,907       1,228   
  Consideration paid (received)         $  395    $  (1,669)   $  (1,045)  
                                     
  Cash paid (received)         $  73    $  (1,669)   $  (1,045)  
  Fair value of common stock issued            322       ―         ―     

 

The acquisition of The Bank of Kentucky provided 32 additional retail branches. The UPB of loans acquired from The Bank of Kentucky was $1.3 billion, and immaterial amounts of the intangible assets recognized are deductible for income tax purposes.

 

BB&T has reached an agreement to acquire National Penn Bancshares, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, which is currently expected to occur during 2016.

 

Non-Bank Activity

 

During the second quarter of 2015, BB&T purchased additional ownership interest in AmRisc, LP from the noncontrolling owners for cash and ownership of American Coastal. Since BB&T held a controlling interest in AmRisc, LP prior to this transaction, the total consideration less the establishment of a deferred tax asset was recognized as a charge to shareholders’ equity. BB&T will continue to consolidate AmRisc, LP and recognize a noncontrolling interest for the remaining interests held by the noncontrolling owners. The transfer of the ownership of American Coastal was accounted for as a sale, and the resulting pre-tax loss is included in other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The following table summarizes these transactions:

 

  Purchase of Additional Ownership of AmRisc, LP   Sale of American Coastal  
                       
  (Dollars in millions)  
  Fair value of American Coastal $  216    Fair value of American Coastal $  216   
  Cash paid    146    Net assets sold    (193)  
  Total consideration    362    Allocated goodwill    (49)  
  Deferred tax asset recognized    (140)     Pre-tax loss on sale    (26)  
              Income tax expense    (8)  
    Net charge to shareholders' equity $  222      After-tax net loss on sale $  (34)  

 

  100  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 3. Securities

 

          Amortized   Gross Unrealized   Fair  
  December 31, 2015   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value  
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  AFS securities:                          
    U.S. Treasury   $  1,836    $  2    $  6    $  1,832   
    GSE      51       —         —         51   
    Agency MBS      20,463       22       439       20,046   
    States and political subdivisions      2,025       94       40       2,079   
    Non-agency MBS      198       23       —         221   
    Other      4       —         —         4   
    Acquired from FDIC      772       292       —         1,064   
      Total AFS securities   $  25,349    $  433    $  485    $  25,297   
                                 
  HTM securities:                          
    U.S. Treasury   $  1,097    $  22    $  —      $  1,119   
    GSE      5,045       16       98       4,963   
    Agency MBS      12,267       70       22       12,315   
    States and political subdivisions      63       —         —         63   
    Other      58       2       1       59   
      Total HTM securities   $  18,530    $  110    $  121    $  18,519   

 

          Amortized   Gross Unrealized   Fair  
  December 31, 2014   Cost   Gains   Losses   Value  
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  AFS securities:                          
    U.S. Treasury   $  1,230    $  1    $  —      $  1,231   
    Agency MBS      16,358       93       297       16,154   
    States and political subdivisions      1,913       120       59       1,974   
    Non-agency MBS      232       32       —         264   
    Other      41       —         —         41   
    Acquired from FDIC      886       357       —         1,243   
      Total AFS securities   $  20,660    $  603    $  356    $  20,907   
                                 
  HTM securities:                          
    U.S. Treasury   $  1,096    $  23    $  —      $  1,119   
    GSE      5,394       17       108       5,303   
    Agency MBS      13,120       137       12       13,245   
    States and political subdivisions      22       2       —         24   
    Other      608       14       —         622   
      Total HTM securities   $  20,240    $  193    $  120    $  20,313   

 

BB&T transferred $517 million of HTM securities to AFS during the third quarter of 2015. These securities, which were sold by the end of the third quarter, represented investments in student loans for which there was a significant increase in risk weighting as a result of the implementation of Basel III.

 

The fair value of securities acquired from the FDIC included non-agency MBS of $768 million and $931 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and states and political subdivisions securities of $296 million and $312 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Effective October 1, 2014, securities subject to the commercial loss sharing agreement with the FDIC related to the Colonial acquisition were no longer covered by loss sharing; however, any gains on the sale of these securities through September 30, 2017 would be shared with the FDIC. Since these securities are in a significant unrealized gain position, they continue to be effectively covered as any declines in the unrealized gains of the securities down to a contractually specified amount would reduce the liability to the FDIC at the applicable percentage. The contractually-specified amount is the acquisition date fair value less any paydowns, redemptions or maturities and OTTI and totaled approximately $492 million at December 31, 2015. Any further declines below the contractually-specified amount would not be covered.

 

  101  
TableofContents  

 

Certain investments in marketable debt securities and MBS issued by FNMA and FHLMC exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2015. The FNMA investments had total amortized cost and fair value of $12.2 billion and $12.0 billion, respectively. The FHLMC investments had total amortized cost and fair value of $5.8 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively.

 

The following table reflects changes in credit losses on securities with OTTI (excluding securities acquired from the FDIC) where a portion of the unrealized loss was recognized in OCI:

 

          Year Ended December 31,  
          2015   2014   2013  
                           
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Balance at beginning of period $  64    $  78    $  98   
    Credit losses on securities without previous OTTI    ―         6       ―     
    Credit losses on securities for which OTTI was previously recognized    4       ―         ―     
    Reductions for securities sold/settled during the period    (22)      (17)      (20)  
    Credit recoveries through yield    (4)      (3)      ―     
  Balance at end of period $  42    $  64    $  78   

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of the securities portfolio by contractual maturity are shown in the following table. The expected life of MBS may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to prepay the underlying mortgage loans with or without prepayment penalties.

 

          AFS   HTM  
          Amortized   Fair   Amortized   Fair  
  December 31, 2015   Cost   Value   Cost   Value  
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Due in one year or less   $  265    $  264    $  1    $  1   
  Due after one year through five years      1,661       1,667       2,097       2,101   
  Due after five years through ten years      971       992       4,062       3,998   
  Due after ten years      22,452       22,374       12,370       12,419   
    Total debt securities   $  25,349    $  25,297    $  18,530    $  18,519   

 

The following tables present the fair values and gross unrealized losses of investments based on the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
                                               
            Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total  
            Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized  
  December 31, 2015   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses  
                                               
            (Dollars in millions)  
  AFS securities:                                      
    U.S. Treasury securities   $  1,211    $  6    $  —      $  —      $  1,211    $  6   
    Agency MBS      12,052       199       5,576       240       17,628       439   
    States and political subdivisions      64       1       329       39       393       40   
      Total   $  13,327    $  206    $  5,905    $  279    $  19,232    $  485   
                                               
  HTM securities:                                      
    GSE   $  2,307    $  41    $  1,743    $  57    $  4,050    $  98   
    Agency MBS      3,992       21       124       1       4,116       22   
    Other securities      56       1       —         —         56       1   
      Total   $  6,355    $  63    $  1,867    $  58    $  8,222    $  121   

 

  102  
TableofContents  

 

            Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total  
            Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized   Fair   Unrealized  
  December 31, 2014   Value   Losses   Value   Losses   Value   Losses  
                                               
            (Dollars in millions)  
  AFS securities:                                      
    Agency MBS   $  2,285    $  19    $  6,878    $  278    $  9,163    $  297   
    States and political subdivisions      13       ―         449       59       462       59   
      Total   $  2,298    $  19    $  7,327    $  337    $  9,625    $  356   
                                               
  HTM securities:                                      
    GSE   $  896    $  5    $  3,968    $  103    $  4,864    $  108   
    Agency MBS      1,329       5       800       7       2,129       12   
      Total   $  2,225    $  10    $  4,768    $  110    $  6,993    $  120   

 

Periodic reviews are conducted to identify and evaluate each investment with an unrealized loss for OTTI. An unrealized loss exists when the current fair value of an individual security is less than its amortized cost basis. Unrealized losses that are determined to be temporary in nature are recorded, net of tax, in AOCI for AFS securities. The unrealized losses on GSE securities and agency MBS were the result of increases in market interest rates compared to the date the securities were acquired rather than the credit quality of the issuers.

 

Cash flow modeling is used to evaluate non-agency MBS in an unrealized loss position for potential credit impairment. These models give consideration to long-term macroeconomic factors applied to current security default rates, prepayment rates and recovery rates and security-level performance. At December 31, 2015, one non-agency MBS had an immaterial amount of other than temporary credit impairment.

 

At December 31, 2015, $39 million of the unrealized loss on municipal securities was the result of fair value hedge basis adjustments that are a component of amortized cost. Municipal securities in an unrealized loss position are evaluated for credit impairment through a qualitative analysis of issuer performance and the primary source of repayment. At December 31, 2015, the evaluation of municipal securities did not indicate any municipal securities with other than temporary credit impairment.

 

 

 

 

  103  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 4. Loans and ACL

 

During the first quarter of 2014, approximately $8.3 billion of nonguaranteed, closed-end, first and second lien position residential mortgage loans, along with the related allowance, were transferred from direct retail lending to residential mortgage to facilitate compliance with a series of new rules related to mortgage servicing associated with first and second lien position mortgages collateralized by real estate.

 

During the third quarter of 2014, approximately $550 million of loans, which were primarily performing residential mortgage TDRs, with a related ALLL of $57 million were sold for a gain of $42 million. During the fourth quarter of 2014, approximately $140 million of loans, which were primarily residential mortgage NPLs, with a related ALLL of $19 million were sold for a gain of $24 million. Both gains were recognized as reductions to the provision for credit losses.

 

Effective October 1, 2014, loans subject to the commercial loss sharing agreement with the FDIC related to the Colonial acquisition were no longer covered by loss sharing. At December 31, 2015, these loans had a carrying value of $273 million, a UPB of $462 million and an allowance of $41 million and are included in PCI. Loans with a carrying value of $539 million at December 31, 2015 continue to be covered by loss sharing and are included in PCI.

 

          Accruing            
                    90 Days Or          
              30-89 Days   More Past          
  December 31, 2015   Current   Past Due   Due   Nonaccrual   Total  
                                       
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                                
    Commercial and industrial   $  48,157    $  36    $  ―      $  237    $  48,430   
    CRE-income producing properties      13,370       13       ―         38       13,421   
    CRE-construction and development      3,710       9       ―         13       3,732   
    Dealer floor plan      1,215       ―         ―         ―         1,215   
    Other lending subsidiaries      6,771       18       ―         6       6,795   
  Retail:                                
    Direct retail lending      11,032       58       7       43       11,140   
    Revolving credit      2,478       22       10       ―         2,510   
    Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      29,038       397       55       173       29,663   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      307       77       486       ―         870   
    Sales finance      10,243       72       5       7       10,327   
    Other lending subsidiaries      6,381       286       ―         59       6,726   
  PCI      966       42       114       ―         1,122   
      Total   $  133,668    $  1,030    $  677    $  576    $  135,951   

 

 

  104  
TableofContents  

 

 

 

            Accruing            
                      90 Days Or          
                30-89 Days   More Past          
  December 31, 2014   Current   Past Due   Due   Nonaccrual   Total  
                                         
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                                
    Commercial and industrial   $  41,192    $  23    $  ―      $  239    $  41,454   
    CRE-income producing properties      10,644       4       ―         74       10,722   
    CRE-construction and development      2,708       1       ―         26       2,735   
    Dealer floor plan      1,091       ―         ―         ―         1,091   
    Other lending subsidiaries      5,337       15       ―         4       5,356   
  Retail:                                
    Direct retail lending      8,045       41       12       48       8,146   
    Revolving credit      2,428       23       9       ―         2,460   
    Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      29,468       392       83       164       30,107   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      251       82       648       2       983   
    Sales finance      9,437       62       5       5       9,509   
    Other lending subsidiaries      5,830       222       ―         54       6,106   
  PCI      994       33       188       ―         1,215   
      Total   $  117,425    $  898    $  945    $  616    $  119,884   

 

The following tables present the carrying amount of loans by risk rating. PCI loans are excluded because their related ALLL is determined by loan pool performance.
 
                CRE -   CRE -          
          Commercial   Income Producing   Construction and   Dealer   Other Lending  
  December 31, 2015   & Industrial   Properties   Development   Floor Plan   Subsidiaries  
                                       
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                                
    Pass   $  46,760    $  12,940    $  3,619    $  1,195    $  6,757   
    Special mention      305       166       29       6       3   
    Substandard-performing      1,128       277       71       14       29   
    Nonperforming      237       38       13       ―         6   
      Total   $  48,430    $  13,421    $  3,732    $  1,215    $  6,795   

 

          Direct Retail   Revolving   Residential   Sales   Other Lending  
          Lending   Credit   Mortgage   Finance   Subsidiaries  
                                       
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Retail:                                
    Performing   $  11,097    $  2,510    $  30,360    $  10,320    $  6,667   
    Nonperforming      43       ―         173       7       59   
      Total   $  11,140    $  2,510    $  30,533    $  10,327    $  6,726   

 

                CRE -   CRE -          
          Commercial   Income Producing   Construction and   Dealer   Other Lending  
  December 31, 2014   & Industrial   Properties   Development   Floor Plan   Subsidiaries  
                                       
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                                
    Pass   $  40,055    $  10,253    $  2,615    $  1,037    $  5,317   
    Special mention      163       67       7       50       10   
    Substandard-performing      997       328       87       4       25   
    Nonperforming      239       74       26       ―         4   
      Total   $  41,454    $  10,722    $  2,735    $  1,091    $  5,356   

 

 

  105  
TableofContents  

 

 

            Direct Retail   Revolving   Residential   Sales   Other Lending  
            Lending   Credit   Mortgage   Finance   Subsidiaries  
                                         
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Retail:                                
    Performing   $  8,098    $  2,460    $  30,924    $  9,504    $  6,052   
    Nonperforming      48       ―         166       5       54   
      Total   $  8,146    $  2,460    $  31,090    $  9,509    $  6,106   

 

      ACL Rollforward  
  Year Ended December 31, 2015   Beginning Balance   Charge-Offs   Recoveries   Provision (Benefit)   Other   Ending Balance  
                                           
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                                      
    Commercial and industrial   $  421    $  (81)   $  37    $  89    $  ―      $  466   
    CRE - income producing properties      162       (20)      7       (14)      ―         135   
    CRE - construction and development      48       (4)      11       (18)      ―         37   
    Dealer floor plan      10       ―         ―         (2)      ―         8   
    Other lending subsidiaries      21       (9)      3       7       ―         22   
  Retail:                                      
    Direct retail lending      110       (54)      29       20       ―         105   
    Revolving credit      110       (70)      20       44       ―         104   
    Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      217       (40)      3       14       ―         194   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      36       (6)      ―         (7)      ―         23   
    Sales finance      40       (26)      9       17       ―         40   
    Other lending subsidiaries      235       (277)      33       274       ―         265   
  PCI      64       (1)      ―         (2)      ―         61   
  ALLL      1,474       (588)      152       422       ―         1,460   
  RUFC      60       ―         ―         6       24       90   
  ACL   $  1,534    $  (588)   $  152    $  428    $  24    $  1,550   

 

      ACL Rollforward  
  Year Ended December 31, 2014   Beginning Balance   Charge-Offs   Recoveries   Provision (Benefit)   Other   Ending Balance  
                                           
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                                      
    Commercial and industrial   $  454    $  (131)   $  42    $  56    $  ―      $  421   
    CRE - income producing properties      149       (31)      14       30       ―         162   
    CRE - construction and development      76       (11)      19       (36)      ―         48   
    Dealer floor plan      8       ―         ―         2       ―         10   
    Other lending subsidiaries      15       (10)      3       11       ―         21   
  Retail:                                      
    Direct retail lending      209       (69)      29       26       (85)      110   
    Revolving credit      115       (71)      19       47       ―         110   
    Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      269       (82)      7       (62)      85       217   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      62       (2)      ―         (24)      ―         36   
    Sales finance      37       (23)      9       17       ―         40   
    Other lending subsidiaries      224       (259)      30       242       ―         235   
  PCI      114       (21)      ―         (29)      ―         64   
  ALLL      1,732       (710)      172       280       ―         1,474   
  RUFC      89       ―         ―         (29)      ―         60   
  ACL   $  1,821    $  (710)   $  172    $  251    $  ―      $  1,534   

 

  106  
TableofContents  

 

      ACL Rollforward  
        Beginning   Charge-                   Ending  
  Year Ended December 31, 2013   Balance   Offs   Recoveries   Provision   Other   Balance  
                                           
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                                      
    Commercial and industrial   $  470    $  (248)   $  47    $  166    $  19    $  454   
    CRE - income producing properties      170       (74)      20       23       10       149   
    CRE - construction and development      134       (58)      31       (39)      8       76   
    Dealer floor plan      2       ―         ―         6       ―         8   
    Other lending subsidiaries      13       (3)      2       3       ―         15   
  Retail:                                      
    Direct retail lending      300       (148)      38       15       4       209   
    Revolving credit      102       (85)      17       81       ―         115   
    Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      296       (79)      3       5       44       269   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      32       (2)      ―         32       ―         62   
    Sales finance      27       (23)      9       24       ―         37   
    Other lending subsidiaries      264       (252)      32       245       (65)      224   
  PCI      128       (19)      ―         5       ―         114   
  Unallocated      80       ―         ―         (33)      (47)      ―     
  ALLL      2,018       (991)      199       533       (27)      1,732   
  RUFC      30       ―         ―         59       ―         89   
  ACL   $  2,048    $  (991)   $  199    $  592    $  (27)   $  1,821   

 

The following table provides a summary of loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment.
                                 
          December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014  
      Recorded Investment   Related ALLL   Recorded Investment   Related ALLL  
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Commercial:                          
    Commercial and industrial   $  48,110    $  439    $  41,120    $  379   
    CRE-income producing properties      13,339       127       10,583       147   
    CRE-construction and development      3,697       32       2,670       39   
    Dealer floor plan      1,215       8       1,091       10   
    Other lending subsidiaries      6,789       21       5,351       20   
  Retail:                          
    Direct retail lending      11,055       93       8,048       86   
    Revolving credit      2,477       91       2,419       94   
    Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      29,228       153       29,660       181   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      553       1       622       4   
    Sales finance      10,308       39       9,488       36   
    Other lending subsidiaries      6,534       235       5,930       204   
  PCI      1,122       61       1,215       64   
      Total   $  134,427    $  1,300    $  118,197    $  1,264   

 

  107  
TableofContents  

 

The following tables set forth certain information regarding impaired loans, excluding PCI and LHFS, that were individually evaluated for reserves.
               
                            Average   Interest  
            Recorded       Related   Recorded   Income  
  As Of / For The Year Ended December 31, 2015   Investment   UPB   ALLL   Investment   Recognized  
                                         
            (Dollars in millions)  
  With no related ALLL recorded:                                
    Commercial:                                
      Commercial and industrial   $  129    $  164    $  ―      $  95    $  1   
      CRE-income producing properties      8       13       ―         17       ―     
      CRE-construction and development      8       11       ―         10       ―     
      Dealer floor plan      ―         ―         ―         2       ―     
      Other lending subsidiaries      2       3       ―         ―         ―     
    Retail:                                
      Direct retail lending      11       40       ―         12       1   
      Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      84       153       ―         97       4   
      Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      5       5       ―         3       ―     
      Sales finance      1       2       ―         1       ―     
      Other lending subsidiaries      4       8       ―         3       ―     
  With an ALLL recorded:                                
    Commercial:                                
      Commercial and industrial      191       194       27       223       5   
      CRE-income producing properties      74       77       8       96       3   
      CRE-construction and development      27       27       5       36       1   
      Dealer floor plan      ―         ―         ―         1       ―     
      Other lending subsidiaries      4       5       1       6       ―     
    Retail:                                
      Direct retail lending      74       75       12       79       4   
      Revolving credit      33       33       13       36       1   
      Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      351       368       41       354       15   
      Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      312       312       22       323       13   
      Sales finance      18       18       1       19       1   
      Other lending subsidiaries      188       190       30       179       28   
        Total   $  1,524    $  1,698    $  160    $  1,592    $  77   

 

  108  
TableofContents  

 

                            Average   Interest  
            Recorded       Related   Recorded   Income  
  As Of / For The Year Ended December 31, 2014   Investment   UPB   ALLL   Investment   Recognized  
                                         
            (Dollars in millions)  
  With no related ALLL recorded:                                
    Commercial:                                
      Commercial and industrial   $  87    $  136    $  ―      $  138    $  2   
      CRE-income producing properties      18       25       ―         36       ―     
      CRE-construction and development      14       21       ―         20       ―     
      Other lending subsidiaries      ―         1       ―         ―         ―     
    Retail:                                
      Direct retail lending      13       49       ―         14       1   
      Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      87       141       ―         147       5   
      Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      3       4       ―         7       ―     
      Sales finance      1       2       ―         1       ―     
      Other lending subsidiaries      3       7       ―         3       ―     
  With an ALLL recorded:                                
    Commercial:                                
      Commercial and industrial      247       254       42       279       5   
      CRE-income producing properties      121       123       15       133       4   
      CRE-construction and development      51       52       9       65       2   
      Other lending subsidiaries      5       5       1       4       ―     
    Retail:                                
      Direct retail lending      85       87       24       95       5   
      Revolving credit      41       41       16       45       2   
      Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed      360       370       36       700       31   
      Residential mortgage-government guaranteed      358       358       32       402       17   
      Sales finance      20       21       4       20       1   
      Other lending subsidiaries      173       175       31       148       22   
        Total   $  1,687    $  1,872    $  210    $  2,257    $  97   

 

The following table provides a summary of TDRs, all of which are considered impaired.
                   
        December 31,  
        2015   2014  
                   
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Performing TDRs:            
    Commercial:            
      Commercial and industrial $  49    $  64   
      CRE-income producing properties    13       27   
      CRE-construction and development    16       30   
    Direct retail lending    72       84   
    Revolving credit    33       41   
    Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed    288       261   
    Residential mortgage-government guaranteed    316       360   
    Sales finance    17       19   
    Other lending subsidiaries    178       164   
      Total performing TDRs    982       1,050   
  Nonperforming TDRs (also included in NPL disclosures)    146       126   
      Total TDRs $  1,128    $  1,176   
                   
  ALLL attributable to TDRs $  126    $  159   

 

  109  
TableofContents  

 

 

The following table summarizes the primary reason loan modifications were classified as TDRs and includes newly designated TDRs as well as modifications made to existing TDRs. Balances represent the recorded investment at the end of the quarter in which the modification was made. Rate modifications in this table include TDRs made with below market interest rates that also include modifications of loan structures.

 

            Year Ended December 31,
            2015   2014   2013
            Type of       Type of       Type of    
            Modification   ALLL   Modification ALLL   Modification ALLL
            Rate   Structure   Impact   Rate   Structure   Impact   Rate   Structure   Impact
                                                               
            (Dollars in millions)
Commercial:                                                    
  Commercial and industrial $  99    $  45    $  2    $  112    $  48    $  4    $  99    $  27    $  3 
  CRE - income producing properties    9       15       ―         18       18       ―         33       44       1 
  CRE - construction and development    8       25       1       25       22       ―         51       20       (2)
Retail:                                                    
  Direct retail lending    16       4       4       32       4       6       45       9       6 
  Revolving credit    16       ―         4       24       ―         4       26       ―         4 
  Residential mortgage-nonguaranteed    88       37       9       127       36       16       103       68       11 
  Residential mortgage-government                                                    
    guaranteed    189       ―         7       282       ―         12       141       ―         12 
  Sales finance    ―         10       1       1       14       3       4       7       3 
  Other lending subsidiaries    129       ―         17       130       ―         17       167       ―         34 

 

The pre-default balance for modifications that experienced a payment default that had been classified as TDRs during the previous 12 months was $81 million, $78 million and $78 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Payment default is defined as movement of the TDR to nonaccrual status, foreclosure or charge-off, whichever occurs first.

 

Changes in the carrying value and accretable yield of PCI loans are presented in the following table:
                                                   
      Year Ended December 31, 2015   Year Ended December 31, 2014
      Purchased Impaired   Purchased Nonimpaired   Purchased Impaired   Purchased Nonimpaired
      Accretable   Carrying   Accretable   Carrying   Accretable   Carrying   Accretable   Carrying
      Yield   Value   Yield   Value   Yield   Value   Yield   Value
                                                   
      (Dollars in millions)
Balance at beginning of period $  134    $  579    $  244    $  636    $  187    $  863    $  351    $  1,172 
  Additions    98       402       ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         ―   
  Accretion    (89)      89       (89)      89       (107)      107       (169)      169 
  Payments received, net    ―         (370)      ―         (303)      ―         (391)      ―         (705)
  Other, net    46       ―         21       ―         54       ―         62       ―   
Balance at end of period $  189    $  700    $  176    $  422    $  134    $  579    $  244    $  636 
                                                   
Outstanding UPB at end of period       $  1,063          $  587          $  864          $  860 

 

The following table presents additional information about BB&T’s loans and leases:
                   
        December 31,  
        2015   2014  
                   
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Unearned income, discounts and net deferred loan fees and costs, excluding PCI $  433    $  147   
  Residential mortgage loans in process of foreclosure    229       379   

 

The increase in unearned income, discounts and net deferred loan fees and costs is primarily due to the acquisition of Susquehanna.

 

  110  
TableofContents  

 

  NOTE 5. Premises and Equipment

 

A summary of premises and equipment is presented in the accompanying table:

 

        Estimated   December 31,  
        Useful Life   2015   2014  
                           
        (Years)   (Dollars in millions)  
  Land and land improvements         $  596    $  533   
  Buildings and building improvements  40       1,503       1,431   
  Furniture and equipment  5  -  10       1,030       986   
  Leasehold improvements            721       670   
  Construction in progress            122       47   
  Capitalized leases on premises and equipment            67       61   
    Total            4,039       3,728   
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization            (2,032)      (1,901)  
    Net premises and equipment         $  2,007    $  1,827   

 

The following table excludes assets related to BB&T's lease financing business.
                                       
                      Year Ended December 31,  
                      2015   2014    2013   
                                       
                        (Dollars in millions)  
  Rent expense applicable to operating leases                   $  245    $  227    $  230   
  Rental income from owned properties and subleases                      7       7       8   
                                       
    Year Ended December 31,        
    2016   2017    2018    2019    2020    Thereafter  
                                       
      (Dollars in millions)  
  Future minimum lease payments for operating leases $  250    $  229    $  200    $  175    $  147    $  591   

 

NOTE 6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill attributable to BB&T’s operating segments are reflected in the table below. There have been no goodwill impairments recorded to date.

 

    Community Banking   Residential Mortgage Banking   Dealer Financial Services   Specialized Lending   Insurance Services   Financial Services   Total
                                           
    (Dollars in millions)
Goodwill, January 1, 2013 $  4,900    $  7    $  111    $  99    $  1,495    $  192    $  6,804 
  Contingent consideration    ―         ―         ―         ―         6       ―         6 
  Other adjustments    24       ―         ―         (11)      (9)      ―         4 
Goodwill, December 31, 2013 $  4,924    $  7    $  111    $  88    $  1,492    $  192    $  6,814 
  Acquired goodwill, net    29       ―         ―         ―         12       ―         41 
  Contingent consideration    ―         ―         ―         ―         14       ―         14 
  Other adjustments    (319)      319       ―         ―         ―         ―         ―   
Goodwill, December 31, 2014 $  4,634    $  326    $  111    $  88    $  1,518    $  192    $  6,869 
  Acquired goodwill, net    1,548       ―         ―         155       16       7       1,726 
  American Coastal sale    ―         ―         ―         ―         (49)      ―         (49)
  Other adjustments    5       ―         ―         ―         (3)      ―         2 
Goodwill, December 31, 2015 $  6,187    $  326    $  111    $  243    $  1,482    $  199    $  8,548 

 

The 2013 adjustments to goodwill within Community Banking and Insurance Services reflect the finalization of valuations for certain assets and liabilities of the above acquisitions. The 2013 adjustment to Specialized Lending primarily represents the goodwill associated with a subsidiary that was sold.

 

During 2014, the transfer of closed-end, first and second lien position residential mortgage loans from Community Banking to Residential Mortgage Banking resulted in a reallocation of the related goodwill, which is included in other adjustments in the above table.

 

  111  
TableofContents  

 

During 2015, BB&T sold American Coastal, which resulted in the allocation and write-off of goodwill from the Insurance Services segment.

 

The following table presents information for identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization:
                                                 
              December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014  
        Wtd. Avg. Remaining Life   Gross Carrying Amount   Accumulated Amortization   Net Carrying Amount   Gross Carrying Amount   Accumulated Amortization   Net Carrying Amount  
                                                 
        (Years)   (Dollars in millions)  
  CDI    8.4    $  903    $  (634)   $  269    $  693    $  (585)   $  108   
  Other, primarily customer relationship                                          
    intangibles    14.0       1,164       (747)      417       1,088       (691)      397   
    Total       $  2,067    $  (1,381)   $  686    $  1,781    $  (1,276)   $  505   

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2016   2017    2018    2019    2020   
                                 
      (Dollars in millions)  
  Estimated amortization expense of identifiable intangibles $  117    $  98    $  83    $  69    $  57   

 

NOTE 7. Loan Servicing

 

Residential Mortgage Banking Activities

 

The following tables summarize residential mortgage banking activities. BB&T manages its own residential mortgage loans, including PCI loans.

 

        December 31,  
        2015   2014  
                   
        (Dollars in millions)  
  UPB of mortgage loan servicing portfolio $  116,817    $  115,476   
  UPB of home equity loan servicing portfolio    5,352       6,781   
  UPB of residential mortgage and home equity loan servicing portfolio $  122,169    $  122,257   
  UPB of residential mortgage loans serviced for others (primarily agency            
    conforming fixed rate) $  91,132    $  90,230   
  Mortgage loans sold with recourse    702       667   
  Maximum recourse exposure from mortgage loans sold with recourse liability    326       344   
  Indemnification, recourse and repurchase reserves    79       94   
  FHA-insured mortgage loan reserve    85       85   

 

During June 2014, BB&T received notice from the HUD-OIG that BB&T had been selected for an audit/survey to assess BB&T's compliance with FHA loan origination and quality control requirements. In late 2014 and in 2015, BB&T received subpoenas from the HUD-OIG and the Department of Justice seeking additional information regarding its lending practices in connection with loans insured by the FHA. BB&T is cooperating with the investigation. While the outcome of the investigation is unknown and neither the Department of Justice nor the HUD-OIG has asserted any claims, similar reviews and related matters with other financial institutions have resulted in cash settlements and other remedial actions. BB&T identified a potential exposure related to losses incurred by the FHA on defaulted loans that ranges from $25 million to $105 million and recognized an $85 million charge during 2014. The income statement impact of this adjustment was included in other expense on the Consolidated Statements of lncome. The ultimate resolution of this matter is uncertain and the estimates of this exposure are subject to the application of significant judgment and therefore cannot be predicted with certainty at this time.

 

During 2014, BB&T also recognized a $33 million adjustment related to the indemnification reserves for mortgage loans sold, which represents an increase in estimated losses that may be incurred on FHA-insured mortgage loans that have not yet defaulted. The income statement impact of this adjustment was included in loan-related expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Payments made to date for recourse exposure on residential mortgage loans sold with recourse liability have been immaterial.

 

  112  
TableofContents  

 

        As Of / For The  
        Year Ended December 31,  
        2015   2014   2013  
                               
        (Dollars in millions)  
  UPB of residential mortgage loans sold from the LHFS portfolio $  14,764      $  13,400      $  28,900     
  Pre-tax gains recognized on mortgage loans sold and held for sale    148         110         292     
  Servicing fees recognized from mortgage loans serviced for others    273         275         259     
  Approximate weighted average servicing fee on the outstanding balance                        
    of residential mortgage loans serviced for others    0.29  %      0.29  %      0.30  %  
  Weighted average interest rate on mortgage loans serviced for others    4.12         4.20         4.24     

 

The following table presents a roll forward of the carrying value of residential MSRs recorded at fair value:
                             
            Year Ended December 31,  
            2015   2014   2013  
                             
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Carrying value, January 1, $  844    $  1,047    $  627   
    Additions    156       141       336   
    Change in fair value due to changes in valuation inputs or assumptions:                  
      Prepayment speeds    91       (219)      287   
      Weighted average OAS    (52)      ―         (31)  
      Servicing costs    (25)      (2)      (29)  
    Realization of expected net servicing cash flows, passage of time and other    (134)      (123)      (143)  
  Carrying value, December 31, $  880    $  844    $  1,047   
                             
  Gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments used to mitigate the                  
    income statement effect of changes in fair value $  32    $  251    $  (197)  

 

The sensitivity of the fair value of the residential MSRs to changes in key assumptions is included in the accompanying table:
                                               
        December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014  
        Range   Weighted   Range   Weighted  
        Min   Max   Average   Min   Max   Average  
                                               
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Prepayment speed  8.1  %    9.0  %      8.7  %    10.8  %    12.8  %      12.0  %  
    Effect on fair value of a 10% increase             $  (28)                 $  (30)    
    Effect on fair value of a 20% increase                (54)                    (58)    
                                               
  OAS  10.3  %    10.6  %      10.4  %    9.1  %    9.9  %      9.3  %  
    Effect on fair value of a 10% increase             $  (32)                 $  (26)    
    Effect on fair value of a 20% increase                (61)                    (50)    
                                               
  Composition of loans serviced for others:                                        
    Fixed-rate residential mortgage loans                99.2  %                  99.4  %  
    Adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans                0.8                     0.6     
      Total                100.0  %                  100.0  %  
                                               
  Weighted average life                6.8  yrs                  5.7  yrs  

 

The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. As indicated, changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in the above table, the effect of an adverse variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated without changing any other assumption; while in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which may magnify or counteract the effect of the change.

 

Commercial Mortgage Banking Activities

 

CRE mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in loans and leases on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table summarizes commercial mortgage banking activities for the periods presented:

 

  113  
TableofContents  

 

          December 31,  
          2015   2014  
                     
          (Dollars in millions)  
  UPB of CRE mortgages serviced for others $  28,163    $  27,599   
  CRE mortgages serviced for others covered by recourse provisions    4,198       4,264   
  Maximum recourse exposure from CRE mortgages sold with recourse liability    1,259       1,278   
  Recorded reserves related to recourse exposure    7       7   
  Originated CRE mortgages during the year    7,012       5,265   

 

NOTE 8. Deposits

 

          December 31,  
          2015   2014  
                     
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Noninterest-bearing deposits $  45,695    $  38,786   
  Interest checking    25,410       20,262   
  Money market and savings    60,461       50,604   
  Time deposits    17,558       19,388   
    Total deposits $  149,124    $  129,040   
                     
  Time deposits $100,000 and greater $  7,562    $  9,782   
  Time deposits $250,000 and greater    3,497       5,753   

 

 

 

  114  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 9. Long-Term Debt

 

            December 31,  
            2015   2014  
                       
            (Dollars in millions)  
  BB&T Corporation:            
    3.95% senior notes due 2016 $  500    $  500   
    3.20% senior notes due 2016    1,000       1,000   
    2.15% senior notes due 2017    749       749   
    1.60% senior notes due 2017    749       749   
    1.45% senior notes due 2018    500       500   
    Floating rate senior notes due 2018 (LIBOR-based, 1.37% at December 31, 2015)    400       400   
    2.05% senior notes due 2018    600       599   
    6.85% senior notes due 2019    540       539   
    2.25% senior notes due 2019    648       648   
    Floating rate senior notes due 2019 (LIBOR-based, 0.99% at December 31, 2015)    450       450   
    2.45% senior notes due 2020    1,298       1,298   
    2.63% senior notes due 2020    999       ―     
    Floating rate senior notes due 2020 (LIBOR-based, 1.04% at December 31, 2015)    200       200   
    5.38% senior notes due 2022    166       ―     
    5.20% subordinated notes due 2015    ―         933   
    4.90% subordinated notes due 2017    356       353   
    5.25% subordinated notes due 2019    586       586   
    3.95% subordinated notes due 2022    299       298   
                       
  Branch Bank:            
    1.45% senior notes due 2016    750       750   
    Floating rate senior notes due 2016 (LIBOR-based, 0.84% at December 31, 2015)    375       500   
    1.05% senior notes due 2016    500       500   
    1.00% senior notes due 2017    599       599   
    1.35% senior notes due 2017    750       750   
    2.30% senior notes due 2018    750       750   
    2.85% senior notes due 2021    700       699   
    5.63% subordinated notes due 2016    386       386   
    Floating rate subordinated notes due 2016 (LIBOR-based, 0.82% at December 31, 2015)    350       350   
    Floating rate subordinated note due 2017 (LIBOR-based, 0.68% at December 31, 2015)    262       262   
    3.63% subordinated notes due 2025    1,249       ―     
    3.80% subordinated notes due 2026    848       848   
                       
  FHLB advances to Branch Bank:            
    Varying maturities to 2034    5,582       6,496   
                       
  Other long-term debt    154       119   
                       
  Fair value hedge-related basis adjustments    474       501   
      Total long-term debt $  23,769    $  23,312   

 

  115  
TableofContents  

 

The following table reflects the carrying amounts and effective interest rates for long-term debt:
                           
      December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014
      Carrying   Effective   Carrying   Effective
  Amount   Rate   Amount   Rate
                           
      (Dollars in millions)
BB&T Corporation fixed rate senior notes $  7,831     2.35  %   $  6,669    2.39  %
BB&T Corporation floating rate senior notes    1,050     1.20         1,050    1.07   
BB&T Corporation fixed rate subordinated notes    1,382     1.52         2,362    2.30   
Branch Bank fixed rate senior notes    4,071     1.62         4,060    1.72   
Branch Bank floating rate senior notes    375     0.92         500    0.72   
Branch Bank fixed rate subordinated notes    2,562     3.13         1,299    2.86   
Branch Bank floating rate subordinated notes    612     3.24         612    3.27   
FHLB advances (weighted average maturity of 4.8 years at December 31, 2015)    5,732     4.02         6,641    4.03   
Other long-term debt    154             119       
  Total long-term debt $  23,769          $  23,312       

 

The effective rates above reflect the impact of cash flow and fair value hedges, as applicable. Subordinated notes with a remaining maturity of one year or greater qualify under the risk-based capital guidelines as Tier 2 supplementary capital, subject to certain limitations.

 

During the second quarter of 2015, BB&T terminated FHLB advances totaling $931 million, which resulted in a pre-tax loss on early extinguishment of $172 million. During the third quarter of 2014, BB&T terminated FHLB advances totaling $1.1 billion, resulting in a pre-tax loss on early extinguishment of $122 million.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     2021 
    2016   2017    2018    2019    2020    and later
                                     
      (Dollars in millions)
Future debt maturities (excluding capital leases) $  5,574    $  3,854    $  2,324    $  2,282    $  2,524    $  7,170 

 

 

 

 

  116  
TableofContents  

 

 

NOTE 10. Shareholders’ Equity

 

Preferred Stock
                                   
The following table presents a summary of the non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock as of December 31, 2015:
                                   
              Earliest              
          Issuance   Redemption   Liquidation   Carrying   Dividend  
  Issue   Date   Date   Amount   Amount   Rate  
                                   
                  (Dollars in millions)        
  Series D   5/1/12   5/1/17   $  575    $  559    5.850  %  
  Series E   7/31/12   8/1/17      1,150       1,120    5.625     
  Series F   10/31/12   11/1/17      450       437    5.200     
  Series G   5/1/13   6/1/18      500       487    5.200     
                $  2,675    $  2,603         

 

Dividends on the preferred stock, if declared, accrue and are payable quarterly, in arrears. For each issuance, BB&T issued depositary shares, each of which represents a fractional ownership interest in a share of the Company’s preferred stock. The preferred stock has no stated maturity and redemption is solely at the option of the Company in whole, but not in part, upon the occurrence of a regulatory capital treatment event, as defined. In addition, the preferred stock may be redeemed in whole or in part, on any dividend payment date after five years from the date of issuance. Under current rules, any redemption of the preferred stock is subject to prior approval of the FRB. The preferred stock is not subject to any sinking fund or other obligations of the Company.

 

Equity-Based Compensation Plans

 

At December 31, 2015, options, restricted shares and RSUs were outstanding from equity-based compensation plans that have been approved by shareholders. Those plans are intended to assist the Company in recruiting and retaining employees, directors and independent contractors and to associate the interests of eligible participants with those of BB&T and its shareholders.

 

The majority of outstanding awards and awards available to be issued relate to plans that allow for accelerated vesting of awards for holders who retire and have met all retirement eligibility requirements or in connection with certain other events. Until vested, certain of these awards are subject to forfeiture under specified circumstances.

 

The following table provides a summary of the equity-based compensation plans:

 

  Equity-Based Compensation Plans   December 31, 2015  
  Shares available for future grants (in thousands)    22,016       
               
  Vesting period, awards granted prior to 2010   5.0   yrs  
  Vesting period, awards granted after 2009   1.0 to 5.0      
  Option term   10.0      
               

 

The fair value of RSUs is based on the common stock price on the grant date less the present value of expected dividends that will be foregone during the vesting period. The fair value of options is measured on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Substantially all awards are granted in February of each year. Grants to non-executive employees primarily consist of RSUs.

 

 

 

 

  117  
TableofContents  

 

A summary of selected data related to equity-based compensation costs follows:
                           
          Year Ended December 31,  
          2015    2014    2013   
                           
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Equity-based compensation expense $  106    $  102    $  96   
  Income tax benefit from equity-based compensation expense    40       39       36   
  Intrinsic value of options exercised and RSUs that vested during the year    170       280       102   
  Grant date fair value of equity-based awards that vested during the year    115       113       80   
                           
                December 31,  
                2015    2014   
                           
                (Dollars in millions)  
  Unrecognized compensation cost related to equity-based awards       $  103    $  99   
  Weighted-average life over which compensation cost is expected to be recognized (years)      2.2       2.2   

 

The following tables present the activity during 2015 related to equity-based compensation awards:    
     
                      Wtd. Avg.  
          Wtd. Avg.   Aggregate   Remaining  
          Exercise   Intrinsic   Contractual  
      Options   Price   Value    Life  
                           
      (Dollars in millions, except per share data, shares in thousands)  
  Outstanding at January 1, 2015  28,374    $  35.09               
    Replacement awards granted in connection with acquisitions  823       41.68               
    Granted  434       38.22               
    Exercised  (3,394)      32.31               
    Forfeited or expired  (5,660)      38.69               
  Outstanding at December 31, 2015  20,577       34.89    $  103     3.16  yrs  
  Exercisable at December 31, 2015  18,905       35.06       95     2.80     
  Exercisable and expected to vest at December 31, 2015  20,467       34.90       102     3.14     

 

          Wtd. Avg.  
      Restricted Grant Date  
      Shares/Units   Fair Value  
               
      (Shares in thousands)  
  Nonvested at January 1, 2015  12,075    $  27.38   
    Granted  3,772       33.27   
    Vested  (3,703)      25.29   
    Forfeited  (320)      31.24   
  Nonvested at December 31, 2015  11,824       29.81   
  Expected to vest at December 31, 2015  10,853       29.81   

 

Share Repurchase Activity

 

At December 31, 2015, BB&T was authorized to repurchase up to 50 million shares of common stock under the 2015 Repurchase Plan, which replaced the 2006 Repurchase Plan at the Board of Directors’ authorization during June of 2015. No shares of common stock were repurchased under either plan during 2015, 2014 or 2013.

 

  118  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 11. AOCI

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015   Unrecognized Net Pension and Postretirement Costs   Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges   Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities   FDIC's Share of Unrealized (Gains) Losses on AFS Securities   Other, net   Total
                                     
            (Dollars in millions)
AOCI balance, January 1, 2015   $  (626)   $  (54)   $  152    $  (207)   $  (16)   $  (751)
  OCI before reclassifications, net of tax      (139)      (81)      (206)      19       (9)      (416)
  Amounts reclassified from AOCI:                                    
    Personnel expense      67       ―         ―         ―         ―         67 
    Interest income      ―         ―         29       ―         9       38 
    Interest expense      ―         83       ―         ―         ―         83 
    FDIC loss share income, net      ―         ―         ―         31       ―         31 
    Securities (gains) losses, net      ―         ―         3       ―         ―         3 
      Total before income taxes      67       83       32       31       9       222 
      Less: Income taxes      25       31       12       12       3       83 
        Net of income taxes      42       52       20       19       6       139 
  Net change in AOCI      (97)      (29)      (186)      38       (3)      (277)
AOCI balance, December 31, 2015   $  (723)   $  (83)   $  (34)   $  (169)   $  (19)   $  (1,028)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014   Unrecognized Net Pension and Postretirement Costs   Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges   Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities   FDIC's Share of Unrealized (Gains) Losses on AFS Securities   Other, net   Total
                                     
            (Dollars in millions)
AOCI balance, January 1, 2014   $  (303)   $  2    $  (42)   $  (235)   $  (15)   $  (593)
  OCI before reclassifications, net of tax      (334)      (107)      207       ―         (5)      (239)
  Amounts reclassified from AOCI:                                    
    Personnel expense      17       ―         ―         ―         ―         17 
    Interest income      ―         ―         (24)      ―         6       (18)
    Interest expense      ―         82       ―         ―         ―         82 
    FDIC loss share income, net      ―         ―         ―         45       ―         45 
    Securities (gains) losses, net      ―         ―         3       ―         ―         3 
      Total before income taxes      17       82       (21)      45       6       129 
      Less: Income taxes      6       31       (8)      17       2       48 
        Net of income taxes      11       51       (13)      28       4       81 
  Net change in AOCI      (323)      (56)      194       28       (1)      (158)
AOCI balance, December 31, 2014   $  (626)   $  (54)   $  152    $  (207)   $  (16)   $  (751)

 

  119  
TableofContents  

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013   Unrecognized Net Pension and Postretirement Costs   Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges   Unrealized Net Gains (Losses) on AFS Securities   FDIC's Share of Unrealized (Gains) Losses on AFS Securities   Other, net   Total
                                     
            (Dollars in millions)
AOCI balance, January 1, 2013   $  (714)   $  (173)   $  598    $  (256)   $  (14)   $  (559)
  OCI before reclassifications, net of tax      354       127       (669)      (18)      (2)      (208)
  Amounts reclassified from AOCI:                                    
    Personnel expense      91       ―         ―         ―         ―         91 
    Interest income      ―         ―         97       ―         2       99 
    Interest expense      ―         77       ―         ―         ―         77 
    FDIC loss share income, net      ―         ―         ―         63       ―         63 
    Securities (gains) losses, net      ―         ―         (51)      ―         ―         (51)
      Total before income taxes      91       77       46       63       2       279 
      Less: Income taxes      34       29       17       24       1       105 
        Net of income taxes      57       48       29       39       1       174 
  Net change in AOCI      411       175       (640)      21       (1)      (34)
AOCI balance, December 31, 2013   $  (303)   $  2    $  (42)   $  (235)   $  (15)   $  (593)

 

NOTE 12. Income Taxes

 

Effective January 1, 2015, BB&T adopted new guidance related to the accounting for investments in qualified affordable housing projects. For periods prior to January 1, 2015, amortization expense related to qualifying investments in low income housing tax credits was reclassified from other income to provision for income taxes, and the amount of amortization and tax benefits recognized was revised as a result of the adoption of the proportional amortization method.

 

The components of the income tax provision are as follows:
                               
              Year Ended December 31,  
              2015   2014   2013  
                               
              (Dollars in millions)  
  Current expense:                  
    Federal $  585    $  706    $  1,148   
    State    99       81       98   
  Total current expense    684       787       1,246   
  Deferred expense:                  
    Federal    99       122       273   
    State    11       12       34   
  Total deferred expense    110       134       307   
  Provision for income taxes $  794    $  921    $  1,553   

 

The reasons for the difference between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to income before income taxes were as follows:

 

 

  120  
TableofContents  

 

 

              Year Ended December 31,  
              2015   2014   2013  
                                     
              (Dollars in millions)    
  Federal income taxes at statutory rate of 35% $  1,021      $  1,094      $  1,149     
  Increase (decrease) in provision for income taxes as a result of:                        
    State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit    72         61         86     
    Affordable housing projects proportional amortization    181         159         143     
    Affordable housing projects tax credits and other tax benefits    (249)        (221)        (196)    
    Tax exempt income    (129)        (125)        (128)    
    Adjustments for uncertain tax positions    (107)        (39)        516     
    Other, net    5         (8)        (17)    
  Provision for income taxes $  794      $  921      $  1,553     
  Effective income tax rate    27.2  %      29.5  %      47.3  %  

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected in the table below:
                         
              December 31,  
              2015   2014  
                         
              (Dollars in millions)  
  Deferred tax assets:            
    ALLL $  553    $  556   
    Postretirement plans    431       372   
    Net unrealized loss on AFS securities    124       36   
    Equity-based compensation    129       137   
    Reserves and expense accruals    255       247   
    Investments in qualified affordable housing projects    110       ―     
    Other    292       198   
  Total deferred tax assets    1,894       1,546   
                         
  Deferred tax liabilities:            
    Prepaid pension plan expense    509       477   
    MSRs    331       312   
    Lease financing    663       375   
    Loan fees and expenses    70       265   
    Identifiable intangible assets    207       139   
    Derivatives and hedging    77       122   
    Investments in qualified affordable housing projects    ―         25   
    Other    92       93   
  Total deferred tax liabilities    1,949       1,808   
      Net deferred tax liability $  (55)   $  (262)  

 

On a periodic basis, BB&T evaluates its income tax positions based on tax laws and regulations and financial reporting considerations, and records adjustments as appropriate. This evaluation takes into consideration the status of current taxing authorities’ examinations of BB&T’s tax returns, recent positions taken by the taxing authorities on similar transactions and the overall tax environment in relation to tax-advantaged transactions. The following table presents changes in unrecognized tax benefits:

 

 

 

  121  
TableofContents  

 

 

              As of/ For the Year Ended December 31,  
              2015   2014   2013  
                               
              (Dollars in millions)  
  Beginning balance of unrecognized tax benefits $  503    $  644    $  297   
    Additions based on tax positions related to current year    ―         1       18   
    Additions (reductions) for tax positions of prior years    (76)      (34)      343   
    Settlements    (1)      (17)      ―     
    Lapse of statute of limitations    (1)      ―         ―     
    Unrecognized deferred tax benefits from acquisitions    1       (91)      (14)  
  Ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits $  426    $  503    $  644   
                               
  Unrecognized tax benefits that would have impacted effective rate if recognized                  
    Federal $  422    $  497    $  631   
    State    3       4       11   
                               

 

The Company had $181 million, $210 million and $213 million in liabilities for tax-related interest and penalties recorded on its Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The amount of net interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income was a benefit of $29 million for 2015, an immaterial amount for 2014 and expense of $176 million for 2013.

 

The IRS has completed its Federal income tax examinations of BB&T through 2010. Various years remain subject to examination by state taxing authorities.

 

In February 2010, BB&T received an IRS statutory notice of deficiency for tax years 2002-2007 asserting a liability for taxes, penalties and interest of approximately $892 million related to the disallowance of foreign tax credits and other deductions claimed by a subsidiary in connection with a financing transaction. BB&T paid the disputed tax, penalties and interest in March 2010 and filed a lawsuit seeking a refund in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims. During September 2013, the court denied the refund claim. These developments and other smaller matters resulted in $516 million of income tax adjustments during 2013. BB&T appealed the decision to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. During May 2015, the appeals court overturned a portion of the earlier ruling, resulting in the recognition of a $107 million income tax benefit during the second quarter. The remainder of the decision was affirmed. During September 2015, BB&T filed a petition requesting the case be heard by the U.S. Supreme Court. A decision to hear the case has not been made at this time.

 

It is reasonably possible that the litigation associated with the financing transaction may conclude within the next twelve months; however, it is also possible that the appeals process could take longer than one year. Changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits, penalties and interest could result in a benefit of up to approximately $596 million.

 

NOTE 13. Benefit Plans

 

Defined Benefit Retirement Plans

 

BB&T provides a defined benefit retirement plan qualified under the IRC that covers most employees. Benefits are based on years of service, age at retirement and the employee's compensation during the five highest consecutive years of earnings within the last ten years of employment.

 

In addition, supplemental retirement benefits are provided to certain key officers under supplemental defined benefit executive retirement plans, which are not qualified under the IRC. Although technically unfunded plans, a Rabbi Trust and insurance policies on the lives of certain of the covered employees are available to finance future benefits.

 

The following actuarial assumptions were used to determine net periodic pension costs for the qualified pension plan:
                           
          December 31,  
          2015   2014    2013   
  Weighted average assumed discount rate  4.27  %    5.10  %    4.25  %  
  Weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets  7.50       7.75       8.00     
  Assumed long-term rate of annual compensation increases  4.50       5.00       4.50     

 

 

  122  
TableofContents  

 

The weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets represents the average rate of return expected to be earned on plan assets over the period the benefits included in the benefit obligation are to be paid. In developing the expected rate of return, BB&T considers long-term compound annualized returns of historical market data for each asset category, as well as historical actual returns on the plan assets. Using this reference information, the Company develops forward-looking return expectations for each asset category and a weighted average expected long-term rate of return for the plan based on target asset allocations contained in BB&T's Investment Policy Statement. For 2016, the expected rate of return on plan assets is 7.0%.

 

Financial data relative to qualified and nonqualified defined benefit pension plans is summarized in the following tables for the years indicated. On the Consolidated Balance Sheets, the qualified pension plan prepaid asset is recorded as a component of other assets and the nonqualified pension plans accrued liability is recorded as a component of other liabilities. The data is calculated using an actuarial measurement date of December 31.

 

            Year Ended December 31,  
            2015    2014    2013   
                             
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Net Periodic Pension Cost:                  
    Service cost $  176    $  138    $  150   
    Interest cost    157       140       120   
    Estimated return on plan assets    (327)      (296)      (257)  
    Net amortization and other    67       17       91   
      Net periodic benefit cost    73       (1)      104   
                             
  Pre-Tax Amounts Recognized in OCI:                  
    Net actuarial loss (gain)    230       532       (535)  
    Net amortization    (67)      (17)      (91)  
      Net amount recognized in OCI    163       515       (626)  
        Total net periodic pension costs (income) recognized in                  
          total comprehensive income, pre-tax $  236    $  514    $  (522)  

 

The following actuarial assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations:  
                       
            December 31,  
            2015    2014   
  Weighted average assumed discount rate 4.68  %   4.27  %  
  Assumed rate of annual compensation increases 4.50      4.50     

 

          Qualified Pension Plan   Nonqualified Pension Plans  
          Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
          2015    2014    2015    2014   
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year   $  3,227    $  2,437    $  367    $  304   
    Service cost      164       128       12       10   
    Interest cost      141       124       16       16   
    Actuarial (gain) loss      (164)      607       (3)      45   
    Benefits paid      (80)      (69)      (15)      (8)  
    Acquisitions      185       ―         15       ―     
  Projected benefit obligation, end of year   $  3,473    $  3,227    $  392    $  367   
  Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year   $  2,997    $  2,744    $  309    $  295   

 

 

  123  
TableofContents  

 

 

          Qualified Pension Plan   Nonqualified Pension Plans  
          Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
          2015   2014   2015   2014  
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year   $  4,223    $  3,733    $  —    $  —   
    Actual return on plan assets      (70)      416       —       —   
    Employer contributions      126       143       15       8   
    Benefits paid      (80)      (69)      (15)      (8)  
    Acquisitions      170       —       —       —   
  Fair value of plan assets, end of year   $  4,369    $  4,223    $  —    $  —   
  Funded status at end of year   $  896    $  996    $  (392)   $  (367)  

 

The following are the pre-tax amounts recognized in AOCI:
                                 
          Qualified Pension Plan   Nonqualified Pension Plans  
          Year Ended December 31,   Year Ended December 31,  
          2015    2014    2015    2014   
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Prior service credit (cost)   $  —    $  —    $  (2)   $  (2)  
  Net actuarial loss      (1,040)      (859)      (131)      (149)  
    Net amount recognized   $  (1,040)   $  (859)   $  (133)   $  (151)  

 

The following table presents the amount expected to be amortized from AOCI into net periodic pension cost during 2016:
                 
      Qualified   Nonqualified  
      Pension Plan   Pension Plans  
                 
      (Dollars in millions)  
  Net actuarial loss $  (66)   $  (12)  
    Net amount expected to be amortized in 2016 $  (66)   $  (12)  

 

BB&T makes contributions to the qualified pension plan in amounts between the minimum required for funding and the maximum amount deductible for federal income tax purposes. BB&T made discretionary contributions of $280 million during the first quarter of 2016. Management may make additional contributions in 2016. For the nonqualified plans, the employer contributions are based on benefit payments.

 

The following table reflects the estimated benefit payments for the periods presented:
               
    Qualified   Nonqualified  
    Pension Plan   Pension Plans  
               
    (Dollars in millions)  
  2016 $  85    $  14   
  2017    101       14   
  2018    111       16   
  2019    121       17   
  2020    132       18   
  2021-2025    843       112   

 

BB&T's primary total return objective is to achieve returns that, over the long term, will fund retirement liabilities and provide for the desired plan benefits in a manner that satisfies the fiduciary requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The plan assets have a long-term time horizon that runs concurrent with the average life expectancy of the participants. As such, the Plan can assume a time horizon that extends well beyond a full market cycle, and can assume an above-average level of risk, as measured by the standard deviation of annual return. It is expected, however, that both professional investment management and sufficient portfolio diversification will smooth volatility and help to generate a reasonable consistency of return. The investments are broadly diversified among economic sector, industry, quality and size in order to reduce risk and to produce incremental return. Within approved guidelines and restrictions, investment managers have wide discretion over the timing and selection of individual investments.

 

 

  124  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T periodically reviews its asset allocation and investment policy and makes changes to its target asset allocation. BB&T has established guidelines within each asset category to ensure the appropriate balance of risk and reward. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the target asset allocations for the plan assets included a range of 30% to 40% for U.S. equity securities, 10% to 18% for international equity securities, 35% to 50% for fixed income securities, and 0% to 12% for alternative investments, which include real estate, hedge funds, private equities and commodities, with any remainder to be held in cash equivalents. The plan may hold BB&T common stock up to 10% of its assets, subject to the target range for total U.S. equity securities.

 

The fair value of the pension plan assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 by asset category are reflected in the following tables.

 

        December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014  
        Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
                                                       
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Cash and cash-equivalents $  266    $  266    $  —    $  —    $  66    $  66    $  —    $  —   
  U.S. equity securities    1,627       1,627       —       —       1,635       1,635       —       —   
  International equity securities    712       614       98       —       657       539       118       —   
  Fixed income securities    1,631       10       1,621       —       1,717       10       1,707       —   
  Alternative investments    115       —       —       115       124       —       —       124   
    Total plan assets $  4,351    $  2,517    $  1,719    $  115    $  4,199    $  2,250    $  1,825    $  124   

 

U.S. equity securities include 3.0 million shares of BB&T common stock valued at $113 million and $117 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. International equity securities include a common/commingled fund that consists of assets from several accounts, pooled together, to reduce management and administration costs. Total plan assets exclude accrued income of $18 million and $23 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

The following table presents the activity for Level 3 plan assets, all of which are in alternative investments:  
                           
          Year Ended December 31,  
          2015   2014   2013  
                           
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Balance at beginning of year $  124    $  101    $  98   
    Actual return on plan assets    2       11       11   
    Purchases, sales and settlements, net    (11)      12       (8)  
  Balance at end of year $  115    $  124    $  101   

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

BB&T offers a 401(k) Savings Plan and other defined contribution plans that permit employees to contribute from 1% to 50% of their cash compensation. For full-time employees who are 21 years of age or older with one year or more of service, BB&T makes matching contributions of up to 6% of the employee's compensation. BB&T's contribution to the 401(k) Savings Plan and nonqualified defined contribution plans totaled $114 million, $103 million and $102 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. BB&T also offers defined contribution plans to certain employees of subsidiaries who do not participate in the 401(k) Savings Plan.

 

Other Benefits

 

There are various other employment contracts, deferred compensation arrangements and covenants not to compete with selected members of management and certain retirees. These plans and their obligations are not material to the financial statements.

 

  125  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 14. Commitments and Contingencies

 

BB&T utilizes a variety of financial instruments to meet the financing needs of clients and to reduce exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, letters of credit and financial guarantees and derivatives. BB&T also has commitments to fund certain affordable housing investments and contingent liabilities related to certain sold loans.

 

Commitments to extend, originate or purchase credit are primarily lines of credit to businesses and consumers and have specified rates and maturity dates. Many of these commitments also have adverse change clauses, which allow BB&T to cancel the commitment due to deterioration in the borrowers’ creditworthiness.

 

          December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014
                   
          (Dollars in millions)
Letters of credit $  3,033    $  3,462 
Carrying amount of the liability for letters of credit    27       22 
                   
Investments in affordable housing and historic building rehabilitation projects:          
  Carrying amount    1,629       1,436 
  Amount of future funding commitments included in carrying amount    654       459 
  Lending exposure    292       169 
  Tax credits subject to recapture    355       300 
                   
Investments in private equity and similar investments    289       329 
Future funding commitments to consolidated private equity funds    231       202 

 

Letters of credit and financial guarantees written are unconditional commitments issued by BB&T to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper issuance, bond financing and similar transactions, the majority of which are to tax exempt entities. The credit risk involved in the issuance of these guarantees is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients and as such, the instruments are collateralized when necessary.

 

BB&T invests in certain affordable housing and historic building rehabilitation projects throughout its market area as a means of supporting local communities. BB&T receives tax credits related to these investments. BB&T typically acts as a limited partner in these investments and does not exert control over the operating or financial policies of the partnerships. BB&T typically provides financing during the construction and development of the properties; however, permanent financing is generally obtained from independent third parties upon completion of a project. Tax credits are subject to recapture by taxing authorities based on compliance features required to be met at the project level. BB&T’s maximum potential exposure to losses relative to investments in VIEs is generally limited to the sum of the outstanding balance, future funding commitments and any related loans to the entity. Loans to these entities are underwritten in substantially the same manner as are other loans and are generally secured.

 

Effective January 1, 2015, BB&T adopted new guidance related to Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. The following table summarizes the estimated impact to the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

              Year Ended December 31,  
              2014   2013  
                         
              (Dollars in millions)  
  Increase in other income $  141    $  159   
  Increase in provision for income taxes    (161)      (158)  
  Change in net income and net income available to common shareholders $  (20)   $  1   
                         
  Decrease in diluted EPS $  (0.03)   $  ―     
                         
              January 1,  
              2015   2014  
                         
              (Dollars in millions)  
  Decrease to retained earnings $  (49)   $  (29)  

 

BB&T has investments in and future funding commitments to certain private equity and similar investments. BB&T’s risk exposure relating to such commitments is generally limited to the amount of investments and future funding commitments made.

 

  126  
TableofContents  

 

A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or interest rate. For additional disclosures related to BB&T’s derivatives refer to Note 18 “Derivative Financial Instruments.”

 

BB&T has sold certain mortgage-related loans that contain recourse provisions. These provisions generally require BB&T to reimburse the investor for a share of any loss that is incurred after the disposal of the property. BB&T also issues standard representations and warranties related to mortgage loan sales to GSEs. Refer to Note 7 “Loan Servicing” for additional disclosures related to these exposures.

 

In the ordinary course of business, BB&T indemnifies its officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law against liabilities arising from pending litigation. BB&T also issues standard representations and warranties in underwriting agreements, merger and acquisition agreements, loan sales, brokerage activities and other similar arrangements. Counterparties in many of these indemnification arrangements provide similar indemnifications to BB&T. Although these agreements often do not specify limitations, BB&T does not believe that any payments related to these guarantees would materially change the financial position or results of operations of BB&T.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The nature of BB&T’s business ordinarily results in a certain amount of claims, litigation, investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings, all of which are considered incidental to the normal conduct of business. BB&T believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted against it in its currently outstanding legal proceedings and, with respect to such legal proceedings, intends to continue to defend itself vigorously, litigating or settling cases according to management’s judgment as to what is in the best interests of BB&T and its shareholders.

 

On at least a quarterly basis, liabilities and contingencies in connection with outstanding legal proceedings are assessed utilizing the latest information available. For those matters where it is probable that BB&T will incur a loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, a liability is recorded in the consolidated financial statements. These legal reserves may be increased or decreased to reflect any relevant developments on at least a quarterly basis. For other matters, where a loss is not probable or the amount of the loss is not estimable, legal reserves are not accrued. While the outcome of legal proceedings is inherently uncertain, based on information currently available, advice of counsel and available insurance coverage, management believes that the established legal reserves are adequate and the liabilities arising from legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations or consolidated cash flows. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, if unfavorable, may be material to the consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations or consolidated cash flows of BB&T.

 

Pledged Assets

 

Certain assets were pledged to secure municipal deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings and borrowing capacity, subject to any applicable asset discount, at the FHLB and FRB as well as for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The following table provides the total carrying amount of pledged assets by asset type, of which the majority are pursuant to agreements that do not permit the other party to sell or repledge the collateral. Assets related to employee benefit plans have been excluded from the following table.

 

        December 31,  
        2015   2014  
                   
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Pledged securities $  14,063    $  14,636   
  Pledged loans    69,070       67,248   

 

  127  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 15. Regulatory Requirements and Other Restrictions

 

Branch Bank is required by the FRB to maintain reserve balances in the form of vault cash or deposits with the FRB based on specified percentages of certain deposit types, subject to various adjustments. At December 31, 2015, the net reserve requirement was met with vault cash.

 

Branch Bank is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends it can pay. In addition, both BB&T and Branch Bank are subject to various regulatory restrictions relating to the payment of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums, and to remain “well-capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations. BB&T does not expect that any of these laws, regulations or policies will materially affect the ability of Branch Bank to pay dividends.

 

BB&T is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory—and possibly additional discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated pursuant to regulatory directives. BB&T’s capital amounts and classification also are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. BB&T is in full compliance with these requirements. Banking regulations also identify five capital categories for IDIs: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, BB&T and Branch Bank were classified as “well-capitalized,” and management believes that no events or changes have occurred subsequent to year end that would change this designation.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require BB&T to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average tangible assets (leverage ratio).

 

Risk-based capital ratios, which include Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital, are calculated based on regulatory guidance related to the measurement of capital and risk-weighted assets.

 

        December 31, 2015 - Basel III   December 31, 2014 - Basel I
        Actual Capital   Capital Requirements   Actual Capital   Capital Requirements
        Ratio   Amount   Minimum   Well-Capitalized   Ratio   Amount   Minimum   Well-Capitalized
                                                     
        (Dollars in millions)
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital:                                                
  BB&T   10.3  %   $ 17,081    $ 7,497    $ 10,830    N/A       N/A     N/A     N/A
  Branch Bank   11.3        18,382      7,319      10,572    N/A       N/A     N/A     N/A
Tier 1 Capital:                                                
  BB&T   11.8        19,682      9,997      13,329    12.4  %   $  17,840    $  5,747    $  8,620 
  Branch Bank   11.3        18,382      9,759      13,012    11.7         16,329       5,591       8,387 
Total Capital:                                                
  BB&T   14.3        23,753      13,329      16,661    14.9         21,381       11,494       14,367 
  Branch Bank   13.4        21,859      13,012      16,265    13.4         18,761       11,183       13,979 
Leverage Capital:                                                
  BB&T   9.8        19,682      8,062      10,077    9.9         17,840       7,191       8,989 
  Branch Bank   9.3        18,382      7,866      9,833    9.3         16,329       5,265       8,775 

 

As an approved seller/servicer, Branch Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of capital, as specified by various agencies, including the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, Branch Bank’s capital was above all required levels.

 

  128  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 16. Parent Company Financial Statements

 

  Parent Company  
  Condensed Balance Sheets  
                     
          December 31,  
          2015    2014   
                     
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Assets:            
    Cash and due from banks $  109    $  79   
    Interest-bearing deposits with banks    7,383       7,612   
    AFS securities at fair value    124       125   
    HTM securities at amortized cost    3       23   
    Investment in banking subsidiaries    25,823       22,662   
    Investment in other subsidiaries    1,101       1,452   
    Advances to / receivables from banking subsidiaries    ―         63   
    Advances to / receivables from other subsidiaries    3,086       2,430   
    Other assets    211       168   
      Total assets $  37,840    $  34,614   
                     
  Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:            
    Short-term borrowed funds $  105    $  ―     
    Short-term borrowed funds due to subsidiaries    ―         40   
    Long-term debt    10,274       10,081   
    Accounts payable and other liabilities    121       116   
      Total liabilities    10,500       10,237   
      Total shareholders' equity    27,340       24,377   
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $  37,840    $  34,614   

 

 

  129  
TableofContents  

 

 

  Parent Company  
  Condensed Income and Comprehensive Income Statements  
     
        Year Ended December 31,  
        2015    2014    2013   
                         
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Income:                  
    Dividends from banking subsidiaries $  1,600    $  1,636    $  1,220   
    Dividends from other subsidiaries    411       71       79   
    Interest and other income from subsidiaries    64       67       67   
    Other income    3       7       14   
      Total income    2,078       1,781       1,380   
  Expenses:                  
    Interest expense    165       148       219   
    Other expenses    103       55       50   
      Total expenses    268       203       269   
                         
  Income before income taxes and equity in                  
    undistributed earnings of subsidiaries    1,810       1,578       1,111   
  Income tax benefit    40       43       2   
  Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries    1,850       1,621       1,113   
  Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries in excess of                  
    dividends from subsidiaries    273       585       617   
  Net income    2,123       2,206       1,730   
                         
  Total OCI    (277)      (158)      (34)  
  Total comprehensive income $  1,846    $  2,048    $  1,696   

 

 

 

 

  130  
TableofContents  

 

 

 

  Parent Company  
  Condensed Statements of Cash Flows  
     
              Year Ended December 31,  
              2015    2014    2013   
                               
              (Dollars in millions)  
  Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                  
    Net income $  2,123    $  2,206    $  1,730   
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from                  
      operating activities:                  
      Equity in earnings of subsidiaries in excess of dividends                  
        from subsidiaries    (273)      (585)      (617)  
      Net change in operating assets and liabilities:                  
        Other assets    88       27       95   
        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities    (14)      40       42   
      Other, net    32       (86)      (79)  
        Net cash from operating activities    1,956       1,602       1,171   
                               
  Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                  
    Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of AFS securities    49       25       24   
    Purchases of AFS securities    (21)      (124)      (24)  
    Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of HTM securities    27       16       2   
    Investment in subsidiaries    ―         (1)      (4)  
    Advances to subsidiaries    (7,461)      (7,145)      (5,815)  
    Proceeds from repayment of advances to subsidiaries    6,848       7,060       5,898   
    Net cash from acquistions and divestitures    (595)      ―         9   
      Net cash from investing activities    (1,153)      (169)      90   
                               
  Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                  
    Net change in short-term borrowings    (40)      (34)      37   
    Net change in long-term debt    (92)      1,085       499   
    Net proceeds from common stock issued    67       294       108   
    Net proceeds from preferred stock issued    ―         ―         487   
    Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock    (937)      (814)      (912)  
    Other, net    ―         ―         8   
      Net cash from financing activities    (1,002)      531       227   
                               
  Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents    (199)      1,964       1,488   
  Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year    7,691       5,727       4,239   
  Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year $  7,492    $  7,691    $  5,727   

 

 

 

  131  
TableofContents  

 

The transfer of funds in the form of dividends, loans or advances from bank subsidiaries to the Parent Company is restricted. Federal law requires loans to the Parent Company or its affiliates to be secured and at market terms and generally limits loans to the Parent Company or an individual affiliate to 10% of Branch Bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. In the aggregate, loans to the Parent Company and all affiliates cannot exceed 20% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus.

 

Dividend payments to the Parent Company by Branch Bank are subject to regulatory review and statutory limitations and, in some instances, regulatory approval. In general, dividends from Branch Bank to the Parent Company are limited by rules which compare dividends to net income for regulatory-defined periods. Furthermore, dividends are restricted by regulatory minimum capital constraints.

 

NOTE 17. Fair Value Disclosures

 

Accounting standards define fair value as the exchange price that would be received on the measurement date to sell an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market available to the entity in an orderly transaction between market participants, with a three level valuation input hierarchy.

 

 

The following tables present fair value information for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
                                 
  December 31, 2015   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Assets:                          
    Trading securities   $  1,180    $  311    $  869    $  ―     
    AFS securities:                          
      U.S. Treasury      1,832       ―         1,832       ―     
      GSE      51       ―         51       ―     
      Agency MBS      20,046       ―         20,046       ―     
      States and political subdivisions      2,079       ―         2,079       ―     
      Non-agency MBS      221       ―         221       ―     
      Other      4       4       ―         ―     
      Acquired from FDIC      1,064       ―         438       626   
    LHFS      1,035       ―         1,035       ―     
    Residential MSRs      880       ―         ―         880   
    Derivative assets:                          
      Interest rate contracts      964       ―         956       8   
      Foreign exchange contracts      6       ―         6       ―     
    Private equity and similar investments      289       ―         ―         289   
      Total assets   $  29,651    $  315    $  27,533    $  1,803   
                                 
  Liabilities:                          
    Derivative liabilities:                          
      Interest rate contracts   $  788    $  ―      $  784    $  4   
      Foreign exchange contracts      4       ―         4       ―     
    Securities sold short      147       ―         147       ―     
      Total liabilities   $  939    $  ―      $  935    $  4   

 

 

  132  
 

 

  December 31, 2014   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
                                 
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Assets:                          
    Trading securities   $  482    $  289    $  193    $  ―     
    AFS securities:                          
      U.S. Treasury      1,231       ―         1,231       ―     
      Agency MBS      16,154       ―         16,154       ―     
      States and political subdivisions      1,974       ―         1,974       ―     
      Non-agency MBS      264       ―         264       ―     
      Other      41       6       35       ―     
      Acquired from FDIC      1,243       ―         498       745   
    LHFS      1,423       ―         1,423       ―     
    Residential MSRs      844       ―         ―         844   
    Derivative assets:                          
      Interest rate contracts      1,114       ―         1,094       20   
      Foreign exchange contracts      8       ―         8       ―     
    Private equity and similar investments      329       ―         ―         329   
      Total assets   $  25,107    $  295    $  22,874    $  1,938   
                                 
  Liabilities:                          
    Derivative liabilities:                          
      Interest rate contracts   $  1,007    $  ―      $  1,004    $  3   
      Foreign exchange contracts      6       ―         6       ―     
    Securities sold short      148       ―         148       ―     
      Total liabilities   $  1,161    $  ―      $  1,158    $  3   

 

The following discussion focuses on the valuation techniques and significant inputs for Level 2 and Level 3 assets and liabilities.

 

A third-party pricing service is generally utilized in determining the fair value of the securities portfolio. Management independently evaluates the fair values provided by the pricing service through comparisons to other external pricing sources, review of additional information provided by the pricing service and other third party sources for selected securities and back-testing to compare the price realized on any security sales to the daily pricing information received from the pricing service. Fair value measurements are derived from market-based pricing matrices that were developed using observable inputs that include benchmark yields, benchmark securities, reported trades, offers, bids, issuer spreads and broker quotes. As described by security type below, additional inputs may be used, or some inputs may not be applicable. In the event that market observable data was not available, which would generally occur due to the lack of an active market for a given security, the valuation of the security would be subjective and may involve substantial judgment by management.

 

Trading securities: Trading securities include various types of debt and equity securities, primarily consisting of debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, GSEs, or states and political subdivisions. The valuation techniques used for these investments are more fully discussed below.

 

U.S. Treasury securities: Treasury securities are valued using quoted prices in active over the counter markets.

 

Agency MBS: GSE pass-through securities are valued using market-based pricing matrices that reference observable inputs including benchmark TBA security pricing and yield curves that were estimated based on U.S. Treasury yields and certain floating rate indices. The pricing matrices for these securities may also give consideration to pool-specific data supplied directly by the GSE. GSE CMOs are valued using market-based pricing matrices that are based on observable inputs including offers, bids, reported trades, dealer quotes and market research reports, the characteristics of a specific tranche, market convention prepayment speeds and benchmark yield curves as described above.

 

States and political subdivisions: These securities are valued using market-based pricing matrices that reference observable inputs including MSRB reported trades, issuer spreads, material event notices and benchmark yield curves.

 

Non-agency MBS: Pricing matrices for these securities are based on observable inputs including offers, bids, reported trades, dealer quotes and market research reports, the characteristics of a specific tranche, market convention prepayment speeds and benchmark yield curves as described above.

 

  133  
TableofContents  

 

Other securities: These securities consist primarily of mutual funds and corporate bonds. These securities are valued based on a review of quoted market prices for assets as well as through the various other inputs discussed previously.

 

Acquired from FDIC securities: Securities acquired from the FDIC consist of re-remic non-agency MBS, municipal securities and non-agency MBS. State and political subdivision securities and certain non-agency MBS acquired from the FDIC are valued in a manner similar to the approach described above for those asset classes. The re-remic non-agency MBS, which are categorized as Level 3, are valued based on broker dealer quotes that reflected certain unobservable market inputs.

 

LHFS: Certain mortgage loans are originated to be sold to investors, which are carried at fair value. The fair value is primarily based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans. The changes in fair value of these assets are largely driven by changes in interest rates subsequent to loan funding and changes in the fair value of servicing associated with the mortgage LHFS.

 

Residential MSRs: Residential MSRs are valued using an OAS valuation model to project cash flows over multiple interest rate scenarios, which are then discounted at risk-adjusted rates. The model considers portfolio characteristics, contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service and other economic factors. Fair value estimates and assumptions are compared to industry surveys, recent market activity, actual portfolio experience and, when available, other observable market data.

 

Derivative assets and liabilities: The fair values of derivatives are determined based on quoted market prices and internal pricing models that are primarily sensitive to market observable data. The fair values of interest rate lock commitments, which are related to mortgage loan commitments and are categorized as Level 3, are based on quoted market prices adjusted for commitments that are not expected to fund and include the value attributable to the net servicing fees.

 

Private equity and similar investments: Private equity and similar investments are measured at fair value based on the investment’s net asset value. In many cases there are no observable market values for these investments and therefore management must estimate the fair value based on a comparison of the operating performance of the company to multiples in the marketplace for similar entities. This analysis requires significant judgment, and actual values in a sale could differ materially from those estimated.

 

Securities sold short: Securities sold short represent debt securities sold short that are entered into as a hedging strategy for the purposes of supporting institutional and retail client trading activities.

 

The following tables present activity for financial liabilities that are valued using Level 3 inputs:

 

                                Private  
              Acquired               Equity and  
              from FDIC   Residential   Net   Similar  
  Year Ended December 31, 2015   Securities   MSRs   Derivatives   Investments  
                           
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Balance at January 1, 2015   $  745    $  844    $  17    $  329   
    Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):                          
      Included in earnings:                          
        Interest income      23       ―         ―         ―     
        Mortgage banking income      ―         10       87       ―     
        Other noninterest income      ―         ―         (6)      49   
      Included in unrealized net holding gains (losses) in OCI      (45)      ―         ―         ―     
    Purchases      ―         ―         1       81   
    Issuances      ―         156       74       ―     
    Sales      ―         ―         ―         (154)  
    Settlements      (97)      (130)      (169)      (16)  
  Balance at December 31, 2015   $  626    $  880    $  4    $  289   
                                     
  Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for the period,                          
    attributable to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2015   $  23    $  10    $  4    $  (2)  

 

  134  
TableofContents  

 

                                Private  
              Acquired           Equity and  
              from FDIC   Residential   Net   Similar  
  Year Ended December 31, 2014   Securities   MSRs   Derivatives   Investments  
                           
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Balance at January 1, 2014   $  861    $  1,047    $  (11)   $  291   
    Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):                          
      Included in earnings:                          
        Interest income      33       ―         ―         ―     
        Mortgage banking income      ―         (221)      94       ―     
        Other noninterest income      ―         ―         (2)      27   
      Included in unrealized net holding gains (losses) in OCI      (38)      ―         ―         ―     
    Purchases      ―         ―         ―         67   
    Issuances      ―         141       75       ―     
    Sales      ―         ―         ―         (50)  
    Settlements      (111)      (123)      (139)      (7)  
    Transfers into Level 3      ―         ―         ―         1   
  Balance at December 31, 2014   $  745    $  844    $  17    $  329   
                                     
  Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for the period,                          
    attributable to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2014   $  33    $  (221)   $  17    $  15   

 

                          Private  
            Acquired           Equity and  
             from FDIC   Residential   Net   Similar  
  Year Ended December 31, 2013 Securities   MSRs   Derivatives   Investments  
                           
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Balance at January 1, 2013 $  994    $  627    $  54    $  323   
    Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):                        
      Included in earnings:                        
        Interest income    37       ―         ―         ―     
        Mortgage banking income    ―         229       21       ―     
        Other noninterest income    ―         ―         ―         33   
      Included in unrealized holding gains (losses) in OCI    (14)      ―         ―         ―     
    Purchases    ―         ―         ―         58   
    Issuances    ―         336       65       ―     
    Sales    ―         ―         ―         (59)  
    Settlements    (156)      (145)      (151)      (64)  
  Balance at December 31, 2013 $  861    $  1,047    $  (11)   $  291   
                                   
  Change in unrealized gains (losses) included in earnings for the period,                        
    attributable to assets and liabilities still held at December 31, 2013 $  37    $  229    $  (11)   $  22   

 

BB&T’s policy is to recognize transfers between levels as of the end of a reporting period. Transfers in and out of Level 3 are shown in the preceding tables. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2015, 2014 or 2013.

 

BB&T’s private equity and similar investments are primarily in SBIC qualified funds, which focus on equity and subordinated debt investments in privately-held middle market companies. These investments generally are not redeemable and distributions are received as the underlying assets of the funds liquidate. The timing of distributions, which are expected to occur on various dates through 2026, is uncertain and dependent on various events such as recapitalizations, refinance transactions and ownership changes, among others. Excluding the investment of future funds, BB&T estimates these investments have a weighted average remaining life of approximately two years; however, the timing and amount of distributions may vary significantly. As of December 31, 2015, restrictions on the ability to sell the investments include, but are not limited to, consent of a majority member or general partner approval for transfer of ownership. BB&T’s investments are spread over numerous privately-held middle market companies, and thus the sensitivity to a change in fair value for any single investment is limited. The significant unobservable inputs for these investments are EBITDA multiples that ranged from 5x to 12x, with a weighted average of 8x, at December 31, 2015.

 

  135  
TableofContents  

 

The following table details the fair value and UPB of LHFS that were elected to be carried at fair value:
                                             
          December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014  
          Fair   Aggregate       Fair   Aggregate      
          Value   UPB   Difference   Value   UPB   Difference  
                                             
          (Dollars in millions)  
  LHFS reported at fair value $  1,035    $  1,023    $  12    $  1,423    $  1,390    $  33   

 

Excluding government guaranteed, LHFS that were in nonaccrual status or 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest were not material at December 31, 2015.

 

The following table provides information about certain financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, which are primarily collateral dependent and may be subject to liquidity adjustments. The carrying values represent end of period values, which approximate the fair value measurements that occurred on the various measurement dates throughout the period. The valuation adjustments represent the amounts recorded during the period regardless of whether the asset is still held at period end. These assets are considered to be Level 3 assets (excludes PCI).
                               
    As Of/ For the Year Ended  
    December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014  
    Carrying Value     Valuation Adjustments   Carrying Value     Valuation Adjustments  
                               
    (Dollars in millions)  
  Impaired loans $  149      $  (30)   $ 109      $  (52)  
  Foreclosed real estate    82         (190)     87         (176)  

 

Refer to Note 2 “Acquisitions and Divestitures” for fair value measurements related to acquisitions.

 

For financial instruments not recorded at fair value, estimates of fair value are based on relevant market data and information about the instrument. Values obtained relate to one trading unit without regard to any premium or discount that may result from concentrations of ownership, possible tax ramifications, estimated transaction costs that may result from bulk sales or the relationship between various instruments.

 

An active market does not exist for certain financial instruments. Fair value estimates for these instruments are based on current economic conditions, currency and interest rate risk characteristics, loss experience and other factors. Many of these estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and cannot be determined with precision. Therefore, the fair value estimates in many instances cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in a current sale of the instrument. In addition, changes in assumptions could significantly affect these fair value estimates. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash : For these short-term instruments, the carrying amounts are a reasonable estimate of fair values.

 

HTM securities: The fair values of HTM securities are based on a market approach using observable inputs such as benchmark yields and securities, TBA prices, reported trades, issuer spreads, current bids and offers, monthly payment information and collateral performance.

 

Loans receivable : The fair values for loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, applying interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms and credit quality, which are deemed to be indicative of orderly transactions in the current market. For commercial loans and leases, discount rates may be adjusted to address additional credit risk on lower risk grade instruments. For residential mortgage and other consumer loans, internal prepayment risk models are used to adjust contractual cash flows. Loans are aggregated into pools of similar terms and credit quality and discounted using a LIBOR based rate. The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair values.

 

FDIC loss share receivable and payable : The fair values of the receivable and payable are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, applying a risk free interest rate that is adjusted for the uncertainty in the timing and amount of the cash flows. The expected cash flows to/from the FDIC related to loans were estimated using the same assumptions that were used in determining the accounting values for the related loans. The expected cash flows to/from the FDIC related to securities are based upon the fair value of the related securities and the payment that would be required if the securities were sold for that amount. The loss share agreements are not transferrable and, accordingly, there is no market for the receivable or payable.

 

  136  
TableofContents  

 

Deposit liabilities : The fair values for demand deposits are equal to the amount payable on demand. Fair values for CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current interest rates to aggregate expected maturities. BB&T has developed long-term relationships with its deposit customers, commonly referred to as CDIs, that have not been considered in the determination of the deposit liabilities’ fair value.

 

Short-term borrowings : The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings, excluding securities sold short, approximate their fair values.

 

Long-term debt : The fair values of long-term debt instruments are estimated based on quoted market prices for the instrument if available, or for similar instruments if not available, or by using discounted cash flow analyses, based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of instruments.

 

Contractual commitments : The fair values of commitments are estimated using the fees charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. The fair values of guarantees and letters of credit are estimated based on the counterparties’ creditworthiness and average default rates for loan products with similar risks. These respective fair value measurements are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Retail lending commitments are assigned no fair value as BB&T typically has the ability to cancel such commitments by providing notice to the borrower.

 

Financial assets and liabilities not recorded at fair value are summarized below:
     
          Carrying   Total          
  December 31, 2015   Amount   Fair Value   Level 2   Level 3  
                         
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Financial assets:                          
    HTM securities   $  18,530    $  18,519    $  18,519    $  ―     
    Loans and leases HFI, net of ALLL      134,491       134,728       ―         134,728   
    FDIC loss share receivable      285       11       ―         11   
                                 
  Financial liabilities:                          
    Deposits      149,124       149,300       149,300       ―     
    FDIC loss share payable      685       676       ―         676   
    Long-term debt      23,769       24,206       24,206       ―     

 

          Carrying   Total          
  December 31, 2014   Amount   Fair Value   Level 2   Level 3  
                         
          (Dollars in millions)  
  Financial assets:                          
    HTM securities   $  20,240    $  20,313    $  20,313    $  ―     
    Loans and leases HFI, net of ALLL      118,410       118,605       ―         118,605   
    FDIC loss share receivable      534       123       ―         123   
                                 
  Financial liabilities:                          
    Deposits      129,040       129,259       129,259       ―     
    FDIC loss share payable      697       696       ―         696   
    Long-term debt      23,312       24,063       24,063       ―     

 

The following is a summary of selected information pertaining to off-balance sheet financial instruments:
                               
        December 31, 2015    December 31, 2014  
        Notional/       Notional/      
        Contract       Contract      
      Amount   Fair Value   Amount   Fair Value  
                       
        (Dollars in millions)  
  Commitments to extend, originate or purchase credit   $  59,019    $  253    $  49,333    $  238   
  Residential mortgage loans sold with recourse      702       8       667       9   
  Other loans sold with recourse      4,198       7       4,264       7   
  Letters of credit      3,033       27       3,462       22   

 

  137  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 18. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Derivative Classifications and Hedging Relationships
                                                 
                December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014
            Hedged Item or   Notional   Fair Value   Notional   Fair Value
            Transaction   Amount   Gain   Loss   Amount   Gain   Loss
                                                 
                (Dollars in millions)
Cash flow hedges:                                      
  Interest rate contracts:                                      
    Pay fixed swaps 3 mo. LIBOR funding   $  9,300    $  ―      $  (214)   $  9,300    $  ―      $  (289)
                                                 
Fair value hedges:                                      
  Interest rate contracts:                                      
    Receive fixed swaps Long-term debt      13,092       329       (1)      11,902       269       (5)
    Pay fixed swaps Commercial loans      207       ―         (2)      161       ―         (3)
    Pay fixed swaps Municipal securities      244       ―         (94)      336       ―         (126)
        Total        13,543       329       (97)      12,399       269       (134)
                                                 
Not designated as hedges:                                      
  Client-related and other risk management:                                      
    Interest rate contracts:                                      
      Receive fixed swaps        8,827       337       (1)      7,995       350       (3)
      Pay fixed swaps        8,984       1       (363)      8,163       1       (375)
      Other swaps        1,005       3       (6)      1,372       5       (7)
      Other        601       1       (2)      528       1       (1)
      Forward commitments        4,403       5       (4)      5,326       10       (12)
    Foreign exchange contracts        513       6       (4)      571       8       (6)
        Total        24,333       353       (380)      23,955       375       (404)
                                                 
  Mortgage banking:                                      
    Interest rate contracts:                                      
      Interest rate lock commitments        1,828       8       (4)      1,566       20       ―   
      When issued securities, forward rate agreements and forward                                    
        commitments      2,725       9       (5)      2,623       3       (25)
      Other        677       4       ―         916       7       ―   
        Total        5,230       21       (9)      5,105       30       (25)
                                                 
  MSRs:                                      
    Interest rate contracts:                                      
      Receive fixed swaps        2,343       79       (7)      4,119       215       (1)
      Pay fixed swaps        2,329       4       (56)      4,362       1       (124)
      Option trades        7,765       184       (24)      9,350       229       (36)
      When issued securities, forward rate agreements and forward                                    
        commitments      2,682       ―         (5)      3,731       3       ―   
        Total        15,119       267       (92)      21,562       448       (161)
          Total derivatives not designated as hedges      44,682       641       (481)      50,622       853       (590)
Total derivatives   $  67,525       970       (792)   $  72,321       1,122       (1,013)
                                                 
Gross amounts not offset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:                                    
  Amounts subject to master netting arrangements not offset due to policy election      (391)      391             (629)      629 
  Cash collateral (received) posted            (283)      368             (190)      342 
    Net amount         $  296    $  (33)         $  303    $  (42)

 

  138  
TableofContents  

 

 

The fair values of derivatives in a gain or loss position are presented on a gross basis in other assets or other liabilities, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Cash collateral posted for derivatives in a loss position is reported as restricted cash. Derivatives with dealer counterparties at both the bank and the parent company are governed by the terms of ISDA Master netting agreements and Credit Support Annexes. The ISDA Master agreements allow counterparties to offset trades in a gain against trades in a loss to determine net exposure and allows for the right of setoff in the event of either a default or an additional termination event. Credit Support Annexes govern the terms of daily collateral posting practices. Collateral practices mitigate the potential loss impact to affected parties by requiring liquid collateral to be posted on a scheduled basis to secure the aggregate net unsecured exposure. In addition to collateral, the right of setoff allows counterparties to offset net derivative values with a defaulting party against certain other contractual receivables from or obligations due to the defaulting party in determining the net termination amount. No portion of the change in fair value of derivatives designated as hedges has been excluded from effectiveness testing. The ineffective portion was immaterial for all periods presented.

 

The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income
Year Ended December 31,
                                                     
                Effective Portion      
                Pre-tax Gain (Loss)   Location of   Pre-tax Gain (Loss) Reclassified
                Recognized in OCI   Amounts Reclassified   from AOCI into Income
                2015   2014    2013    from AOCI into Income   2015   2014    2013 
                                                     
                  (Dollars in millions)
Cash Flow Hedges:                                      
  Interest rate contracts $  (130)   $  (172)   $  204    Total interest income   $  ―      $  ―      $  ―   
                                  Total interest expense      (83)      (82)      (77)
                                      $  (83)   $  (82)   $  (77)
                                                     
                                      Pre-tax Gain (Loss)
                                  Location of Amounts   Recognized in Income
                                  Recognized in Income   2015   2014    2013 
                                                     
                                    (Dollars in millions)
Fair Value Hedges:                                      
  Interest rate contracts                   Total interest income   $  (20)   $  (22)   $  (21)
                                  Total interest expense      279       233       141 
                            $  259    $  211    $  120 
Not Designated as Hedges:                                  
  Client-related and other risk management:                      
      Interest rate contracts               Other income   $  27    $  18    $  26 
      Foreign exchange contracts   Other income      21       16       11 
  Mortgage Banking:                                  
    Interest rate contracts               Mortgage banking income      7       (16)      (27)
  MSRs:                                  
    Interest rate contracts               Mortgage banking income      32       251       (197)
                            $  87    $  269    $  (187)

 

  139  
TableofContents  

 

The following table provides a summary of derivative strategies and the related accounting treatment:
                 
        Cash Flow Hedges   Fair Value Hedges   Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges
                 
Risk exposure   Variability in cash flows of interest payments on floating rate business loans, overnight funding and various LIBOR funding instruments.   Losses in value on fixed rate long-term debt, CDs, FHLB advances, loans and state and political subdivision securities due to changes in interest rates.   Risk associated with an asset or liability, including mortgage banking operations and MSRs, or for client needs. Includes exposure to changes in market rates and conditions subsequent to the interest rate lock and funding date for mortgage loans originated for sale.
                 
Risk management objective   Hedge the variability in the interest payments and receipts on future cash flows for forecasted transactions related to the first unhedged payments and receipts of variable interest.   Convert the fixed rate paid or received to a floating rate, primarily through the use of swaps.   For interest rate lock commitment derivatives and LHFS, use mortgage-based derivatives such as forward commitments and options to mitigate market risk. For MSRs, mitigate the income statement effect of changes in the fair value of the MSRs.
                 
Treatment for portion that is highly effective   Recognized in AOCI until the related cash flows from the hedged item are recognized in earnings.   Recognized in current period income along with the corresponding changes in the fair value of the designated hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged.   Entire change in fair value recognized in current period income.
                 
Treatment for portion that is ineffective   Recognized in current period income.   Recognized in current period income.   Not applicable
                 
Treatment if hedge ceases to be highly effective or is terminated   Hedge is dedesignated. Effective changes in value that are recorded in AOCI before dedesignation are amortized to yield over the period the forecasted hedged transactions impact earnings.   If hedged item remains outstanding, termination proceeds are included in cash flows from financing activities and effective changes in value are reflected as part of the carrying value of the financial instrument and amortized to earnings over its estimated remaining life.   Not applicable
                 
Treatment if transaction is no longer probable of occurring during forecast period or within a short period thereafter   Hedge accounting is ceased and any gain or loss in AOCI is reported in earnings immediately.   Not applicable   Not applicable

 

  140  
TableofContents  

 

The following table presents information about BB&T's cash flow and fair value hedges:
                           
            December 31,  
             2015    2014  
                           
            (Dollars in millions)  
  Cash flow hedges:                  
    Net unrecognized after-tax loss on active hedges recorded in AOCI   $  (134)     $  (181)    
    Net unrecognized after-tax gain on terminated hedges recorded in AOCI                  
      (to be recognized in earnings through 2022)      50         127     
    Estimated portion of net after-tax loss on active and terminated hedges                  
      to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings during the next 12 months      (7)        (51)    
    Maximum time period over which BB&T has hedged a portion of the variability                  
      in future cash flows for forecasted transactions excluding those transactions relating to the payment of variable interest on existing instruments      7  yrs      8  yrs  
                           
  Fair value hedges:                  
    Unrecognized pre-tax net gain on terminated hedges (to be recognized                  
      as interest primarily through 2019)   $  138      $  227     
    Portion of pre-tax net gain on terminated hedges to be recognized as a change                  
      in interest during the next 12 months        57         88     

 

Derivatives Credit Risk – Dealer Counterparties

 

Credit risk related to derivatives arises when amounts receivable from a counterparty exceed those payable to the same counterparty. The risk of loss is addressed by subjecting dealer counterparties to credit reviews and approvals similar to those used in making loans or other extensions of credit and by requiring collateral. Dealer counterparties operate under agreements to provide cash and/or liquid collateral when unsecured loss positions exceed negotiated limits.

 

Derivative contracts with dealer counterparties settle on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis, with daily movement of collateral between counterparties required within established netting agreements. BB&T only transacts with dealer counterparties with strong credit standings.

 

Derivatives Credit Risk – Central Clearing Parties

 

Certain derivatives are cleared through central clearing parties that require initial margin collateral, as well as collateral for trades in a net loss position. Initial margin collateral requirements are established by central clearing parties on varying bases, with such amounts generally designed to offset the risk of non-payment. Initial margin is generally calculated by applying the maximum loss experienced in value over a specified time horizon to the portfolio of existing trades. The central clearing party used for TBA transactions does not post variation margin to the bank.

 

                      December 31,  
                   2015    2014  
                                 
                      (Dollars in millions)  
  Dealer Counterparties:              
    Cash collateral received from dealer counterparties   $  283    $  191   
    Derivatives in a net gain position secured by that collateral      301       201   
    Unsecured positions in a net gain with dealer counterparties after collateral postings      18       10   
                               
    Cash collateral posted to dealer counterparties      156       227   
    Derivatives in a net loss position secured by that collateral      161       231   
    Additional collateral that would have been posted had BB&T's credit ratings              
      dropped below investment grade      6       3   
                                 
  Central Clearing Parties:              
    Cash collateral, including initial margin, posted to central clearing parties      223       114   
    Derivatives in a net loss position secured by that collateral      227       129   
    Securities pledged to central clearing parties      207       116   

 

  141  
TableofContents  

 

NOTE 19. Computation of EPS

 

Basic and diluted EPS calculations are presented in the following table:
                     
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2015   2014    2013   
                     
    (Dollars in millions, except per share data,  
    shares in thousands)  
  Net income available to common shareholders $  1,936    $  1,983    $  1,563   
                     
  Weighted average number of common shares    748,010       718,140       703,042   
  Effect of dilutive outstanding equity-based awards    9,755       10,232       11,321   
  Weighted average number of diluted common shares    757,765       728,372       714,363   
                     
  Basic EPS $  2.59    $  2.76    $  2.22   
                     
  Diluted EPS $  2.56    $  2.72    $  2.19   
                     
  Anti-dilutive equity-based awards    8,620       14,333       28,456   

 

NOTE 20. Operating Segments

 

BB&T's operations are divided into six reportable business segments that have been identified based on BB&T’s organizational structure. The segments require unique technology and marketing strategies and offer different products and services through a number of distinct branded LOBs. While BB&T is managed as an integrated organization, individual executive managers are held accountable for the operations of these business segments.

 

BB&T emphasizes revenue growth by focusing on client service, sales effectiveness and relationship management along with an organizational focus on referring clients between LOBs. The business objective is to provide BB&T’s entire suite of products to our clients with the end goal of providing our clients the best financial experience in the marketplace. The segment results contained herein are presented based on internal management accounting policies that were designed to support these strategic objectives. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP. The performance of the segments is not comparable with BB&T’s consolidated results or with similar information presented by any other financial institution. Additionally, because of the interrelationships of the various segments, the information presented is not indicative of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities.

 

The management accounting process uses various estimates and allocation methodologies to measure the performance of the operating segments. To determine financial performance for each segment, BB&T allocates capital, funding charges and credits, provisions for loan and lease losses, certain noninterest expenses and income tax provisions to each segment, as applicable. To promote revenue growth, certain revenues are reflected in noninterest income in the individual segment results and also allocated to Community Banking and Financial Services. These allocated revenues are reflected in intersegment net referral fees and eliminated in Other, Treasury and Corporate. Additionally certain client groups of Community Banking have also been identified as clients of other BUs within the business segments. Periodically, existing clients within the Community Banking segment may be identified and assigned as wealth and private banking clients. At the time of identification, these clients’ loan and deposit balances are reported in the Financial Services segment from the time of assignment forward. The net interest income and associated net FTP associated with these customers’ loans and deposits is accounted for in Community Banking in the respective line categories of net interest income (expense) and net intersegment interest income (expense). For Commercial Finance and the Wealth Division, NIM and net intersegment interest income have been combined in the net intersegment interest income (expense) line with an appropriate offsetting amount to the Other, Treasury and Corporate line item to ensure consolidated totals reflect the Company’s total NIM for loans and deposits. Allocation methodologies are subject to periodic adjustment as the internal management accounting system is revised and business or product lines within the segments change. Also, because the development and application of these methodologies is a dynamic process, the financial results presented may be periodically revised.

 

BB&T utilizes an FTP system to eliminate the effect of interest rate risk from the segments’ net interest income because such risk is centrally managed within the Treasury function. The FTP system credits or charges the segments with the economic value or cost of the funds the segments create or use. The net FTP credit or charge, which includes intercompany interest income and expense, is reflected as net intersegment income (expense) in the accompanying tables.

 

  142  
TableofContents  

 

The allocated provision for loan and lease losses is also allocated to the relevant segments based on management’s assessment of the segments’ credit risks. The allocated provision is designed to achieve a high degree of correlation between the loan loss experience and the GAAP basis provision at the segment level, while at the same time providing management with a measure of operating performance that gives appropriate consideration to the risks inherent in each of the Company’s operating segments. Any over or under allocated provision for loan and lease losses is reflected in Other, Treasury and Corporate to arrive at consolidated results.

 

BB&T allocates expenses to the reportable segments based on various methodologies, including volume and amount of loans and deposits and the number of full-time equivalent employees. Allocation systems are refined from time to time along with further identification of certain cost pools. These cost pools and refinements are implemented to provide for improved managerial reporting of cost to the appropriate business segments. A portion of corporate overhead expense is not allocated, but is retained in corporate accounts and reflected as Other, Treasury and Corporate in the accompanying tables. The majority of depreciation expense is recorded in support units and allocated to the segments as part of allocated corporate expense. Income taxes are allocated to the various segments based on taxable income and statutory rates applicable to the segment.

 

Community Banking

 

Community Banking serves individual and business clients by offering a variety of loan and deposit products and other financial services. Community Banking is primarily responsible for serving client relationships and, therefore, is credited with certain revenue from the Residential Mortgage Banking, Financial Services, Insurance Services, Specialized Lending, and other segments, which is reflected in net referral fees.

 

Residential Mortgage Banking

 

Residential Mortgage Banking retains and services mortgage loans originated by Community Banking as well as those purchased from various correspondent originators. Mortgage loan products include fixed and adjustable rate government and conventional loans for the purpose of constructing, purchasing or refinancing residential properties. Substantially all of the properties are owner occupied. BB&T generally retains the servicing rights to loans sold. Residential Mortgage Banking earns interest on loans held in the warehouse and portfolio, earns fee income from the origination and servicing of mortgage loans and recognizes gains or losses from the sale of mortgage loans.

 

Dealer Financial Services

 

Dealer Financial Services originates loans to consumers on a prime and nonprime basis for the purchase of automobiles. Such loans are originated on an indirect basis through approved franchised and independent automobile dealers throughout the BB&T market area and nationally through Regional Acceptance Corporation. This segment also originates loans for the purchase of boats and recreational vehicles originated through dealers in BB&T’s market area. In addition, financing and servicing to dealers for their inventories is provided through a joint relationship between Dealer Financial Services and Community Banking.

 

Specialized Lending

 

Specialized Lending consists of BUs and subsidiaries that provide specialty finance products to consumers and businesses. The BUs include Commercial Finance and Governmental Finance. Commercial Finance structures and manages asset-based working capital financing, supply chain financing, export-import finance, accounts receivable management and credit enhancement. Commercial Finance also contains the Mortgage Warehouse Lending business, which provides short-term lending solutions to finance first-lien residential mortgage LHFS by independent mortgage companies. Governmental Finance provides tax-exempt financing to meet the capital project needs of local governments. Operating subsidiaries include BB&T Equipment Finance, which provides equipment leasing largely within BB&T’s banking footprint; Sheffield Financial, a dealer-based financer of equipment for both small businesses and consumers; Prime Rate Premium Finance Corporation, which includes AFCO and CAFO, insurance premium finance BUs that provide funding to businesses in the United States and Canada and to consumers in certain markets within BB&T’s banking footprint; and Grandbridge, a full-service commercial mortgage banking lender providing loans on a national basis. Lendmark Financial Services, a direct consumer finance lending company, was sold during 2013. Branch Bank clients as well as nonbank clients within and outside BB&T’s primary geographic market area are served by these LOBs. The Community Banking segment receives credit for referrals to these LOBs with the corresponding charge retained as part of Other, Treasury and Corporate in the accompanying tables.

 

  143  
TableofContents  

 

Insurance Services

 

BB&T's insurance agency / brokerage network is the sixth largest in the world. Insurance Services provides property and casualty, employee benefits and life insurance to businesses and individuals. It also provides small business and corporate services, such as workers compensation and professional liability, as well as surety coverage and title insurance. Community Banking and Financial Services receive credit for insurance commissions on referred accounts, with the corresponding charge retained in the corporate office, which is reflected as part of Other, Treasury and Corporate in the accompanying tables.

 

Financial Services

 

Financial Services provides personal trust administration, estate planning, investment counseling, wealth management, asset management, corporate retirement services, corporate banking and corporate trust services. Financial Services also offers clients investment alternatives, including discount brokerage services, equities, fixed-rate and variable-rate annuities, mutual funds and governmental and municipal bonds through BB&T Investment Services, Inc.

 

Financial Services includes BB&T Securities, a full-service brokerage and investment banking firm that provides services in retail brokerage, equity and debt underwriting, investment advice, corporate finance and equity research and facilitates the origination, trading and distribution of fixed-income securities and equity products in both the public and private capital markets. BB&T Securities also has a public finance department that provides investment banking services, financial advisory services and municipal bond financing to a variety of regional taxable and tax-exempt issuers.

 

Financial Services includes a group of consolidated SBIC private equity and mezzanine investment funds that invest in privately owned middle-market operating companies to facilitate growth or ownership transition. Financial Services also includes the Corporate Banking Division that originates and services large corporate relationships, syndicated lending relationships and client derivatives. Community Banking receives an interoffice credit for referral fees, with the corresponding charge reflected as part of Other, Treasury and Corporate in the accompanying tables. Also captured within the net intersegment interest income for Financial Services is the NIM for the loans and deposits assigned to the Wealth Management Division that are housed in the Community Bank.

 

Other, Treasury and Corporate

 

Other, Treasury and Corporate is the combination of the Other segment that represents operating entities that do not meet the quantitative or qualitative thresholds for disclosure; BB&T’s Treasury function, which is responsible for the management of the securities portfolios, overall balance sheet funding and liquidity, and overall management of interest rate risk; the corporate support functions that have not been allocated to the business segments; merger-related charges or credits that are incurred as part of the acquisition and conversion of acquired entities; nonrecurring charges that are considered to be unusual in nature or infrequent and not reflective of the normal operations of the segments; and intercompany eliminations including intersegment net referral fees and net intersegment interest income (expense).

 

The loan portfolio acquired in the Colonial acquisition is managed outside of the Community Banking segment. The assets and related interest income from this loan portfolio have an expected finite business life and are therefore included in the Other, Treasury and Corporate segment. The investment balances and results related to affordable housing investments are also included in this segment. Performance results of bank acquisitions prior to system conversion are typically reported in this segment and on a post-conversion date are reported in the Community Banking segment.

 

Segment Asset Transfer

 

During January 2014, approximately $8.3 billion of home equity loans and lines were transferred from Community Banking to Residential Mortgage Banking based on a change in how these loans are managed as a result of qualified mortgage regulations. The following tables have been retrospectively adjusted for the loan transfer.

 

Segment Realignment

 

During the first quarter of 2016, the asset-based lending group within the Specialized Lending segment was moved to Community Banking, and the supply-chain lending responsibility was moved from the Specialized Lending segment to the Financial Services segment. The following tables present segment results prior to the realignment and subsequent to the realignment.

 

  144  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T Corporation
Reportable Segments - Before Realignment
Year Ended December 31
                                                                             
        Community Banking   Residential Mortgage Banking   Dealer Financial Services   Specialized Lending
        2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013 
                                                                             
          (Dollars in millions)
Net interest income (expense) $  1,801    $  1,726    $  1,712    $  1,357    $  1,482    $  1,584    $  881    $  835    $  834    $  651    $  578    $  678 
Net intersegment interest income (expense)    1,272       1,188       1,336       (905)      (984)      (999)      (153)      (160)      (158)      (186)      (146)      (126)
Segment net interest income    3,073       2,914       3,048       452       498       585       728       675       676       465       432       552 
                                                                       
Allocated provision for loan and lease losses    67       123       279       9       (107)      12       254       237       214       48       39       85 
Noninterest income    1,166       1,184       1,180       355       310       481       7       2       5       271       232       222 
Intersegment net referral fees (expense)    135       120       178       2       2       2       ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         ―   
Noninterest expense    1,517       1,428       1,573       314       498       357       151       114       106       256       211       245 
Amortization of intangibles    23       29       36       ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         5       5       5 
Allocated corporate expenses    1,225       1,204       1,123       93       91       81       39       31       31       64       63       70 
Income (loss) before income taxes    1,542       1,434       1,395       393       328       618       291       295       330       363       346       369 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes    564       524       511       149       124       235       111       112       126       95       89       96 
Segment net income (loss) $  978    $  910    $  884    $  244    $  204    $  383    $  180    $  183    $  204    $  268    $  257    $  273 
                                                                             
Identifiable segment assets (period end) $  68,245    $  55,495    $  55,667    $  33,407    $  34,463    $  36,083    $  15,130    $  12,821    $  11,525    $  20,732    $  18,218    $  16,564 
                                                                             
        Insurance Services   Financial Services   Other, Treasury and Corporate (1)   Total BB&T Corporation
        2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013 
                                                                             
        (Dollars in millions)
Net interest income (expense) $  2    $  2    $  3    $  213    $  183    $  166    $  687    $  568    $  639    $  5,592    $  5,374    $  5,616 
Net intersegment interest income (expense)    7       6       6       313       263       282       (348)      (167)      (341)      ―         ―         ―   
Segment net interest income    9       8       9       526       446       448       339       401       298       5,592       5,374       5,616 
                                                                       
Allocated provision for loan and lease losses    ―         ―         ―         65       25       18       (15)      (66)      (16)      428       251       592 
Noninterest income    1,608       1,663       1,535       847       779       757       (235)      (314)      (144)      4,019       3,856       4,036 
Intersegment net referral fees (expense)    ―         ―         ―         22       15       16       (159)      (137)      (196)      ―         ―         ―   
Noninterest expense    1,191       1,189       1,135       680       634       604       2,052       1,687       1,651       6,161       5,761       5,671 
Amortization of intangibles    47       53       61       3       2       3       27       2       1       105       91       106 
Allocated corporate expenses    99       86       64       135       127       108       (1,655)      (1,602)      (1,477)      ―         ―         ―   
Income (loss) before income taxes    280       343       284       512       452       488       (464)      (71)      (201)      2,917       3,127       3,283 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes    98       110       97       193       170       183       (416)      (208)      305       794       921       1,553 
Segment net income (loss) $  182    $  233    $  187    $  319    $  282    $  305    $  (48)   $  137    $  (506)   $  2,123    $  2,206    $  1,730 
                                                                             
Identifiable segment assets (period end) $  2,804    $  2,965    $  2,990    $  16,374    $  12,849    $  10,001    $  53,255    $  50,023    $  50,213    $  209,947    $  186,834    $  183,043 
                                                                             
                                                                             
(1) Includes financial data from subsidiaries below the quantitative and qualitative thresholds requiring disclosure.

 

  145  
TableofContents  

 

BB&T Corporation
Reportable Segments - After Realignment
Year Ended December 31
                                                                             
        Community Banking   Residential Mortgage Banking   Dealer Financial Services   Specialized Lending
        2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013 
                                                                             
          (Dollars in millions)
Net interest income (expense) $  1,801    $  1,726    $  1,712    $  1,357    $  1,482    $  1,584    $  881    $  835    $  834    $  648    $  575    $  676 
Net intersegment interest income (expense)    1,272       1,188       1,336       (905)      (984)      (999)      (153)      (160)      (158)      (236)      (205)      (140)
Segment net interest income    3,073       2,914       3,048       452       498       585       728       675       676       412       370       536 
                                                                       
Allocated provision for loan and lease losses    67       123       279       9       (107)      12       254       237       214       43       36       83 
Noninterest income    1,166       1,184       1,180       355       310       481       7       2       5       260       222       222 
Intersegment net referral fees (expense)    135       120       178       2       2       2       ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         ―   
Noninterest expense    1,517       1,428       1,573       321       498       357       151       114       106       254       210       243 
Amortization of intangibles    23       29       36       ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         ―         4       5       5 
Allocated corporate expenses    1,225       1,204       1,123       93       91       81       39       31       31       63       62       69 
Income (loss) before income taxes    1,542       1,434       1,395       386       328       618       291       295       330       308       279       358 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes    564       524       511       146       124       235       111       112       126       74       64       92 
Segment net income (loss) $  978    $  910    $  884    $  240    $  204    $  383    $  180    $  183    $  204    $  234    $  215    $  266 
                                                                             
Identifiable segment assets (period end) $  68,245    $  55,495    $  55,667    $  33,407    $  34,463    $  36,083    $  15,130    $  12,821    $  11,525    $  18,222    $  15,641    $  15,993 
                                                                             
        Insurance Services   Financial Services   Other, Treasury and Corporate (1)   Total BB&T Corporation
        2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013    2015    2014    2013 
                                                                             
        (Dollars in millions)
Net interest income (expense) $  2    $  2    $  3    $  217    $  187    $  169    $  686    $  567    $  638    $  5,592    $  5,374    $  5,616 
Net intersegment interest income (expense)    7       6       6       312       262       295       (297)      (107)      (340)      ―         ―         ―   
Segment net interest income    9       8       9       529       449       464       389       460       298       5,592       5,374       5,616 
                                                                       
Allocated provision for loan and lease losses    ―         ―         ―         65       26       20       (10)      (64)      (16)      428       251       592 
Noninterest income    1,608       1,663       1,535       847       779       757       (224)      (304)      (144)      4,019       3,856       4,036 
Intersegment net referral fees (expense)    ―         ―         ―         22       15       16       (159)      (137)      (196)      ―         ―         ―   
Noninterest expense    1,191       1,189       1,135       682       635       606       2,045       1,687       1,651       6,161       5,761       5,671 
Amortization of intangibles    47       53       61       3       2       3       28       2       1       105       91       106 
Allocated corporate expenses    99       86       64       136       127       109       (1,655)      (1,601)      (1,477)      ―         ―         ―   
Income (loss) before income taxes    280       343       284       512       453       499       (402)      (5)      (201)      2,917       3,127       3,283 
Provision (benefit) for income taxes    98       110       97       193       170       187       (392)      (183)      305       794       921       1,553 
Segment net income (loss) $  182    $  233    $  187    $  319    $  283    $  312    $  (10)   $  178    $  (506)   $  2,123    $  2,206    $  1,730 
                                                                             
Identifiable segment assets (period end) $  2,804    $  2,965    $  2,990    $  16,429    $  12,887    $  10,572    $  55,710    $  52,562    $  50,213    $  209,947    $  186,834    $  183,043 
                                                                             
                                                                             
(1) Includes financial data from subsidiaries below the quantitative and qualitative thresholds requiring disclosure.

 

  146  
TableofContents  

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, as of February 25, 2016:

 

  BB&T Corporation
  (Registrant)
     
    /s/ Kelly S. King
    Kelly S. King
    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated as of February 25, 2016:

 

  /s/ Kelly S. King
  Kelly S. King
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)
   
  /s/ Daryl N. Bible
  Daryl N. Bible
  Senior Executive Vice President and
  Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial Officer)
   
  /s/ Cynthia B. Powell
  Cynthia B. Powell
  Executive Vice President and
  Corporate Controller
  (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

  147  
TableofContents  

 

A Majority of the Directors of the Registrant are included:
         
         
  /s/ Kelly S. King   /s/ Christine Sears  
         
  Kelly S. King   Christine Sears  
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   Director  
         
  /s/ Jennifer S. Banner   /s/ Thomas E. Skains  
         
  Jennifer S. Banner   Thomas E. Skains  
  Director   Director  
         
  /s/ K. David Boyer, Jr.   /s/ Thomas N. Thompson  
         
  K. David Boyer, Jr.   Thomas N. Thompson  
  Director   Director  
         
  /s/ Anna R. Cablik   /s/ Edwin H. Welch, Ph.D.  
         
  Anna R. Cablik   Edwin H. Welch, Ph.D.  
  Director   Director  
         
  /s/ James A. Faulkner   /s/ Stephen T. Williams  
         
  James A. Faulkner   Stephen T. Williams  
  Director   Director  
         
  /s/ I. Patricia Henry      
         
  I. Patricia Henry      
  Director      
         
  /s/ Eric C. Kendrick      
         
  Eric C. Kendrick      
  Director      
         
  /s/ Dr. Louis B. Lynn      
         
  Dr. Louis B. Lynn      
  Director      
         
  /s/ Edward C. Milligan      
         
  Edward C. Milligan      
  Director      
         
  /s/ Charles A. Patton      
         
  Charles A. Patton      
  Director      
         
  /s/ Nido R. Qubein      
         
  Nido R. Qubein      
  Director      
         
  /s/ William J. Reuter      
         
  William J. Reuter      
  Director      
         
  /s/ Tollie W. Rich, Jr.      
         
  Tollie W. Rich, Jr.      
  Director      
         

 

  148  
TableofContents  

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit No.   Description   Location
2.1   Purchase and Assumption Agreement Whole Bank All Deposits, among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of Colonial Bank, Montgomery, Alabama, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and Branch Banking and Trust Company, dated as of August 14, 2009.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 17, 2009.
2.2   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of November 11, 2014, by and between BB&T Corporation and Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed November 17, 2014.
2.3   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 17, 2015, by and between BB&T Corporation and National Penn Bancshares, Inc.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 20, 2015.
3(i)   Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and restated April 30, 2014.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(i) of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 2, 2014.
3(ii)   Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and restated January 27, 2015.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 28, 2015.
4.1   Indenture Regarding Senior Securities (including form of Senior Debt Security) between Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company), as trustee, dated as of May 24, 1996.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(c) of Form S-3 Registration Statement No. 333-02899.
4.2   First Supplemental Indenture, dated May 4, 2009, to the Indenture Regarding Senior Securities, dated as of May 24, 1996, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 4, 2009.
4.3   Indenture Regarding Subordinated Securities (including Form of Subordinated Debt Security) between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company), as trustee, dated as of May 24, 1996.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(d) of Form S-3 Registration Statement No. 333-02899.
4.4   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2003, to the Indenture Regarding Subordinated Securities, dated as of May 24, 1996, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2009.
4.5   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 24, 2004, to the Indenture Regarding Subordinated Securities, dated as of May 24, 1996, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 26, 2010.
4.6   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated May 4, 2009, to the Indenture Regarding Subordinated Securities, dated as of May 24, 1996, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 4, 2009.
10.1*   BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation and Stock Option Plan (amended and restated January 1, 2005).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 28, 2008.

 

  149  
TableofContents  

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Location
         
10.2*   BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (as amended through February 24, 2009).   Incorporated herein by reference to the Appendix to the Proxy Statement for the 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, filed March 13, 2009.
10.3*   BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan   Incorporated herein by reference to the Appendix to the Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, filed March 12, 2012.
10.4*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-Employee Directors) for the BB&T 2012 Incentive Plan.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 27, 2015.
10.5*   Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for the BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (4-Year Vesting).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 7, 2010.
10.6*   Form of Non-Employee Director Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (5-Year Vesting).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 28, 2008.
10.7*   Form of Non-Employee Director Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (4-Year Vesting).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 7, 2010.
10.8*   Form of Employee Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (5-Year Vesting).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 28, 2008.
10.9*   Form of Employee Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (4-Year Vesting).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 7, 2010.
10.10*   Southern National Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Executives including amendments.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 25, 2011.
10.11*†   BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (January 1, 2012 Restatement).   Filed herewith.
10.12*†   First Amendment to the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (January 1, 2012 Restatement).   Filed herewith.
10.13*†   Second Amendment to the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (January 1, 2012 Restatement).   Filed herewith.
10.14*†   BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan (January 1, 2012 Restatement).   Filed herewith.
10.15*†   BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2012).   Filed herewith.

 

  150  
TableofContents  

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Location
10.16*   Form of Employee Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (4-Year Vesting with Clawback Provision).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 4, 2012.
10.17*   Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for the BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (4-Year Vesting with Clawback Provision).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 4, 2012.
10.18*   Form of Employee Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 2, 2013.
10.19*   Form of Nonqualified Option Agreement (Senior Executive) for the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 30, 2014.
10.20*   Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 7, 2012.
10.21*   Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 2, 2013.
10.22*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Performance-Based Vesting Component) for Executive Officers under the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan (2013 grants).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 2, 2013.
10.23*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Performance-Based Vesting Component)(Senior Executive) for the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan (2014 grants).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 30, 2014.
10.24*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Tier 2 Employee) for the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 30, 2014.
10.25*   Form of LTIP Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan (2013 – 2015 performance period).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed May 2, 2013.
10.26*   Form of LTIP Award Agreement for Executive Officers under the BB&T Corporation 2012 Incentive Plan (2014 – 2016 performance period).   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 30, 2014.
10.27*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Kelly S. King dated as of December 19, 2012.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 19, 2012.
10.28*   2008 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Christopher L. Henson.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2009.

 

  151  
TableofContents  

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Location
10.29*   2008 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Daryl N. Bible.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2009.
10.30*   2008 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Ricky K. Brown.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2009.
10.31*   2008 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Barbara F. Duck.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2009.
10.32*   2008 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Donna C. Goodrich.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2009.
10.33*   2008 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Clarke R. Starnes, III.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2009.
10.34*   2008 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Steven B. Wiggs.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed February 27, 2009.
10.35*   2012 Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and Cynthia A. Williams.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 2, 2012.
10.36*   2012 Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Co. and William R. Yates.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 2, 2012.
10.37*   2014 Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Company and Robert J. Johnson, Jr.   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed April 30, 2014.
10.38*   2016 Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Company and W. Bennett Bradley.   Filed herewith.
10.39*   2016 Employment Agreement by and among BB&T Corporation, Branch Banking and Trust Company and David H. Weaver.   Filed herewith.
10.40*   Merger Completion Incentive Program - Summary   Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed July 30, 2015.
11   Statement re computation of earnings per share.   Filed herewith as Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.
12†   Statement re computation of ratios.   Filed herewith.
21†   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.   Filed herewith.

 

  152  
TableofContents  

 

Exhibit No.   Description   Location
23†   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.   Filed herewith.
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15(d)-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith.
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15(d)-14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith.
32   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   Filed herewith.
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.   Filed herewith.
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase.   Filed herewith.
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document.   Filed herewith.
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.   Filed herewith.
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.   Filed herewith.
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.   Filed herewith.

 

       
       
* Management compensatory plan or arrangement.
Exhibit filed with the SEC and available upon request.

 

 

153 

 

 

  Exhibit 12
BB&T Corporation
Earnings To Fixed Charges (1)
                                       
            Year Ended December 31,
            2015   2014    2013    2012    2011 
                                       
            (Dollars in millions)
Earnings:                            
  Income before income taxes $  2,917    $  3,127    $  3,283    $  2,945    $  1,732 
  Plus:                            
    Fixed charges    819       843       967       1,130       1,442 
    Distributions from equity method investees    8       9       9       6       7 
  Less:                            
    Capitalized interest    2       1       ―         ―         ―   
    Income from equity method investees    (3)      ―         9       3       3 
      Earnings    3,745       3,978       4,250       4,078       3,178 
                                       
  Less:                            
    Interest on deposits    233       239       301       429       610 
      Earnings, excluding interest on deposits $  3,512    $  3,739    $  3,949    $  3,649    $  2,568 
                                       
Fixed charges:                            
  Interest expense $  735    $  768    $  891    $  1,060    $  1,378 
  Capitalized interest    2       1       ―         ―         ―   
  Interest portion of rent expense    82       74       76       70       64 
    Total fixed charges    819       843       967       1,130       1,442 
                                       
  Less:                            
    Interest on deposits    233       239       301       429       610 
      Total fixed charges excluding interest on deposits    586       604       666       701       832 
                                       
  Dividends/accretion on preferred stock (2)    203       210       222       90       ―   
                                       
    Total fixed charges and preferred dividends $  1,022    $  1,053    $  1,189    $  1,220    $  1,442 
                                       
    Total fixed charges and preferred dividends, excluding interest on deposits $  789    $  814    $  888    $  791    $  832 
                                       
Earnings to fixed charges:                            
  Including interest on deposits    4.57x      4.72x      4.40x      3.61x      2.20x
                                       
  Excluding interest on deposits    5.99x      6.19x      5.93x      5.21x      3.09x
                                       
Earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends:                            
  Including interest on deposits    3.66x      3.78x      3.57x      3.34x      2.20x
                                       
  Excluding interest on deposits    4.45x      4.59x      4.45x      4.61x      3.09x
                                       
                                       
(1) Prior periods have been revised to remove losses on equity method investees and to remove the adjustment for noncontrolling in™terests that incurred fixed charges.
(2) Dividends on preferred stock have been grossed up by the effective tax rate for the period.

 

                Exhibit 21
                 
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
As of December 31, 2015
                 
BB&T Corporation, a North Carolina corporation, is a FHC. The table below sets forth BB&T's subsidiaries as to
State or Jurisdiction of Organization.
Subsidiary  

State or Jurisdiction

of Organization

Branch Banking and Trust Company   North Carolina
  Agency Technologies, Inc.   South Carolina
  Atlantic First Title Co.   Maryland
  Atlas SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Atlas GA I SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Atlas GA III SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Atlas MD I SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Atlas NC I SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Atlas SC I SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Atlas Tri-State SPE, LLC   North Carolina
  BB&T Capital Partners II, L.L.C.   Delaware
  BB&T Capital Partners Mezzanine Fund II, LP   Delaware
  BB&T Capital Partners, L.L.C.   Delaware
  BB&T Capital Partners/Windsor Mezzanine Fund, LLC   Delaware
  BB&T Collateral Service Corporation   North Carolina
  BB&T Collateral Service Corporation (TN)   Tennessee
  BB&T Collateral Service Corporation (WV)   West Virginia
  BB&T Community Holdings Co.   Nevada
    CBG Florida REIT Corp.   Florida
    Colonial REMIC, LLC   Delaware
  BB&T Credit Services, Inc.   Virginia
  BB&T EFC Energy, LLC   North Carolina
  BB&T Equipment Finance Corporation   North Carolina
  BB&T Insurance Holdings, Inc.   Delaware
    BB&T Insurance Services, Inc.   North Carolina
      AmRisc, LLC   Texas
      BB&T Insurance Services of California, Inc.   California
        F.B.P. Insurance Services, LLC   California
        Precept Advisory Group LLC   California
      Independent Trustees, Inc.   Virginia
      Title Insurance Services of Alabama, LLC   Alabama
    CRC Insurance Services, Inc.   Alabama
      AmRisc GP, LLC   Delaware
      Association of Independent Drivers of America, LLC   Florida
      Five Star Agents, Inc. Purchasing Group   Illinois
      Five Star Realty, Inc.   Illinois
      Hanleigh Management Inc.   New Jersey
      Home Inspection Liability Group Incorporated   Illinois
      Professional Liability Assurance Society, Inc.   Illinois
      Real Property Inc., A Risk Purchasing Group   New York
      Real Restaurant Owners, Inc. A Risk Purchasing Group   New York
      TAPCO Underwriters, Inc.   North Carolina
    Crump Life Insurance Services, Inc.   Pennsylvania
      P.J. Robb Variable Corp.   Tennessee
      Ramkade Insurance Services, Inc.   California
      RiskRighter, LLC   Delaware
      Tellus Brokerage Connections, Inc.   Delaware
    McGriff, Seibels & Williams, Inc.   Alabama
      M & M Aviation, L.L.C.   Alabama
 
 

 

Subsidiary  

State or Jurisdiction

of Organization

      McGriff Seibels of Texas, Inc.   Texas
        McGriff, Seibels and Williams of Texas, Inc.   Texas
        McGriff, Seibels & Williams of Texas Life Agency, Inc.   Texas
      McGriff, Seibels & Williams de Mexico, Intermediario de Reaseguro, S.A. de C.V.   Mexico
      McGriff, Seibels & Williams of California, Inc.   California
      McGriff, Seibels & Williams of Georgia, Inc.   Georgia
      McGriff, Seibels & Williams of Louisiana, Inc.   Louisiana
      McGriff, Seibels & Williams of Missouri, Inc.   Missouri
      McGriff, Seibels & Williams of Oregon, Inc.   Oregon
        Caledonian Insurance Group, Inc.   Washington
  BB&T Investment Services, Inc.   North Carolina
  BB&T Leadership Institute, Inc. (The)   North Carolina
  BB&T Merchant Services LLC   North Carolina
  BB&T Mortgage Reinsurance Company   Vermont
  BB&T-VA Collateral Service Corporation   Virginia
  Eagle SPE Multi I, Inc.   North Carolina
  Eagle SPE NV I, Inc.   North Carolina
  Eagle SPE NV II, Inc.   North Carolina
  Eagle SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Eagle AL I SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Eagle FL I SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Eagle FL III SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Eagle FL IV SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Eagle FL V SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Eagle FL VI SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Eagle GA I SPE, LLC   North Carolina
    Eagle TX I SPE, LLC   North Carolina
  Five Points Mezzanine Fund III, L.P.   Delaware
  Fountainhead SPE, Inc.   North Carolina
  Four Parcels Inc.   Maryland
  Georgia Asset Resolution Group, LLC   Florida
  Grandbridge Real Estate Capital LLC   North Carolina
    BB&T Real Estate Funding LLC   North Carolina
    Grandbridge Investment Sales, Inc.   North Carolina
  Lititz Properties, LLC   Pennsylvania
  Prime Rate Premium Finance Corporation, Inc.   South Carolina
    AFCO Credit Corporation   New York
      AFCO Acceptance Corporation   California
    CAFO US Holdings, Inc.   North Carolina
      CAFO Holdings Company   Nova Scotia
        CAFO Inc.   Canada
    Prime Rate Premium Finance of California, Inc.   California
  SBI Asset Backed Securities Company, LLC   Delaware
  SFH 5, Inc.   Maryland
  Salem Financial, Inc.   Delaware
  Susquehanna Commercial Finance, Inc.   Pennsylvania
  Susquehanna Corporation   Pennsylvania
  Turks Head Properties, Inc.   Pennsylvania
BB&T Assurance Company, Ltd.   Bermuda
BB&T Auto Finance Corporation   North Carolina
BB&T Charitable Foundation   North Carolina
BB&T IHC International Ltd.   United Kingdom
BB&T Institutional Investment Advisers, Inc.   South Carolina
BB&T Securities, LLC   Delaware
     
       
 
 

 

Subsidiary  

State or Jurisdiction

of Organization

Boston Service Company, Inc. (t/a Hann Financial Service Corp.)   New Jersey
  SALE NYC, LLC   Delaware
  Susquehanna Auto Lease Exchange, LLC   Delaware
Regional Acceptance Corporation   North Carolina
  Rega Insurance Services, Inc.   North Carolina
  Regional Fidelity Reinsurance, Ltd.   Turks & Caicos Islands
Sterling Capital Management LLC   North Carolina
  Sterling Capital (Cayman) Limited   Cayman Islands
Stratton Management Company   Pennsylvania
Valley Forge Asset Management, LLC   Pennsylvania

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 33-57859, 33-57861, 333-02899, 333-27755, 333-35879, 333-150201, 333-175538, 333-176815 and 333-197586), Form S-4 (Nos. 333-153747, 333-199168, 333-200959 and 333-207147) and Form S-8 (Nos. 33-57867, 33-57871, 333-50035, 333-69823, 333-81471, 333-36540, 333-36538, 333-52278, 333-104934, 333-116488, 333-118152, 333-118153, 333-118154, 333-147923, 333-147924, 333-158895, 333-158896, 333-181692 and 333-197042) of BB&T Corporation of our report dated February 25, 2016 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Greensboro, North Carolina

February 25, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Kelly S. King, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of BB&T Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 25, 2016

  /s/ Kelly S. King
  Kelly S. King
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Daryl N. Bible, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of BB&T Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 25, 2016

  /s/ Daryl N. Bible
  Daryl N. Bible
  Senior Executive Vice President and
  Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of BB&T Corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify that

 

1. The Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2015 (the “Form 10-K”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Date: February 25, 2016

  /s/ Kelly S. King
  Kelly S. King
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
   
  /s/ Daryl N. Bible
  Daryl N. Bible
  Senior Executive Vice President and
  Chief Financial Officer

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to BB&T Corporation and will be retained by BB&T Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11 

 

 

BB&T NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN

(January 1, 2012 Restatement)

 

 

 

 
 

BB&T NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN

(January 1, 2012 Restatement)

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Section         Page  
      ARTICLE I        
      ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE        
                 
  1.1     Establishment of Plan     1  
  1.2     Purpose of Plan     2  
                 
      ARTICLE II        
      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION        
                 
  2.1     Defined Terms     3  
  2.2     Construction     6  
                 
      ARTICLE III        
        ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION     7  
                 
      ARTICLE IV        
      SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION BENEFITS        
                 
  4.1     Amount     8  
  4.2     Normal Form of Benefit     8  
  4.3     Commencement of Benefit Payments     9  
  4.4     Specified Employees     10  
  4.5     Actuarial Equivalency     10  
                 
      ARTICLE V        
      SUPPLEMENTAL POST-DISABILITY PENSION BENEFITS        
                 
  5.1     Amount     11  
  5.2     Normal Form of Benefit     11  
  5.3     Commencement of Benefit Payments     12  
  5.4     Actuarial Equivalency     12  
                 
      ARTICLE VI        
      SUPPLEMENTAL DEATH BENEFITS        
                 
  6.1     Death Prior to Commencement of Payment     13  
  6.2     Death After Commencement of Payment     14  

 

 

- i
 

 

 

        TABLE OF CONTENTS        
        (continued)        
  Section         Page  
                 
      ARTICLE VII        
        NONFORFEITABILITY OF SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION BENEFITS     15  
                 
      ARTICLE VIII        
      ADMINISTRATION BY COMMITTEE        
                 
  8.1     Membership of Committee     16  
  8.2     Committee Officers; Subcommittee     16  
  8.3     Committee Meetings     16  
  8.4     Transaction of Business     17  
  8.5     Committee Records     17  
  8.6     Establishment of Rules     17  
  8.7     Conflicts of Interest     17  
  8.8     Correction of Errors     17  
  8.9     Authority to Interpret Plan     18  
  8.10     Third Party Advisors     18  
  8.11     Compensation of Members     18  
  8.12     Committee Expenses     18  
  8.13     Indemnification of Committee     18  
                 
      ARTICLE IX        
        FUNDING     20  
                 
      ARTICLE X        
      ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES        
                 
  10.1     Board     21  
  10.2     Committee     21  
  10.3     Plan Administrator     21  
  10.4     Compensation Committee     22  
                 
      ARTICLE XI        
      BENEFITS NOT ASSIGNABLE; FACILITY OF PAYMENTS        
                 
  11.1     Benefits Not Assignable     23  
  11.2     Payments to Minors and Others     23  
                 
                 
      ARTICLE XII        
        BENEFICIARY     24  

 

 

 

- ii
 

 

 

        TABLE OF CONTENTS        
        (continued)        
  Section           Page  
                 
      ARTICLE XIII        
        AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN     25  
                 
      ARTICLE XIV        
        COMMUNICATION TO PARTICIPANTS     26  
                 
      ARTICLE XV        
      CLAIMS PROCEDURE        
                 
  15.1     Filing of a Claim for Benefits     27  
  15.2     Notification to Claimant of Decision     27  
  15.3     Procedure for Review     27  
  15.4     Decision on Review     28  
  15.5     Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant     28  
  15.6     Overpayments     29  
                 
      ARTICLE XVI        
      PARTIES TO THE PLAN        
                 
  16.1     Single Plan     30  
  16.2     Service; Allocation of Costs     30  
  16.3     Committee     30  
  16.4     Authority to Amend and Terminate     30  
                 
      ARTICLE XVII        
      SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING EMPLOYEES OF NON-PARTICIPATING AFFILIATES        
                 
  17.1     Transfers     31  
  17.2     Continuation of Participation Following Transfer to Non-Participating Affiliate     31  
             
    17.3     Participation of Employees of Non-Participating Affiliates Who Have Not Previously Entered the Plan     32  
  17.4     Rules     32  
                 
      ARTICLE XVIII        
      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS        
                 
  18.1     Notices     33  
  18.2     Lost Distributees     33  
  18.3     Reliance on Data     33  
  18.4     Receipt and Release for Payments     33  
  18.5     Headings     34  
  18.6     Continuation of Employment     34  
  18.7     Construction     34  

 

 

- iii
 

 

  

        TABLE OF CONTENTS        
        (continued)        
  Section           Page  
                 
  18.8     Nonliability of Employer     34  
  18.9     Severability     34  
  18.10     Merger and Consolidation     34  
  18.11     Tax Reporting and Withholding     35  
  18.12     Compliance with Section 409A     35  
  18.13     General Conditions     35  

 

 

APPENDIX A   Actuarial Assumptions     A-1  
APPENDIX B   Participants     B-1  
APPENDIX C   Special Provisions Applicable to Employees Who Were Employed by Certain Companies That Have Merged With or Been Acquired        
    by the Company     C-1  
APPENDIX D   Payment Commencement Date for Supplemental        
    Post-Disability Pension Benefits     D-1  
APPENDIX E   Participating Affiliates     E-1  

 

 

 

 

- iv -
 

BB&T NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN

(January 1, 2012 Restatement)

 

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

1.1 Establishment of Plan . Effective as of January 1, 1988, Branch Banking and Trust Company established the Branch Banking and Trust Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) for the benefit of certain eligible executives. The Plan was first amended and restated effective as of February 1, 1988. Effective as of January 1, 1996, as a result of the merger of Southern National Corporation (the “Company”) and BB&T Financial Corporation, Southern National Corporation assumed the sponsorship of the Plan and renamed it the Southern National Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. Effective as of January 1, 1997, the Plan was restated as the Southern National Corporation Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan, and then as a result of the change in the Company’s corporate name to BB&T Corporation, the Plan was renamed the BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan and subsequently amended on three occasions. Effective January 1, 2009, the Plan was renamed the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan and was amended and restated effective January 1, 2009, for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder by the United States Department of Treasury and/or the Internal Revenue Service (collectively, “Section 409A”). Prior to such amendment and restatement, on and after January 1, 2005, and through December 31, 2008, the Plan has been operated, to the extent applicable, in good faith compliance with Section 409A. As of the date of execution of this Plan document which is effective as of January 1, 2012, the Plan is amended and restated to make certain clarifications in compliance with

 
 

Section 409A. Moreover, to the extent applicable, the Company intends that the Plan comply with Section 409A and the Plan shall be construed consistently with this intent.

1.2 Purpose of Plan . The primary purpose of the Plan is to supplement the benefits payable to certain participants under the tax-qualified BB&T Pension Plan to the extent that such benefits are curtailed by the application of certain limits imposed by the Code. All benefits from the Plan shall be payable solely from the general assets of the Company and participating Affiliates. The Plan is comprised of both an “excess benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(36) of ERISA and an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a “select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. The Plan, therefore, is intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding, and fiduciary requirements of Title I of ERISA.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

2.1 Defined Terms. Whenever used in the Plan, including Article I and this Article II, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below (unless otherwise indicated by the context). Other capitalized terms where indicated shall have the meanings set forth in the Qualified Pension Plan.

(1)                The term “Actuarial Assumptions” shall mean the assumptions to be used for Plan purposes to determine Actuarial Equivalents which are set forth on Appendix A.

 

(2)                The term “Actuarial Equivalent” shall mean benefits of equal present value. For this purpose, present value shall mean the value of an amount or series of amounts payable at various times, determined as of a given date by application of the Plan’s Actuarial Assumptions. Actuarial Equivalencies shall be determined by the actuaries servicing the Plan, and such determination shall be binding and conclusive upon the Employer and its successors and assigns as well as all parties claiming benefits under the Plan.

 

(3)                The term “Adjusted Accrued Benefit” shall mean the Accrued Benefit of a Participant under the Qualified Pension Plan as of a specified date, reduced, however, pursuant to the provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan to reflect the putative commencement of benefits as of such specified date.

(4)                The term “Affiliate” shall mean any employer which, with the Company, would be considered to be a single employer under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code, using 50%, rather than 80%, as the percentage of ownership required with respect to such Code sections. The status of an entity as an Affiliate relates only to the period of time during which the entity is so affiliated with the Company.

 

(5)                The term “Beneficiary” shall mean the person, persons, or entity designated by a Participant, or determined pursuant to the provisions of Article XII of the Plan, to receive the Supplemental Death Benefit.

 

(6)                The term “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(7)                The term “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder.

 

(8)                The term “Committee” shall mean the Employee Benefits Plan Committee, which shall have the powers, duties, and responsibilities set forth in Article VIII.

 

  3  
 

(9)                The term “Company” shall mean BB&T Corporation, a North Carolina corporation with its principal office at Winston-Salem, North Carolina, or any successor thereto by merger, consolidation, or otherwise.

 

(10)            The term “Compensation Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or its delegate.

 

(11)            The term “Disabled” or “Disability” shall mean a Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under the BB&T Corporation Disability Plan or any successor thereto.

 

(12)            The term “Eligible Employee” shall mean each Employee who is determined by the Compensation Committee to be a highly compensated or management employee and who is selected by the Compensation Committee to participate in the Plan. In no event shall an Employee who is an active participant in the BB&T Target Pension Plan or any other nonqualified defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate be an Eligible Employee under the Plan. An Employee shall cease to be an Eligible Employee immediately upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the Employee’s Separation from Service; (ii) the end of the Plan Year in which the determination by the Compensation Committee that the Employee is no longer a highly compensated or management employee occurs; or (iii) the end of the Plan Year in which the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the Employee shall no longer be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

(13)            The term “Employee” shall mean an individual in the Service of the Employer; provided that the relationship between such individual and the Employer is the legal relationship of employer and employee.

 

(14)            The term “Employer” shall mean the Company and participating Affiliates; Article XVI sets forth special provisions concerning participating Affiliates.

 

(15)            The term “Entry Date” shall mean January 1 of each Plan Year; provided, however, that under special circumstances, such as the acquisition of an Affiliate, and in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Committee may designate a date other than January 1 of a Plan Year as an Entry Date.

 

(16)            The term “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and rules and regulations issued thereunder.

 

(17)            The term “Limitations” shall mean the compensation and annual benefit limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, or any successor provisions thereto.

 

  4  
 

(18)            The term “Non-Qualified Deferrals” shall mean any elective deferrals made by a Participant under the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan.

 

(19)            The term “Normal Retirement Age” of a Participant shall mean the later of (i) age 65, or (ii) the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s initial participation in the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

(20)            The term “Normal Retirement Date” shall mean the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following a Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

 

(21)            The term “Participant” shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, an Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan pursuant to Article III and any former Eligible Employee who is eligible for a Supplemental Pension Benefit or a Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit payable under the Plan.

 

(22)            The term "Payment Date" shall mean the date that a Supplemental Pension Benefit or a Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit is payable to an eligible Participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3 or 5.3, as the case may be.

 

(23)            The term “Plan” shall mean the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan, an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan as herein restated effective January 1, 2012, or as duly amended from time to time.

 

(24)            The term “Plan Administrator” shall mean the plan administrator as provided in Section 8.2.

 

(25)            The term “Plan Year” shall mean the 12-calendar-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

 

(26)            The term “Qualified Pension Plan” shall mean the BB&T Corporation Pension Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(27)            The term “Qualified Death Benefit” shall mean the death benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

(28)            The term “Qualified Pension Benefit” shall mean the benefit payable to a Participant pursuant to the Qualified Pension Plan by reason of the Participant’s Separation from Service with the Employer for any reason other than death. The Qualified Pension Benefit shall be computed on the basis of a single life annuity commencing on a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

 

(29)            The term “Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder by the Department of the Treasury and/or the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  5  
 

(30)            The term “Separation from Service” shall mean a termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliates that is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(31)            The term “Service” shall mean employment by the Employer as an Employee.

 

(32)            The term “Specified Employee” shall mean a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(33)            The term “Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse” shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the legally married spouse or surviving spouse of a Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a same-gender spouse shall not be deemed to be the Spouse or Surviving Spouse of a Participant for any purpose under the Plan.

 

(34)            The term “Supplemental Death Benefit” shall mean the death benefit payable to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to Article VI of the Plan.

(35)            The term “Supplemental Pension Benefit” shall mean the benefit payable to a Participant who is not Disabled pursuant to Article IV of the Plan by reason of his Separation from Service with the Employer for any reason other than death.

(36)            The term “Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit” shall mean the benefit payable to the Participant pursuant to Article V and Appendix D of the Plan.

 

2.2 Construction . Wherever appropriate, words used in the Plan in the singular may include the plural, or the plural may be read as the singular. References to one gender shall include the other.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

Only those Employees designated by the Compensation Committee as Eligible Employees shall be eligible to participate in the Plan. An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the Entry Date determined by the Committee; provided, however, that an Eligible Employee shall not become a Participant in the Plan unless his Qualified Pension Benefit is less than the benefit that would otherwise be payable to him under the Qualified Pension Plan if the Qualified Pension Plan did not apply the Limitations, or if the Qualified Pension Plan included Non-Qualified Deferrals in the definition of “Compensation” (as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan) for benefit accrual purposes. A Participant shall cease to be an active Participant as of the date he ceases to be an Eligible Employee or as of the end of the Plan Year in which he ceases to be a participant in the Qualified Pension Plan. A Participant who has incurred a Separation from Service and who later returns to Service will not be eligible to actively participate again in the Plan, except upon such uniform terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee shall establish in writing in accordance with the Plan and Section 409A. The Committee shall maintain a list of Participants which shall be amended from time to time.

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

ARTICLE IV

SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION BENEFITS

4.1 Amount . Except as otherwise provided in Appendix C attached hereto and subject to the provisions of Section 409A, the Supplemental Pension Benefit of a Participant who is not Disabled and who has accrued a Supplemental Pension Benefit under the Plan shall be computed on the basis of a single life annuity commencing on his Payment Date (regardless of when he receives his Qualified Pension Benefit) that is equal to (a) minus (b), where:

(a) is the Adjusted Accrued Benefit to which the Participant would be entitled under the Qualified Pension Plan, if:

(i) the Qualified Pension Plan did not apply the Limitations;

(ii) the Qualified Pension Plan included Non-Qualified Deferrals in the definition of “Compensation” under the Qualified Pension Plan for benefit accrual purposes; and

(iii) the Participant incurred a Separation from Service immediately prior to his Payment Date and began receiving his Adjusted Accrued Benefit in the form of an immediate single life annuity; and

(b) is the Adjusted Accrued Benefit that would be paid to the Participant under the Qualified Pension Plan if the Participant had incurred a Separation from Service immediately prior to his Payment Date and began receiving his Adjusted Accrued Benefit on his Payment Date in the form of an immediate single life annuity.

4.2 Normal Form of Benefit . Except as provided in Section 4.2.1 or Section 4.2.3, the Supplemental Pension Benefit payable to a Participant shall be paid in the form of a single life annuity described below.

Single Life Annuity . Approximately equal monthly installments to the Participant on the first day of each calendar month for as long as he lives.

4.2.1 Optional Forms of Payment . Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may file an election during the 180-day period before the date payments commence for his Supplemental Pension Benefit to be paid in one of the following forms, each of which shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit as provided in Section 4.2 above:

  8  
 

Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity . Approximately equal monthly installments to the Participant, on the first day of each calendar month for 120 months certain and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month for as long as he lives, and providing that, if the Participant dies before the expiration of the 120 months certain, payment of the monthly amount shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary for the remainder of the 120 months certain. No benefit shall be payable to a Beneficiary following the expiration of the 120 months certain.

Joint and Survivor Annuity . Approximately equal monthly installments to the Participant, on the first day of each calendar month for as long as he lives with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Beneficiary which is either 50%, 75% or 100%, as elected by the Participant, of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his Beneficiary.

4.2.2 No Level Income Option . No Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be paid in a Social Security leveling form of payment.

4.2.3 Cashouts . Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 409A, if the Actuarial Equivalent of a Participant’s Supplemental Pension Benefit is determined not to exceed $25,000 on the date of his Separation from Service, such amount shall be paid to him in a single lump sum payment, in lieu of any other Supplemental Pension Benefit or Supplemental Death Benefit under the Plan (including all agreements, methods, programs, or other arrangements with respect to which deferrals of compensation are treated as having been deferred under a single nonqualified deferred compensation plan under Section 409A). Subject to Section 4.4, such payment shall be made within the 90-day period next following the date of his Separation from Service; provided that, if such 90-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in another, the Participant shall not have a right to designate the calendar year of payment.

4.3 Commencement of Benefit Payments . Subject to Section 4.4, payment of the Supplemental Pension Benefit to a Participant shall begin on the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the later of (i) the Participant’s attainment of age 55, or (ii) his Separation from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefit payments for a Participant who is Disabled at his Separation from Service shall commence in accordance with Section 5.3. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan and permitted under Section 409A, no acceleration of the time or form of payment of a Supplemental Pension Benefit, or any portion thereof, shall be permitted.

  9  
 

4.4 Specified Employees . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 4.2 or 4.3, in the event that a Participant is a Specified Employee at the time of his Separation from Service, no Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be paid or begin to be paid to him until within the 30-day period commencing with the first day of the seventh month following the month of his Separation from Service; provided, however, that if such 30-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in another, such Participant shall have no right to designate the calendar year of payment.

4.4.1 Annuity Payments . The first six months of any annuity payments payable pursuant to this Section 4.4 above shall be accumulated without interest and paid on a date within the 30-day period specified above. All remaining annuity payments shall be paid as they would have been but for the six-month delay.

4.4.2 Lump Sum Payment . Any lump sum payment to a Specified Employee pursuant to Section 4.2.3 shall be made on a date that is within the 30-day period specified in Section 4.4 above.

4.5 Actuarial Equivalency . A Supplemental Pension Benefit which is payable in any form other than a single life annuity over the lifetime of the Participant shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Supplemental Pension Benefit payable as a single life annuity.

  10  
 

ARTICLE V

SUPPLEMENTAL POST-DISABILITY PENSION BENEFITS

5.1 Amount . Subject to the provisions of Section 409A, the Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit of a Participant who is Disabled immediately prior to his applicable Payment Date shall equal (a) minus (b), where:

(a) is the Adjusted Accrued Benefit to which the Disabled Participant would be entitled under the Qualified Pension Plan, if:

(i) the Qualified Pension Plan did not apply the Limitations;

(ii) the Qualified Pension Plan included Non-Qualified Deferrals in the definition of “Compensation” under the Qualified Pension Plan for benefit accrual purposes; and

(b) is the Adjusted Accrued Benefit that would be paid to the Disabled Participant under the Qualified Pension Plan, if such Disabled Participant had incurred termination from service immediately prior to his Payment Date and began receiving his Adjusted Accrued Benefit in the form of an immediate single life annuity on his Payment Date.

5.2 Normal Form of Benefit . Except as provided in Section 5.2.1 and Section 5.2.3, the Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit payable to an eligible Disabled Participant shall be paid in the form of a single life annuity described below.

Single Life Annuity . Approximately equal monthly installments to the Participant on the first day of each calendar month for as long as he lives.

5.2.1 Optional Forms of Payment . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an eligible Disabled Participant may file an election during the 180-day period before his applicable Payment Date for his Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit to be paid in one of the following forms, each of which shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the normal form of the Participant’s Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit as provided in Section 5.2 above:

Ten-Year Certain and Life Annuity . Approximately equal monthly installments to the Participant, on the first day of each calendar month for 120 months certain and thereafter on the first day of each calendar month for as long as he lives, and providing that, if the Participant dies before the expiration of the 120 months certain, payment of the monthly amount shall be made

  11  
 

to the Participant’s Beneficiary for the remainder of the 120 months certain. No benefit shall be payable to a Beneficiary following the expiration of the 120 months certain.

Joint and Survivor Annuity . Approximately equal monthly installments to the Participant, on the first day of each calendar month for as long as he lives with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Beneficiary which is either 50%, 75% or 100%, as elected by the Participant, of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his Beneficiary.

5.2.2 No Level Income Option . No Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit shall be paid in a Social Security leveling form of payment.

5.2.3 Cashouts . Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Section 409A, if the Actuarial Equivalent of an eligible Disabled Participant’s Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit is determined not to exceed $25,000 immediately prior to the date on which payment of his Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit commences, such amount shall be paid to him in a single lump sum payment, in lieu of his Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit. Such payment shall be made on his Payment Date.

5.3 Commencement of Benefit Payments . Payment of the Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit to an eligible Disabled Participant shall commence on his Payment Date determined in accordance with the schedule set forth on Appendix D.

5.4 Actuarial Equivalency . A Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit which is payable in any form other than a single life annuity over the lifetime of a Disabled Participant shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit payable as a single life annuity.

 

 

 

 

  12  
 

ARTICLE VI

SUPPLEMENTAL DEATH BENEFITS

6.1 Death Prior to Commencement of Payment

6.1.1 Amount of Supplemental Death Benefit . In the event that a Participant dies prior to commencement of his Supplemental Pension Benefit or Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit under circumstances in which a Qualified Death Benefit is payable to his Beneficiary, then a Supplemental Death Benefit payable to his Beneficiary shall be determined in the manner set forth below:

(a) Death While an Employee . If such a Participant dies while an Employee, the Supplemental Death Benefit payable to his Beneficiary shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of (i) minus (ii) where:

(i) is the annual amount of the Qualified Death Benefit to which the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary would have been entitled under the Qualified Pension Plan, if the Qualified Pension Plan (A) did not apply the Limitations, (B) included Non-Qualified Deferrals in the definition of Compensation under the Qualified Pension Plan for benefit accrual purposes, and (C) utilized the joint and 100% survivor annuity form of payment in the calculation of the Qualified Death Benefit; and

(ii) is the annual amount of the Qualified Death Benefit to which the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary would have been entitled under the Qualified Pension Plan, if such Qualified Death Benefit had been paid in the joint and 100% survivor annuity form.

(b) Death After a Separation from Service . If such a Participant dies after incurring a Separation from Service, the Supplemental Death Benefit payable to his Beneficiary shall be equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of (i) minus (ii) where:

(i) is the annual amount of the Qualified Death Benefit to which the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary would have been entitled under the Qualified Pension Plan if the Qualified Pension Plan (A) did not apply the Limitations, (B) included Non-Qualified Deferrals in the definition of Compensation under the Qualified Pension Plan for benefit annuity as the basis for accrual purposes, and (C) utilized the joint and 50% survivor form of payment in the calculation of the Qualified Death Benefit; and

  13  
 

(ii) is the annual amount of the Qualified Death Benefit to which the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary would have been entitled under the Qualified Pension Plan, if such Qualified Death Benefit had been paid in the joint and 50% survivor annuity form.

6.1.2 Form of Payment . The Supplemental Death Benefit shall be payable to the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary in the form of a single life monthly annuity.

6.1.3 Date of Payment . The Supplemental Death Benefit payable to a deceased Participant's eligible Beneficiary shall be paid within the 90-day period that begins the 60 th day next following the date of the Participant's death; provided, however, that if such 90-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in another, such Beneficiary shall not have a right to designate the calendar year of payment.

6.1.4 Changing Time or Form of Payment to Beneficiary . To the extent permitted in accordance with the procedures and distribution rules established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant or his Beneficiary may make one or more elections to change the time or form of a distribution of such Participant’s Supplemental Death Benefit; provided, however, such election may not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the election is made and must otherwise comply with the requirements under Section 409A.

 

6.2 Death After Commencement of Payment . If a Participant dies after commencement of his Supplemental Pension Benefit or Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit, payments shall continue to be made to his Beneficiary following his death only if his Supplemental Pension Benefit or Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit was payable in a form that provided for the continuance of such payments.

 

 

 

 

  14  
 

ARTICLE VII

NONFORFEITABILITY OF SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION BENEFITS

The Supplemental Pension Benefit of each Participant shall be nonforfeitable as of the date the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age or completes five or more Years of Vesting Service within the meaning of the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  15  
 

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATION BY COMMITTEE

8.1 Membership of Committee . The Committee shall consist of the individuals appointed by the Board to serve as members of the Employee Benefits Plan Committee. The Committee shall be responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions, except to the extent all or any of such obligations are specifically imposed on the Board.

8.2 Committee Officers; Subcommittee . The members of the Committee s hall elect a Chairman and may elect an acting Chairman. They shall also elect a Secretary and may elect an acting Secretary, either of whom may be but need not be a member of the Committee. The Committee may appoint from its membership such subcommittees with such powers as the Committee shall determine, and may authorize one or more of its members or any agent to execute or deliver any instruments or to make any payment in behalf of the Committee. The Chairman of the Committee shall constitute the Plan Administrator and shall be agent for service of legal process on the Plan. In addition, notwithstanding any provision herein, any subcommittee established by the Committee or any Board committee (including the Compensation Committee) or subcommittee may be granted such authority, and be comprised of such members, as is necessary to comply with the conditions imposed by Rule 16b-3, promulgated under Section 16 of the 1934 Act.

8.3 Committee Meetings . The Committee shall hold such meetings upon such notice, at such places and at such intervals as it may from time to time determine. Notice of meetings shall not be required if notice is waived in writing by all the members of the Committee at the time in office, or if all such members are present at the meeting.

  16  
 

8.4 Transaction of Business . A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting shall be by vote of a majority of those present at any such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent thereto signed by all of the members of the Committee.

8.5 Committee Records . The Committee shall maintain full and complete records of its deliberations and decisions. The minutes of its proceedings shall be conclusive proof of the facts of the operation of the Plan. The records of the Committee shall contain all relevant data pertaining to individual Participants and their rights under the Plan.

8.6 Establishment of Rules . Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may from time to time establish rules or by-laws for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its business.

8.7 Conflicts of Interest . No individual member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or to any of his rights or benefits under the Plan (except that such member may sign unanimous written consent to resolutions adopted or other action taken without a meeting).

8.8 Correction of Errors . The Committee may correct errors subject to the requirements of Section 409A and, so far as practicable, may adjust any benefit, credit or payment accordingly. The Committee may in its discretion waive any notice requirements in the Plan; provided, that a waiver of notice in one or more cases shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of notice in any other case. With respect to any power or authority which the Committee has discretion to exercise under the Plan, such discretion shall be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner.

  17  
 

8.9 Authority to Interpret Plan . Subject to the claims procedure set forth in Article XV, the Committee and the Plan Administrator shall have the duty and discretionary authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan and decide any dispute which may arise regarding the rights of Participants hereunder, including the discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and to make determinations as to eligibility for participation and benefits under the Plan. Interpretations and determinations by the Committee and the Plan Administrator shall apply uniformly to all persons similarly situated and shall be binding and conclusive on all interested persons. Such interpretations and determinations shall only be set aside if the Committee and the Plan Administrator are found to have acted arbitrarily and capriciously in interpreting and construing the provisions of the Plan.

8.10. Third Party Advisors . The Committee may engage an attorney, accountant or any other technical advisor on matters regarding the operation of the Plan and to perform such other duties as shall be required in connection therewith, and may employ such clerical and related personnel as the Committee shall deem requisite or desirable in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

8.11. Compensation of Members . No fee or compensation shall be paid to any member of the Committee for his service as such.

8.12. Committee Expenses . The Committee shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for its reasonable expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of its duties in the administration of the Plan.

8.13. Indemnification of Committee . No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by him or on his behalf as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company

  18  
 

shall indemnify and hold harmless, directly from its own assets (including the proceeds of any insurance policy the premiums for which are paid from the Company's own assets), each member of the Committee and each other officer, Employee, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be delegated or allocated, against any unreimbursed or uninsured cost or expense (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the prior written approval of the Board) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person's own fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, or gross negligence.

 

 

 

 

  19  
 

ARTICLE IX

FUNDING

The Plan is intended to be both an excess benefit plan and an unfunded plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of highly compensated or management employees. The obligation of the Employer to make payments hereunder may constitute a general unsecured obligation of the Employer to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall establish and maintain a special separate fund as provided for in the document entitled “BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust.” Subject to the restrictions in Section 409A(b), the Employer shall make contributions to the trust no less frequently than annually and shall provide for trust assets that are at least equal to the present value of all liabilities under the Plan as determined by the Committee using the Actuarial Assumptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant or his Beneficiary shall have any legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any particular asset of the trust or the Employer by reason of the Employer's obligation hereunder, and nothing contained herein shall create or be construed as creating any other fiduciary relationship between the Employer and a Participant or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the trust or the Employer hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Employer.

 

 

 

 

  20  
 

ARTICLE X

ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

The persons responsible for the Plan and the duties and responsibilities allocated to each, which shall be carried out in accordance with the other applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, shall be as follows:

10.1 Board .

 

(i)                  To amend the Plan (other than the Appendices);

 

(ii)                To appoint and remove members of the Committee;

(iii)              To terminate the Plan; and

(iv) To take any actions required to comply with federal and state securities laws (except to the extent that the Committee or a committee or subcommittee established pursuant to Section 8.2 is authorized to do so).

10.2 Committee .

(i) To interpret the provisions of the Plan and to determine the rights of the Participants under the Plan, except to the extent otherwise provided in Article XV relating to the claims procedure;
(ii) To administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, except to the extent powers to administer the Plan are specifically delegated to another person or persons as provided in the Plan;
(iii) To determine the Plan benefits of Participants;
(iv) To direct the Employer in the payment of benefits, and
(v) To the extent necessary or advisable, to amend, or maintain, as the case may be, the Appendices attached hereto.

10.3 Plan Administrator .

(i) To file such reports as may be required with the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any other government agencies to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time;
(ii) To provide for disclosure of Plan provisions and other information relating to the Plan to Participants and other interested parties; and
  21  
 
(iii) To administer the claims procedure to the extent provided in Article XV.

10.4 Compensation Committee .

(i) To determine the Employees eligible to participate in the Plan except to the extent otherwise provided in the Plan; and
(ii) In carrying out its duties and responsibilities, the provisions of Sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12, and 8.13 shall apply equally to the Compensation Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

  22  
 

ARTICLE XI

BENEFITS NOT ASSIGNABLE; FACILITY OF PAYMENTS

11.1 Benefits Not Assignable . No portion of any benefit held or paid under the Plan with respect to any Participant or a Beneficiary shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No portion of such benefit shall be payable in any manner to any assignee, receiver or any one trustee, or be liable for a Participant’s debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts, or be subject to any legal process to levy upon or attach.

11.2 Payments to Minors and Others . If any individual entitled to receive a payment under the Plan shall be physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt of such payment, the Committee, upon the receipt of satisfactory evidence of his incapacity and satisfactory evidence that another person or institution is maintaining him and that no guardian or committee has been appointed for him, may cause any payment otherwise payable to him to be made to such person or institution so maintaining him. Payment to such person or institution shall be in full satisfaction of all claims by or through the Participant to the extent of the amount thereof.

 

 

 

 

  23  
 

ARTICLE XII

BENEFICIARY

The Participant's Beneficiary shall be the person or persons designated by the Participant on the beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Committee or its designee. If the Participant does not designate a Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be his Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not designate a Beneficiary and has no Surviving Spouse, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. The designation of a Beneficiary may be changed or revoked only by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Committee or its designee. If a Beneficiary (the "Primary Beneficiary") is receiving or is entitled to receive payments under the Plan and dies before receiving all of the payments due him, the balance to which he is entitled shall be paid to the Contingent Beneficiary, if any, named in the Participant's current beneficiary designation form. If there is no Contingent Beneficiary, the balance shall be paid to the estate of the Primary Beneficiary. Any Beneficiary may disclaim all or any part of any benefit to which such Beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder by filing a written disclaimer with the Committee before payment of such benefit is to be made. Such a disclaimer shall be made in form satisfactory to the Committee and shall be irrevocable when filed. Any benefit disclaimed shall be payable from the Plan in the same manner as if the Beneficiary who filed the disclaimer had died on the date of such filing.

 

 

 

 

  24  
 

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that in no event shall such amendment or termination reduce any Participant's Plan benefits as of the date of such amendment or termination, nor shall any such amendment affect the terms of the Plan relating to the payment of such Plan benefits without the Participant's prior written consent to such amendment. Any such amendment or termination shall be made pursuant to a resolution of the Board and shall be effective as of the date specified in such resolution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and until otherwise decided by the Board, subject to Section 409A, the officer of the Company specifically designated in resolutions adopted by the Board shall have the authority to amend the Plan to provide for the merger or consolidation of another non-qualified defined benefit plan into the Plan, and in connection therewith, to set forth any special provisions that may apply to the participants in such other plan. Upon termination of the Plan, distribution of the Plan benefits of a Participant shall be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary, if applicable, in the manner and at the time described in Article IV, V or VI of the Plan, as the case may be, and in accordance with Section 409A. No additional benefits shall accrue following termination of the Plan.

 

 

 

 

  25  
 

ARTICLE XIV

COMMUNICATION TO PARTICIPANTS

The Company shall communicate the principal terms of the Plan to the Participants. The Company shall make a copy of the Plan available for inspection by Participants and their Beneficiaries during reasonable hours, at the principal office of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  26  
 

ARTICLE XV

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

15.1 Filing of a Claim for Benefits. If a Participant or Beneficiary (the “Claimant”) believes he is entitled to benefits under the Plan that are not being paid to him or accrued for his benefit, he may file a written claim therefor with the Plan Administrator. If the Plan Administrator is the Claimant, all actions required to be taken by the Plan Administrator pursuant to this Article XV shall be taken instead by another member of the Committee designated by the Committee.

15.2 Notification to Claimant of Decision. Within 90 days after receipt of a claim by the Plan Administrator, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of his decision with regard to the claim. If special circumstances require an extension of time, a written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to commencement of the extension setting forth the special circumstances and the date by which the decision will be furnished. If such claim is wholly or partially denied, notice thereof shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denied or partially denied claim set forth below, including the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

15.3 Procedure for Review. Within 60 days following receipt by the Claimant of notice denying his claim in whole or in part, the Claimant may appeal denial of the claim by filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the

  27  
 

Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee, the Claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and receive copies of them, free of charge, and submit issues and comments in writing. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

15.4 Decision on Review. The decision on review of a claim denied in whole or in part by the Plan Administrator shall be made in the following manner:

15.4.1 Notification to Claimant of Decision. Within 60 days following receipt by the Committee of the request for review, or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time, the Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing of its decision with regard to the claim. If special circumstances require an extension of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the commencement of the extension.

15.4.2 Format and Content of Decision. The decision on review of a claim that is denied in whole or in part shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination; (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the adverse determination is based; (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and (iv) a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the Claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures, as well as a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA section 502(a).

15.4.3 Effect of Decision. The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

15.5 Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant. All actions set forth in this Article XV to be taken by the Claimant may be taken by a representative of the Claimant duly authorized by him to act on his behalf on such matters. The Plan Administrator and the Committee may require such evidence as either reasonably deems necessary or advisable of the authority of any such representative to act.

  28  
 

15.6 Overpayments . If it is determined that any benefit paid to or with respect to a Participant under the Plan should not have been paid, or should have been paid in a lesser amount, written notice thereof will be given to the payee of such amount. The payee will repay the amount of the overpayment in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  29  
 

ARTICLE XVI

PARTIES TO THE PLAN

Subject to the approval of the Board, an Affiliate that has adopted the Qualified Pension Plan may adopt the Plan and become an employer-party to the Plan by resolutions approved by its Board of Directors. The Affiliates that are employer-parties to the Plan are provided for in Appendix E. The special provisions shall apply to all employer-parties to the Plan are hereinafter set forth.

16.1 Single Plan. The Plan is a single plan with respect to all parties.

16.2 Service; Allocation of Costs . Service for purposes of the Plan shall be interchangeable among employer-parties to the Plan and shall not be deemed interrupted or terminated by the transfer at any time of a Participant from the Service of one employer-party to the Service of another employer-party. In determining the cost of providing benefits under the Plan, each employer-party shall be responsible for the cost associated with the Employees of such employer-party who are Participants in the Plan.

16.3 Committee . The Committee which administers the Plan as applied to the Company shall also be the Committee as applied to each other employer-party to the Plan .

16.4 Authority to Amend and Terminate. The Board of the Company shall have the power to amend or terminate the Plan as applied to each employer-party.

 

 

 

 

  30  
 

ARTICLE XVII

SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONCERNING EMPLOYEES OF

NON-PARTICIPATING AFFILIATES

17.1 Transfers . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, an employee of an Affiliate that has not adopted the Qualified Pension Plan (a “Non-Participating Affiliate”) may become or continue as a Participant in the Plan, subject to the following special provisions herein set forth:

17.2 Continuation of Participation Following Transfer to Non-Participating Affiliate .

17.2.1 If selected by the Committee, a Participant who is in Service with the Employer and who is transferred to the employment of a non-participating Affiliate (a “Transferred Participant”) shall continue as a Participant in the Plan; provided, that the Transferred Participant continues to be a highly compensated or management employee. A Transferred Participant shall cease to be an active Participant in the Plan as of the first to occur of the following: (i) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the determination by the Committee that the Transferred Participant is no longer a highly compensated or management employee; or (ii) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the determination by the Committee, in its sole discretion, that the Transferred Participant shall no longer be eligible to participate in the Plan.

17.2.2 The Supplemental Pension Benefit or the Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit of a Transferred Participant who continues his participation in the Plan shall be determined and paid pursuant to the provisions of Articles IV, V, and VII as if the Transferred Participant continued his participation in the Qualified Pension Plan, except that solely for purposes of Section 4.1(a) all of his compensation and service with the non-participating Affiliate shall be taken into account.

17.2.3 The Supplemental Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary of a Transferred Participant who continues his participation in the Plan shall be determined and paid pursuant to the provisions of Articles VI and VII as if the Transferred Participant continued his participation in the Qualified Pension Plan, except that solely for purposes of Section 6.1.1(a) all of his compensation and service with a non-participating Affiliate shall be taken into account.

17.2.4 In no event shall the provisions of this Section 17.2 alter, modify, or otherwise affect the determination of the amounts described in Section 4.1(b) and Section 6.1.1(b). Such amounts shall be determined solely in accordance with the

  31  
 

provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan and without regard to the provisions of this Section 17.2.

17.3 Participation of Employees of Non-Participating Affiliates Who Have Not Previously Entered the Plan .

17.3.1 The Committee may select an employee of a Non-Participating Affiliate who has not entered the Plan (a “Special Employee”) to become a Participant in the Plan; provided, that the Special Employee is determined by the Committee to be a highly compensated or management employee. If selected, a Special Employee shall enter the Plan and become a Participant as of the Entry Date determined by the Committee. Such a Participant shall cease to be a Participant as of the first to occur of the following: (i) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the determination by the Committee that the Special Employee is no longer a highly compensated or management employee; or (ii) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the determination by the Committee in its sole discretion that the Special Employee shall no longer be eligible to participate in the Plan.

17.3.2 The Supplemental Pension Benefit or the Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit of a Special Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan shall be determined and paid pursuant to the provisions of Articles IV, V and VII as if the Special Employee had been entitled to participate in the Qualified Pension Plan, except that solely for purposes of Section 4.1(a) all of his compensation and service with the non-participating Affiliate shall be taken into account.

17.3.3 The Supplemental Death Benefit payable to the Beneficiary of a Special Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan shall be determined and paid pursuant to the provisions of Articles VI and VII as if the Special Employee had been entitled to participate in the Qualified Pension Plan, except that solely for purposes of Section 6.1.1(a) all of his compensation and service with a non-participating Affiliate shall be taken into account.

17.3.4 In no event shall the provisions of this Section 17.2 alter, modify, or otherwise affect the determination of the amounts described in Section 4.1(b) and Section 6.1.1(b). Such amounts shall be determined solely in accordance with the provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan and without regard to the provisions of this Section 17.3.

17.4 Rules . Subject to Section 409A, the Committee may establish any rules or regulations necessary to implement the provisions of this Article XVII.

  32  
 

ARTICLE XVIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

18.1 Notices . Each Participant who is not in Service and each Beneficiary shall be responsible for furnishing the Plan Administrator with his current address for the mailing of notices, reports, and benefit payments; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may use the last address on file with it as a valid address. Any notice required or permitted to be given to any such Participant or Beneficiary shall be deemed given if directed to such address and mailed by regular United States mail, first class, postage prepaid. This provision shall not be construed as requiring the mailing of any notice or notification otherwise permitted to be given by posting or by other publication.

18.2 Lost Distributees . A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if the Plan Administrator is unable after a reasonable period of time to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom payment is due.

18.3 Reliance on Data . The Employer, the Committee, and the Plan Administrator shall have the right to rely on any data provided by the Participant or by any Beneficiary. Representations of such data shall be binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Participant; and the Employer, the Committee, and the Plan Administrator shall have no obligation to inquire into the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a Participant or Beneficiary.

18.4 Receipt and Release for Payments . Any payment made from the Plan to or with respect to any Participant or Beneficiary, or pursuant to a disclaimer by a Beneficiary, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan and the Employer with respect to the Plan. The recipient of any payment from the Plan may be required by

  33  
 

the Committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release with respect thereto in such form as shall be acceptable to the Committee.

18.5 Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

18.6 Continuation of Employment . The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal or other rights upon any Employee or any persons for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the Plan.

18.7 Construction . The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions.

18.8 Nonliability of Employer . The Employer does not guarantee the Participants, former Participants, or Beneficiaries against loss of or depreciation in value of any right or benefit that any of them may acquire under the terms of the Plan, nor does the Employer guarantee to any of them that the assets of the Employer will be sufficient to provide any or all benefits payable under the Plan at any time, including any time that the Plan may be terminated or partially terminated.

18.9 Severability . All provisions contained in the Plan shall be severable, and in the event that any one or more of them shall be held to be invalid by any competent court, the Plan shall be interpreted as if such invalid provisions were not contained herein.

18.10 Merger and Consolidation . The Company shall not consolidate or merge into or with another corporation or entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation, partnership, trust or other entities (a "Successor Entity") unless such Successor Entity

  34  
 

shall assume the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Company under the Plan and upon such assumption, the Successor Entity shall become obligated to perform the terms and conditions of the Plan.

18.11 Tax Reporting and Withholding . The Employer shall satisfy all federal, state and local tax reporting and withholding tax requirements prior to making any benefit payment under the Plan. Whenever under the Plan payments are to be made by the Employer in cash, such payments shall be net of any amounts sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

18.12 Compliance with Section 409A . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any agreement to the contrary, it is the intention of Company that the Plan shall comply with Section 409A, and the Plan shall, to the extent practicable, be construed in accordance therewith. Without in any way limiting the effect of the foregoing, in the event that the provisions of Section 409A require that any special terms, provisions, or conditions be included in the Plan, then such terms, provisions and conditions shall, to the extent practicable, be deemed to be made a part of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, any Affiliate, the Board, the Committee, Compensation Committee, the Plan Administrator or their designees or agents shall not be liable for any taxes, penalties, interest or other monetary amount that may be owed by any Participant, Beneficiary or any other person as a result of the deferral or payment of any amounts under the Plan or as a result of the administration of amounts subject to the Plan.

18.13 General Conditions . Any Qualified Pension Benefit or Qualified Death Benefit, or any other benefit payable under the Qualified Pension Plan, shall be determined and paid solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Qualified Pension Plan and nothing

  35  
 

in the Plan shall operate or be construed in any way to modify, amend or affect the terms and conditions of the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (January 1, 2012 Restatement) is executed on behalf of the Company on this ______ day of July, 2012.

 

  BB&T CORPORATION
     
     
  By:  
   
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President    

 

 

 


 

  36  
 

APPENDIX A

Actuarial Assumptions

(1) Until revised by the Committee, the actuarial assumptions to be used for the determination of lump sum benefits under the Plan shall be as follows:

a. Mortality Table: 94 GAR mortality table (50% male/50% female blended) as set forth in Revenue Ruling 2001-62.
b. Interest Rate: 10-year Treasury average rate (as reported by the Federal Reserve) for the October immediately preceding the calendar year in which the lump sum will be paid plus 150 basis points (rounded up to the nearest .25%).

(2) Until revised by the Committee, the actuarial assumptions to be used for the determination of annuity options and actuarial equivalencies shall be the actuarial assumptions in effect under the Qualified Pension Plan from time to time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-1
 

APPENDIX B

Participants

A list of the Eligible Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan and a list of former Eligible Employees with benefits under the Plan shall be maintained by the Committee. In addition, a list of Participants and Beneficiaries receiving Plan benefits shall also be maintained by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-1

 

 

APPENDIX C

Special Provisions Applicable To Employees Who Were

Employed By Certain Companies That Have Merged

With Or Been Acquired By The Company

Notwithstanding any of the provisions of the Plan to the contrary, special rules shall apply to the Plan benefits of certain Participants who were employees of a company or business that was merged with or acquired by the Company.

(1) Albemarle Savings & Loan Association . The Albemarle Savings & Loan Association merged into the Employer on January 1, 1992 (the “Merger Date”). The Supplemental Pension Benefit of a Participant in the Plan who was an employee of Albemarle Savings & Loan Association as of the Merger Date, and who (A) was also then a “highly compensated employee” (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code) or (B) becomes such a highly compensated employee as of the date the annual amount provided for in Section 4.1(a) is determined, shall be the greater of:

(i) the annual amount described in Section 4.1(a); or

(ii) the annual amount of the pension benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled under the terms of the Albemarle Savings & Loan Association Pension Plan (assuming such pension plan had continued in effect through the date such annual amount is determined) by reason of the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason other than death (the pension benefit shall be computed on the basis of a single life annuity with respect to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date).

The Participants in the Plan who were formerly employed by Albemarle Savings & Loan Association and who are currently subject to the special provisions described in this Appendix C pursuant to clause (A) above, are as follows:

P. G. Davis

W. J. Rapp

 

(2) Gate City Federal Savings and Loan Association . The Gate City Federal Savings and Loan Association was merged into the Employer on January 1, 1992 (the “Merger Date”). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Supplemental Pension Benefit of a Participant in the Plan who was an employee of Gate City Federal Savings and Loan Association as of the Merger Date, and who (A) was also then a “highly compensated employee” (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code) or (B) becomes such a highly compensated employee as of the date the annual amount set forth in Section 4.1(a) is determined, shall be the greater of:

(i) the Supplemental Pension Benefit described in Section 4.1; or

(ii) the annual amount of the pension benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled under the terms of the Gate City Federal Savings and Loan Association Pension Plan (assuming such pension plan had continued in effect through the date such annual amount is determined) by reason of the Participant’s Separation from Service for

C-1
 

any reason other than death (the pension benefit shall be computed on the basis of a single life annuity with respect to the Participant).

The Participant in the Plan who was formerly employed by Gate City Federal Savings and Loan Association and who is currently subject to the special provisions described above in this Appendix C pursuant to clause (A) above is as follows:

J. D. McBrayer

 

(3) Peoples Federal Savings & Loan Association . The Peoples Federal Savings & Loan Association merged into the Employer on December 31, 1992 (the “Merger Date”). The Supplemental Pension Benefit of a Participant in the Plan who was an employee of Peoples Federal Savings & Loan Association as of the Merger Date, and who (A) was also then a “highly compensated employee” (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code), or (B) becomes such a highly compensated employee as of the date the annual amount provided for in Section 4.1(a) is determined, shall be the greater of:

(i) the annual amount described in Section 4.1(a); or

(ii) the annual amount of the pension benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled under the terms of the Peoples Federal Savings & Loan Association Pension Plan (assuming such pension plan had continued in effect through the date such annual amount is determined) by reason of the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason other than death (the pension benefit shall be computed on the basis of a single life annuity with respect to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date).

The Participants in the Plan who were formerly employed by Peoples Federal Savings & Loan Association and who are subject to the special provisions described above in this Appendix C pursuant to clause (A) above, are as follows:

K. F. Huffman

M. McAdams

S. L. Walker

(4) Carolina Savings Bank . The Carolina Savings Bank merged into the Employer on August 16, 1993 (the “Merger Date”). The Supplemental Pension Benefit of a Participant in the Plan who was an employee of the Carolina Savings Bank as of the Merger Date, and who (A) was also then a “highly compensated employee” (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code) or (B) becomes such a highly compensated employee as of the date the annual amount provided for in Section 4.1(a) is determined, shall be the greater of:

(i) the annual amount described in Section 4.1(a); or

(ii) the annual amount of the pension benefit to which the Participant would have been entitled under the terms of the Carolina Savings Bank Pension Plan (assuming such pension plan had continued in effect through the date such annual amount is determined) by reason of the Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason other

C-2
 

than death (the pension benefit shall be computed on the basis of a single life annuity with respect to the Participant commencing on his Normal Retirement Date).

The Participant in the Plan who was formerly employed by Carolina Savings Bank and who is subject to the special provisions described above in this Appendix C pursuant to clause (A) above, is as follows:

W. N. Rose

(5) Mutual Savings Bank of Rockingham County, SSB . The Mutual Savings Bank of Rockingham County, SSB was merged into the Employer during 1993 (the “Merger Date”). In determining the Supplemental Pension Benefit provided for in Section 4.1 with respect to the Participant listed below who was an employee of Mutual Savings Bank of Rockingham County, SSB as of the Merger Date and who was also a “highly compensated employee” (as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code) as of the Merger Date, Years of Credited Service of such Participant under the Qualified Pension Plan shall be deemed to include for purposes for determining his Supplemental Pension Benefit all of the Participant’s years of service with Mutual Savings Bank of Rockingham County, SSB. The Participant in the Plan who was formerly employed by Mutual Savings Bank of Rockingham County, SSB and who is currently subject to the special provisions described above in this Appendix C, is as follows:

R. H. Roach

(6) First Virginia Banks, Inc. On July 1, 2003, the First Virginia Banks, Inc. (“First Virginia”) was merged into the Company and as a result of such corporate merger, the Company became the sponsor of the First Virginia Supplemental Pension Trust Plan (the “First Virginia Plan”). Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2003 (the “Plan Merger Date”), the First Virginia Plan was merged into the Plan. The following special provisions shall apply to employees of First Virginia who were participants in the First Virginia Plan as of the Plan Merger Date (the “Former First Virginia Plan Participants”):

(a) Each Former First Virginia Plan Participant shall become a Participant in the Plan on the Plan Merger Date.

(b) the Supplemental Pension Benefit of each Former First Virginia Plan Participant as determined under Section 4.1(a) shall be the sum of (i) and (ii), where:

(i) is the annual Supplemental Pension Benefit described in Section 4.1 taking into account only the compensation and service of the Former First Virginia Plan Participant after the Plan Merger Date; and

(ii) is the applicable annual amount described in Section 4 of the First Virginia Plan determined as of the Plan Merger Date and determined by taking into account the First and Second Amendments to the First Virginia Plan.

(7) Mid-America Bancorp . On March 8, 2002, the Mid-America Bancorp (“Mid-America”) was merged into the Company and as a result of such corporate merger, Branch Banking and Trust Company, an affiliate of the Company, became the sponsor of the

C-3
 

Mid-America Bank of Louisville and Trust Company Benefit Restoration Plan (the “Mid-America Plan”). Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2002 (the “Mid-America Plan Merger Date”), the Mid-America Plan was merged into the Plan. The following special provisions shall apply to employees of Mid-America who were participants in the Mid-America Plan as of the Mid-America Plan Merger Date (the “Former Mid-America Plan Participants”):

(a) Each Former Mid-America Plan Participant shall become a Participant in the Plan on the Mid-America Plan Merger Date.

(b) With respect to each Former Mid-America Plan Participant, the Supplemental Pension Benefit as determined under Section 4.1 shall be the sum of (i) and (ii), where:

(i) is the annual Supplemental Pension benefit described in Section 4.1 taking into account only the compensation and service of the Former Mid-America Plan Participant after the Mid-America Plan Merger Date; and

(ii) is the applicable annual amount described in Section 4.1 or 4.4, whichever shall be applicable, of the Mid-America Plan determined as of the Mid-America Plan Merger Date.

(c) The Supplemental Pension Benefit or Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit payable to a Former Mid-America Plan Participant shall be paid in a lump sum upon his Separation from Service.

(8) One Valley Bancorp, Inc. On July 6, 2000, One Valley Bancorp, Inc. (“One Valley”) was merged into the Company and as a result of such corporate merger, the Company became the sponsor of the One Valley Bancorp, Inc. Restoration Plan (the “One Valley Plan”). Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2000 (the “One Valley Plan Merger Date”), the One Valley Plan was merged into the Plan. The following special provisions shall apply to employees of One Valley who were participants in the One Valley Plan as of the One Valley Plan Merger Date (the “Former One Valley Plan Participants”):

(a) Each Former One Valley Plan Participant shall become a Participant in the Plan on the One Valley Plan Merger Date.

(b) With respect to each Former One Valley Plan Participant, the Supplemental Pension Benefit shall be the sum of (i) and (ii), where:

(i) is the annual Supplemental Pension Benefit described in Section 4.1 taking into account only the compensation and service of the Former One Valley Plan Participant after the One Valley Plan Merger Date; and

(ii) is the applicable annual amount described in Article IV of the One Valley Plan determined as of the One Valley Plan Merger Date.

(c) For commencement of benefits prior to a Former One Valley Plan Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, the amount determined in paragraph (b)(ii) above,

C-4
 

shall be adjusted in the same manner as the “One Valley Early Benefit” as defined in Exhibit E, Section (f)(4)(B) of the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C-5
 

APPENDIX D

 

Payment Commencement Date for Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefits

 

The Supplemental Post-Disability Pension Benefit payable to an eligible Disabled Participant under the provisions of Article V shall commence to be paid on the Payment Date listed below that corresponds to the Disability Age of such Participant.

 

Disability Age* Payment Date
Prior to Age 63 The greater of: Social Security Retirement Date**or Disability Age plus 42 months
Age 63 Disability Age plus 36 months
Age 64 Disability Age plus 30 months
Age 65 Disability Age plus 24 months
Age 66 Disability Age plus 21 months
Age 67 Disability Age plus 18 months
Age 68 Disability Age plus 15 months
Age 69 and over Disability Age plus 12 months

 

* Disability Age for purposes of this Appendix D shall be the age at which such Participant initially becomes Disabled.

 

** Social Security Normal Retirement Age for purposes of this Appendix D shall mean as follows:

 

Year of Birth Social Security Normal Retirement Age
1937 or before 65
1938 65 + 2 months
1939 65 + 4 months
1940 65 + 6 months
1941 65 + 8 months
1942 65 + 10 months
1943 through 1954 66
1955 66 + 2 months
1956 66 + 4 months
1957 66 + 6 months
1958 66 + 8 months
1959 66 + 10 months
1960 or after 67

 

 

D-1
 

APPENDIX E

 

Participating Affiliates

 

 

A list of the Affiliates participating under the Plan shall be maintained by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Exhibit 10.12

 

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE

BB&T NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN

(January 1, 2012 Restatement)

 

 

WHEREAS , the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (the “Plan”), which was established as of January 1, 1988, and which was originally known as the Branch Banking and Trust Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, is currently maintained by BB&T Corporation (the “Company”) under a January 1, 2012 restated plan document; and

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to amend the Plan to revise the calculation of the pre-retirement death benefit under the Plan;

NOW , THEREFORE , effective as of January 1, 2013, the Plan is hereby amended in the manner hereinafter set forth:

1. Section 6.1.1(a)(ii) of the Plan is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(ii) is the annual amount of the Qualified Death Benefit to which the deceased Participant’s Beneficiary would have been entitled under the Qualified Pension Plan, if such Qualified Death Benefit had been paid in the joint and 50% survivor annuity form.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this First Amendment to the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (January 1, 2012 Restatement) is executed on behalf of the Company on this ____ day of December, 2013.

 

 

  BB&T CORPORATION
     
     
  By:  
   
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President    

 

 

  Exhibit 10.13

 

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO THE

BB&T NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN

(January 1, 2012 Restatement)

 

 

WHEREAS , the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (the “Plan”), which was established as of January 1, 1988, and which was originally known as the Branch Banking and Trust Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, is currently maintained by BB&T Corporation (the “Company”) under a January 1, 2012 restated plan document; and

WHEREAS , the Company wishes to amend the Plan to address the merger of the Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan into the Plan;

NOW , THEREFORE , effective as of December 31, 2015, the Plan is hereby amended in the manner hereinafter set forth:

1. Appendix F in the form attached hereto is hereby added to the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Second Amendment to the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (January 1, 2012 Restatement) is executed on behalf of the Company on this ____ day of _________________, 2015.

 

 

  BB&T CORPORATION
     
     
  By:  
   
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President    

 

 

 

 
 

APPENDIX F

 

Merger of Susquehanna SERP

 

 

Effective December 31, 2015, all accruals ceased under the Susquehanna Bancshares, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Susquehanna SERP”), and the Susquehanna SERP was merged into the Plan. Except as provided below, executives whose accrued benefits under the Susquehanna SERP were merged into the Plan at such time shall be Participants subject to the terms of the Plan. Such Participants shall be eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan after 2015 based on the terms of the Plan and based only on their compensation and service after 2015.

(A) Amount of Benefit.

The amount of a Participant’s Susquehanna SERP benefit under the Plan (the “Susquehanna Benefit”) shall equal the amount of his benefit under the Susquehanna SERP as of December 31, 2015. All such benefits shall be 100% vested.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following modifications shall apply to determine the amount of a Susquehanna Benefit on December 31, 2015 for any such Participants still employed on December 31, 2015.

1. The Participant’s Plan Account balance under the Susquehanna SERP at December 31, 2015 shall be credited with interest at an annual rate of 4% from December 31, 2015 to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age.
2. The Plan Account balance determined under subsection 1 above shall be converted to a single life annuity using a 6% interest rate assumption and the mortality table prescribed under Code section 417(e)(3) for distributions in 2015.
3. Any reductions in Susquehanna Benefit amounts for commencement prior to Normal Retirement Age shall be based on the normal actuarial assumptions used under the Plan for such purposes.
(B) Payment of Benefit .

Payment of a Susquehanna Benefit shall be made in accordance with the following provisions and the benefit payment provisions of Articles IV, V and VI of the Plan shall not apply (except as indicated below).

1. Normal Form and Time of Payment. The Susquehanna Benefit payable to a Participant shall commence on the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date in the form of a life annuity payable monthly to the Participant. If no optional form of payment election is made by a Participant, a Married Participant shall receive a 100% joint and survivor annuity, and a Participant who is not Married shall receive a single life annuity.
- 1
 

No Susquehanna Benefit shall be distributed to any Participant who is a Specified Employee by reason of such Participant’s Separation from Service until the date that is six months following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service as required pursuant to Code section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i). Any benefit payments so delayed shall be paid in the seventh month following Separation from Service without interest.

Each Participant or Beneficiary receiving a Susquehanna Benefit in the form of an annuity paid on a monthly basis shall receive an additional payment at the same time as the first payment of such monthly annuity that is equal to the monthly annuity payment. The effect of this is that the first payment of any monthly annuity shall generally be double the normal monthly annuity so as to provide an additional benefit that makes up for the 30-day waiting period following Separation from Service.

2. Optional Forms: Prior to the commencement of Susquehanna Benefit payments, a Participant may elect to receive payment in any of the optional annuity forms under Section 5.2.1 of the Plan or in a single life annuity (as defined in Section 5.2 of the Plan). Any conversion of a Participant’s normal form of annuity to an optional form of annuity shall be based on the normal actuarial assumptions used under the Plan for such calculations.
3. Death Benefit. In the event a Participant dies while still employed or in the event a Participant with a vested Susquehanna Benefit dies after his or her Separation from Service, but before his or her Annuity Starting Date, the Participant’s death benefit shall be distributed as follows:
(a) If a Participant is Married and either actively employed immediately prior to the Participant’s death, or is on leave due to a condition that qualifies as a long-term Disability immediately prior to the Participant’s death, the Participant’s surviving spouse shall receive a benefit as though the Participant had elected a 100% joint and survivor annuity, commencing as of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, and immediately thereafter died. If a Participant with a vested Susquehanna Benefit has terminated employment, dies prior to his or her Annuity Starting Date and was Married immediately prior to the Participant’s death, the Participant’s spouse shall receive a benefit commencing as of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date determined as though the Participant had elected a 100% joint and survivor annuity, commencing as of the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date, and immediately thereafter died.
(b) If a Participant dies while still employed, is not Married immediately prior to his or her death, but has surviving children, the Participant’s Susquehanna Benefit shall be divided among and distributed to the Participant’s children as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death. If a Participant with a vested Susquehanna Benefit dies after his or her Separation from Service but prior to his or her Annuity Starting Date,
- 2
 

and is not Married immediately prior to his or her death, but has surviving children, the Participant’s Susquehanna Benefit shall be divided among and distributed to the Participant’s children as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.

(c) If a Participant dies while still employed, is not Married immediately prior to his or her death and has no surviving children, the Participant’s Susquehanna Benefit shall be distributed to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death. If a Participant with a Susquehanna Benefit dies after his or her Separation from Service but prior to his or her Annuity Starting Date, and is not Married immediately prior to his or her death and has no surviving children, the Participant’s Susquehanna Benefit shall be distributed to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following the Participant’s death.
     
4. Lump Sum Cashouts. Notwithstanding anything in this Appendix F to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s Susquehanna Benefit, together with the value of all other benefits aggregated with his Susquehanna Benefit under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(c)(2), does not exceed the applicable dollar amount then in effect under Code section 402(g)(1)(B) at any time, the Susquehanna Benefit, plus all such aggregated benefits, may be paid in a single-sum distribution at the discretion of the Committee. The calculation of such lump sum amount shall be based on the normal actuarial assumptions used under the Plan for such calculations.
     
(C) Definitions .
     

For purposes of this Appendix F, the following terms shall have the meanings provided for under the Susquehanna SERP prior to its merger into the Plan as of December 31, 2015:

· Annuity Starting Date
· Disability
· Married
· Normal Retirement Age
· Plan Account

.

 

 

- 3 -

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

 

 

 

BB&T NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

(January 1, 2012 Restatement)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

BB&T NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

(January 1, 2012 Restatement)

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Section         Page  
                 
      ARTICLE I        
      ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSES OF THE PLAN        
                 
  1.1     Establishment of Plan     1  
  1.2     Purpose of Plan     1  
                 
      ARTICLE II        
      DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION        
                 
  2.1     Defined Terms     3  
  2.2     Construction     7  
                 
      ARTICLE III        
      CREDITS TO ACCOUNTS        
                 
  3.1     Salary Reduction Credits     8  
  3.2     Company Matching Credits     9  
  3.3     Company Discretionary Credits     10  
                 
      ARTICLE IV        
        NONFORFEITABILITY OF ACCOUNTS     11  
                 
      ARTICLE V        
      PAYMENT OF BENEFITS        
                 
  5.1     Distributions     12  
  5.2     Payment of Benefits upon Separation from Service     12  
  5.3     Payment of Death Benefit     16  
  5.4     Rules     17  
                 
      ARTICLE VI        
      UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY PAYMENTS        
                 
  6.1     Conditions for Request     18  
  6.2     Written Request     19  
  6.3     Processing of Request     19  
  6.4     Rules     20  

 

 

i  
 

 

ARTICLE VII

DEEMED INVESTMENTS AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

 

  7.1     Account Administration     21  
  7.2     Deemed Investment of Accounts in Investment Funds     21  
  7.3     Deemed Investment in Company Stock by Former Stock        
        Plan Participants     22  
  7.4     Adjustment of Investment Fund Accounts     23  
  7.5     Adjustment of Company Stock Account     24  
  7.6     Rules     25  
                 
      ARTICLE VIII        
      ADMINISTRATION BY COMMITTEE        
                 
  8.1     Membership of Committee     26  
  8.2     Committee Officers; Subcommittee     26  
  8.3     Committee Meetings     26  
  8.4     Transaction of Business     27  
  8.5     Committee Records     27  
  8.6     Establishment of Rules     27  
  8.7     Conflicts of Interest     27  
  8.8     Correction of Errors     27  
  8.9     Authority to Interpret Plan     28  
  8.10     Third Party Advisors     28  
  8.11     Compensation of Members     28  
  8.12     Committee Expenses     28  
  8.13     Indemnification of Committee     28  
                 
      ARTICLE IX        
        FUNDING     30  
                 
      ARTICLE X        
      ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES        
                 
  10.1     Board     31  
  10.2     Committee     31  
  10.3     Plan Administrator     31  
  10.4     Compensation Committee     32  
                 
      ARTICLE XI        
      BENEFITS NOT ASSIGNABLE; FACILITY OF PAYMENTS        
                 
  11.1     Benefits Not Assignable     33  
  11.2     Payments to Minors and Others     33  

 

 

ii  
 

 

 

 

      ARTICLE XII        
        BENEFICIARY     34  
                 
      ARTICLE XIII        
        AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN     35  
                 
      ARTICLE XIV        
        COMMUNICATION TO PARTICIPANTS     36  
                 
      ARTICLE XV        
      CLAIMS PROCEDURE        
                 
  15.1     Filing of a Claim for Benefits     37  
  15.2     Notification to Claimant of Decision     37  
  15.3     Procedure for Review     37  
  15.4     Decision on Review     38  
  15.5     Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant     38  
                 
      ARTICLE XVI        
      PARTIES TO THE PLAN        
                 
  16.1     Adoption by Affiliates     40  
  16.2     Single Plan     40  
  16.3     Service; Allocation of Costs     40  
  16.4     Committee     40  
  16.5     Authority to Amend and Terminate     40  
                 
      ARTICLE XVII        
      COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16 OF THE 1934 ACT AND        
        RULE 16B-3 TRADING RESTRICTIONS        
            41  
      ARTICLE XVIII        
      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS        
                 
  18.1     Notices     42  
  18.2     Lost Distributees     42  
  18.3     Reliance on Data     42  
  18.4     Receipt and Release for Payments     42  
  18.5     Headings     43  
  18.6     Continuation of Employment     43  
  18.7     Construction     43  
  18.8     Nonliability of Employer     43  
  18.9     Severability     43  
  18.10     Merger and Consolidation     43  
  18.11     Withholding Taxes     44  
  18.12     Timing of 2005 Deferrals     44  
  18.13     Compliance with Section 409A     45  

 

 

iii  
 

 

 

Appendix A Investment Funds   A-1
Appendix B Participants   B-1
Appendix C Participating Affiliates   C-1
Appendix D Qualifying Plans Effective   D-1
Appendix E Special Provisions for Prior Plans   E-1
E.1 Southern National ESOP Excess Plan    
E.2 Capital Accumulation Plan for Eligible Key Employees of    
    Southern National Corporation  
E.3 Supplemental Retirement Benefit of SNC Plan    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iv  
 

 

BB&T NON-QUALIFIED DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

(January 1, 2012 Restatement)

ARTICLE I

ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

1.1 Establishment of Plan . Effective as of January 1, 1997, Southern National Corporation, a multi-banking holding company with principal subsidiaries that included Branch Banking and Trust Company, BB&T of South Carolina, and BB&T of Virginia, (the “Company”) adopted the "Southern National Corporation Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan" (the "Plan"). Thereafter in 1997, the Company was renamed BB&T Corporation and, effective as of November 1, 2001, the Plan was renamed the “BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan” and was further amended and restated. Effective as of January 1, 2009, the Plan was renamed the “BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan” and was amended and restated for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the guidance issued thereunder by the United States Department of Treasury and/or the Internal Revenue Service (collectively, “Section 409A”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, on and after January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2008, the Plan has been operated, to the extent applicable, in good faith compliance with Section 409A. As of the date of execution of this plan document which is effective as of January 1, 2012, the Plan is amended and restated to make certain clarifications in compliance with Section 409A. Moreover, to the extent applicable, the Company intends that the Plan comply with Section 409A and the Plan shall be construed consistently with such intent.

1.2 Purpose of Plan . The primary purpose of the Plan is to supplement the benefits payable to certain participants under the tax-qualified BB&T Corporation 401(k) Savings

  1  
 

Plan to the extent that such benefits are curtailed by the application of certain limits imposed by the Code. The Plan is also intended to provide certain participants in the Company's executive incentive compensation plans with an effective means of deferring a portion of the payments they are entitled to receive under such plans on a pre-tax basis. All benefits from the Plan shall be payable solely from the general assets of the Company and participating Affiliates. The Plan is comprised of both an "excess benefit plan" within the meaning of Section 3(36) of ERISA and an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation to a "select group of management or highly compensated employees" within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA. The Plan, therefore, is intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding, and fiduciary requirements of Title I of ERISA.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

2.1 Defined Terms . Whenever used in this Plan document, the following capitalized terms shall have the meaning set forth below (unless otherwise indicated by the context), rather than any definition set forth in the Savings Plan.

(1)                The term "Account" shall mean the aggregate of the unfunded, separate bookkeeping accounts which are established and maintained with respect to each Participant pursuant to the provisions of Article VII and which may include the following such accounts:

(i) a Matching Account; and

(ii) a Salary Reduction Account.

Separate subaccounts shall be established and maintained with respect to each such separate bookkeeping account which shall include one or more Investment Fund Accounts and, for certain Participants, a Company Stock Account, and which shall be adjusted in the manner provided in Article VII.

(2)                The term "Accrued Benefit" shall mean with respect to each Participant the balance credited to his Account as of the applicable Adjustment Date following adjustment thereof as provided in Article VII.

(3)                The term "Adjustment Date" shall mean each day securities are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, except regularly scheduled holidays of the Company.

(4)                The term "Affiliate" shall mean any employer which, with the Company, would be considered to be a single employer under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code, using 50%, rather than 80%, as the percentage of ownership required with respect to such Code sections. The status of an entity as an Affiliate relates only to the period of time during which the entity is so affiliated with the Company.

(5)                The term "Beneficiary" shall mean the person, persons, or entity designated or determined pursuant to the provisions of Article XII of the Plan to receive the balance of the Participant's Account under the Plan, if any, after his death.

(6)                The term "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(7)                The term "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations issued thereunder.

  3  
 

(8)                The term "Committee" shall mean the Employee Benefits Plan Committee which shall have the powers, duties, and responsibilities set forth in Article VIII.

(9)                The term "Company" shall mean BB&T Corporation, a North Carolina corporation with its principal office at Winston-Salem, North Carolina, or any successor thereto by merger, consolidation, or otherwise.

(10)            The term "Company Discretionary Credits" shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant’s Matching Account by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.3.

(11)            The term "Company Matching Credits" shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant's Matching Account by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2.

(12)            The term "Company Stock" shall mean the Company's $5 par value common stock.

(13)            The term "Company Stock Account" shall mean the subaccount of a Salary Reduction Account and/or a Matching Account of a Former Stock Plan Participant set forth in Article VII. The amounts in the Company Stock Account were earned and vested (within the meaning of Section 409A) prior to January 1, 2005, and such amounts (including the earnings thereon) are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A.

(14)            The term "Company Stock Fund" shall mean the BB&T Corporation Common Stock Fund, which consists primarily of shares of Company Stock.

(15)            The term "Company Stock Credit" shall mean a bookkeeping unit used for the purpose of crediting deemed shares of the Company Stock Fund to the Company Stock Account of each Participant for whom a Company Stock Account is established pursuant to Article VII. Each Company Stock Credit shall be equal to one share of the Company Stock Fund. The value of each Company Stock Credit shall be equivalent to the net value of a share of the Company Stock Fund as of the applicable Adjustment Date.

(16)            The term "Compensation Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or its delegate; provided, however, that the authority to make any determinations with regard to Employees who are officers subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act shall at all times be retained by the Compensation Committee.

(17)            The term "Covered Compensation" shall have the same meaning as the definition of "Compensation" under the Savings Plan without regard to any limits imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, provided that Salary Reduction Credits under this Plan shall also be included in the definition of Covered Compensation for purposes of this Plan. For purposes of this definition, any change in the definition of Compensation under the Savings Plan that is effective after the first day of a Plan Year shall not be applied to the definition of Covered Compensation until the following Plan Year.

  4  
 

(18)            The term "Deferral Election Form" shall mean the election form (including a form in electronic, telephonic, or other format) executed by the Participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Plan.

(19)            The term "Eligible Employee" shall mean each Employee who is determined by the Compensation Committee to be a highly compensated or management employee and who is selected by the Compensation Committee to participate in the Plan. An Employee shall cease to be an Eligible Employee immediately upon the first to occur of the following (i) the Employee's Separation from Service; (ii) the end of the Plan Year in which occurs the determination by the Compensation Committee that the Employee is no longer a highly compensated or management employee; or (iii) the end of the Plan Year in which the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the Employee shall no longer be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(20)            The term "Employee" shall mean an individual in the Service of the Employer, provided that the relationship between him and the Employer is the legal relationship of employer and employee.

(21)            The term "Employer" shall mean the Company and participating Affiliates; Article XVI sets forth the special provisions concerning participating Affiliates.

(22)            The term "Entry Date" shall mean January 1 of each Plan Year; provided, however, that under special circumstances, such as the acquisition of an Affiliate and in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Committee may designate a date other than January 1 of a Plan Year as an Entry Date.

(23)            The term "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended and rules and regulations issued thereunder.

(24)            The term "Investment Fund" shall mean any mutual fund described in Appendix A attached hereto and any self-directed brokerage option allowed by the Committee; provided, however, that the Committee shall determine from time to time the mutual funds to be set forth and described in Appendix A, and shall notify Participants in writing of the available Investment Funds from time to time.

(25)            The term "Investment Fund Account" shall mean a subaccount of a Salary Reduction Account and/or a Matching Account which shall indicate the amount deemed invested in an Investment Fund as set forth in Article VII.

(26)            The term "Investment Fund Credit" shall mean, with respect to each Investment Fund, a bookkeeping unit used for the purpose of crediting deemed shares of such Investment Fund to the corresponding investment subaccounts of each Participant’s Account. Each Investment Fund Credit shall be equal to one share of each Investment Fund. The value of each Investment Fund Credit shall be equivalent to the net value of a share of the applicable Investment Fund as of any Adjustment Date.

  5  
 

(27)            The term "Matching Account" shall mean the separate bookkeeping account to be kept for each Participant to which Company Matching Credits and any Company Discretionary Credits are credited.

(28)            The term "1934 Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(29)            The term "Participant" shall mean with respect to any Plan Year an Eligible Employee who has commenced participation in the Plan and any former Eligible Employee who has an Accrued Benefit remaining under the Plan. An Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the Entry Date determined by the Committee. A Participant who incurs a Separation from Service and who later returns to Service will not be eligible to reenter the Plan except upon satisfaction of the terms and conditions established by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A. The Committee shall maintain a list of the Participants in the Plan, which shall be amended from time to time.

(30)            The term "Performance-Based Compensation" shall mean compensation considered performance-based compensation under Code section 409A. Generally this means an amount which, or the entitlement to which, is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months . Performance criteria shall be established in writing not later than 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relate; provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established. Performance-Based Compensation shall not include any amount or portion of any amount that will be paid regardless of performance or is based upon a level of performance that is substantially certain to be met at the time the criteria are established.

(31)            The term "Plan" shall mean the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan, an unfunded, non-qualified deferred compensation plan as herein restated or as duly amended from time to time.

(32)            The term "Plan Administrator" shall mean the plan administrator as provided in Section 8.2.

(33)            The term "Plan Year" shall mean the 12-calendar-month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.

(34)            The term "Salary Reduction Election Form" shall mean the election form (including a form in electronic, telephonic, or other format) executed by the Participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1 of the Plan.

(35)            The term "Salary Reduction Account" shall mean the separate bookkeeping account to be kept for each Participant to which Salary Reduction Credits shall be credited.

  6  
 

(36)            The term "Salary Reduction Credits" shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant’s Salary Reduction Account by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1 of the Plan.

(37)            The term "Savings Plan" shall mean the BB&T Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(38)            The term "Section 409A" shall mean Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder by the United States Department of Treasury and/or the Internal Revenue Service.

(39)            The term "Separation from Service" shall mean a termination of employment with the Company and all Affiliates that is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(40)            The term "Service" shall mean employment by the Employer as an Employee.

(41)            The term "Specified Employee" shall mean a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(42)            The term "Spouse" or "Surviving Spouse" shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the legally married or surviving spouse of a Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a same-gender spouse shall not be deemed to be the Spouse or Surviving Spouse of a Participant for any purpose under the Plan.

(43)            The term "Unforeseeable Emergency" shall mean a severe financial hardship as more fully defined in Section 6.1.

2.2 Construction . Wherever appropriate, words used in the Plan in the singular may include the plural, or the plural may be read as the singular. References to one gender shall include the other. A capitalized term used, but not defined in the Plan, shall have the same meaning given in the Savings Plan, depending on the context in which the term is used.

 

 

  7  
 

ARTICLE III

CREDITS TO ACCOUNTS

3.1 Salary Reduction Credits .

3.1.1 Amount of Salary Reduction Credits . Each Participant who is a participant in the Savings Plan may elect to reduce on a pre-tax basis his Covered Compensation from the Employer for any Plan Year by a percentage as set forth on a Salary Reduction Election Form which the Participant executes prior to the applicable Entry Date and in accordance with Section 3.1.3. Such election will apply to the Covered Compensation received by the Participant after the date such election becomes effective during the Plan Year. For each Plan Year, the deferral election will be effective as of the earlier date below:

(a) the date the Participant's Covered Compensation reaches the limit under Code section 401(a)(17) for the Plan Year while the Participant is making Salary Reduction Contributions under the Savings Plan, or

(b) the date the Participant's contribution to the Savings Plan have reached the pre-tax contribution limit under Code section 402(g) during the Plan Year.

In the event that a Participant’s first Entry Date is other than January 1 and it is his first year of eligibility under the Plan (taking into consideration eligibility under all other nonqualified account balance plans of the Company and of any Affiliate that are required to be aggregated with the Plan under Section 409A in determining whether such Plan Year is in fact the first year of eligibility, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(a)(7)(ii), under a "plan" that includes the Plan), such Participant may file an initial Salary Reduction Election Form in accordance with this Section 3.1.1 within 30 days of becoming first eligible to participate under the Plan, but only with respect to that portion of his Covered Compensation to be earned for services to be performed subsequent to such election and ending on December 31 of such Plan Year. Such deferral election will be effective as of the earlier of the date that the requirements in (a) or (b) above are satisfied.

3.1.2 Time for Crediting Accounts . Salary Reduction Credits shall be credited to a Participant’s Salary Reduction Account as of the time, and in the same manner, that Salary Reduction Contributions are credited to the Participant’s Salary Reduction Contribution (Before-Tax) Account under the Savings Plan.

3.1.3 Administrative Rules . An election pursuant to Section 3.1.1 shall be made by the Participant by executing and delivering to the Committee a Salary Reduction Election Form in accordance with such rules and procedures as are adopted by the Committee from time to time. Except for the first year of eligibility, the Salary Reduction Election Form must be received by the Committee prior to the beginning of each Plan Year in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. The Salary Reduction

  8  
 

Election Form of a Participant shall be irrevocable for the relevant Plan Year, subject to permitted adjustments resulting from a Participant’s qualified plan elections consistent with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-2(a)(9) and 1.409A-3(j)(5), or any successors thereto, determined using the Participant's Salary Reduction Contribution rate under the Savings Plan in effect on June 30 prior to the applicable Plan Year. The Salary Reduction Election Form will remain in effect for the Plan Year for which it is first made and for all future Plan Years until it is revoked or changed by a new election submitted pursuant to the rules of this Section 3.1 or the Participant ceases participation in the Plan. Any such election with respect to Covered Compensation that is Performance-Based Compensation must be received by the Committee in accordance with procedures established by the Committee; provided, however, that:

(i) the Committee does not receive such election later than a date that is six months prior to the end of the applicable performance period;

(ii) the Participant has continuously performed services from the later of the beginning of the performance period which is at least 12 consecutive months or the date the performance criteria are established through the date on which the deferral election is made; and

(iii) in no event shall such election be made after such Incentive Compensation has become readily ascertainable.

3.2 Company Matching Credits .

3.2.1 Amount of Company Matching Credits . The Committee shall credit to the Matching Account of each Participant who elects to reduce his Covered Compensation under Section 3.1, with a Company Matching Credit, which shall be an amount equal to (a) minus (b), where

(a) is the sum of the Salary Reduction Credits and the Salary Reduction Contributions under the Savings Plan for the Plan Year, up to 6% of his Covered Compensation for the Plan Year; and

(b) is equal to the Matching Contributions provided under the Savings Plan during the Plan Year;

provided, however, that the Company Matching Credit of a Participant who is first eligible to participate during the Plan Year beginning on an Entry Date other than January 1 as provided in Section 3.1.1 shall be limited to that portion of his Covered Compensation to be earned for services to be performed subsequent to his submission of his Salary Reduction Election Form and ending on December 31 of such Plan Year.

3.2.2 Crediting Company Matching Credits . The amount of Company Matching Credits to be credited to the Matching Account of the Participant shall be credited by the Committee to the Participant's Matching Account as of the same time and

  9  
 

in the same manner as Matching Contributions are credited to the Participant's Employer Basic Matching Contribution Account and Employer Supplemental Matching Contribution Account under the Savings Plan.

3.3 Company Discretionary Credits .

3.3.1 Amount of Company Discretionary Credits . At the discretion of the Company and pursuant to the directions of the Company, the Committee shall credit to the Matching Account of a Participant with a Company Discretionary Credit, which shall be an amount determined by the Company. The determination of which Participant shall be credited with a Company Discretionary Credit and the amount of such credit shall be determined solely by the Company.

3.3.2 Time for Crediting Company Discretionary Credits . The amount of Company Discretionary Credits to be credited to the Matching Account of the Participant shall be credited at such time or times as the Committee so designates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10  
 

ARTICLE IV

NONFORFEITABILITY OF ACCOUNTS

Upon Separation from Service, the interest of a Participant in his Salary Reduction Account as well as his Matching Account (including any Company Stock Account) shall not be subject to forfeiture; provided, however that in the event the Participant has engaged in misconduct, including, but not limited to, embezzlement, larceny, theft, and other dishonest acts affecting the Employer, or has engaged in direct competition with the Employer while a Participant, such Participant shall forfeit the entire interest in his Matching Account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  11  
 

ARTICLE V

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

5.1 Distributions

5.1.1 In General . Except as otherwise provided in Article VI relating to payments in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, the vested Accrued Benefit of a Participant shall be distributed to or with respect to a Participant only upon the Participant's Separation from Service or death. Payment of benefits on account of a Separation from Service shall be made in accordance with Section 5.2. Payment of benefits on account of the death of a Participant shall be made in accordance with Section 5.3.

 

5.1.2 No Acceleration . Except as otherwise provided below and in Article VI relating payments in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, which are permitted under Section 409A, no acceleration of the time and form of payment of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit, or any portion thereof, shall be permitted. Any portion of a Participant’s Account that is includible in income under Section 409A shall be distributed immediately to the Participant. And a Participant’s Account shall be distributed upon the sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 15.14 of the BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust and in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B) or any successor thereto.

 

5.2 Payment of Benefits upon Separation from Service .

 

5.2.1 Form of Distribution . Subject to the provisions of Article XVII, the vested Accrued Benefit of a Participant who has incurred a Separation from Service shall be paid to the Participant or applied for his benefit under one of the following options:

 

Option A Term Certain Option . Payment in approximately equal monthly installments over a term certain not to exceed 180 months; or

 

Option B Lump Sum Option . Payment in a lump sum.

The election of the distribution option with respect to his vested Accrued Benefit ("Form Election") shall be made by the Participant on a form approved by the Committee and filed with the Committee as provided in Section 5.2.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Form Elections are subject to the provisions of Section 5.2.2(b). In the event that a Participant fails to elect a distribution option or fails to make a timely election, his vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to him under the Lump Sum Option. The amount of a Participant's vested Accrued Benefit for purposes of any distribution made pursuant to this Article V shall be determined as of the Adjustment Date that such distribution is actually processed by the Committee or its designee.

  12  
 

Notwithstanding any election made by the Participant pursuant to this Section 5.2.1, if prior to the distribution processing date the Participant advises the Committee in writing that he desires to have his vested Company Stock Accounts, if any, paid to him in shares of Company Stock (as provided in Section 5.2.4), his vested Company Stock Accounts shall be paid to him in accordance with the distribution option elected by him pursuant to this Section 5.2.1; provided, however, that if the Participant elected the Term Certain Option, payment of the Participant's Company Stock Accounts, which are grandfathered from Section 409A, shall be paid to him in approximately equal annual (rather than monthly) installments over the term certain selected by the Participant.

5.2.2 Commencement and Timing of Distributions .

(a) In General . Except as otherwise provided in Article VI relating to payments in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, no benefit payments will be made to the Participant from the Plan under this Section 5.2 until the Participant has incurred a Separation from Service. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2.2(b) and Article XVII, payment of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall commence within one of the following periods:

Option 1        Distribution shall commence within the 60-day period next following the date the Participant incurs a Separation from Service; provided that if such 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in another, the Participant shall not have a right to designate the calendar year of payment.

Option 2        Distribution shall commence within the period beginning on the first day of January of the Plan Year which next follows the Plan Year in which the Participant incurred a Separation from Service and ending on the last day of February of such Plan Year.

Option 3        Distribution shall commence within the 60-day period next following the later of (a) the date the Participant attains age 65, or (b) the date the Participant has incurred a Separation from Service; provided that if such 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in another, the Participant shall not have a right to designate the calendar year of payment.

Option 4        Distribution shall commence within the period beginning on the first day of January of the Plan Year, and ending on the last day of February of such Plan Year, which next follows the later of (a) the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 65, or (b) the Plan Year in which the Participant has incurred a Separation from Service.

The election of the date as of which distribution shall commence (the "Timing Election") shall be made by the Participant on a form approved by the Committee and filed with the

  13  
 

Committee as provided in Section 5.2.3. If the Participant fails to elect one of these options, fails to make a timely election, or fails to make consistent elections for all deferrals, Option 1 will be deemed to have been elected by the Participant.

(b) Specified Employees . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that a Participant is a Specified Employee at the time of his Separation from Service, to the extent that payment of his vested Accrued Benefit would constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A, any Accrued Benefit payable during the six-month period following such Separation from Service shall be paid during the 30-day period commencing with the first day of the seventh month following the month of the Participant’s Separation from Service; provided, however, that if such 30-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in another, the Participant shall not have the right to designate the taxable year of payment.

5.2.3 Timing and Duration of Elections .

(a) Elections for 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008 . On or before December 31, 2008, Participants may make Form Elections and Timing Elections with respect to their Accrued Benefits for Plan Years 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008; provided, however, that:

(i) No amount subject to any such election shall otherwise be payable in the calendar year in which the election is made;
(ii) Such election shall not cause an amount to be paid in the calendar year of the election that would not otherwise be payable in such year;
(iii) All Form Elections shall be consistent with each other and all Timing Elections shall be consistent with each other; and
(iv) Such elections shall continue in effect for future Plan Years unless subsequent elections pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2.3(c) are made and become effective.

(b) Initial Distribution Elections . On or before the December 31 that immediately precedes the Plan Year in which he is first eligible to participate in the Plan, a Participant shall make a Form Election and Timing Election on a distribution election form approved by the Committee and filed with the Committee in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. A Participant who is eligible, pursuant to Sections 3.1.1 and/or 3.3.1, to make an election to participate in the Plan on an Entry Date other than January 1 shall make a Form Election and Timing Election on a distribution election form approved by the Committee and filed with the Committee within 30 days of becoming first eligible to participate in the Plan. Such elections shall continue in effect for future Plan Years unless subsequent elections pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2.3(c) are made and become effective.

 

  14  
 

(c) Subsequent Elections . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant may change any Form Election or Timing Election made under Section 5.2.3(a) or (b) above only if the following conditions are met:

 

(i) The time and form of payment is permitted under the terms of the Plan and if the time and form of payment is changed, the time and form of all previous Form Elections and Timing Elections is changed to a consistent time and form of payment; and
(ii) Any such subsequent election shall not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made; and
(iii) The payment with respect to which any such subsequent election is made is deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise be made (for this purpose, payments under the Term Certain Option shall be treated as a single payment); and
(iv) Any subsequent election shall not be made less than 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment; and
(v) The election shall be irrevocable as of the last date it can be made.

Further, any subsequent election made by a Participant must be made prior to the Participant attaining the age of 60.

5.2.4 Medium of Distribution . Subject to the provisions of Article XVII, distributions from the Plan shall be made in cash unless prior to the distribution processing date the Participant advises the Committee in writing that he desires to receive payment of his vested Company Stock Accounts, if any, in Company Stock. The number of shares of Company Stock distributable to the Participant shall be determined as of the Adjustment Date the Participant's distribution from the Plan is actually processed by the Committee or its designee. Any portion of a payment that would be represented by a fractional share shall be paid in cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant's vested Company Stock Accounts, which are grandfathered from Section 409A, are paid to him in annual installments pursuant to Section 5.2.1, the number of shares of Company Stock initially distributed to the Participant shall be determined by multiplying the value of the Participant's Company Stock Accounts as of the date benefit payments are to commence by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be one and the denominator of which shall be the total number of installments to be paid. If a portion of the initial payment would be represented by a fractional share, such portion shall be paid in cash. As of each February 1 after the first annual installment payment (the “Annual Valuation Date”), the number of shares of Company Stock distributed to the Participant shall be determined by multiplying the value of the Participant's Company Stock Accounts as of the Annual Valuation Date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be one and the denominator of which shall be the number of installments remaining to be paid. If a portion of any subsequent

  15  
 

installment payment would be represented by a fractional share, such portion shall be paid in cash. The Company Stock Account shall continue to be adjusted as provided in Article VII until the entire balance credited to the Company Stock Account has been distributed.

5.2.5 Installment Payments . Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.2.4, if the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit is to be distributed in installments pursuant to the Term Certain Option, the amount of each monthly installment shall initially be equal to the value of the Account as of the date benefit payments are to commence multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be one and the denominator of which shall be the total number of installments to be paid. As of each Annual Valuation Date, the amount of the monthly installment payment shall be adjusted so that for the twelve-consecutive month period beginning on such Annual Valuation Date the amount of each monthly installment payment shall be equal to the value of the Account on such Annual Valuation Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be one and the denominator of which shall be the number of installments remaining to be paid. The Account shall continue to be adjusted as provided in Article VII until the entire balance credited to the Account has been paid. Any final earnings shall be paid with the last installment.

5.3 Payment of Death Benefit . On the death of a Participant, the vested Accrued Benefit of such Participant shall be paid to his Beneficiary in accordance with the following special provisions hereafter set forth:

5.3.1 Death Before Payments Begin . In the event that a Participant dies before payment of his vested Accrued Benefit commences under Section 5.2, payment shall be made to the Beneficiary in cash under the Lump Sum Option described in Section 5.2.1. Payment shall be made within the 90-day period that begins the 60 th day next following the date of the Participant's death; provided, however, that if such 90-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in another, the Beneficiary shall not have a right to designate the calendar year of payment. The amount of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit for purposes of any distribution made pursuant to this Section 5.3.1 shall be determined as of the Adjustment Date such distribution is actually processed by the Committee or its designee. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to the provisions of Article XVII, prior to the distribution processing date the Beneficiary may advise the Committee in writing that he desires to have the Participant's vested Company Stock Accounts, if any, paid to him in shares of Company Stock rather than in cash. The number of shares of Company Stock distributable to the Beneficiary shall be determined as of the Adjustment Date that the death benefit from the Plan is actually processed by the Committee or its designee. Any portion of a payment that would be represented by a fractional share shall be paid in cash.

5.3.2 Death After Payments Begin . In the event that a Participant dies on or after payment of his vested Accrued Benefit commences under Section 5.2, the remaining payments (if any) that would have been made to the Participant had he not died shall be

  16  
 

made to the Participant's Beneficiary in the same manner as they would have been paid to the Participant had he lived.

5.4 Rules . Subject to the provisions of Article XVII and Section 409A, the Committee may from time to time adopt additional policies or rules governing the manner in which distributions will be made from the Plan so that the Plan may be conveniently administered and comply with Section 409A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  17  
 

ARTICLE VI

UNFORESEEABLE EMERGENCY PAYMENTS

6.1 Conditions for Request . Subject to the provisions of Article XVII, a Participant may, at any time prior to his Separation from Service, make application to the Committee to receive a cash payment in a lump sum of all or a portion of the total amount credited to his Account (other than the forfeitable portion of his Matching Account) by reason of an Unforeseeable Emergency. The amount of a payment on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall not exceed the amount required to meet the financial hardship created by the Unforeseeable Emergency, after taking into account the extent to which such emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent the liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship), or the cessation of deferrals under the Plan. For purposes of this Article VI, an Unforeseeable Emergency shall mean a severe financial hardship of the Participant resulting from (i) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Section 152 of the Code, without regard to Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)); (ii) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to the home by natural disaster not otherwise covered by insurance); or (iii) other similar or extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee in accordance with Section 409A, and its decision to grant or deny a payment on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be final. The Committee shall apply uniform and nondiscriminatory standards in accordance with Section 409A in making its decision.

  18  
 

6.2 Written Request . The Participant's request for a payment on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency must be made in writing to the Committee. The request must specify the nature of the financial hardship, the total amount to be paid from his Account, and the total amount of the actual expense incurred or to be incurred on account of hardship.

6.3 Processing of Request . The processing of a request for a payment on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency shall be completed as soon as practicable from the date on which the Committee receives the properly completed written request. If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service after a request is approved but prior to payment, the approval of his request shall be automatically void and the benefits he is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be paid in accordance with the applicable payment provisions of the Plan. If a payment is approved, such payment shall be made in a lump sum within 60 days of the date of approval; provided, however, that if the 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in another, the Participant shall not have a right to designate the calendar year of payment. If the Committee determines that the extent of an Unforeseeable Emergency requires a suspension of the Participant’s deferrals for the Plan Year in which the Unforeseeable Emergency occurs, such a suspension shall take effect upon the date of approval of such emergency. An Unforeseeable Emergency withdrawal shall be charged to the separate bookkeeping accounts which comprise the Account in the following order: (i) the Matching Account (but only to the extent of the vested portion of the Matching Account); and (ii) the Salary Reduction Account. Subject to the provisions of Article XVII, with respect to each such separate bookkeeping account, such Unforeseeable Emergency withdrawal shall be charged to the Investment Fund Accounts and the Company Stock Account with respect to such separate bookkeeping account on a pro rata basis.

  19  
 

6.4 Rules . Subject to the provisions of Article XVII and Section 409A, the Committee may from time to time adopt additional policies or rules governing the manner in which such payments because of an Unforeseeable Emergency may be made so that the Plan may be conveniently administered and comply with Section 409A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  20  
 

ARTICLE VII

DEEMED INVESTMENTS AND ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS

7.1 Account Administration . The Committee shall establish and maintain on behalf of each Participant the following separate bookkeeping accounts with respect to his Account: (i) Matching Account; and (ii) Salary Reduction Account. If the Participant elects to have all or a portion of the amount credited to each separate bookkeeping account deemed invested in one or more of the Investment Funds as provided in Section 7.2, the Committee shall establish an Investment Fund Account with respect to the amount deemed invested in each Investment Fund. With respect to each Participant who was a Participant in the SNC Excess Plan (as defined in Appendix E) or any other nonqualified plan that was merged into or consolidated with the Plan and that, at the time of such merger or consolidation, allowed participants' accounts to be deemed invested in the Company Stock Fund (the “Former Stock Plans”), the Committee shall also establish and maintain with respect to his Salary Reduction Account and his Matching Account a sub-account entitled Company Stock Account. Each Participant who has a Company Stock Account shall sometimes be referred to herein as a “Former Stock Plan Participant.” In no event shall the Committee establish and maintain a Company Stock Account on behalf of a Participant other than a Former Stock Plan Participant.

7.2 Deemed Investment of Accounts in Investment Funds . In accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, a Participant may elect to have all or a portion (in integral percentages) of the amount credited to each separate bookkeeping account deemed invested in one or more of the Investment Funds. An election to invest in the Investment Funds shall be made by the Participant in accordance with such rules and procedures as are established by the Committee from time to time. Unless modified or revoked by the Participant, an election to

  21  
 

invest in the Investment Funds shall continue in effect until such the distribution of the Participant's vested Accrued Benefit is processed by the Committee or its designee in accordance with the provisions of Article V. A Participant unilaterally may modify or revoke his election as of any Adjustment Date by providing advance notice to the Committee in accordance with such rules and procedures as are established by the Committee from time to time. Any amount the Participant has elected to be deemed invested in an Investment Fund shall be converted into Investment Fund Credits with respect to that Investment Fund in the manner and as of the Adjustment Date set forth in procedures established by the Committee. The value of any Investment Fund Credits that the Participant has elected to be deemed sold from an Investment Fund Account and credited to another Investment Fund Account shall be determined in the manner and as of the Adjustment Date set forth in procedures established by the Committee. All deemed dividends, capital gains or other income distributions payable with respect to the Investment Fund Credits allocated to an Investment Fund Account shall be converted into Investment Fund Credits in the manner and as of the Adjustment Date set forth in procedures established by the Committee. In the event the Committee shall change the manner in which amounts are to be converted to Investment Fund Credits or the manner in which Investment Fund Credits are to be deemed sold, it shall communicate such change to Participants in writing in advance of the date such change is to be effective. The Investment Fund Accounts shall be adjusted as provided in Section 7.4 and any fractional shares shall be accounted for as such.

7.3 Deemed Investment in Company Stock by Former Stock Plan Participants . The amounts transferred from the accounts under the Former Stock Plans which were deemed invested in the Company Stock Fund shall remain deemed invested in the Company Stock Fund. In no event shall any other amounts credited to Accounts under the Plan be deemed

  22  
 

invested in the Company Stock Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing and in accordance with procedures adopted by the Committee, a Former Stock Plan Participant who was a participant in one of the nonqualified plans described in Appendix D (each such Participant sometimes being referred to herein as a "Qualifying Former Stock Plan Participant") may elect as of any Adjustment Date to have all or a portion (in integral percentages) of his Company Stock Credits credited to his Company Stock Accounts deemed sold and the deemed cash proceeds therefrom credited to his Investment Fund Accounts in accordance with the most recent election made by the Participant pursuant to Section 7.2. An election to sell Company Stock Credits shall be made by the Qualifying Former Stock Plan Participant in accordance with such rules and procedures as are adopted by the Committee from time to time and shall be irrevocable when made. The value of any Company Stock Credits the Qualifying Former Stock Plan Participant has elected to be deemed sold shall be determined in the manner and as of the Adjustment Date described in procedures established by the Committee. In the event the Committee shall change the manner in which the value of Company Stock Credits deemed sold from the Company Stock Accounts are determined, it shall communicate such change to Qualifying Former Stock Plan Participants in writing in advance of the date such change is to be effective. All deemed cash dividends payable with respect to Company Stock Credits then allocated to the Participant's Company Stock Accounts shall be credited to his applicable Investment Fund Accounts in accordance with the most recent election made by the Participant pursuant to Section 7.2. Company Stock Credits which have not been deemed sold shall remain in the Company Stock Accounts and such Accounts shall be adjusted as provided in Section 7.5.

7.4 Adjustment of Investment Fund Accounts . As of the close of business of the Company on each Adjustment Date, the number of Investment Fund Credits allocated to the

  23  
 

Investment Fund Account of each Participant with respect to each separate bookkeeping account shall be adjusted in the following order:

(a) Any Investment Fund Credits deemed sold from the Investment Fund Account since the next preceding Adjustment Date shall be debited.

 

(b) Then, any shares of the Investment Fund deemed purchased with amounts converted into Investment Fund Credits plus any additional shares of Investment Fund Credits deemed purchased as a result of any deemed dividends, capital gains, or other income distributions payable since the next preceding Adjustment Date with respect to Investment Fund Credits allocated to the Participant's Investment Fund Account, shall be credited.

 

(c) Finally, any Investment Fund Credits forfeited with respect to the Investment Fund Account of the Matching Account since the next preceding Adjustment Date shall be debited.

7.5 Adjustment of Company Stock Account . As of the close of business of the Company on each Adjustment Date, the number of Company Stock Credits allocated to the Company Stock Account of each Participant with respect to each separate bookkeeping account shall be adjusted in the following order:

(a) Any Company Stock Credits deemed distributed or deemed sold from the Company Stock Account since the next preceding Adjustment Date shall be debited.

 

(b) Then, any additional shares of Company Stock Credits deemed issued in connection with any deemed dividends, a stock split, or similar transaction since the next preceding Adjustment Date with respect to Company Stock Credits allocated to the Participant's Company Stock Account, shall be credited.

(c) Finally, any Company Stock Credits forfeited with respect to the Company Stock Account of the Matching Account since the next preceding Adjustment Date, shall be debited.

The aggregate number of Company Stock Credits credited to any Company Stock Account may be appropriately adjusted as the Committee may determine for any increase or decrease in the number of shares of issued Company Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, stock split-up, stock distribution or combination

  24  
 

of shares, or the payment of a share dividend or other increase or decrease in the number of such shares outstanding effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. Adjustments under this Section 7.5 shall be made by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and its decisions shall be binding and conclusive.

7.6 Rules . Subject to the provisions of Article XVII and Section 409A, the Committee may establish any rules or regulations necessary to implement the provisions of this Article VII and to comply with Section 409A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  25  
 

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATION BY COMMITTEE

8.1 Membership of Committee . The Committee shall consist of the individuals appointed by the Board to serve as members of the Employee Benefits Plan Committee. The Committee shall be responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions, except to the extent all or any of such obligations are specifically imposed on the Board.

8.2 Committee Officers; Subcommittee . The members of the Committee s hall elect a Chairman and may elect an acting Chairman. They shall also elect a Secretary and may elect an acting Secretary, either of whom may be but need not be a member of the Committee. The Committee may appoint from its membership such subcommittees with such powers as the Committee shall determine, and may authorize one or more of its members or any agent to execute or deliver any instruments or to make any payment in behalf of the Committee. The Chairman of the Committee shall constitute the Plan Administrator and shall be agent for service of legal process on the Plan. In addition, notwithstanding any provision herein, any subcommittee established by the Committee or any Board committee (including the Compensation Committee) or subcommittee may be granted such authority, and be comprised of such members, as is necessary to comply with the conditions imposed by Rule 16b-3, promulgated under Section 16 of the 1934 Act.

8.3 Committee Meetings . The Committee shall hold such meetings upon such notice, at such places and at such intervals as it may from time to time determine. Notice of meetings shall not be required if notice is waived in writing by all the members of the Committee at the time in office, or if all such members are present at the meeting.

  26  
 

8.4 Transaction of Business . A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting shall be by vote of a majority of those present at any such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent thereto signed by all of the members of the Committee.

8.5 Committee Records . The Committee shall maintain full and complete records of its deliberations and decisions. The minutes of its proceedings shall be conclusive proof of the facts of the operation of the Plan. The records of the Committee shall contain all relevant data pertaining to individual Participants and their rights under the Plan.

8.6 Establishment of Rules . Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may from time to time establish rules or by-laws for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its business.

8.7 Conflicts of Interest . No individual member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or to any of his rights or benefits under the Plan (except that such member may sign unanimous written consent to resolutions adopted or other action taken without a meeting).

8.8 Correction of Errors . The Committee may correct errors, subject to the requirements of Section 409A, and, so far as practicable, may adjust any benefit or credit or payment accordingly. The Committee may in its discretion waive any notice requirements in the Plan; provided, that a waiver of notice in one or more cases shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of notice in any other case. With respect to any power or authority which the Committee has discretion to exercise under the Plan, such discretion shall be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner.

  27  
 

8.9 Authority to Interpret Plan . Subject to the claims procedure set forth in Article XV, the Committee and the Plan Administrator shall have the duty and discretionary authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan and decide any dispute which may arise regarding the rights of Participants hereunder, including the discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and to make determinations as to eligibility for participation and benefits under the Plan. Interpretations and determinations by the Committee and the Plan Administrator shall apply uniformly to all persons similarly situated and shall be binding and conclusive on all interested persons. Such interpretations and determinations shall only be set aside if the Committee and the Plan Administrator are found to have acted arbitrarily and capriciously in interpreting and construing the provisions of the Plan.

8.10 Third Party Advisors . The Committee may engage an attorney, accountant or any other technical advisor on matters regarding the operation of the Plan and to perform such other duties as shall be required in connection therewith, and may employ such clerical and related personnel as the Committee shall deem requisite or desirable in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.

8.11 Compensation of Members . No fee or compensation shall be paid to any member of the Committee for his service as such.

8.12 Committee Expenses . The Committee shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for its reasonable expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of its duties in the administration of the Plan.

8.13 Indemnification of Committee . No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by him or on his behalf as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company

  28  
 

shall indemnify and hold harmless, directly from its own assets (including the proceeds of any insurance policy the premiums for which are paid from the Company's own assets), each member of the Committee and each other officer, Employee, or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be delegated or allocated, against any unreimbursed or uninsured cost or expense (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the prior written approval of the Board) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person's own fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct, or gross negligence.

 

 

 

 

  29  
 

ARTICLE IX

FUNDING

The Plan is intended to be both an excess benefit plan and an unfunded plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of highly compensated or management employees. The obligation of the Employer to make payments hereunder may constitute a general unsecured obligation of the Employer to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

the Company shall establish and maintain a special separate fund as provided for in the document entitled “BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust.” Subject to the restrictions in Section 409A(b), the Employer shall make contributions to the trust no less frequently than annually, and shall provide for trust assets that are at least equal to the sum of the amounts of all Accounts under the Plan as of a date within ten business days before such contribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant or his Beneficiary shall have any legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any particular asset of the trust or the Employer by reason of the Employer's obligation hereunder, and nothing contained herein shall create or be construed as creating any other fiduciary relationship between the Employer and a Participant or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the trust or the Employer hereunder, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Employer.

 

 

 

  30  
 

ARTICLE X

ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

The persons responsible for the Plan and the duties and responsibilities allocated to each, which shall be carried out in accordance with the other applicable terms and provisions of the Plan, shall be as follows:

10.1 Board .

 

(i)                  To amend the Plan (other than the Appendices);

(ii)                To appoint and remove members of the Committee;

(iii)              To terminate the Plan; and

(iv) To take any actions required to comply with federal and state securities laws (except to the extent that the Committee or a committee or subcommittee established pursuant to Section 8.2 is authorized to do so).

10.2 Committee .

(i) To interpret the provisions of the Plan and to determine the rights of the Participants under the Plan, except to the extent otherwise provided in Article XV relating to the claims procedure;
(ii) To administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, except to the extent powers to administer the Plan are specifically delegated to another person or persons as provided in the Plan;
(iii) To determine the Accrued Benefits of Participants;
(iv) To direct the Employer in the payment of benefits, and
(v) To the extent necessary or advisable and except as specifically provided otherwise herein, to amend, or maintain, as the case may be, the Appendices attached hereto.

10.3 Plan Administrator .

(i) To file such reports as may be required with the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any other government agencies to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time;
  31  
 
(ii) To provide for disclosure of Plan provisions and other information relating to the Plan to Participants and other interested parties; and
(iii) To administer the claims procedure to the extent provided in Article XV.

10.4 Compensation Committee .

(i) To determine the Employees eligible to participate in the Plan except to the extent otherwise provided in the Plan; and
(ii) To determine from time to time the mutual funds to be described on Appendix A.
(iii) In carrying out its duties and responsibilities, the provisions of Sections 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12, and 8.13 shall apply equally to the Compensation Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

  32  
 

ARTICLE XI

BENEFITS NOT ASSIGNABLE; FACILITY OF PAYMENTS

11.1 Benefits Not Assignable . No portion of any benefit held or paid under the Plan with respect to any Participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void, nor shall any portion of such benefit be in any manner payable to any assignee, receiver or any one trustee, or be liable for a Participant’s debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts, or be subject to any legal process to levy upon or attach.

11.2 Payments to Minors and Others . If any individual entitled to receive a payment under the Plan shall be physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt of such payment, the Committee, upon the receipt of satisfactory evidence of his incapacity and satisfactory evidence that another person or institution is maintaining him and that no guardian or committee has been appointed for him, may cause any payment otherwise payable to him to be made to such person or institution so maintaining him. Payment to such person or institution shall be in full satisfaction of all claims by or through the Participant to the extent of the amount thereof.

 

 

 

  33  
 

ARTICLE XII

BENEFICIARY

The Participant's Beneficiary shall be the person or persons designated by the Participant on the beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Committee or its designee. If the Participant does not designate a Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be his Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not designate a Beneficiary and has no Surviving Spouse, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. The designation of a Beneficiary may be changed or revoked only by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Committee or its designee. If a Beneficiary (the "Primary Beneficiary") is receiving or is entitled to receive payments under the Plan and dies before receiving all of the payments due him, the balance to which he is entitled shall be paid to the Contingent Beneficiary, if any, named in the Participant's current beneficiary designation form. If there is no Contingent Beneficiary, the balance shall be paid to the estate of the Primary Beneficiary. Any Beneficiary may disclaim all or any part of any benefit to which such Beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder by filing a written disclaimer with the Committee before payment of such benefit is to be made. Such a disclaimer shall be made in form satisfactory to the Committee and shall be irrevocable when filed. Any benefit disclaimed shall be payable from the Plan in the same manner as if the Beneficiary who filed the disclaimer had died on the date of such filing.

 

 

 

  34  
 

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that in no event shall such amendment or termination reduce any Participant's Accrued Benefit as of the date of such amendment or termination, nor shall any such amendment affect the terms of the Plan relating to the payment of such Accrued Benefit without the Participant's prior written consent to such amendment. Any such amendment or termination shall be made pursuant to a resolution of the Board and shall be effective as of the date specified in such resolution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and until otherwise decided by the Board, subject to Section 409A, the officer of the Company specifically designated in resolutions adopted by the Board shall have the authority to amend the Plan to provide for the merger or consolidation of another non-qualified defined contribution plan into the Plan, and in connection therewith, to set forth any special provisions that may apply to the participants in such other plan. Upon termination of the Plan, distribution of the Accrued Benefit of a Participant shall be made to the Participant or his Beneficiary in the manner and at the time described in Article V of the Plan and in accordance with Section 409A. No additional credits of Salary Reduction Credits and Matching Credits shall be made to the respective separate bookkeeping accounts of a Participant following termination of the Plan, but the Account of each Participant shall continue to be adjusted as provided in Article VII until the balance of the Account of the Participant has been fully distributed to him or his Beneficiary.

 

  35  
 

ARTICLE XIV

COMMUNICATION TO PARTICIPANTS

The Company shall communicate the principal terms of the Plan to the Participants. The Company shall make a copy of the Plan available for inspection by Participants and their Beneficiaries during reasonable hours, at the principal office of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  36  
 

ARTICLE XV

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

15.1 Filing of a Claim for Benefits . If a Participant or Beneficiary (the “Claimant”) believes he is entitled to benefits under the Plan that are not being paid to him or accrued for his benefit, he may file a written claim therefor with the Plan Administrator. If the Plan Administrator is the Claimant, all actions required to be taken by the Plan Administrator pursuant to this Article XV shall be taken instead by another member of the Committee designated by the Committee.

15.2 Notification to Claimant of Decision . Within 90 days after receipt of a claim by the Plan Administrator, or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of his decision with regard to the claim. If special circumstances require an extension of time, a written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to commencement of the extension setting forth the special circumstances and the date by which the decision will be furnished. If such claim is wholly or partially denied, notice thereof shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent plan provisions on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denied or partially denied claim set forth below, including the Claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

15.3 Procedure for Review . Within 60 days following receipt by the Claimant of notice denying his claim in whole or in part, the Claimant may appeal denial of the claim by

  37  
 

filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee, the Claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and receive copies of them, free of charge, and submit issues and comments in writing. The review will take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

15.4 Decision on Review. The decision on review of a claim denied in whole or in part by the Plan Administrator shall be made in the following manner:

15.4.1 Notification to Claimant of Decision. Within 60 days following receipt by the Committee of the request for review, or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time, the Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing of its decision with regard to the claim. If special circumstances require an extension of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the commencement of the extension.

15.4.2 Format and Content of Decision. The decision on review of a claim that is denied in whole or in part shall set forth: (i) the specific reasons or reasons for the adverse determination; (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the adverse determination is based; (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and (iv) a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the Claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures, as well as a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring an action under ERISA section 502(a).

15.4.3 Effect of Decision. The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

15.5 Action by Authorized Representative of Claimant. All actions set forth in this Article XV to be taken by the Claimant may be taken by a representative of the Claimant duly authorized by him to act on his behalf on such matters. The Plan Administrator and the

  38  
 

Committee may require such evidence as either reasonably deems necessary or advisable of the authority of any such representative to act.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  39  
 

ARTICLE XVI

PARTIES TO THE PLAN

16.1 Adoption by Affiliates . Subject to the approval of the Board, an Affiliate that has adopted the Savings Plan may adopt the Plan and become an employer-party to the Plan by resolutions approved by its Board of Directors. The Affiliates that are employer-parties to the Plan are listed on Appendix C attached hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time by the Committee. The special provisions shall apply to all employer-parties to the Plan are hereinafter set forth.

16.2 Single Plan . The Plan is a single plan with respect to all parties.

16.3 Service; Allocation of Costs . Service for purposes of the Plan shall be interchangeable among employer-parties to the Plan and shall not be deemed interrupted or terminated by the transfer at any time of a Participant from the Service of one employer-party to the Service of another employer-party. In determining the cost of providing benefits under the Plan, each employer-party shall be responsible for the cost associated with the Employees of such employer-party who are Participants in the Plan.

16.4 Committee . The Committee which administers the Plan as applied to the Company shall also be the Committee as applied to each other employer-party to the Plan .

16.5 Authority to Amend and Terminate . The Board of the Company shall have the power to amend or terminate the Plan as applied to each employer-party.

 

 

 

  40  
 

ARTICLE XVII

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16 OF THE 1934 ACT AND RULE 16B-3 TRADING RESTRICTIONS

The transactions under the Plan are intended to be structured in accordance with the 1934 Act, including but not limited to the restrictions imposed by Rule 16b-3 adopted under the 1934 Act. In addition to the provisions contained in the Plan, transactions by persons subject to Section 16 shall be subject to such further conditions as may be required in order to comply with the terms of Rule 16b-3 and Section 16(b). Without limiting the foregoing, persons subject to Section 16 shall be required to comply with such rules and procedures regarding Plan participation and transactions as may be established by the Committee or a committee or subcommittee established pursuant to Section 8.2; provided, however, that such procedures shall take into account Section 409A, which requires that any delayed distribution be paid at the earliest date at which the Committee reasonably anticipates that making such payment will not cause violation of federal or other applicable securities laws.

 

 

 

 

  41  
 

ARTICLE XVIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

18.1 Notices . Each Participant who is not in Service and each Beneficiary shall be responsible for furnishing the Plan Administrator with his current address for the mailing of notices, reports, and benefit payments; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may use the last address on file with it as a valid address. Any notice required or permitted to be given to any such Participant or Beneficiary shall be deemed given if directed to such address and mailed by regular United States mail, first class, postage prepaid. This provision shall not be construed as requiring the mailing of any notice or notification otherwise permitted to be given by posting or by other publication.

18.2 Lost Distributees . A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if the Plan Administrator is unable after a reasonable period of time to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom payment is due.

18.3 Reliance on Data . The Employer, the Committee, and the Plan Administrator shall have the right to rely on any data provided by the Participant or by any Beneficiary. Representations of such data shall be binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Participant; and the Employer, the Committee, and the Plan Administrator shall have no obligation to inquire into the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a Participant or Beneficiary.

18.4 Receipt and Release for Payments . Any payment made from the Plan to or with respect to any Participant or Beneficiary, or pursuant to a disclaimer by a Beneficiary, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan and the Employer with respect to the Plan. The recipient of any payment from the Plan may be required by

  42  
 

the Committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release with respect thereto in such form as shall be acceptable to the Committee.

18.5 Headings . The headings and subheadings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

18.6 Continuation of Employment . The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal or other rights upon any Employee or any persons for continuation of employment or the annual rate of compensation of any such pension for any period, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the Plan.

18.7 Construction . The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions.

18.8 Nonliability of Employer . The Employer does not guarantee the Participants, former Participants, or Beneficiaries against loss of or depreciation in value of any right or benefit that any of them may acquire under the terms of the Plan, nor does the Employer guarantee to any of them that the assets of the Employer will be sufficient to provide any or all benefits payable under the Plan at any time, including any time that the Plan may be terminated or partially terminated.

18.9 Severability . All provisions contained in the Plan shall be severable, and in the event that any one or more of them shall be held to be invalid by any competent court, the Plan shall be interpreted as if such invalid provisions were not contained herein.

18.10 Merger and Consolidation . The Company shall not consolidate or merge into or with another corporation or entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another

  43  
 

corporation, partnership, trust or other entities (a "Successor Entity") unless such Successor Entity shall assume the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Company under the Plan and upon such assumption, the Successor Entity shall become obligated to perform the terms and conditions of the Plan.

18.11 Withholding Taxes . The Employer shall satisfy all federal, state and local tax reporting and withholding tax requirements prior to making any benefit payment under the Plan. Whenever under the Plan payments are to be made by the Employer in cash, such payments shall be net of any amounts sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements. Whenever payments shall be made in Company Stock, the Employer shall have the right to require the Participant (or Beneficiary) to remit to the Employer an amount sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements as a condition to the registration of the transfer of such Company Stock on the books of the Company.

18.12 Timing of 2005 Deferral s . The requirements of Article III relating to the timing of deferral elections shall not apply to any deferral elections for 2005 made on or before March 15, 2005; provided that the requirements of Q&A 21 of IRS Notice 2005-1 were met namely: (1) the amounts to which the deferral election related had not been paid or had not become payable at the time of the election; (2) the elections to defer compensation were made in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect on December 31, 2005 (other than a requirement to make a deferral election after March 15, 2005); (3) the Plan was otherwise operated in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A with respect to deferrals subject to Section 409A; and (4) the Plan shall be or has been amended to comply with Section 409A in accordance with applicable IRS guidance.

  44  
 

18.13. Compliance with Section 409A . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any agreement to the contrary, if and to the extent that Section 409A is deemed to apply to the Plan, it is the intention of Company that the Plan shall comply with Section 409A, and the Plan shall, to the extent practicable, be construed in accordance therewith. Without in any way limiting the effect of the foregoing, in the event that the provisions of Section 409A require that any special terms, provisions, or conditions be included in the Plan, then such terms, provisions and conditions shall, to the extent practicable, be deemed to be made a part of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, any Affiliate, the Board, the Committee, Compensation Committee, the Plan Administrator, or their designees or agents shall not be liable for any taxes, penalties, interest or other monetary amount that may be owed by any Participant, Beneficiary or any other person as a result of the deferral or payment of any amounts under the Plan or as a result of the administration of amounts subject to the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan (January 1, 2012 Restatement) is executed in behalf of the Company on this ______ day of July, 2012.

 

 

  BB&T CORPORATION
     
     
  By:  
   
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President    

 

 

  45  
 

APPENDIX A

INVESTMENT FUNDS

A list of the Investment Funds available to Participants under the Plan shall be maintained by the Committee.

A-1
 

APPENDIX B

PARTICIPANTS

A list of the Eligible Employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan and a list of former Eligible Employees with Accrued Benefits under the Plan shall be maintained by the Committee. In addition, a list of Participants and Beneficiaries receiving Plan benefits shall also be maintained by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B-1
 

APPENDIX C

 

PARTICIPATING AFFILIATES

A list of the Affiliates participating under the Plan shall be maintained by the Committee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C-1
 

APPENDIX D


QUALIFYING PLANS EFFECTIVE

South National Corporation ESOP Excess Plan

Life Savings Bancorp, Inc. Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan

D-1
 

APPENDIX E

SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR PRIOR PLANS

E.1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO SOUTHERN NATIONAL ESOP EXCESS PLAN . Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company sponsored and maintained the Southern National ESOP Excess Plan (the "SNC Excess Plan"). The purpose of the SNC Excess Plan was to restore to employees certain benefits ("restoration benefits") that would have been provided under the Southern National Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan (formerly known as the "Southern National Employee Stock Ownership Plan") except for the limitations imposed by Sections 401(k)(3) and 402(g)(1) of the Code. Since the restoration benefits provided by the SNC Excess Plan are now provided pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of the Plan (and which restoration benefits were also provided under the SNC Plan and the Plan prior to this restatement), the SNC Excess Plan was frozen as of December 31, 1995. All employees who were participants in the SNC Excess Plan on December 31,1995, automatically became Participants in the SNC Plan on January 1, 1996. All participants' accounts under the SNC Excess Plan were combined with the separate bookkeeping accounts of similar character under the Plan as of January 1, 1997. Each Former SNC Excess Plan Participant's Tax-Deferred Contribution Account (formerly known as his "Employee's Pre-Tax Account") under the SNC Excess Plan became his Salary Reduction Account under the Plan. Each Former SNC Excess Plan Participant's Matching Contributions Account (formerly known as his "Company's Pre-Tax Account") became his Matching Account under the Plan. The balance in the accounts of each Former SNC Excess Plan Participant under the SNC Excess Plan were deemed invested in Company Stock. The amounts transferred from the accounts under the SNC Excess Plan to the separate bookkeeping accounts of similar character under the Plan shall remain deemed invested in Company Stock until a Former SNC Excess Plan

E-1
 

Participant elects not to have such amounts deemed invested in Company Stock as provided in Section 7.3.

E.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO CAPITAL ACCUMULATION PLAN FOR ELIGIBLE KEY EMPLOYEES OF SOUTHERN NATIONAL CORPORATION . Prior to January 1, 1996, the Company sponsored and maintained the Capital Accumulation Plan for Eligible Key Employees of Southern National Corporation (the "SNC Cap Plan"). The purpose of the SNC Cap Plan was to provide selected eligible key employees with the opportunity to defer on a pre-tax basis certain cash awards under the Company's annual and long-term incentive compensation award plans. Since the pre-tax deferral opportunity is provided under Section 3.3 of the Plan (and was also provided under the SNC Plan), the SNC Cap Plan was frozen as of December 31, 1995. All employees who were participants in the SNC Cap Plan automatically became Participants in the SNC Plan on January 1, 1996. Any deferrals credited to a Participant's account under the SNC Cap Plan were combined with the credits to his Incentive Compensation Account under the Plan effective as of January 1, 1997.

E.3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT OF SNC PLAN . Prior to January 1, 1997, Section 4.1 of the SNC Plan provided a special supplemental retirement benefit (the “Retirement Plan Supplement”) to supplement the benefits payable to Participants under the tax-qualified Southern National Corporation Pension Plan (the defined benefit plan sponsored by BB&T which formerly had been known as the "Retirement Plan for the Employees of Branch Banking and Trust Company"). The provisions of the SNC Plan relating to the Retirement Plan Supplement have been incorporated into the non-qualified supplemental retirement plan which became effective as of January 1, 1997 and which is known as the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan.

 

E-2

 

  Exhibit 10.15

 

BB&T CORPORATION

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

BB&T CORPORATION

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION TRUST

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page No.

Section 1.   Establishment of Trust: 2
1.1         Trust 2
1.2         Description of Trust 3
1.3         Copies of the Plans 3
1.4         Trust Irrevocable 3
1.5         Acceptance 3
Section 2.   Claims of Company’s Creditors: 4
2.1         No Security Interest 4
2.2         Suspension of Payments 4
2.3         Resumption of Payments 4
2.4         Notice of Insolvency 5
2.5         Insolvency 5
2.6         Repayment of Amounts Paid to Creditors 6
Section 3.   Powers of Trustee: 6
3.1         Investment of the Trust Fund: 6
3.2         Powers of Trustee 7
3.3         Prudent Person Rule 8
3.4         Restrictions on Powers 8
Section 4.   Trust Obligation To Pay Benefits Under the Plans; Accounts: 9
4.1         Obligation of Trustee 9
4.2         Participant Accounts 9
4.3         Unallocated Account 9
4.4         Expense Account 9
Section 5.   Contributions: 10
5.1         Contributions 10
5.2         Allocation of Contributions 12
5.3         Expense Account 12
Section 6.   Adjustment of Accounts; Payments by the Trustee: 12
6.1         Adjustment of Fixed Rate Accounts 12
6.2         Adjustment of Company Stock Accounts 17
6.3         Adjustment of Investment Fund Accounts 18
6.4         Adjustment of Unallocated Account 18
6.5         Trust Income, Gains and Losses 20
6.6         Payment of Benefits 20
 
 
6.7         Company Obligation 21
6.8         Transfer of Overfunded Assets to the Company 21
6.9         Valuation of Accounts 22
6.10      Withholding Taxes; Employment Taxes 22
Section 7.   Taxes, Expenses and Compensation: 22
7.1         Taxes 22
7.2         Expenses and Compensation 23
Section 8.   Administration and Records: 23
8.1         Records 23
8.2         Settlement of Accounts 23
8.3         Audit 24
8.4         Judicial Settlement 24
8.5         Delivery of Records to Successor 25
8.6         Tax Filings 25
Section 9.   Removal or Resignation of the Trustee and Designation of Successor Trustee: 25
9.1         Removal 25
9.2         Resignation 25
9.3         Successor Trustee 25
Section 10. Enforcement of Trust Agreement and Legal Proceedings: 26
Section 11. Termination: 26
Section 12. Amendment: 27
12.1       Consent Required 27
12.2       Other Limitations on Amendment 27
12.3       Compliance with ERISA and the Code 27
Section 13. Indemnification of Trustee: 27
Section 14. Employer-Parties: 28
14.1       References to Company 28
14.2       Insolvency 28
14.3       Liability for Contributions 28
14.4       Allocation of Reversion 29
Section 15. Miscellaneous: 29
15.1       Nonalienation 29
15.2       Communications 29
15.3       Authority to Act 29
15.4       Authenticity of Instruments 30
15.5       Binding Effect 30
15.6       Inquiry as to Authority 30
15.7       Responsibility for Company or Compensation Committee Action 30
15.8       Grantor Trust 30
ii
 
15.9      Titles Not to Control 31
15.10    Severability 31
15.11    Laws of North Carolina to Govern 31
15.12    Reports 31
15.13    Counterparts 31
15.14    Sale of Assets 31
15.15    Securities Laws 32
15.16    Third-Party Beneficiaries 32
15.17    Compliance with Code Section 409A 33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iii
 

BB&T CORPORATION

NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION TRUST

 

 

THIS TRUST AGREEMENT amends, restates and supersedes as of January 1, 2012, the BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Trust effective as of November 1, 2001 (and subsequently amended from time to time). This amended and restated Trust Agreement is made and entered into on the ___ day of _______________, 2012, to be effective as of January 1, 2012, by and between BB&T CORPORATION (the “Company”), and BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY (the “Trustee”).

R E C I T A L S :

The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur certain liabilities to or with respect to selected employees and non-employee directors of the Company pursuant to the terms of the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan, the BB&T Corporation Amended and Restated Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, and the BB&T Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan for Highly Compensated Employees (referred to herein individually as the “Plan” and collectively as the “Plans”). To assist the Company in meeting its obligations under the Plans, the Company wishes to establish an irrevocable trust (the “Trust”) to hold assets of the Company as a reserve for the discharge of the Company’s liabilities under the Plans. The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust with the corpus and income of the Trust treated as assets and income of the Company for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Sections 671 through 677 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Company intends that the existence of the Trust will not alter the characteristics of either the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan or the BB&T Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan for Highly Compensated Employees for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act

 
 

of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), as an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. In addition, the Company intends that the existence of the Trust will not be construed to provide income for tax purposes to any Participant under the Plans prior to the actual payment of benefits thereunder. The Company intends to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in the meeting of its liabilities under the Plans.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual and independent promises herein, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Establishment of Trust :

1.1 Trust : The Company hereby establishes the Trust with the Trustee, consisting of such Qualified Assets, as defined in Section 5.1.3, as may be contributed or delivered to the Trustee from time to time. All such contributions, all investments and reinvestments made therewith or proceeds thereof, and all earnings and profits thereon, less all payments and charges as authorized herein, shall constitute the “Trust Fund.” The Trust Fund shall be held by the Trustee in trust and shall be dealt with in accordance with the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The Company shall execute any and all instruments necessary to vest the Trustee with legal title to any assets so transferred to the Trustee. The fiscal year of the Trust (the “Fiscal Year”) shall be the twelve-month period ending on each December 31. In accordance with the provisions of this Trust Agreement, amounts transferred to this Trust, as determined by the Company from time to time in its sole discretion, and the earnings thereon, shall be used by the Trustee solely in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company with respect to the Participants in the Plans and for expenses incurred in the operation of the Trust. Upon satisfaction of all liabilities of the Company with respect to all Participants and Beneficiaries

  2  
 

under the Plans, the balance, if any, remaining in the Trust shall revert to the Company, subject to the terms of the Trust. References herein to “Participants” shall include Beneficiaries of deceased Participants unless expressly stated to the contrary.

1.2 Description of Trust : The Company represents and agrees that the Trust does not fund and is not intended to fund the Plans or any other employee benefit plan or program of the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1.1, contributions by the Company to the Trust shall be in amounts determined solely by the Company.

1.3 Copies of the Plans : Upon execution of the Trust, the Company shall provide the Trustee with copies of the Plans and resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company approving the Plans. Thereafter, any amendment to any of the Plans and resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company approving any such amendment shall be delivered to the Trustee as soon as practicable after adoption.

1.4 Trust Irrevocable : The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable, and except as specifically provided in Sections 2, 6.8, 6.10, 11 and 12, the Trust Fund shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and defraying expenses of the Trust in accordance with the provisions hereof. Except as specifically provided in Sections 2, 6.8, 6.10, 11 and 12, no part of the income or corpus of the Trust Fund shall be recoverable by or for the benefit of the Company.

1.5 Acceptance : The Trustee hereby agrees and consents to serve as Trustee of the Trust and accepts the Trust on the terms and subject to the provisions set forth herein and agrees to discharge and perform fully and faithfully all of the duties and obligations imposed upon it under the Trust.

  3  
 

Section 2. Claims of Company’s Creditors :

2.1 No Security Interest : The parties hereto intend that the Trust Fund shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors in the event the Company becomes Insolvent or Bankrupt, as defined in Section 2.5. Accordingly, the Company shall not create a security interest in the Trust Fund in favor of the Participants in the Plans or any creditor. The Trust shall not. create any preferred claim over creditors of the Company for any Participant under the Plans. All rights of a Participant created under the Plans against the Company shall remain unsecured contractual rights of the Participant.

2.2 Suspension of Payments : Notwithstanding any provisions in the Trust to the contrary but subject to the provisions of Section 14.2, if at any time while the Trust is in existence the Company becomes Insolvent or Bankrupt, the Trustee shall, upon written notice thereof, suspend the payment of all benefits and other amounts from the Trust Fund and hold the Trust Fund for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors, and deliver the entire amount of the Trust Fund only as a court of competent jurisdiction, or duly appointed receiver or other person authorized to act by such a court, may direct to make the Trust Fund available to satisfy the claims of the Company’s general creditors. Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of the Company’s Insolvency or Bankruptcy, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Company is Insolvent or Bankrupt, and the Trustee shall be protected in making distributions hereunder unless and until the Trustee shall have actual knowledge of such Insolvency or Bankruptcy.

2.3 Resumption of Payments : If the Trust shall have any assets following application of Section 2.2, the Trustee shall resume all its duties and responsibilities under the Trust, including payments to the Participants under the Plans, within thirty days of the Trustee’s

  4  
 

determination that the Company is not Insolvent or Bankrupt or is no longer Insolvent or Bankrupt. In making such determination, the Trustee may retain outside experts competent to advise the Trustee as to whether the Company is in fact Insolvent or Bankrupt. The expense of retaining such outside experts shall be deemed a Trust expense within the meaning of Section 7.2. The first payment to a Participant upon such resumption shall include the aggregate amount of all payments that would have been made to the Participant in accordance with the Plans during the period of discontinuance less the aggregate amount of payments under the Plans made to the Participant directly by the Company during any period of discontinuance.

2.4 Notice of Insolvency : The Company, by its approval and execution of this Trust Agreement, represents and agrees that the Board of Directors of BB&T Corporation and the Committee under the BB&T Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan and the BB&T Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan for Highly Compensated Employees (the “Committee”) shall each have the fiduciary duty and responsibility on behalf of the Company’s creditors to give to the Trustee prompt written notice of any event of the Company’s Insolvency or Bankruptcy. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely thereon to the exclusion of all directions or claims to pay benefits thereafter made.

2.5 Insolvency : The Company shall be deemed to be Insolvent or Bankrupt upon the occurrence of either of the following:

(a) The Company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or
(b) The Company shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, file a petition in bankruptcy, petition or apply to any tribunal for the appointment of a custodian, receiver, liquidator, sequestrator or any trustee for it or a substantial part of its assets, or shall commence any case under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction (federal or state), whether now or hereafter in effect; or there shall have been filed any such petition or application, or any such case shall have been
  5  
 

commenced against it in which an order for relief is entered or which remains undismissed; or the Company by any act or omission shall indicate its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such petition, application or case or order for relief or for the appointment of a custodian, receiver or any trustee for the Company or any substantial part of any of the Company’s property, or shall suffer any such custodianship, receivership or trusteeship to continue undischarged.

2.6 Repayment of Amounts Paid to Creditors : In the event that amounts are paid from the Trust Fund to the Company’s creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust), then as soon as practicable, or as soon as the Company is no longer insolvent or Bankrupt, the Company may deposit into the Trust Fund a sum equal to the amount paid from the Trust Fund to such creditors.

Section 3. Powers of Trustee :

3.1 Investment of the Trust Fund :

3.1.1 The Trustee shall hold, manage, invest and otherwise administer the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall be responsible only for contributions actually received by it hereunder. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1.1, the amount of each contribution by the Company to the Trust Fund shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Company.

3.1.2 The assets of the Trust Fund shall be invested by the Trustee at the direction of or in accordance with the investment guidelines provided from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of BB&T Corporation (the “Compensation Committee”). If no such directions or guidelines are received by the Trustee, the assets of the Trust Fund shall be invested in short and intermediate term obligations of the United States government or its agencies, savings certificates and certificates of deposit issued by federally-insured financial institutions, cash equivalent deposits or accounts, life insurance policies and guaranteed investment contracts issued by quality insurance companies, mutual funds, and common or collective trust funds which reflect investments of the nature described in this Section 3.1.2.

3.1.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust, the Compensation Committee shall have the right and power at any time and from time to time to contribute shares of BB&T Corporation’s $5 par value common stock registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 (“Company Stock”) to the Trust Fund and to direct the Trustee to acquire Company Stock. (The term “Company Stock” shall also include shares of a common fund, the purpose of which is to invest primarily in Company Stock.) The Trustee shall hold such Company Stock as part of the Trust Fund and shall not sell, transfer or encumber such Company Stock except as the Compensation Committee may

  6  
 

direct; provided, however, if the Company fails to contribute liquid Qualified Assets as provided pursuant to Section 5.1.4, the Trustee may sell or encumber Company Stock to the extent necessary to obtain cash to make distributions to Participants or to pay administrative expenses. Whenever directed to acquire Company Stock, the Trustee may acquire Company Stock from the Company or from any other source, and such Company Stock so purchased may be outstanding, newly issued, or treasury shares.

3.2 Powers of Trustee : Except as otherwise provided in this Trust Agreement, including Section 3.1, the Trustee shall have the following additional powers and authority with respect to all property constituting a part of the Trust Fund:

3.2.1 To receive all interest, issues, dividends, Income, profits and properties of every nature due the Trust;

3.2.2 To retain the properties now or hereafter received by the Trust, or to dispose of them as and when deemed advisable by public or private sale or exchange or otherwise, for cash or upon credit, or partly upon cash and partly upon credit, and upon such terms and conditions as shall be deemed proper;

3.2.3 To participate in any plan of liquidation, reorganization, consolidation, merger, or other financial adjustment of any corporation or business in which the Trust is or shall be financially interested, and to exchange any property held in the Trust for property issued under any such plan;

3.2.4 To invest or reinvest principal and income of the Trust Fund, without distinction, in (i) common or preferred stocks, (ii) Company Stock, (iii) bonds, notes or other securities (including commercial paper and other short-term obligations), (iv) cash equivalent deposits or accounts (including such deposits or accounts issued by the Trustee), (v) mutual funds, or any combination of (i) through (v) as shall from time to time be determined by the Trustee, or to hold any part of such principal and income in cash as may from time to time be determined by the Trustee;

3.2.5 To hold any investment belonging to the trust in bearer form, or to register and hold the same in the name of the Trustee or in the name of the Trustee’s duly authorized nominee;

3.2.6 To borrow for the benefit of the Trust for such periods of time and upon such terms and conditions as may be deemed proper any sum or sums of money, and to secure such loans by pledge of any property belonging to the Trust, without personal liability therefor,

3.2.7 To compromise, arbitrate or otherwise adjust or settle claims in favor of or against the Trust;

  7  
 

3.2.8 To execute such contracts, bills of sale, notes, proxies and other instruments in writing as shall be deemed requisite or desirable in the proper administration of the Trust;

3.2.9 To make distributions from the Trust to Participants under the Plans as provided in this Trust Agreement;

3.2.10 To exercise the right to vote any securities held in the Trust, including Company Stock, or to grant proxies to vote such securities;

3.2.11 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust, to cause any part or all of the money or other property of this Trust to be commingled with the money or other property of trusts created by others by causing such assets to be invested as part of anyone or more common or collective trust funds established and maintained by the Trustee; and

3.2.12 To do all acts and to exercise any and all powers, although not specifically set forth in this Trust Agreement, as the Trustee may deem are for and in the best interest of the Trust.

3.3 Prudent Person Rule : In acquiring, investing, reinvesting, exchanging, retaining, selling and managing property pursuant to this Trust Agreement, the Trustee shall observe the standard of judgment and care under the circumstances then prevailing, which an ordinarily prudent person of discretion and intelligence who is a fiduciary of the property of others would observe as such fiduciary; provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by the Company, Compensation Committee or the Committee which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Plans or this Trust and is given in writing or by such other method acceptable to the Trustee.

3.4 Restrictions on Powers : Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement or by applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any powers that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business, and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.

  8  
 

Section 4. Trust Obligation To Pay Benefits Under the Plans; Accounts :

4.1 Obligation of Trustee : The Trustee shall pay benefits to Participants under the Plans pursuant to Section 6.6.

4.2 Participant Accounts : For administrative convenience, the Trustee shall establish and maintain a Participant Account for each Participant, which Account represents the aggregate of the separate accounts established and maintained for such Participant pursuant to this Section 4.2. The Trustee may establish and maintain in behalf of each Participant one or more of the following seven separate accounts with respect to his Participant Account: (1) Salary Reduction Account; (2) Matching Account; (3) Discretionary Account; (4) Incentive Compensation Account; (5) Prior Plan Account; (6) Profit Sharing Account; and (7) Deferred Compensation Account. The Trustee shall also establish and maintain with respect to each separate account maintained one or more of the following sub-accounts: (A) Fixed Rate Account; (B) Investment Fund Account; and (C) Company Stock Account.

4.3 Unallocated Account : The Trustee shall establish an Unallocated Account to hold any contribution made in excess of the Plan Benefits of all Participants under the Plans and any excess of the balance in a Participant Account over the Plan Benefits of the Participant. The Trustee shall also establish and maintain with respect to the Unallocated Account one or more of the following three sub-accounts: (1) Fixed Rate Account; (2) Investment Fund Account; and (3) Company Stock Account.

4.4 Expense Account : The Trustee shall establish an Expense Account as provided in Section 5.3.

  9  
 

Section 5. Contributions :

5.1 Contributions :

5.1.1 The Company may deliver to the Trustee such Qualified Assets as the Company shall from time to time determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary, upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 5.1.6), the Company shall, as soon as possible, but in no event later than 15 days following the Change of Control, deliver to the Trustee Qualified Assets in an amount sufficient to cause the total value of Trust Fund assets, excluding the balance in the Expense Account, to equal the Plan Benefits of all Participants under the Plans as of the date of the Change of Control. Thereafter, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee Qualified Assets in an amount sufficient to cause the total value of Trust Fund assets, excluding the balance in the Expense Account, to at all times equal the Plan Benefits of all Participants under the Plans. Contributions shall be made to the Trust Fund only to the extent that such contributions are not otherwise prohibited under Section 409A(b) of the Code.

5.1.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be liable for any failure by the Company to provide contributions sufficient to pay all benefits under the Plans in full or to cause transfers of Qualified Assets to the Trust to be made.

5.1.3 The term “Qualified Assets” shall refer to: (i) common or preferred stocks with a recognized market; (ii) Company Stock; (iii) bonds, notes or other securities with a recognized market (including commercial paper and other short-term obligations); (iv) mutual fund shares; (v) cash, or cash equivalent deposits or accounts; and (vi) such other assets the Trustee, in its sole discretion, agrees to accept.

5.1.4 At any time the Trustee determines it is necessary either to sell or encumber Company Stock in order to generate cash to pay current or future benefits under the Plans, the Trustee shall notify the Company in writing stating its intention so to sell or encumber and the amount thereof. Thereupon, the Company may in its discretion contribute additional Qualified Assets to the Trust in the amount stated in the Trustee’s written notification. If the Company makes such contribution within thirty days, the Trustee shall refrain from such sale or encumbrance until such subsequent time, if any, that the Trustee again determines it is necessary either to sell or encumber Company Stock, whereupon the Trustee shall again give written notification of intention to sell or encumber and the procedures herein shall reapply.

5.1.5 For purposes of this Trust Agreement, “Plan Benefits” with respect to each Participant shall mean the present value of the sum of the benefits payable under the respective Plans with respect to the Participant, which benefits shall be estimated under the terms of the respective Plans if not then determinable. The amounts of Plan Benefits shall be communicated by the Committee to the Trustee; provided, that if the Committee shall not communicate such amounts to the Trustee in a timely manner, or if the Trustee in its discretion decides that it must make determinations of such amounts in order to fulfill its duties under this Trust Agreement, such determinations shall be made by the

  10  
 

Trustee. The expense of retaining any actuaries, counsel, and other experts deemed necessary by the Trustee to make such determinations shall be a Trust expense within the meaning of Section 7.2.

5.1.6 For purposes of this Trust Agreement, “Change of Control” means the earliest of the following dates:

(1)                the date any person or group of persons (as defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) together with its or their affiliates, excluding employee benefit plans of the Company or Branch Banking and Trust Company (“BB&T”), is or becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of securities of the Company or BB&T representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s or BB&T’ s then outstanding securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of BB&T by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Company); or

(2)                the date, when as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of the Company (other than such an offer by the Company for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who at the beginning of any two-year period during the duration of this Trust Agreement constitute the Company’s Board of Directors, plus new directors whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors still in office who were directors at the beginning of such two-year period (“Continuing Directors”‘), cease for any reason during such two-year period to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of such Board of Directors; or

(3)                the date the shareholders of the Company approve a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(4)                the date the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

  11  
 

(5)                the date of any event which the Company’s Board of Directors determines should constitute a Change of Control.

5.2 Allocation of Contributions : Contributions made by the Company to the Trust Fund shall be allocated by the Trustee to the Participant Accounts established pursuant to Section 4.2 in the manner directed by the Committee. Notwithstanding any Committee directions to the contrary, no allocation shall be made to a Participant Account if the balance in such Participant Account equals or exceeds the Plan Benefits of the Participant. Any contribution in excess of the Plan Benefits of all Participants shall be allocated to the Unallocated Account.

5.3 Expense Account : In addition to contributions made to the Trust pursuant to the preceding Sections of this Section 5, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee such other amounts as the Company deems necessary or appropriate to provide for payment of expenses of the Trust. Such amounts shall be held by the Trustee in a special expense account (the “Expense Account”). Except as provided in Section 2 and Section 11, amounts in the Expense Account shall be applied solely toward the payment of Trust expenses.

 

Section 6. Adjustment of Accounts; Payments by the Trustee :

6.1 Adjustment of Fixed Rate Accounts : As of the close of business of the Trustee on each day securities are traded on the New York Stock Exchange, except regularly scheduled holidays of the Trustee (“Adjustment Date”), each Fixed Rate Account with respect to each separate account of the Participant shall be adjusted as follows:

6.1.1 Salary Reduction Fixed Rate Account: The Fixed Rate Account (which account functions as a sub-account of the Salary Reduction Account) of each Participant shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited (i) the total amount of any payments made from such account to the Participant since the next preceding Adjustment Date, (ii)

  12  
 

the total amount applied since the next preceding Adjustment Date to purchase mutual fund shares for the Investment Fund Accounts of the Participant (which accounts function as sub-accounts of the Salary Reduction Account), (iii) the total amount of any payments made from such account for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust) since the next preceding Adjustment Date, and (iv) the total amount of any payments made from such account for Trust Fund expenses not paid from the Expense Account.

(2)                There shall be credited the total amount of any contributions made to such account with respect to the Participant since the last preceding Adjustment Date as provided in Section 5.2.

(3)                There shall be credited (i) any cash dividends payable with respect to Company Stock then allocated to the Company Stock Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account, (ii) cash proceeds from the sale of any Company Stock then allocated to the Company Stock Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account, and (iii) cash proceeds from the sale of any mutual fund shares then allocated to an Investment Fund Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account.

(4)                There shall be credited an amount equal to the account’s allocable share of the income and gains of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock and mutual funds) as provided in Section 6.5.

(5)                There shall be debited the amount of the balance in such account in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to such account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.1.2 Matching Fixed Rate Account: The Fixed Rate Account (which account functions as a sub-account of the Matching Account) of each Participant shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited (i) the total amount of any payments made from such account to the Participant since the next preceding Adjustment Date, (ii) the total amount applied since the next preceding Adjustment Date to the purchase of mutual fund shares for the Investment Fund Accounts of the Participant (which accounts function as subaccounts of the Matching Account), (iii) the total amount of any payments made from such account for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust) since the next preceding Adjustment Date, and (iv) the total amount of any payments made from such account for Trust Fund expenses not paid from the Expense Account.

  13  
 

(2)                There shall be credited the total amount of any contributions made to such account with respect to the Participant since the last preceding Adjustment Date as provided in Section 5.2.

(3)                There shall be credited (i) any cash dividends payable with respect to Company Stock then allocated to the Company Stock Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account, (ii) cash proceeds from the sale of any Company Stock then allocated to the Company Stock Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account, and (iii) cash proceeds from the sale of any mutual fund shares then allocated to an Investment Fund Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account.

(4)                There shall be credited an amount equal to the account’s allocable share of the income and gains of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock and mutual funds) as provided in Section 6.5.

(5)                There shall be debited the amount of the balance in such account in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to such account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.1.3 Incentive Compensation Fixed Rate Account: The Fixed Rate Account (which account functions as a sub-account of the Incentive Compensation Account) of each Participant shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited (i) the total amount of any payments made from such account to the Participant since the next preceding Adjustment Date, (ii) the total amount applied since the next preceding Adjustment Date to the purchase of mutual fund shares for the Investment Fund Accounts of the Participant (which accounts function as subaccounts of the Incentive Compensation Account), (iii) the total amount of any payments made from such account for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust) since the next preceding Adjustment Date, and (iv) the total amount of any payments made from such account for Trust Fund expenses not paid from the Expense Account.

(2)                There shall be credited the total amount of any contributions made to such account with respect to the Participant since the last preceding Adjustment Date as provided in Section 5.2.

(3)                There shall be credited cash proceeds from the sale of any mutual fund shares then allocated to an Investment Fund Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account.

(4)                There shall be credited an amount equal to the account’s allocable share of the income and gains of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the

  14  
 

Trust Fund invested in Company Stock and mutual funds) as provided in Section 6.5.

(5)                There shall be debited the amount of the balance in such account in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to such account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.1.4 Prior Plan Fixed Rate Account: The Fixed Rate Account (which account functions as a sub-account of the Prior Plan Account) of each Participant shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited (i) the total amount of any payments made from such account to the Participant since the next preceding Adjustment Date, (ii) the total amount applied since the next preceding Adjustment Date to the purchase of mutual fund shares for the Investment Fund Accounts of the Participant (which accounts function as subaccounts of the Prior Plan Account), (iii) the total amount of any payments made from such account for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust) since the next preceding Adjustment Date, and (iv) the total amount of any payments made from such account for Trust Fund expenses not paid from the Expense Account.

(2)                There shall be credited the total amount of any contributions made to such account with respect to the Participant since the last preceding Adjustment Date as provided in Section 5.2.

(3)                There shall be credited cash proceeds from the sale of any mutual fund shares then allocated to an Investment Fund Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account.

(4)                There shall be credited an amount equal to the allocable share of the income and gains of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock and mutual funds) as provided in Section 6.5.

(5)                There shall be debited the amount of the balance in such account in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to such account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.1.5 Deferred Compensation Fixed Rate Account: The Fixed Rate Account (which account functions as a sub-account of the Deferred Compensation Account) of each Participant shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited (i) the total amount of any payments made from such account to the Participant since the next preceding , Adjustment Date, (ii) the total amount applied since the next preceding Adjustment Date to purchase mutual fund shares for the Investment Fund Accounts of the Participant (which accounts function as sub-accounts of the Deferred Compensation Account), (iii) the total amount of any payments made from such account for the benefit of the

  15  
 

Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust) since the next preceding Adjustment Date, and (iv) the total amount of any payments made from such account for Trust Fund expenses not paid from the Expense Account.

(2)                There shall be credited the total amount of any contributions made to such account with respect to the Participant since the last preceding Adjustment Date as provided in Section 5.2.

(3)                There shall be credited cash proceeds from the sale of any mutual fund shares then allocated to an Investment Fund Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account.

(4)                There shall be credited an amount equal to the account’s allocable share of the income and gains of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock and mutual funds) as provided in Section 6.5.

(5)                There shall be debited the amount of the balance in such account in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to such account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.1.6 Discretionary Fixed Rate Account: The Fixed Rate Account (which account functions as a sub-account of the Discretionary Account) of each Participant shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited (i) the total amount of any payments made from such account since the next preceding Adjustment Date, (ii) the total amount applied since the next preceding Adjustment Date to purchase mutual fund shares for the Investment Fund Accounts of the Participant (which accounts function as sub-accounts of the Discretionary Account), (iii) the total amount of any payments made from such account for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust) since the next preceding Adjustment Date, and (iv) the total amount of any payments made from such account for Trust Fund expenses not paid from the Expense Account.

(2)                There shall be credited the total amount of any contributions made to such account with respect to the Participant since the last preceding Adjustment Date as provided in Section 5.2.

(3)                There shall be credited cash proceeds from the sale of any mutual fund shares then allocated to an Investment Fund Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account.

(4)                There shall be credited an amount equal to the account’s allocable share of the income and gains of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the

  16  
 

Trust Fund invested in Company Stock and mutual funds) as provided in Section 6.5.

(5)                There shall be debited the amount of the balance in such account in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to such account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.1.7 Profit Sharing Fixed Rate Account: The Fixed Rate Account (which account functions as a sub-account of the Profit Sharing Account) of each Participant shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited (i) the total amount of any payments made from such account since the next preceding Adjustment Date, (ii) the total amount applied since the next preceding Adjustment Date to purchase mutual fund shares for the Investment Fund Accounts of the Participant (which accounts function as sub-accounts of the Profit Sharing Account), (iii) the total amount of any payments made from such account for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust) since the next preceding Adjustment Date, and (iv) the total amount of any payments made from such account for Trust Fund expenses not paid from the Expense Account.

(2)                There shall be credited the total amount of any contributions made to such account with respect to the Participant since the last preceding Adjustment Date as provided in Section 5.2.

(3)                There shall be credited cash proceeds from the sale of any mutual fund shares then allocated to an Investment Fund Account of the Participant which are to be credited to his Fixed Rate Account.

(4)                There shall be credited an amount equal to the account’s allocable share of the income and gains of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock and mutual funds) as provided in Section 6.5.

(5)                There shall be debited the amount of the balance in such account in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to such account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.2 Adjustment of Company Stock Accounts : As of the close of business of the Trustee on each Adjustment Date, each Company Stock Account, if any, with respect to each separate account of the Participant shall be adjusted in the following order:

6.2.1 There shall be debited any Company Stock distributed or sold from the Company Stock Account since the next preceding Adjustment Date, including any

  17  
 

distributions or sales for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust).

6.2.2 There shall be credited any additional shares of Company Stock issued in connection with a stock split or similar transaction since the next preceding Adjustment Date with respect to Company Stock allocated to the Participant’s Company Stock Account.

6.2.3 There shall be debited any Company Stock with a value in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to the Company Stock Account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.3 Adjustment of Investment Fund Accounts : As of the close of business of the Trustee on each Adjustment Date, each Investment Fund Account with respect to each separate account of the Participant shall be adjusted in the following order:

6.3.1 There shall be debited any mutual fund shares sold from the Investment Fund Account since the next preceding Adjustment Date, including any sales for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust).

6.3.2 There shall be credited (i) any mutual fund shares purchased with amounts from the Participant Account of the Participant, and (ii) any additional mutual fund shares purchased as a result of any dividends, capital gains or other income distributions payable since the next preceding Adjustment Date with respect to mutual fund shares allocated to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account.

6.3.3 There shall be debited any mutual fund shares with a value in excess of the Plan Benefits attributable to the Investment Fund Account as of such Adjustment Date.

6.4 Adjustment of Unallocated Account : As of the close of business of the Trustee on each Adjustment Date, the Unallocated Account shall be adjusted in the following order:

6.4.1 Unallocated Fixed Rate Account: The Fixed Rate Account with respect to the Unallocated Account shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited the total amount of any payments from such account since the next preceding Adjustment Date, including any payments for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust).

(2)                There shall be credited (i) cash dividends payable with respect to Company Stock then allocated to the Company Stock Account which functions as

  18  
 

a sub-account of the Unallocated Account and (ii) cash proceeds from the sale of Company Stock then allocated to such Company Stock Account.

(3)                There shall be credited an amount equal to the account’s allocable share of the income and gains of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock and mutual funds) as provided in Section 6.5.

(4)                There shall be credited (i) any excess cash Company contributions as provided in Section 5.2, and (ii) any excess account balance that is charged against the Fixed Rate Accounts of the Participants pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6 as of such Adjustment Date.

6.4.2 Unallocated Company Stock Account: The Company Stock Account with respect to the Unallocated Account shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited any Company Stock distributed or sold from the Company Stock Account since the next preceding Adjustment Date, including any distributions or sales for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust).

(2)                There shall be credited any additional shares of Company Stock issued in connection with a stock split or similar transaction since the next preceding Adjustment Date with respect to Company Stock allocated to the Unallocated Account.

(3)                There shall be credited any excess account balance that is charged against the Company Stock Accounts of the Participants pursuant. to the provisions of this Section 6 as of such Adjustment Date.

6.4.3 Unallocated Investment Fund Account: Each Investment Fund Account with respect to the Unallocated Account shall be adjusted in this order:

(1)                There shall be debited any mutual fund shares sold from the Investment Fund Account since the next preceding Adjustment Date, including any sales for the benefit of the Company’s general creditors (other than payments to Participants under the terms of the Trust).

(2)                There shall be credited any additional mutual fund shares purchased as a result of any dividends, capital gains or other income distributions payable since the next preceding Adjustment Date with respect to mutual fund shares allocated to the Unallocated Account.

(3)                There shall be credited any excess account balance that is charged against the Investment Fund Accounts of the Participants pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6 as of such Adjustment Date.

  19  
 

6.5 Trust Income, Gains and Losses : Income and gains and losses (whether or not actually realized) of the Trust Fund (excluding the portion of the Trust Fund invested in Company Stock), shall be allocated to or charged against the Participant Accounts and the Unallocated Account as of each Adjustment Date in accordance with rules and regulations adopted by the Committee from time to time and approved by the Trustee. Expenses, if not paid pursuant to Section 7.2, shall be charged first to the Unallocated Account and, if any expenses remain, to the Participant Accounts in accordance with rules and regulations adopted by the Committee from time to time and approved by the Trustee.

6.6 Payment of Benefits :

6.6.1 Benefits shall be paid from the Trust Fund by the Trustee as directed by the Committee. A direction by the Committee to make a payment of benefits from the Trust Fund shall be made in writing and shall specify the amount and method of the payment or the number of shares of Company Stock to be distributed, the date such payment is to be made or commence, the person to whom the payment is to be made and the address to which the payment is to be sent. The Trustee’s obligation to pay benefits to any Participant shall be limited to payment of amounts properly credited to such Participant’s Participant Account.

6.6.2 The Trustee shall make payments to the persons entitled thereto under the Plans in such number of shares of Company Stock and amounts of cash as the Committee shall direct in accordance with Section 6.6.1. Where payment is directed in Company Stock, the Trustee shall cause the Company, or its transfer agent, to issue to the person entitled thereto an appropriate stock certificate. Payments to be made in cash shall be paid by the Trustee by its check payable to the order of the person entitled thereto.

6.6.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Trust, if any amount held in the Trust Fund is includible in gross income of a Participant under Code section 409A, the Trustee shall as soon as practicable pay such amount to such Participant and charge his Participant Account accordingly. If an amount is determined to be includible in a Participant's gross income under Code section 409A or otherwise, the Company shall pay to the Participant the amount of interest and penalties, if any, paid by the Participant to the taxing authority plus the amount of estimated income tax (determined on the assumption that the Participant is taxed at the highest applicable marginal rate) to the Participant resulting from such income inclusion and from the payment of such estimated tax. Any such payment by the Company described above shall be made to the Participant on or before the last day of the year following the year in which Participant pays the taxing authority.

  20  
 

6.6.4 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement to the contrary, subsequent to a Change of Control, a Participant, upon becoming entitled to receive payment of his Plan Benefits under the terms of the applicable Plan, may apply in writing directly to the Trustee for payment of Plan Benefits. Such application shall advise the Trustee of the circumstances which entitle the Participant to such Plan Benefits, and the Participant shall include with such application copies of any election forms previously filed under the terms of the applicable Plan. The Trustee shall make its own independent determination as to the Participant’s entitlement to Plan Benefits and if it determines that Plan Benefits are due and payable to the Participant under the terms of the applicable Plan, the Trustee shall pay such Plan Benefits to the Participant without any direction or other authorization by the Committee. In making such determination, the Trustee shall make such inquiries and take such measures as it deems necessary to determine whether Plan Benefits are due and payable under the terms of the applicable Plan and to verify the other information set forth in the written application for Plan Benefits, including, but not limited to, the obtaining of affidavits and the review of Company records. The Trustee may also engage its own counsel and other experts to assist it in making its determination. The expense of retaining any such counsel or other experts shall be a Trust expense within the meaning of Section 7.2. The Trustee shall determine whether Plan Benefits are due and payable under the terms of the applicable Plan as promptly as possible following receipt of the Participant’s written application for Plan Benefits. In no event shall the provisions of this Section 6.6.4 be interpreted to authorize the payment of Plan Benefits to a Participant prior to the time that the Participant is entitled to receive such Plan Benefits under the terms of the applicable Plan.

6.7 Company Obligation : Notwithstanding any other provision of the Trust, the Company shall remain obligated to pay the benefits under the Plans. Nothing in the Trust shall relieve the Company of its liabilities to pay benefits except to the extent such benefits are paid to a Participant from the Trust Fund.

6.8 Transfer of Overfunded Assets to the Company :

6.8.1 Subject to Section 6.8.2, at any time that the Committee can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Trustee that the total value of Trust Fund assets, excluding the balance in the Expense Account, exceeds the Plan Benefits of all Participants under the Plans, the Trustee shall distribute to the Company the lesser of (i) the amount of such excess, or (ii) the total value of Trust Fund assets less the balance of the Expense Account. The selection of Trust Fund assets to distribute to the Company shall be made by the Trustee in the exercise of its sole judgment, except that the Trustee shall not distribute Company Stock. A distribution to the Company pursuant to this Section 6.8.1 shall be charged to the Unallocated Account.

6.8.2 Notwithstanding the provisions contained in this Section 6.8, the Trustee shall be prohibited from transferring Trust Fund assets to the Company in the manner described therein if the Company is then Bankrupt or Insolvent.

  21  
 

6.9 Valuation of Accounts : The Trustee shall hold the Participant Accounts as a single fund. The Trust Fund shall be revalued by the Trustee as of each Adjustment Date at current market values as determined by the Trustee. Net investment gains and losses shall be allocated by the Trustee among the Participant Accounts and the Unallocated Account in accordance with Section 6.5.

6.10 Withholding Taxes; Employment Taxes : Any amounts required to be paid under this Section 6 in cash shall be reduced by the amount of any income taxes and employment taxes required by law to be withheld, and the Trustee shall inform the Company of all amounts so withheld. The Trustee may either pay such taxes required to be withheld to the Company, whereupon the Company shall have full responsibility for payment of all withholding taxes to the appropriate tax authorities, or pay such taxes directly for the benefit of the Company. Whenever any amounts required to be paid under this Section 6 will be paid in Company Stock, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all income taxes and employment taxes required to be withheld as a condition to the registration of the transfer of such Company Stock on the books of the Company. In any event, the Company shall timely furnish each Participant with the appropriate tax information form evidencing such payment and the amount thereof. The Company’s share of any employment taxes attributable to benefits paid by the Trustee shall be the sole obligation of and paid by the Company.

Section 7. Taxes, Expenses and Compensation :

7.1 Taxes : The Company shall from time to time pay taxes of any and all kinds whatsoever which at any time are levied or assessed upon or become payable in respect of the Trust Fund, the income or any property forming a part thereof, or any security transaction

  22  
 

pertaining thereto. The Trustee shall, at Company expense, contest the validity of such taxes in any manner deemed appropriate by the Company or its counsel, but only if it has received an indemnity bond or other security satisfactory to the Trustee to pay any expenses of such contest. Alternatively, the Company may contest the validity of any such taxes.

7.2 Expenses and Compensation : The Trustee shall be paid compensation in accordance with· the Trustee’s regular schedule of fees for trust services and applicable investment management services, as in effect from time to time, unless the Company and Trustee otherwise agree. To the extent there is a balance in the Expense Account established pursuant to Section 5.3, the Trustee shall utilize such Expense Account for payment of the Trustee’s fees and Trust expenses. In the absence of such a balance, the Company shall pay all Trust expenses, including fees of the Trustee. Upon failure of the Company to pay such expenses, the Trustee may satisfy such obligations out of the assets of the Trust Fund and charge the Unallocated Account and Participant Accounts as provided in Section 6.5. In that event, the Company shall deposit into the Trust Fund a sum equal to the amount paid from the Trust Fund (other than the amount charged to the Unallocated Account) for such fees and expenses, and the Participant Accounts so charged shall be credited.

Section 8. Administration and Records :

8.1 Records : The Trustee shall keep or cause to be kept accurate and detailed accounts of any investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions hereunder. All accounts, books and records relating thereto shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by any person designated by the Company.

8.2 Settlement of Accounts : Within sixty days after the close of each Fiscal Year, and within sixty days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee or the termination of

  23  
 

the Trust, the Trustee shall file with the Company a written account setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it during the preceding Fiscal Year, or during such period from the close of the prior Fiscal Year to the date of such removal, resignation or termination, including a description of all investments and securities purchased and sold, with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales, and showing all cash, securities and other property held at the end of such Fiscal Year or other period. If within ninety days after the filing of such account the Company has not filed with the Trustee notice or any objection to any act or transaction of the Trustee, the initial account shall become final. If any objection has been filed, and if the Company is satisfied that the objection should be withdrawn, the Company shall in writing filed with the Trustee signify its approval of the account, and it shall become final. If the account is adjusted following an objection thereto, the Trustee shall file with the Company the adjusted account, and if within thirty days after such filing of an adjusted account the Company has not filed with the Trustee notice of any objection to the transactions as so adjusted, the adjusted account shall become final. Unless an account is fraudulent when it becomes final, the Trustee shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, be forever released and discharged from all liability and accountability with respect to the propriety of its acts and transactions shown in such account.

8.3 Audit : The Trustee shall from time to time permit an independent certified public accountant selected by the Company to have access during ordinary business hours to such records as may be necessary to audit the Trustee’s accounts.

8.4 Judicial Settlement : Nothing contained in the Trust shall be construed as depriving the Trustee or the Company of the right to have a judicial settlement of the Trustee’s account.

  24  
 

8.5 Delivery of Records to Successor : In the event of removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the successor trustee all records which shall be required by the successor trustee to enable it to carry out the provisions of the Trust.

8.6 Tax Filings : In addition to any returns required of the Trustee by law, the Trustee shall prepare and file such tax reports and other returns as the Company and the Trustee may from time to time agree.

Section 9. Removal or Resignation of the Trustee and Designation of Successor Trustee :

9.1 Removal : The Company may remove the Trustee with or without cause upon at least ninety days’ notice in writing to the Trustee. Removal of the Trustee shall not be effective until the Company has appointed, in writing, a successor trustee, and such successor has accepted the appointment in writing.

9.2 Resignation : Should the Trustee cease to exist or for any reason fail to act as Trustee, then the Company shall appoint a successor trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time upon at least ninety days’ written notice to the Company, whereupon the Company shall appoint a successor trustee.

9.3 Successor Trustee : Each successor trustee shall be a bank or a trust company. During the period that the successor trustee shall act as Trustee, such successor shall have the powers, duties and protections herein conferred upon the Trustee. The term “Trustee” wherever used herein, except where the context otherwise requires, shall be deemed to include any successor trustee. Upon designation of a successor trustee in accordance with this Section 9, and acceptance in writing by the successor trustee of its appointment, the resigned or removed Trustee shall promptly assign, transfer, deliver and pay over to the successor trustee, in

  25  
 

conformity with the requirements of applicable law, the funds and properties in its control or possession then constituting the Trust Fund.

Section 10. Enforcement of Trust Agreement and Legal Proceedings :

The Company and the Trustee shall have the right to enforce any provision of the Trust. In any action or proceeding affecting the Trust, the only necessary parties shall be the Company, the Trustee and the Participants and, except as otherwise required by applicable law, no other person shall be entitled to any notice or service of process. Any judgment entered in such an action or proceeding shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming to have any interest in the Trust. Time is of the essence of the Trust. In case any provision of the Trust is enforced by the Trustee or by any Participant by legal process or through an attorney-at-law, or under advice therefrom, including but not limited to the collection of amounts due hereunder to either the Trustee or such Participant, or for the benefit of such Participant, then the Company shall pay all costs of such enforcement or collection, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

Section 11. Termination :

This Trust shall continue until it terminates following the first to occur of (i) all payments required by Section 6 or other provisions of the Trust have been made, or (ii) the Trust Fund contains no assets and retains no claims to recover assets. If the Trust terminates pursuant to this Section 11, the Trustee, after its final account has been settled as provided in Section 8.2, shall distribute to the Company the net balance of any assets remaining in the Trust Fund. Upon making distribution of the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall be relieved from all further liability. The powers of the Trustee hereunder shall continue so long as any assets of the Trust Fund remain in its hands.

  26  
 

Section 12. Amendment :

12.1 Consent Required : Subject to Section 12.2, this Trust may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee and the Company.

12.2 Other Limitations on Amendment : Amendment of the Trust shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) no amendment shall cause the Trust, the Plans or the assets of the Trust Fund to be governed by or subject to part 2, 3 or 4 of title I of ERISA; (ii) no amendment shall cause the assets of the Trust Fund to be taxable to Participants prior to distribution therefrom; (iii) no amendment shall make the Trust revocable; and (iv) no amendment shall adversely affect any benefits to Participants under the Plans accrued to the date of such amendment or the amount of assets of the Trust Fund allocable thereto.

12.3 Compliance with ERISA and the Code : Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12 to the contrary, the Trust and the Plans shall be amended from time to time (without the consent of any Participant) to maintain the Plans as unfunded plans maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable law, to maintain the Trust as a grantor trust, to ensure that contributions to the Trust by the Company will not constitute a taxable event and income and gains of the Trust Fund will not be taxable as income and gains to the Trust or Participants, and that benefits paid to Participants from the Trust Fund will be deductible by the Company in the year of payment.

Section 13. Indemnification of Trustee :

To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, expenses and liabilities (herein “Liabilities”), including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs of litigation, to which

  27  
 

the Trustee may become subject pursuant to, arising out of, occasioned by, incurred in connection with or in any way associated with the Trust, except for any act or omission constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee. If one or more Liabilities arise, or if the Company fails to indemnify the Trustee as provided herein, or both, then the Trustee may engage counsel of the Trustee’s choice at the Company’s expense to conduct the defense against such Liabilities.

Section 14. Employer-Parties :

The Board of Directors of BB&T Corporation has, and may in the future, in accordance with the terms of each Plan, authorize its affiliates to become employer-parties to each such Plan. The following special provisions shall apply to all employer-parties to the Plans:

14.1 References to Company : Subject to the provisions of this Section 14, and unless the context clearly provides otherwise, all references herein to the “Company” shall include all employer-parties to the Plans.

14.2 Insolvency : Should anyone employer-party to a Plan become Bankrupt or Insolvent, only that portion of the Trust Fund with a value equal to the Plan Benefits of the Participants employed by the Bankrupt or Insolvent employer-party shall be subject to the suspension of payment rules set forth in Section 2.2.

14.3 Liability for Contributions : The employer-parties shall be jointly and severally liable with respect to the contribution obligations set forth in Section 5. With respect to and at the time of each contribution to the Trust Fund, the Committee shall deliver to the Trustee a written certificate stating the amount or portion attributable to each employer-party. On the basis of such certificate, the Trustee shall keep records of the amount contributed to the Trust Fund by each employer-party.

  28  
 

14.4 Allocation of Reversion : If any Trust Fund assets are to be distributed to the Company pursuant to Section 6.8 or upon termination of the Trust, the amount to be distributed shall be allocated among the employer-parties to the Plans in the proportion that each employer-party’s cumulative contributions bear to the total cumulative contributions made to the Trust Fund.

Section 15. Miscellaneous :

15.1 Nonalienation : No amount payable to or in respect of any Participant at any time under the Trust shall be subject in any manner to alienation, anticipation, sale, transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance of any kind. Any attempt to alienate, anticipate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, attach, charge or otherwise encumber any such amount shall be void, and the Trust Fund shall in no manner be liable for or subject to the debts or liabilities of any Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust Fund shall at all times remain subject to the claims of creditors of the Company in the event the Company becomes Bankrupt or Insolvent.

15.2 Communications :

(a)                 Communications to the Company shall be addressed to the Company at 200 West Second Street, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101, or to such other address as the Company may specify in writing.

(b)                Communications to the Trustee shall be addressed to the Trustee at 434 Fayetteville Street, Raleigh, North Carolina 27606, or to such other address as the Trustee may specify in writing.

(c)                 No communication shall be binding on the Trustee until it is received by the Trustee, and no communication shall be binding on the Company until it is received by the Company.

15.3 Authority to Act : The Secretary of the Company shall from time to time certify to the Trustee the person or persons authorized to act for the Company, Compensation Committee and the Committee, and shall provide the Trustee with such information regarding

  29  
 

the Company, Compensation Committee and the Committee as the Trustee may reasonably request. The Trustee may continue to rely on any such certification until notified to the contrary.

15.4 Authenticity of Instruments : The Trustee shall be fully protected in acting upon any instrument, certificate or paper believed by it to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any investigation or inquiry as to any statement contained in any such writing but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein contained.

15.5 Binding Effect : The Trust shall be binding upon the Company and the Trustee and their respective successors and assigns.

15.6 Inquiry as to Authority : A third party dealing with the Trustee shall not be required to make inquiry as to the authority of the Trustee to take any action or be under any obligation to follow the proper application by the Trustee of the proceeds of sale of any property sold by the Trustee or to inquire into the validity or propriety of any act of the Trustee.

15.7 Responsibility for Company or Compensation Committee Action : The Trustee assumes no obligation or responsibility with respect to any action required by the Trust on the part of the Company, Compensation Committee or the Committee.

15.8 Grantor Trust : The Trust is intended to be a trust under which the grantor is treated as the owner for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the provisions of Sections 671 through 677 of the Code. If the Company or the Trustee deems it necessary or advisable to undertake or refrain from undertaking any actions (including, but not limited to, making or refraining from making any elections or filings) in order to ensure that the Company is at all times treated as the owner of the Trust for federal income tax purposes, the Company or the Trustee will undertake or refrain from undertaking (as the case may be) such actions. The

  30  
 

Trustee shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 15.8.

15.9 Titles Not to Control : Titles to the Articles and Sections of the Trust are included for convenience only and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Trust.

15.10 Severability : Any provision of this Trust prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

15.11 Laws of North Carolina to Govern : The Trust shall be governed by and construed, enforced and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

15.12 Reports : The Trustee shall not be required to file any annual or other returns or report§ to any court, or to give any bond or to secure any order or consent of any court to carry out any of the powers conferred on the Trustee or to make any other reports to any court.

15.13 Counterparts : The Trust may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be the original although the others shall not be produced.

15.14 Sale of Assets : Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, if the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer substantially all of its operating assets to another entity (the “Transferee”), the Company’s rights and obligations hereunder shall be assigned by the Company to the Transferee as a part of the same transaction. Following such assignment, and conditional on acceptance thereof by the Transferee, the Transferee shall be substituted for the Company hereunder. Except for such substitution, following such assignment this Trust Agreement shall continue in effect in accordance with its terms. If the Company shall not effect such assignment, with respect to all Participants, the Trustee shall, at the time of the closing of

  31  
 

the sale or other transfer distribute to each Participant in cash in a lump sum an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Plan Benefits of the Participant, plus (ii) the estimated income tax liability of the Participant resulting from distribution of the amount in (i) and in this (ii), taking into account all federal, state and local income taxes payable by the Participant as a result of the distribution and determined on the assumption that such Participant is taxed at the highest marginal income tax rate under each taxing jurisdiction. Such distribution shall be made in compliance with the requirements under Code section 409A, and guidance thereunder (including Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B)). If such sum with respect to all Participants shall exceed the amount then in the Trust, the Trustee shall allocate the sum among all Participants in the proportion that the Plan Benefits of each bears to the Plan Benefits of all, and the Company shall pay to each Participant the sum of the above amounts with respect to the Participant less the amount paid to each by the Trustee. Such payment shall be made by the Company in cash in a lump sum at the time of the sale or other transfer.

15.15 Securities Laws : The Company and the Trustee shall take all necessary steps to comply with the applicable registration or other requirements of federal or state securities laws from which no exemption is available.

15.16 Third-Party Beneficiaries : The Company and the Trustee each hereby acknowledge and agree that the Participants in the Plans are intended to be third party beneficiaries of this Trust Agreement. As such, the Participants shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this Trust Agreement relating to their right to receive payment of their Plan Benefits from the Trust, including, without limitation, Section 6.6.4. Nothing in this Section 15.16 shall in any way be interpreted or construed to limit or restrict any rights the Participants

  32  
 

may have under North Carolina law as beneficiaries of the Trust, subject at all times to their status as general, unsecured creditors of the Company.

15.17 Compliance with Code Section 409A : This Trust Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Code section 409A and the guidance issued thereunder, to the extent it applies with respect to amounts held in the Trust. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, this Trust Agreement shall be interpreted, operated, and administered in a manner compliant with Code section 409A to the extent applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

 


  33  
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the amended and restated Trust Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

  BB&T CORPORATION
     
     
  By:  
  Senior Executive Vice President    
     
     
  BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY
  Trustee
   
   
  By:  
    Vice President

 

 

34

Exhibit 10.38  

2016

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This 2016 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of the 1st day of January, 2016, (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among BB&T CORPORATION , a North Carolina corporation (“ BB&T ”), BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY , a North Carolina chartered commercial bank (“ BBTC ”), and WILLIAM BENNETT BRADLEY , an individual (“ Executive ”). BB&T and BBTC are collectively referred to as the “ Employer ”.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , Employer and their Affiliates are engaged in the banking and financial services business; and

WHEREAS , Executive is experienced in, and knowledgeable concerning, the material aspects of such business; and

WHEREAS , Pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement effective as of January 1, 2010 (the “ Predecessor Agreement ”), Executive was previously employed as an Executive Vice President of BBTC; and

WHEREAS , effective January 1, 2016, Executive became employed as a Senior Executive Vice President of BB&T and BBTC; and

WHEREAS, BB&T, BBTC and Executive have determined that it is in their respective best interest to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND DUTIES .

1.1               Employment . Employer hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment by Employer commencing on the Effective Date, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Executive agrees to serve (i) as an employee of Employer and as an employee of one or more of Employer’s Affiliates; (ii) on such committees and task forces of the Employer (including, without limitation, BB&T’s Executive Management Team), as Executive may be appointed from time to time; and (iii) as a member of the Board of Directors of BB&T and/or BBTC as Executive may be appointed from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the failure to appoint or reappoint Executive to any committee or task force or Board of Directors be considered or treated either as a breach of this Agreement by the Employer or as a termination of Executive’s employment.

 

  1  
 

1.2               Duties . Executive shall serve as a Senior Executive Vice President of BB&T and BBTC, and shall report to the Chief Operating Officer of Employer. Executive shall have the authority, and perform the duties customarily associated with Executive’s title together with such additional duties of an executive nature as may from time to time be reasonably assigned by the Chief Operating Officer of Employer or Employer’s Boards of Directors. Executive shall devote all of Executive’s business time, attention, knowledge and skills solely to the business and interests of Employer and their Affiliates and shall not be otherwise employed. Executive shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time including, without limitation, conflict of interest policies. Employer and their Affiliates shall be entitled to all of the benefits, profits and other emoluments arising from or incident to all work, services and advice of Executive, and Executive shall not, during the Term, become interested, directly or indirectly, in any manner, as a partner, officer, director, stockholder, advisor, employee or in any other capacity in any other business similar to the business of Employer and their Affiliates. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed, however, to prevent or limit the right of Executive to invest in a business similar to the business of Employer and their Affiliates if such investment is limited to less than one (1) percent of the capital stock or other securities of any corporation or similar organization whose stock or securities are publicly owned or are regularly traded on any public exchange.

1.3               Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 below, unless extended or shortened as provided in this Agreement, the term of employment of Executive under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall continue until the expiration of a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months immediately following the Effective Date (the “ Term ”). As of the first day of each calendar month commencing February 1, 2016, this Agreement and Executive’s employment hereunder, shall be automatically extended (without any further action of or by Employer or Executive) for an additional successive calendar month; provided, however, that on any one month anniversary date, either Employer or Executive may serve notice to the other parties to fix the Term to a definite thirty-six (36) month period from the date of such notice and no further automatic extensions shall occur. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term shall not be extended beyond the first day of the calendar month next following the date on which Executive attains age sixty-five (65). The Term as it may be extended pursuant to this Section 1.3, or, as it may be shortened in accordance with Section 1.6, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Term ”.

1.4               Compensation and Benefits .

1.4.1 Base Salary. In consideration of all of (i) the services rendered to Employer and Employer’s Affiliates hereunder by Executive, and (ii) Executive’s covenants hereunder, Employer shall, during the Term, pay Executive a salary at the annual rate of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in equal cash installments in accordance with Employer’s regular payroll practices, but no less frequently than monthly. The $400,000 annual Base Salary may be increased, but not decreased without the written consent of Executive, from time to time in the sole discretion of Employer and any such increased “Base Salary” shall thereafter constitute “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement, and may not thereafter be reduced without the written consent of Executive.

 

  2  
 

1.4.2 Incentive Compensation. During the Term, Executive shall continue to participate in any bonus or incentive plans of Employer, whether any such plan provides for awards in cash or securities, made available to other executives of Employer similarly situated to Executive, as such plan or plans may be modified from time to time, or such other similar plans for which Executive may become eligible and designated a participant.

1.4.3 Employee Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to participate in such employee benefits plans and programs of Employer (such as retirement, sick leave, vacation, group disability, health, life, and accident insurance) as may be in effect from time to time (and subject to the terms thereof) during the Term as are afforded to other similarly situated executives of BB&T.

If, during the Term, Executive becomes eligible for benefits under the Pension Plan and retires, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the same retiree health care program provided to other retiring employees of BB&T who are also retiring at the same time. During the Compensation Continuance Period, Executive shall be deemed to be an “active employee” of Employer for purposes of participating in BB&T’s health care plan and for purposes of satisfying any age and service requirements under BB&T’s retiree health care program. Thus, if Executive has not satisfied either the age or service requirement (or both) under BB&T’s retiree health care program at the time payment of Executive’s Termination Compensation begins, but satisfies the age or service requirement (or both) at the time such Termination Compensation payments end, Executive shall be deemed to have satisfied the age or service requirement (or both) for purposes of BB&T’s retiree health care program as of the date Executive’s Termination Compensation payments end. For purposes of satisfying any service requirement under BB&T’s retiree health care program, Executive shall be credited with one year of service for each Computation Period which begins and ends during the Compensation Continuance Period.

1.5               Business Expenses . Employer shall, upon receipt from Executive of supporting receipts to the extent required by applicable income tax regulations and Employer’s reimbursement policies, reimburse Executive for all out-of-pocket business expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with Executive’s employment hereunder.

1.6               Termination . Executive’s employment and this Agreement (except as otherwise provided hereunder) shall terminate upon a date (the “ Termination Date ”) that is the earlier of (i) the expiration (as provided in Section 1.3) of the Term, or (ii) the occurrence of any of the following at the time set forth therefor:

1.6.1         Death . Executive’s employment and this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon Executive’s death.

1.6.2         Retirement . Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s Retirement.

1.6.3         Disability. Immediately upon the reasonable determination by Employer that Executive shall have been unable to substantially perform the essential functions of Executive’s duties by reason of a physical or mental disability, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months (“ Disability ”); provided that 

  3  
 

prior to any such termination for Disability, the Boards of Directors of Employer shall have given Executive at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of Employer’s intent to terminate Executive due to Disability, and Executive shall not have returned to full-time employment by the thirtieth (30th) day after such notice (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.3 being referred to herein as termination for Disability).

1.6.4         Voluntary Termination . Immediately upon the date specified in Executive’s written notice to Employer’s Boards of Directors of Executive’s voluntary termination of employment; provided, however, that Employer may accelerate the effective date of such termination (and the Termination Date) (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.4 being referred to herein as “ Voluntary Termination ”).

1.6.5         Termination for Just Cause . Immediately following notice of termination for “Just Cause” (as defined below), specifying such Just Cause, given by Employer’s Boards of Directors (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.5 being referred to herein as termination for “Just Cause”). “ Just Cause ” shall mean and be limited to any one or more of the following: Executive’s personal dishonesty; gross incompetence; willful misconduct; breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit; intentional failure to perform stated duties; willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order; conviction of a felony or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; unethical business practices in connection with Employer’s business; misappropriation of Employer’s or their Affiliates’ assets (determined on a reasonable basis) or material breach of any other provision of this Agreement; provided, that Executive has received written notice from Employer of such material breach and such breach remains uncured for a period of thirty (30) days after the delivery of such notice. For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without a reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of Employer.

1.6.6         Termination Without Just Cause . Immediately upon the date specified in a written notice of termination without Just Cause from Employer’s Boards of Directors to Executive (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.6 being referred to herein as termination “ Without Just Cause ”).

1.6.7         Good Reason Termination . Subject to the following, thirty (30) days following the written notice by Executive to Employer’s Boards of Directors described in this Section 1.6.7; provided, however , that during any such thirty (30) day period, Employer may suspend, with no reduction in pay or benefits, Executive from Executive’s duties as set forth herein (including, without limitation, Executive’s position as a representative and agent of Employer and Employer’s Affiliates) (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.7 being referred to herein as “ Good Reason Termination ”). For purposes of this Section 1.6.7, a Good Reason Termination shall occur when Executive provides written notice to Employer’s Boards of Directors of termination for “ Good Reason ”, which, as used herein, shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s express written consent:

(i) the assignment to Executive of duties inconsistent with the position and status of a Senior Executive Vice President of Employer; or
  4  
 
(ii) a reduction by Employer in Executive’s annual Base Salary as then in effect; or
(iii) the exclusion of Executive from participation in Employer’s employee benefit plans (in which Executive meets the participation eligibility requirements) in effect as of, or adopted or implemented on or after, the Effective Date, as the same may be improved or enhanced from time to time during the Term; or
(iv) any purported termination of the employment of Executive by Employer which is not effected in accordance with this Agreement;

provided, however, that an event shall not constitute Good Reason unless , within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of an event, Executive gives Employer at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such event setting forth a description of the circumstances constituting Good Reason and Employer fails to cure such within the thirty- (30-) day period following Employer’s receipt of such written notice.

1.6.8         No Other Remedies . Termination pursuant to this Agreement shall be in limitation of and with prejudice to any other right or remedy to which Executive may otherwise be entitled at law or in equity against Employer, its affiliates, and its agents, shareholders, employees, officers and directors.

1.6.9         Notice of Termination. A termination of Executive’s employment by Employer or Executive for any reason other than death shall be communicated by a written notice to the other parties, which written notice shall specify the effective date of termination.

1.7              Termination Compensation and Post-Termination Benefits.

1.7.1         Expiration of Term, Retirement, Voluntary Termination, Termination for Just Cause, or Termination for Death . In the case of termination of Executive’s employment hereunder due to the expiration of the Term in accordance with Section 1.6(i) above, or Executive’s death in accordance with Section 1.6.1 above, or Executive’s Retirement in accordance with Section 1.6.2 above, or Executive’s Voluntary Termination of employment hereunder in accordance with Section 1.6.4 above, or a termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for Just Cause in accordance with Section 1.6.5 above, (i) Executive shall not be entitled to receive payment of, and Employer shall have no obligation to pay, any severance or similar compensation attributable to such termination (including, without limitation, Termination Compensation), other than Base Salary earned but unpaid; any bonuses and incentive compensation for the preceding year that was previously earned by Executive but unpaid on the Termination Date; accrued but unused vacation to the extent allowed by BB&T’s vacation pay policy; vested benefits under any Employer sponsored employee benefit plan; and any unreimbursed business expenses pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof incurred by Executive as of the Termination Date; (ii) Employer’s other obligations under this Agreement shall immediately cease; and (iii) except for termination as a result of Executive’s death, Executive agrees to 

  5  
 

comply with Executive’s Section 2 covenants (including, without limitation, compliance with the noncompetition and nonsolicitation covenants of Section 2) for a one (1) year period following Executive’s Termination Date.

1.7.2         Termination for Disability . In the case of a termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for Disability in accordance with Section 1.6.3 above, during the first twelve (12) consecutive months of the period of Executive’s Disability, Executive shall continue to earn all compensation (including bonuses and incentive compensation) to which Executive would have been entitled if Executive had not been disabled, such compensation to be paid at the time, in the amount, and in the manner provided in Section 1.4, inclusive of any compensation received pursuant to any applicable disability insurance plan of Employer. Thereafter, Executive shall receive only compensation to which Executive is entitled under any applicable disability insurance plan of Employer; and Executive shall have no right to receive any other compensation (such as Termination Compensation) or other benefits upon or after Executive’s Termination Date. In the event a dispute arises between Executive and Employer concerning Executive’s Disability or ability to continue or return to the performance of his duties as aforesaid, Executive shall submit, at the expense of Employer, to examination of a competent physician mutually agreeable to the parties, and such physician’s opinion as to Executive’s capability to so perform shall be final and binding upon Employer and Executive.

1.7.3         Termination Without Just Cause . In the case of a termination of Executive’s employment hereunder Without Just Cause in accordance with Section 1.6.6, Executive shall be entitled to the following in lieu of any other compensation or benefits (under Section 1.4 of this Agreement or otherwise) from Employer:

(i) Executive shall receive Termination Compensation each month during the Compensation Continuance Period, subject, however, to Executive’s compliance with Executive’s Section 2 covenants (including, without limitation, compliance with the noncompetition and nonsolicitation covenants of Section 2) for a one (1) year period following Executive’s Termination Date.
(ii) Employer shall use their best efforts to accelerate vesting of any unvested benefits of Executive under any employee stock-based or other benefit plan or arrangement to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A or other applicable law and the terms of such plan or arrangement.
(iii) Employer shall make available to Executive, at Employer’s cost, outplacement services by such entity or person as shall be designated by Employer, with the cost to Employer of such outplacement services not to exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000).
(iv) During the Compensation Continuance Period, Executive shall either continue to participate (treating Executive as an “active employee” of Employer for this purpose) in the same group
  6  
 

hospitalization plan, health care plan, dental care plan, life or other insurance or death benefit plan, and any other present or future similar group employee benefit plan or program for which officers of Employer generally are eligible, on the same terms as were in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date, or, to the extent such participation is not permitted by any group plan insurer, under comparable individual plans and coverage (to the extent commercially available).

The Termination Compensation and other benefits provided for in this Section 1.7.3 shall be paid by Employer in accordance with the standard payroll practices and procedures in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date. If Executive breaches Executive’s obligations under Section 1.7.3 or Section 2 of this Agreement, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further Termination Compensation or benefits pursuant to this Section 1.7.3 from and after the date of such breach.

1.7.4         Good Reason Termination . A Good Reason Termination under Section 1.6.7 shall entitle Executive to the following in lieu of any other compensation or benefits (under Section 1.4 of this Agreement or otherwise) from Employer:

(i) Executive shall receive Termination Compensation each month during the Compensation Continuance Period, subject, however, to Executive’s compliance with his Section 2 covenants (including, without limitation, compliance with the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions of Section 2) for a one (1) year period following Executive’s Termination Date.
(ii) Employer shall use their best efforts to accelerate vesting of any unvested benefits of Executive under any employee stock-based or other benefit plan or arrangement to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A or other applicable law and the terms of such plan or arrangement.
(iii) Employer shall make available to Executive, at Employer’s cost, outplacement services by such entity or person as shall be designated by Employer, with the cost to Employer of such outplacement services not to exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000).
(iv) During the Compensation Continuance Period, Executive shall either continue to participate (treating Executive as an “active employee” of Employer for this purpose) in the same group hospitalization plan, health care plan, dental care plan, life or other insurance or death benefit plan, and any other present or future similar group employee benefit plan or program for which officers of Employer generally are eligible, on the same terms as were in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date, or, to the extent such
  7  
 

participation is not permitted by any group plan insurer, under comparable individual plans and coverage (to the extent commercially available).

The Termination Compensation and other benefits provided for in this Section 1.7.4 shall be paid by Employer in accordance with the standard payroll practices and procedures in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date. If Executive breaches Executive’s obligations under Section 1.7.4 or Section 2 of this Agreement, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further Termination Compensation or benefits pursuant to this Section 1.7.4 from and after the date of such breach.

1.7.5         Change of Control. If the employment of Executive is terminated for any reason other than Just Cause or on account of Executive’s death, regardless of whether Employer or Executive initiates such termination, within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (or, if later, within ninety (90) days after a MOE Revocation), Executive shall be entitled to the following Termination Compensation and benefits in lieu of any other compensation or benefits (under Section 1.4 of this Agreement or otherwise) from Employer:

(i) Executive shall receive Termination Compensation each month during the Compensation Continuance Period.
(ii) Employer shall use their best efforts to accelerate vesting of any unvested benefits of Executive under any employee stock-based or other benefit plan or arrangement to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A or other applicable law and the term of such plan or arrangement.
(iii) Employer shall make available to Executive, at Employer’s cost, outplacement services by such entity or person as shall be designated by Employer, with the cost to Employer of such outplacement services not to exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000).
(iv) During the Compensation Continuance Period, Executive shall either continue to participate (treating Executive as an “active employee” of Employer for this purpose) in the same group hospitalization plan, health care plan, dental care plan, life or other insurance or death benefit plan, and any other present or future similar group employee benefit plan or program for which officers of Employer generally are eligible on the same terms as were in effect either (A) at his Termination Date, or (B) if such plans and programs in effect prior to the Change of Control or prior to the MOE Revocation were, considered together as a whole, materially more generous to the officers of Employer, than at the date of the Change of Control or at the date of the MOE Revocation, as the case may be; or, to the extent such participation is not permitted by
  8  
 

any group plan insurer, under comparable individual plans and coverage (to the extent commercially available).

The Termination Compensation and other benefits provided for in this Section 1.7.5 shall be paid by Employer in accordance with the standard payroll practices and procedures in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date, a Change of Control or MOE Revocation, as appropriate. If Executive incurs a termination of employment pursuant to this Section 1.7.5, Executive shall be subject to all of the provisions of Section 2 other than the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions thereof. If Executive breaches Executive’s obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement, exclusive of the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions thereof, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further Termination Compensation or benefits pursuant to this Section 1.7.5 from and after the date of such breach.

Should the circumstances of the termination of the employment of Executive result in application of both Section 1.7.3 or Section 1.7.4 and this Section 1.7.5, this Section 1.7.5 shall be deemed to apply and control.

1.7.6         No Termination of Continuing Obligations . Termination of Executive’s employment relationship with Employer in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement does not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing obligations, including, without limitation, Executive’s obligations under Section 2; provided, however, that the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions of Section 2.1 shall be inapplicable upon Executive’s Termination Date if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 1.7.5. Any provision of this Agreement which by its terms obligates Employer to make payments subsequent to termination of Executive’s Employment Term shall survive any such termination.

1.7.7         SERP . Executive is a participant in the BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (the “ SERP ”). The SERP was formerly known as the Branch Banking and Trust Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. The SERP is a non-qualified, unfunded supplemental retirement plan which provides benefits to or on behalf of selected key management employees. The benefits provided under the SERP supplement the retirement and survivor benefits payable from the Pension Plan. Except in the event the employment of Executive is terminated by the Employer or BB&T for Just Cause and except in the event Executive terminates Executive’s employment for any reason other than Good Reason and such termination does not occur within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (or, if later, within ninety (90) days after a MOE Revocation), the following special provisions shall apply for purposes of this Agreement:

(i) The provisions of the SERP shall be and hereby are incorporated in this Agreement. The SERP, as applied to Executive, may not be terminated, modified or amended without the express written consent of Executive. Thus, any amendment or modification to the SERP or the termination of the SERP shall be ineffective as to Executive unless Executive consents in writing to such termination, modification or amendment. The Supplemental Pension Benefit (as defined in the SERP) of Executive shall not be adversely affected because of any modification, amendment or
  9  
 

termination of the SERP. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section 1.7.7(i) and the SERP, the provisions of this Section 1.7.7(i) shall prevail. Executive hereby agrees and consents to Employer’s amendment of the SERP to comply with Section 409A.

2. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE .

2.1               Noncompetition . Executive acknowledges and agrees that the duties and responsibilities to be performed by Executive under this Agreement are of a special and unusual character which have a unique value to Employer and their Affiliates, the loss of which cannot be adequately compensated by damages in any action in law. As a consequence of his unique position as Senior Executive Vice President of Employer, Executive also acknowledges and agrees that Executive will have broad access to Confidential Information, that Confidential Information will in fact be developed by Executive in the course of performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and that the Confidential Information furnishes a competitive advantage in many situations and constitutes, separately and in the aggregate, valuable, special and unique assets of Employer and their Affiliates. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the unique and proprietary knowledge and information possessed by, or which will be disclosed to, or developed by, Executive in the course of Executive’s employment will be such that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in this Section 2.1 would immeasurably and irreparably damage Employer and their Affiliates regardless of where in the Restricted Area the activities constituting such breach were to occur. Thus, Executive acknowledges and agrees that it is both reasonable and necessary for the covenants in this Section 2.1 to apply to Executive’s activities throughout the Restricted Area. In recognition of the special and unusual character of the duties and responsibilities of Executive under this Agreement and as a material inducement to Employer to continue to employ Executive in this special and unique capacity, Executive covenants and agrees that, to the extent and subject to the limitations provided in this Section 2 (whichever portion may be applicable), including the limitation on the duration of the covenants therein contained, during the Term and upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, or upon the expiration of the Term, Executive shall not, on Executive’s own account or as an employee, associate, consultant, partner, agent, principal, contractor, owner, officer, director, member, manager or stockholder of any other Person who is engaged in the Business (collectively, the “ Restricted Persons ”), directly or indirectly, alone, for, or in combination with any one or more Restricted Persons, in one or a series of transactions:

(i) serve in any capacity of any Person who is engaged in the Business in any state in the Restricted Area and who is a direct competitor of Employer or of any Affiliate of Employer who is also engaged in the Business;

(ii) provide consultative services to any Person who is engaged in the Business in any state in the Restricted Area and who is a direct competitor of Employer or of any Affiliate of Employer who is also engaged in the Business;

(iii) call upon any of the depositors, customers or clients of Employer (or of any Affiliate who is also engaged in the Business) who were such at any time during the twelve-month period ending on the Termination Date whose needs Executive gained

  10  
 

information about during Executive’s employment with Employer for the purpose of soliciting or providing any product or service similar to that provided by Employer or their Affiliates;

(iv) solicit, divert, or take away, or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any of the depositors, customers or clients of Employer (or of any Affiliate who is also engaged in the Business) who were such at any time during the twelve-month period ending on the Termination Date whose needs Executive gained information about during Executive’s employment with Employer; or

(v) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Employer or their Affiliates to terminate employment with Employer or their Affiliates.

Nothing in this Section 2.1 shall be read to prohibit an investment described in the last sentence of Section 1.2.

2.2               Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information; Non-Disparagement . During the Term and at any time thereafter, and except as required by any court, supervisory authority or administrative agency or as may be otherwise required by applicable law, Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Boards of Directors of Employer, or a person authorized thereby, communicate, furnish, divulge or disclose to any Person, other than an employee of Employer or an Affiliate thereof, or a Person to whom communication or disclosure is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance by Executive of Executive’s duties as an employee of Employer, any Confidential Information obtained by Executive while in the employ of Employer or any Affiliate, unless and until such information has become a matter of public knowledge at the time of such disclosure. Executive shall use Executive’s best efforts to prevent the removal of any Confidential Information from the premises of Employer or any of their Affiliates, except as required in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties as an employee of Employer. Executive acknowledges and agrees that (i) all Confidential Information (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or developed by Executive during the Term belongs exclusively to Employer and not to him; (ii) that Confidential Information is intended to provide rights to Employer in addition to, not in lieu of, those rights Employer and their Affiliates have under the common law and applicable statutes for the protection of trade secrets and confidential information; and (iii) that Confidential Information includes information and materials that may not be explicitly identified or marked as confidential or proprietary. In addition, during the Term and at any time thereafter, Executive shall not make any disparaging remarks, or any remarks that could reasonably be construed as disparaging, regarding Employer or any of their Affiliates, or their officers, directors, employees, partners, or agents. Executive shall not take any action or provide information or issue statements, to the media or otherwise, or cause anyone else to take any action or provide information or issue statements, to the media or otherwise, regarding Employer or any of their Affiliates or their officers, directors, employees, partners, or agents.

2.3               Use of Unauthorized Software . During the Term, Executive shall not knowingly load any unauthorized software into Executive’s computer (whether personal or owned by Employer). Executive may request that Employer purchase, register and install certain software or other digital intellectual property, but Executive may not copy or install such

  11  
 

software or intellectual property himself. Executive acknowledges that certain software and digital intellectual property is Confidential Information of Employer and Executive agrees, in accordance with Section 2.2, to keep such software and intellectual property confidential and not to use it except in furtherance of Employer’s Business or the operations of Employer or its Affiliates.

2.4               Removal of Materials . During the Term and at any time thereafter, and except as may be required or deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance by Executive of Executive’s duties as an employee of Employer, Executive shall not copy, dispose of or remove from Employer or their Affiliates any depositor, customer or client lists, software, computer programs or other digital intellectual property, books, records, forms, data, manuals, handbooks or any other papers or writings relating to the Business or the operations of Employer or their Affiliates.

2.5               Work Product . Employer alone shall be entitled to all benefits, profits and results arising from or incidental to Executive’s Work Product (as defined in this section 2.5). To the greatest extent possible, any work product, property, data, documentation, inventions or information or materials prepared, conceived, discovered, developed or created by Executive in connection with performing Executive’s responsibilities during the Term (“ Work Product ”) shall be deemed to be “work made for hire” as defined in the Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C.A.§ 101 et seq. , as amended, and owned exclusively by Employer. Executive hereby unconditionally and irrevocably transfers and assigns to Employer all intellectual property or other rights, title and interest Executive may currently have (or in the future may have) by operation of law or otherwise in or to any Work Product. Executive agrees to execute and deliver to Employer any transfers, assignments, documents or other instruments which may reasonably be necessary or appropriate to vest complete title and ownership of any Work Product and all associated rights exclusively in Employer. Employer shall have the right to adapt, change, revise, delete from, add to and/or rearrange the Work Product or any part thereof written or created by Executive, and to combine the same with other works to any extent, and to change or substitute the title thereof, and in this connection Executive hereby waives the “moral rights” of authors as that term is commonly understood throughout the world including, without limitation, any similar rights or principles of law which Executive may now or later have by virtue of the law of any locality, state, nation, treaty, convention or other source. Unless otherwise specifically agreed, Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation in addition to that provided for in this Agreement for any exercise by Employer of its rights set forth in this Section 2.5. In the event any Work Product qualifies for protection under the United States Patent Act, 35 U.S.C. § 1 et. seq. , as amended, and Executive agrees to bear the cost of seeking a patent from the U.S. Patent Office, Employer agrees, upon the issuance of such patent and upon receipt from Executive of reimbursement of all costs and expenses related to obtaining such patent, to assign the patent to Executive. Executive hereby grants to Employer a royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable license to any such patent obtained by Executive in accordance with the preceding sentence.

2.6               Interpretation; Remedies . Consistent with Section 3.8 of this Agreement, the covenants contained in this Section 2 (the “ Covenants ”) shall be construed and interpreted in any judicial proceeding to permit their enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law and each of the Covenants is severable and independently enforceable without reference to the enforceability of any other Covenants. Further, if any provision of the Covenants or of this

  12  
 

Section 2 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overbroad as written, Executive specifically agrees that the court should modify such provision in order to make it enforceable, and that a court should view each such provision as severable and enforce those severable provisions deemed reasonable by such court. Executive agrees that the restraints imposed by this Section 2 are fair and necessary to prevent Executive from unfairly taking advantage of contacts established, nurtured, serviced, enhanced or promoted and knowledge gained during Executive’s employment with Employer and their Affiliates, and are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of Employer and their Affiliates and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable with respect to the activities prohibited, the duration thereof, the Restricted Area, the scope thereof, and the effect thereof on Executive and the general public. Executive acknowledges that the Covenants will not cause an undue burden on Executive. Executive further acknowledges that violation of any one or more of the Covenants would immeasurably and irreparably damage Employer and their Affiliates, and, accordingly, Executive agrees that for any violation or threatened violation of any of such Covenants, Employer shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to it, at law or otherwise (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Executive), be entitled to specific performance and an injunction to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining and restraining Executive from committing any violation or threatened violation of the Covenants. Executive hereby consents to the issuance of such injunction and agrees to submit to the equitable jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction, without reference to whether Executive resides or does business in that jurisdiction at the time such injunction is sought or entered.

2.7               Notice of Covenants . Executive agrees that prior to accepting employment with any other Person during the Term or during the two-year period following the termination of his employment with Employer, Executive shall provide Employer with written notice of his intent to accept such employment, which notice shall include the name of the prospective employer, the business engaged in or to be engaged in by the prospective employer, and the position Executive intends to accept with the prospective employer. In addition, Executive shall provide such prospective employer with written notice of the existence of this Agreement and the Covenants.

3. MISCELLANEOUS.

3.1               Notices . All notices, requests, and other communications to any party under this Agreement must be in writing (including telefacsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party at his, her or its address or telefacsimile number set forth below or at such other address or telefacsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose of giving notice to the other party:

 

If to the Executive, to:

 

 

 

  13  
 

If to the Employer, to:

 

BB&T Corporation

Branch Banking and Trust Company

200 West Second Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101

Facsimile: (336) 733-2189

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

Each such notice, request, demand or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (ii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section 3.1. Delivery of any notice, request, demand or other communication by telefacsimile shall be effective when received if received during normal business hours on a business day. If received after normal business hours, the notice, request, demand or other communication will be effective at 10:00 a.m. on the next business day.

3.2               Entire Agreement . This Agreement expresses the whole and entire agreement between the parties with reference to the employment and service of Executive and supersedes and replaces any prior employment agreements (including, without limitation, the Predecessor Agreement), understandings or arrangements (whether written or oral) among Employer and Executive. Without limiting the foregoing, Executive agrees that this Agreement satisfies any rights Executive may have had under any prior agreement or understanding (including, without limitation, the Predecessor Agreement) with Employer with respect to Executive’s employment by Employer.

3.3               Waiver; Modification . No waiver or modification of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, or limitation herein contained shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. No evidence of any waiver or modification shall be offered or received in evidence at any proceeding, arbitration, or litigation between the parties hereto arising out of or affecting this Agreement, or the rights or obligations of the parties hereunder, unless such waiver or modification is in writing, duly executed as aforesaid. The parties further agree that the provisions of this Section 3.3 may not be waived except as herein set forth.

3.4               Amendment . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, or modified only by a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of each party hereto.

3.5               No Third Party Beneficiary . The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and Employer’s successors or assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person.

3.6               No Assignment; Binding Effect; No Attachment . This Agreement and the obligations undertaken herein shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successors or assigns of Employer, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives. Executive shall not be

  14  
 

entitled to assign or delegate any of Executive’s obligations or rights under this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.6 shall preclude Executive from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable under this Agreement upon Executive’s death. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or required by applicable law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge or hypothecation or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.

3.7               Headings . The headings of paragraphs and sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

3.8               Severability . Employer and Executive intend all provisions of this Agreement to be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. Accordingly, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the scope and/or operation of any provision of this Agreement is too broad to be enforced as written, Employer and Executive intend that the court should reform such provision to such narrower scope and/or operation as it determines to be enforceable. If, however, any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future law, and not subject to reformation, then (i) such provision shall be fully severable, (ii) this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision was never a part of this Agreement, and (iii) the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provisions or by their severance.

3.9               Governing Law . The parties intend that this Agreement and the performance hereunder and all suits and special proceedings hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with and under and pursuant to the laws of the State of North Carolina without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof and that in any action, special proceeding or other proceeding that may be brought arising out of, in connection with, or by reason of this Agreement, the laws of the State of North Carolina shall be applicable and shall govern to the exclusion of the law of any other forum. Any action, special proceeding or other proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the federal or state courts of the State of North Carolina, and by execution and delivery of this Agreement, Executive and Employer irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of those courts and Executive hereby submits to personal jurisdiction in the State of North Carolina. Executive and Employer irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection based on lack of jurisdiction, improper venue or forum non conveniens, which either may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any action or proceeding in such jurisdiction in respect to this Agreement or any transaction related hereto. Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that any service of legal process by mail in the manner provided for notices under this Agreement constitutes proper legal service of process under applicable law in any action or proceeding under or in respect to this Agreement.

3.10           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

  15  
 

3.11           Withholding . Employer shall deduct and withhold all federal, state, local and employment taxes and any other similar sums required by applicable law, or in accordance with the applicable provisions of Employer’s employee benefit plans, to be withheld from any payments made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

3.12           Definitions . Wherever used in this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Recitals, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below (unless otherwise indicated by the context) and such meanings shall be applicable to both the singular and plural form (except where otherwise expressly indicated):

a.                   “Affiliate” means a Person or person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person or person.

b.                   Business ” means the banking business, which business includes, but is not limited to, the consumer, savings, and commercial banking business; the trust business; the savings and loan business; and the mortgage banking business.

c.                    “Change of Control” the earliest of the following dates:

(i) the date any person or group of persons (as defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) together with its Affiliates, excluding employee benefit plans of Employer, is or becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of securities of BB&T representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of BB&T’s then outstanding voting securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of BB&T by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by BB&T); or
(ii) the date when, as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of BB&T (other than such an offer by BB&T for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who at the beginning of any two-year period during the Term constitute BB&T’s Board of Directors, plus new directors whose election or nomination for election by BB&T’s shareholders is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors still in office who were directors at the beginning of such two-year period (“ Continuing Directors ”), cease for any reason during such two-year period to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of such Board of Directors; or
  16  
 
(iii) the date the shareholders of BB&T approve a merger, share exchange or consolidation of BB&T with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of BB&T outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of BB&T or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
(iv) the date the shareholders of BB&T approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of BB&T or an agreement for the sale or disposition by BB&T of all or substantially all of BB&T’s assets; or
(v) the date of any event (other than a “merger of equals” as hereinafter described in this Section 3.12.c) which BB&T’s Board of Directors determines should constitute a Change of Control.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change of Control” shall not include any event which the Board of Directors of BB&T (or, if the event described in clause (ii) above has occurred, a majority of the Continuing Directors), prior to the occurrence of such event, specifically determines, for the purpose of this Agreement or employment agreements with other executives that contain substantially similar provisions, is a “merger of equals” (regardless of the form of the transaction), unless a majority of the Continuing Directors revokes such specific determination within one year after occurrence of the event that otherwise would constitute a Change in Control (a “ MOE Revocation ”). The parties to this Agreement agree that any determination concerning whether a transaction is a “merger of equals” shall be solely within the discretion of the Board of Directors of BB&T or a majority of the Continuing Directors, as the case may be.

d.                   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules and regulations issued thereunder.

e.                    “Commencement Month” means the first day of the calendar month next following the month in which Executive’s Termination Date occurs.

f.                    “Compensation Continuance Period” means the time period commencing with the Commencement Month and ending on the earlier of (1) or (2), where (1) is the first day of the month in which the Employee attains age sixty-five (65), and (2) is the date that coincides with the expiration of the thirty-six (36) consecutive month period which began with the Commencement Month or, if the Term had previously been fixed by the Employee to a definite three- (3-) year period, the expiration of the remaining period in such fixed Term. 

  17  
 

g.                   “Computation Period” means the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning with the Commencement Month and, thereafter, beginning with each annual anniversary of the Commencement Month.

h.                   “Confidential Information” means all non-public information that has been created, discovered, obtained, developed or otherwise become known to Employer or their Affiliates other than through public sources, including, but not limited to, all competitively-sensitive information, all inventions, processes, data, computer programs, software, databases, know-how, digital intellectual property, marketing plans, business and sales plans and strategies, training programs and procedures, acquisition prospects, customer lists, diagrams and charts and similar items, depositor lists, clients lists, credit information, budgets, projections, new products, information covered by the Trade Secrets Protection Act, N.C. Gen. Stat., Chapter 66, §§152 to 162, and other information owned by the Employer or their Affiliates which is not public information.

i.                     “Excise Tax” means the excise tax on excess parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor or similar provision thereof), including any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax.

j.                     “Pension Plan” means the BB&T Corporation Pension Plan, a tax qualified defined benefit pension plan, as the same may either be amended from time to time or terminated

k.                   “Person” means any individual, person, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation, company, firm, group or other entity.

l.                     Restricted Area ” means the continental United States.

m.                 Retirement ” and “ retires ” means voluntary termination by Executive of Executive’s employment with Employer upon satisfaction of the requirements for early retirement or normal retirement under the Pension Plan.

n.                   “Termination Compensation” means a monthly cash amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the highest amount of the annual cash compensation (including cash bonuses and other cash-based compensation, including for these purposes amounts earned or payable whether or not deferred) received by Executive during any one of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which Executive’s Termination Date occurs; provided, that if the cash compensation received by Executive during the Termination Year exceeds the highest amount of the annual cash compensation received by Executive during any one of the immediately preceding three (3) consecutive calendar years, the cash compensation received by Executive during the Termination Year shall be deemed to be Executive’s highest amount of annual cash compensation. In no event shall Executive’s Termination Compensation include equity-based compensation (e.g., income realized as a result of Executive’s exercise of non-qualified stock options or other stock based benefits).

o.                   “Termination Date” means the date Executive’s employment with Employer is terminated, and which termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

  18  
 

p.                   “Termination Year” means the calendar year in which Executive’s Termination Date occurs.

3.13           Code Section 409A .

3.13.1     In General. To the extent applicable, the parties hereto intend that this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, or other interpretative authority thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) or an exemption or exclusion therefrom. The parties hereby agree that this Agreement shall be construed in a manner to comply with Section 409A and that should any provision be found not in compliance with Section 409A, the parties are hereby contractually obligated to execute any and all amendments to this Agreement deemed necessary and required by legal counsel for Employer to achieve compliance with Section 409A. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, Executive irrevocably waives any objections Executive may have to the amendments required by Section 409A.

3.13.2     Specified Employee . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A) Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A and the Company’s specified employee identification policy) and if any payment, reimbursement and/or in-kind benefit that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) is deemed to be triggered by Executive’s separation from service, then, to the extent one or more exceptions to Section 409A are inapplicable (including, without limitation, the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) relating to separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service and its requirement that installments must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year following the taxable year in which such an employee incurs the involuntary separation from service), all payments, reimbursements, and in-kind benefits that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) to Executive shall not be paid or provided to Executive during the six- (6-) month period following Executive’s separation from service, and (i) such postponed payment and/or reimbursement/in-kind amounts shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service; (ii) any amounts payable to Executive after the expiration of such six- (6-) month period shall continue to be paid to Executive in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that any group hospitalization plan, health care plan, dental care plan, life or other insurance or death benefit plan, and any other present or future similar group executive benefit plan or program or any lump sum cash out thereof is nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A), Executive shall pay for such benefits from his Termination Date until the first day of the seventh month following the month of Executive’s separation from service, at which time the Company shall reimburse Executive for such payments. If Executive dies during such six- (6-) month period and prior to the payment of such postponed amounts of nonqualified deferred compensation, only the amount of nonqualified deferred compensation equal to the number of whole months that Executive lived shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive’s estate or, if applicable, to Executive’s designated beneficiary within thirty (30) days after the date of Executive’s death.

3.13.3     Reimbursements and In-Kind Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision of the applicable plans and programs, all reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided

  19  
 

under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement and the provision of benefits in kind during a calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the provision of in-kind benefits in any other calendar year; (ii) the reimbursement for an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred; (iii) the right to reimbursement or right to in-kind benefit is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; and (iv) each reimbursement payment or provision of in-kind benefit shall be one of a series of separate payments (and each shall be construed as a separate identified payment) for purposes of Section 409A.

3.13.4     Miscellaneous Section 409A Compliance . All payments to be made to Executive upon a termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) of Executive; and phrases in this Agreement such as “termination of employment,” “Executive’s termination,” “terminated,” and similar phrases shall mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. For purposes of Section 409A, (i) each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment; (ii) Executive may not, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment; and (iii) no acceleration of the time and form of payment of any nonqualified deferred compensation to Executive, or any portion thereof, shall be permitted.

3.14           Attorneys’ Fees . In the event any dispute shall arise between Executive and Employer as to the terms or interpretations of this Agreement, whether instituted by formal legal proceedings or otherwise, including any action taken by Executive to enforce the terms of this Agreement or in defending against any action taken by Employer, Employer shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceeding or action, if Executive shall prevail in any action initiated by Executive or shall have acted reasonably and in good faith in defending against any action initiated by Employer. Such reimbursement shall be paid within ten (10) days of Executive’s furnishing to Employer written evidence, which may be in the form, among other things, of a cancelled check or receipt, of any costs or expenses incurred by Executive. Any such request for reimbursement by Executive shall be made no more frequently than at sixty (60) day intervals.

3.15           Joint and Several Obligations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall be joint and several.

3.16           No Excise Tax . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive and Employer agree that in no event shall the present value of all payments, distributions and benefits provided (including, without limitation, the acceleration of exercisability of any stock option) to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise which constitute a “parachute payment” when aggregated with other payments, distributions, and benefits which constitute “parachute payments,” exceed two hundred ninety-nine percent (299%) of Executive’s “base amount.” As used herein, “ parachute payment ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, without regard to Code Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii); and “ base amount ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Code Section 280G and the regulations thereunder as modified by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”) and

  20  
 

Treasury guidance under Section 111 of EESA such that references to “change in ownership or control” are treated as references to an “applicable severance from employment.” If the “ present value ”, as defined in Code Sections 280G(d)(4) and 1274(b)(2), of such aggregate “parachute payments” exceeds the 299% limitation set forth herein, such payments, distributions and benefits shall be reduced by Employer in accordance with the order of priority set forth below so that such reduced amount will result in no portion of the payments, distributions and benefits being subject to Excise Tax. All calculations required to be made under this Section 3.16 shall be made by any nationally recognized accounting firm which is BB&T’s outside auditor immediately prior to the event triggering the payment(s), distribution(s) and benefit(s) described above (the “ Accounting Firm ”). BB&T shall cause the Accounting Firm to provide detailed supporting calculations to BB&T and Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by BB&T. Such payments, distributions and benefits will be reduced by Employer in accordance with the following order of priority: (i) first , “Full Credit Payments” (as defined below) will be reduced in reverse chronological order such that the payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering the reduction will be the first payment to be reduced until such payment is reduced to zero, and then the payment owed on the next latest date following occurrence of the event triggering the reduction will be the second payment to be reduced until such payment is equal to zero, and so forth, until all such Full Credit Payments have been reduced to zero, and (ii) second , “Partial Credit Payments” (as defined below) will be reduced in reverse chronological order in the same manner as “Full Credit Payments” are reduced. “ Full Credit Payment ” means a payment, distribution or benefit, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, that if reduced in value by one dollar ($1.00) reduces the amount of a “parachute payment” by one dollar ($1.00). “Partial Credit Payment” means a payment, distribution or benefit, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, that if reduced in value by one dollar ($1.00) reduces the amount of a parachute payment by an amount that is less than one dollar ($1.00). For clarification purposes only, a “Partial Credit Payment” would include a stock option as to which vesting is accelerated upon an event that triggers the reduction, where the in the money value of the option exceeds the value of the option acceleration that is added to the parachute payment.

3.17           Recitals . The Recitals to this Agreement are a part of this Agreement.

 

 

[The balance of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

  21  
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date, but on the actual dates indicated below.

 

 

BB&T CORPORATION   BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY
         
         
By:          
      By:    
Name:          
      Name:    
Title:          
      Title:    
Date:          
      Date:    

 

 

  WILLIAM BENNETT BRADLEY
         
         
            
      Signature   
       
      Date:    

 

 

 

 

22

Exhibit 10.39  

2016

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This 2016 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of the 1st day of January, 2016, (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among BB&T CORPORATION , a North Carolina corporation (“ BB&T ”), BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY , a North Carolina chartered commercial bank (“ BBTC ”), and DAVID H. WEAVER , an individual (“ Executive ”). BB&T and BBTC are collectively referred to as the “ Employer ”.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , Employer and their Affiliates are engaged in the banking and financial services business; and

WHEREAS , Executive is experienced in, and knowledgeable concerning, the material aspects of such business; and

WHEREAS , Pursuant to the terms of an employment agreement effective as of January 1, 2010, as amended June 9, 2014, (the “ Predecessor Agreement ”), Executive was previously employed as an Executive Vice President of BBTC; and

WHEREAS , effective January 1, 2016, Executive became employed as a Senior Executive Vice President of BB&T and BBTC; and

WHEREAS, BB&T, BBTC and Executive have determined that it is in their respective best interest to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND DUTIES .

1.1               Employment . Employer hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts employment by Employer commencing on the Effective Date, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Executive agrees to serve (i) as an employee of Employer and as an employee of one or more of Employer’s Affiliates; (ii) on such committees and task forces of the Employer (including, without limitation, BB&T’s Executive Management Team), as Executive may be appointed from time to time; and (iii) as a member of the Board of Directors of BB&T and/or BBTC as Executive may be appointed from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the failure to appoint or reappoint Executive to any committee or task force or Board of Directors be considered or treated either as a breach of this Agreement by the Employer or as a termination of Executive’s employment.

 

  1  
 

1.2               Duties . Executive shall serve as a Senior Executive Vice President of BB&T and BBTC, and shall report to a designated Senior Executive Vice President of BB&T and President of BBTC (currently Ricky K. Brown) of Employer. Executive shall have the authority, and perform the duties customarily associated with Executive’s title together with such additional duties of an executive nature as may from time to time be reasonably assigned by the designated Senior Executive Vice President of Employer or Employer’s Boards of Directors. Executive shall devote all of Executive’s business time, attention, knowledge and skills solely to the business and interests of Employer and their Affiliates and shall not be otherwise employed. Executive shall at all times comply with and be subject to such policies and procedures as Employer may establish from time to time including, without limitation, conflict of interest policies. Employer and their Affiliates shall be entitled to all of the benefits, profits and other emoluments arising from or incident to all work, services and advice of Executive, and Executive shall not, during the Term, become interested, directly or indirectly, in any manner, as a partner, officer, director, stockholder, advisor, employee or in any other capacity in any other business similar to the business of Employer and their Affiliates. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed, however, to prevent or limit the right of Executive to invest in a business similar to the business of Employer and their Affiliates if such investment is limited to less than one (1) percent of the capital stock or other securities of any corporation or similar organization whose stock or securities are publicly owned or are regularly traded on any public exchange.

1.3               Term . Subject to the provisions of Section 1.6 below, unless extended or shortened as provided in this Agreement, the term of employment of Executive under this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall continue until the expiration of a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months immediately following the Effective Date (the “ Term ”). As of the first day of each calendar month commencing February 1, 2016, this Agreement and Executive’s employment hereunder, shall be automatically extended (without any further action of or by Employer or Executive) for an additional successive calendar month; provided, however, that on any one month anniversary date, either Employer or Executive may serve notice to the other parties to fix the Term to a definite thirty-six (36) month period from the date of such notice and no further automatic extensions shall occur. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term shall not be extended beyond the first day of the calendar month next following the date on which Executive attains age sixty-five (65). The Term as it may be extended pursuant to this Section 1.3, or, as it may be shortened in accordance with Section 1.6, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Term ”.

1.4               Compensation and Benefits .

1.4.1 Base Salary. In consideration of all of (i) the services rendered to Employer and Employer’s Affiliates hereunder by Executive, and (ii) Executive’s covenants hereunder, Employer shall, during the Term, pay Executive a salary at the annual rate of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) (the “ Base Salary ”), payable in equal cash installments in accordance with Employer’s regular payroll practices, but no less frequently than monthly. The $400,000 annual Base Salary may be increased, but not decreased without the written consent of Executive, from time to time in the sole discretion of Employer and any such increased “Base Salary” shall thereafter constitute “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement, and may not thereafter be reduced without the written consent of Executive.

 

  2  
 

1.4.2 Incentive Compensation. During the Term, Executive shall continue to participate in any bonus or incentive plans of Employer, whether any such plan provides for awards in cash or securities, made available to other executives of Employer similarly situated to Executive, as such plan or plans may be modified from time to time, or such other similar plans for which Executive may become eligible and designated a participant.

1.4.3 Employee Benefits. Executive shall be eligible to participate in such employee benefits plans and programs of Employer (such as retirement, sick leave, vacation, group disability, health, life, and accident insurance) as may be in effect from time to time (and subject to the terms thereof) during the Term as are afforded to other similarly situated executives of BB&T.

If, during the Term, Executive becomes eligible for benefits under the Pension Plan and retires, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the same retiree health care program provided to other retiring employees of BB&T who are also retiring at the same time. During the Compensation Continuance Period, Executive shall be deemed to be an “active employee” of Employer for purposes of participating in BB&T’s health care plan and for purposes of satisfying any age and service requirements under BB&T’s retiree health care program. Thus, if Executive has not satisfied either the age or service requirement (or both) under BB&T’s retiree health care program at the time payment of Executive’s Termination Compensation begins, but satisfies the age or service requirement (or both) at the time such Termination Compensation payments end, Executive shall be deemed to have satisfied the age or service requirement (or both) for purposes of BB&T’s retiree health care program as of the date Executive’s Termination Compensation payments end. For purposes of satisfying any service requirement under BB&T’s retiree health care program, Executive shall be credited with one year of service for each Computation Period which begins and ends during the Compensation Continuance Period.

1.5               Business Expenses . Employer shall, upon receipt from Executive of supporting receipts to the extent required by applicable income tax regulations and Employer’s reimbursement policies, reimburse Executive for all out-of-pocket business expenses reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with Executive’s employment hereunder.

1.6               Termination . Executive’s employment and this Agreement (except as otherwise provided hereunder) shall terminate upon a date (the “ Termination Date ”) that is the earlier of (i) the expiration (as provided in Section 1.3) of the Term, or (ii) the occurrence of any of the following at the time set forth therefor:

1.6.1         Death . Executive’s employment and this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon Executive’s death.

1.6.2         Retirement . Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s Retirement.

1.6.3         Disability. Immediately upon the reasonable determination by Employer that Executive shall have been unable to substantially perform the essential functions of Executive’s duties by reason of a physical or mental disability, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months (“ Disability ”); provided that

  3  
 

prior to any such termination for Disability, the Boards of Directors of Employer shall have given Executive at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of Employer’s intent to terminate Executive due to Disability, and Executive shall not have returned to full-time employment by the thirtieth (30th) day after such notice (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.3 being referred to herein as termination for Disability).

1.6.4         Voluntary Termination . Immediately upon the date specified in Executive’s written notice to Employer’s Boards of Directors of Executive’s voluntary termination of employment; provided, however, that Employer may accelerate the effective date of such termination (and the Termination Date) (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.4 being referred to herein as “ Voluntary Termination ”).

1.6.5         Termination for Just Cause . Immediately following notice of termination for “Just Cause” (as defined below), specifying such Just Cause, given by Employer’s Boards of Directors (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.5 being referred to herein as termination for “Just Cause”). “ Just Cause ” shall mean and be limited to any one or more of the following: Executive’s personal dishonesty; gross incompetence; willful misconduct; breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit; intentional failure to perform stated duties; willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order; conviction of a felony or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; unethical business practices in connection with Employer’s business; misappropriation of Employer’s or their Affiliates’ assets (determined on a reasonable basis) or material breach of any other provision of this Agreement; provided, that Executive has received written notice from Employer of such material breach and such breach remains uncured for a period of thirty (30) days after the delivery of such notice. For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without a reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of Employer.

1.6.6         Termination Without Just Cause . Immediately upon the date specified in a written notice of termination without Just Cause from Employer’s Boards of Directors to Executive (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.6 being referred to herein as termination “ Without Just Cause ”).

1.6.7         Good Reason Termination . Subject to the following, thirty (30) days following the written notice by Executive to Employer’s Boards of Directors described in this Section 1.6.7; provided, however , that during any such thirty (30) day period, Employer may suspend, with no reduction in pay or benefits, Executive from Executive’s duties as set forth herein (including, without limitation, Executive’s position as a representative and agent of Employer and Employer’s Affiliates) (termination pursuant to this Section 1.6.7 being referred to herein as “ Good Reason Termination ”). For purposes of this Section 1.6.7, a Good Reason Termination shall occur when Executive provides written notice to Employer’s Boards of Directors of termination for “ Good Reason ”, which, as used herein, shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s express written consent:

(i) the assignment to Executive of duties inconsistent with the position and status of a Senior Executive Vice President of Employer; or
  4  
 
(ii) a reduction by Employer in Executive’s annual Base Salary as then in effect; or
(iii) the exclusion of Executive from participation in Employer’s employee benefit plans (in which Executive meets the participation eligibility requirements) in effect as of, or adopted or implemented on or after, the Effective Date, as the same may be improved or enhanced from time to time during the Term; or
(iv) any purported termination of the employment of Executive by Employer which is not effected in accordance with this Agreement;

provided, however, that an event shall not constitute Good Reason unless , within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of an event, Executive gives Employer at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such event setting forth a description of the circumstances constituting Good Reason and Employer fails to cure such within the thirty- (30-) day period following Employer’s receipt of such written notice.

1.6.8         No Other Remedies . Termination pursuant to this Agreement shall be in limitation of and with prejudice to any other right or remedy to which Executive may otherwise be entitled at law or in equity against Employer, its affiliates, and its agents, shareholders, employees, officers and directors.

1.6.9         Notice of Termination. A termination of Executive’s employment by Employer or Executive for any reason other than death shall be communicated by a written notice to the other parties, which written notice shall specify the effective date of termination.

1.7              Termination Compensation and Post-Termination Benefits.

1.7.1         Expiration of Term, Retirement, Voluntary Termination, Termination for Just Cause, or Termination for Death . In the case of termination of Executive’s employment hereunder due to the expiration of the Term in accordance with Section 1.6(i) above, or Executive’s death in accordance with Section 1.6.1 above, or Executive’s Retirement in accordance with Section 1.6.2 above, or Executive’s Voluntary Termination of employment hereunder in accordance with Section 1.6.4 above, or a termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for Just Cause in accordance with Section 1.6.5 above, (i) Executive shall not be entitled to receive payment of, and Employer shall have no obligation to pay, any severance or similar compensation attributable to such termination (including, without limitation, Termination Compensation), other than Base Salary earned but unpaid; any bonuses and incentive compensation for the preceding year that was previously earned by Executive but unpaid on the Termination Date; accrued but unused vacation to the extent allowed by BB&T’s vacation pay policy; vested benefits under any Employer sponsored employee benefit plan; and any unreimbursed business expenses pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof incurred by Executive as of the Termination Date; (ii) Employer’s other obligations under this Agreement shall immediately cease; and (iii) except for termination as a result of Executive’s death, Executive agrees to

  5  
 

comply with Executive’s Section 2 covenants (including, without limitation, compliance with the noncompetition and nonsolicitation covenants of Section 2) for a one (1) year period following Executive’s Termination Date.

1.7.2         Termination for Disability . In the case of a termination of Executive’s employment hereunder for Disability in accordance with Section 1.6.3 above, during the first twelve (12) consecutive months of the period of Executive’s Disability, Executive shall continue to earn all compensation (including bonuses and incentive compensation) to which Executive would have been entitled if Executive had not been disabled, such compensation to be paid at the time, in the amount, and in the manner provided in Section 1.4, inclusive of any compensation received pursuant to any applicable disability insurance plan of Employer. Thereafter, Executive shall receive only compensation to which Executive is entitled under any applicable disability insurance plan of Employer; and Executive shall have no right to receive any other compensation (such as Termination Compensation) or other benefits upon or after Executive’s Termination Date. In the event a dispute arises between Executive and Employer concerning Executive’s Disability or ability to continue or return to the performance of his duties as aforesaid, Executive shall submit, at the expense of Employer, to examination of a competent physician mutually agreeable to the parties, and such physician’s opinion as to Executive’s capability to so perform shall be final and binding upon Employer and Executive.

1.7.3         Termination Without Just Cause . In the case of a termination of Executive’s employment hereunder Without Just Cause in accordance with Section 1.6.6, Executive shall be entitled to the following in lieu of any other compensation or benefits (under Section 1.4 of this Agreement or otherwise) from Employer:

(i) Executive shall receive Termination Compensation each month during the Compensation Continuance Period, subject, however, to Executive’s compliance with Executive’s Section 2 covenants (including, without limitation, compliance with the noncompetition and nonsolicitation covenants of Section 2) for a one (1) year period following Executive’s Termination Date.
(ii) Employer shall use their best efforts to accelerate vesting of any unvested benefits of Executive under any employee stock-based or other benefit plan or arrangement to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A or other applicable law and the terms of such plan or arrangement.
(iii) Employer shall make available to Executive, at Employer’s cost, outplacement services by such entity or person as shall be designated by Employer, with the cost to Employer of such outplacement services not to exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000).
(iv) During the Compensation Continuance Period, Executive shall either continue to participate (treating Executive as an “active employee” of Employer for this purpose) in the same group
  6  
 

hospitalization plan, health care plan, dental care plan, life or other insurance or death benefit plan, and any other present or future similar group employee benefit plan or program for which officers of Employer generally are eligible, on the same terms as were in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date, or, to the extent such participation is not permitted by any group plan insurer, under comparable individual plans and coverage (to the extent commercially available).

The Termination Compensation and other benefits provided for in this Section 1.7.3 shall be paid by Employer in accordance with the standard payroll practices and procedures in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date. If Executive breaches Executive’s obligations under Section 1.7.3 or Section 2 of this Agreement, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further Termination Compensation or benefits pursuant to this Section 1.7.3 from and after the date of such breach.

1.7.4         Good Reason Termination . A Good Reason Termination under Section 1.6.7 shall entitle Executive to the following in lieu of any other compensation or benefits (under Section 1.4 of this Agreement or otherwise) from Employer:

(i) Executive shall receive Termination Compensation each month during the Compensation Continuance Period, subject, however, to Executive’s compliance with his Section 2 covenants (including, without limitation, compliance with the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions of Section 2) for a one (1) year period following Executive’s Termination Date.
(ii) Employer shall use their best efforts to accelerate vesting of any unvested benefits of Executive under any employee stock-based or other benefit plan or arrangement to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A or other applicable law and the terms of such plan or arrangement.
(iii) Employer shall make available to Executive, at Employer’s cost, outplacement services by such entity or person as shall be designated by Employer, with the cost to Employer of such outplacement services not to exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000).
(iv) During the Compensation Continuance Period, Executive shall either continue to participate (treating Executive as an “active employee” of Employer for this purpose) in the same group hospitalization plan, health care plan, dental care plan, life or other insurance or death benefit plan, and any other present or future similar group employee benefit plan or program for which officers of Employer generally are eligible, on the same terms as were in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date, or, to the extent such
  7  
 

participation is not permitted by any group plan insurer, under comparable individual plans and coverage (to the extent commercially available).

The Termination Compensation and other benefits provided for in this Section 1.7.4 shall be paid by Employer in accordance with the standard payroll practices and procedures in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date. If Executive breaches Executive’s obligations under Section 1.7.4 or Section 2 of this Agreement, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further Termination Compensation or benefits pursuant to this Section 1.7.4 from and after the date of such breach.

1.7.5         Change of Control. If the employment of Executive is terminated for any reason other than Just Cause or on account of Executive’s death, regardless of whether Employer or Executive initiates such termination, within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (or, if later, within ninety (90) days after a MOE Revocation), Executive shall be entitled to the following Termination Compensation and benefits in lieu of any other compensation or benefits (under Section 1.4 of this Agreement or otherwise) from Employer:

(i) Executive shall receive Termination Compensation each month during the Compensation Continuance Period.
(ii) Employer shall use their best efforts to accelerate vesting of any unvested benefits of Executive under any employee stock-based or other benefit plan or arrangement to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A or other applicable law and the term of such plan or arrangement.
(iii) Employer shall make available to Executive, at Employer’s cost, outplacement services by such entity or person as shall be designated by Employer, with the cost to Employer of such outplacement services not to exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000).
(iv) During the Compensation Continuance Period, Executive shall either continue to participate (treating Executive as an “active employee” of Employer for this purpose) in the same group hospitalization plan, health care plan, dental care plan, life or other insurance or death benefit plan, and any other present or future similar group employee benefit plan or program for which officers of Employer generally are eligible on the same terms as were in effect either (A) at his Termination Date, or (B) if such plans and programs in effect prior to the Change of Control or prior to the MOE Revocation were, considered together as a whole, materially more generous to the officers of Employer, than at the date of the Change of Control or at the date of the MOE Revocation, as the case may be; or, to the extent such participation is not permitted by
  8  
 

any group plan insurer, under comparable individual plans and coverage (to the extent commercially available).

The Termination Compensation and other benefits provided for in this Section 1.7.5 shall be paid by Employer in accordance with the standard payroll practices and procedures in effect prior to Executive’s Termination Date, a Change of Control or MOE Revocation, as appropriate. If Executive incurs a termination of employment pursuant to this Section 1.7.5, Executive shall be subject to all of the provisions of Section 2 other than the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions thereof. If Executive breaches Executive’s obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement, exclusive of the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions thereof, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any further Termination Compensation or benefits pursuant to this Section 1.7.5 from and after the date of such breach.

Should the circumstances of the termination of the employment of Executive result in application of both Section 1.7.3 or Section 1.7.4 and this Section 1.7.5, this Section 1.7.5 shall be deemed to apply and control.

1.7.6         No Termination of Continuing Obligations . Termination of Executive’s employment relationship with Employer in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement does not terminate those obligations imposed by this Agreement which are continuing obligations, including, without limitation, Executive’s obligations under Section 2; provided, however, that the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions of Section 2.1 shall be inapplicable upon Executive’s Termination Date if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 1.7.5. Any provision of this Agreement which by its terms obligates Employer to make payments subsequent to termination of Executive’s Employment Term shall survive any such termination.

1.7.7         SERP . Executive is a participant in the BB&T Corporation Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan (the “ SERP ”). The SERP was formerly known as the Branch Banking and Trust Company Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. The SERP is a non-qualified, unfunded supplemental retirement plan which provides benefits to or on behalf of selected key management employees. The benefits provided under the SERP supplement the retirement and survivor benefits payable from the Pension Plan. Except in the event the employment of Executive is terminated by the Employer or BB&T for Just Cause and except in the event Executive terminates Executive’s employment for any reason other than Good Reason and such termination does not occur within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control (or, if later, within ninety (90) days after a MOE Revocation), the following special provisions shall apply for purposes of this Agreement:

(i) The provisions of the SERP shall be and hereby are incorporated in this Agreement. The SERP, as applied to Executive, may not be terminated, modified or amended without the express written consent of Executive. Thus, any amendment or modification to the SERP or the termination of the SERP shall be ineffective as to Executive unless Executive consents in writing to such termination, modification or amendment. The Supplemental Pension Benefit (as defined in the SERP) of Executive shall not be adversely affected because of any modification, amendment or
  9  
 

termination of the SERP. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Section 1.7.7(i) and the SERP, the provisions of this Section 1.7.7(i) shall prevail. Executive hereby agrees and consents to Employer’s amendment of the SERP to comply with Section 409A.

2. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS OF EXECUTIVE .

2.1               Noncompetition . Executive acknowledges and agrees that the duties and responsibilities to be performed by Executive under this Agreement are of a special and unusual character which have a unique value to Employer and their Affiliates, the loss of which cannot be adequately compensated by damages in any action in law. As a consequence of his unique position as Senior Executive Vice President of Employer, Executive also acknowledges and agrees that Executive will have broad access to Confidential Information, that Confidential Information will in fact be developed by Executive in the course of performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and that the Confidential Information furnishes a competitive advantage in many situations and constitutes, separately and in the aggregate, valuable, special and unique assets of Employer and their Affiliates. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the unique and proprietary knowledge and information possessed by, or which will be disclosed to, or developed by, Executive in the course of Executive’s employment will be such that Executive’s breach of the covenants contained in this Section 2.1 would immeasurably and irreparably damage Employer and their Affiliates regardless of where in the Restricted Area the activities constituting such breach were to occur. Thus, Executive acknowledges and agrees that it is both reasonable and necessary for the covenants in this Section 2.1 to apply to Executive’s activities throughout the Restricted Area. In recognition of the special and unusual character of the duties and responsibilities of Executive under this Agreement and as a material inducement to Employer to continue to employ Executive in this special and unique capacity, Executive covenants and agrees that, to the extent and subject to the limitations provided in this Section 2 (whichever portion may be applicable), including the limitation on the duration of the covenants therein contained, during the Term and upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, or upon the expiration of the Term, Executive shall not, on Executive’s own account or as an employee, associate, consultant, partner, agent, principal, contractor, owner, officer, director, member, manager or stockholder of any other Person who is engaged in the Business (collectively, the “ Restricted Persons ”), directly or indirectly, alone, for, or in combination with any one or more Restricted Persons, in one or a series of transactions:

(i) serve in any capacity of any Person who is engaged in the Business in any state in the Restricted Area and who is a direct competitor of Employer or of any Affiliate of Employer who is also engaged in the Business;

(ii) provide consultative services to any Person who is engaged in the Business in any state in the Restricted Area and who is a direct competitor of Employer or of any Affiliate of Employer who is also engaged in the Business;

(iii) call upon any of the depositors, customers or clients of Employer (or of any Affiliate who is also engaged in the Business) who were such at any time during the twelve-month period ending on the Termination Date whose needs Executive gained

  10  
 

information about during Executive’s employment with Employer for the purpose of soliciting or providing any product or service similar to that provided by Employer or their Affiliates;

(iv) solicit, divert, or take away, or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any of the depositors, customers or clients of Employer (or of any Affiliate who is also engaged in the Business) who were such at any time during the twelve-month period ending on the Termination Date whose needs Executive gained information about during Executive’s employment with Employer; or

(v) induce or attempt to induce any employee of Employer or their Affiliates to terminate employment with Employer or their Affiliates.

Nothing in this Section 2.1 shall be read to prohibit an investment described in the last sentence of Section 1.2.

2.2               Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information; Non-Disparagement . During the Term and at any time thereafter, and except as required by any court, supervisory authority or administrative agency or as may be otherwise required by applicable law, Executive shall not, without the written consent of the Boards of Directors of Employer, or a person authorized thereby, communicate, furnish, divulge or disclose to any Person, other than an employee of Employer or an Affiliate thereof, or a Person to whom communication or disclosure is reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance by Executive of Executive’s duties as an employee of Employer, any Confidential Information obtained by Executive while in the employ of Employer or any Affiliate, unless and until such information has become a matter of public knowledge at the time of such disclosure. Executive shall use Executive’s best efforts to prevent the removal of any Confidential Information from the premises of Employer or any of their Affiliates, except as required in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties as an employee of Employer. Executive acknowledges and agrees that (i) all Confidential Information (whether now or hereafter existing) conceived, discovered or developed by Executive during the Term belongs exclusively to Employer and not to him; (ii) that Confidential Information is intended to provide rights to Employer in addition to, not in lieu of, those rights Employer and their Affiliates have under the common law and applicable statutes for the protection of trade secrets and confidential information; and (iii) that Confidential Information includes information and materials that may not be explicitly identified or marked as confidential or proprietary. In addition, during the Term and at any time thereafter, Executive shall not make any disparaging remarks, or any remarks that could reasonably be construed as disparaging, regarding Employer or any of their Affiliates, or their officers, directors, employees, partners, or agents. Executive shall not take any action or provide information or issue statements, to the media or otherwise, or cause anyone else to take any action or provide information or issue statements, to the media or otherwise, regarding Employer or any of their Affiliates or their officers, directors, employees, partners, or agents.

2.3               Use of Unauthorized Software . During the Term, Executive shall not knowingly load any unauthorized software into Executive’s computer (whether personal or owned by Employer). Executive may request that Employer purchase, register and install certain software or other digital intellectual property, but Executive may not copy or install such

  11  
 

software or intellectual property himself. Executive acknowledges that certain software and digital intellectual property is Confidential Information of Employer and Executive agrees, in accordance with Section 2.2, to keep such software and intellectual property confidential and not to use it except in furtherance of Employer’s Business or the operations of Employer or its Affiliates.

2.4               Removal of Materials . During the Term and at any time thereafter, and except as may be required or deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance by Executive of Executive’s duties as an employee of Employer, Executive shall not copy, dispose of or remove from Employer or their Affiliates any depositor, customer or client lists, software, computer programs or other digital intellectual property, books, records, forms, data, manuals, handbooks or any other papers or writings relating to the Business or the operations of Employer or their Affiliates.

2.5               Work Product . Employer alone shall be entitled to all benefits, profits and results arising from or incidental to Executive’s Work Product (as defined in this section 2.5). To the greatest extent possible, any work product, property, data, documentation, inventions or information or materials prepared, conceived, discovered, developed or created by Executive in connection with performing Executive’s responsibilities during the Term (“ Work Product ”) shall be deemed to be “work made for hire” as defined in the Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C.A.§ 101 et seq. , as amended, and owned exclusively by Employer. Executive hereby unconditionally and irrevocably transfers and assigns to Employer all intellectual property or other rights, title and interest Executive may currently have (or in the future may have) by operation of law or otherwise in or to any Work Product. Executive agrees to execute and deliver to Employer any transfers, assignments, documents or other instruments which may reasonably be necessary or appropriate to vest complete title and ownership of any Work Product and all associated rights exclusively in Employer. Employer shall have the right to adapt, change, revise, delete from, add to and/or rearrange the Work Product or any part thereof written or created by Executive, and to combine the same with other works to any extent, and to change or substitute the title thereof, and in this connection Executive hereby waives the “moral rights” of authors as that term is commonly understood throughout the world including, without limitation, any similar rights or principles of law which Executive may now or later have by virtue of the law of any locality, state, nation, treaty, convention or other source. Unless otherwise specifically agreed, Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation in addition to that provided for in this Agreement for any exercise by Employer of its rights set forth in this Section 2.5. In the event any Work Product qualifies for protection under the United States Patent Act, 35 U.S.C. § 1 et. seq. , as amended, and Executive agrees to bear the cost of seeking a patent from the U.S. Patent Office, Employer agrees, upon the issuance of such patent and upon receipt from Executive of reimbursement of all costs and expenses related to obtaining such patent, to assign the patent to Executive. Executive hereby grants to Employer a royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable license to any such patent obtained by Executive in accordance with the preceding sentence.

2.6               Interpretation; Remedies . Consistent with Section 3.8 of this Agreement, the covenants contained in this Section 2 (the “ Covenants ”) shall be construed and interpreted in any judicial proceeding to permit their enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law and each of the Covenants is severable and independently enforceable without reference to the enforceability of any other Covenants. Further, if any provision of the Covenants or of this

  12  
 

Section 2 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be overbroad as written, Executive specifically agrees that the court should modify such provision in order to make it enforceable, and that a court should view each such provision as severable and enforce those severable provisions deemed reasonable by such court. Executive agrees that the restraints imposed by this Section 2 are fair and necessary to prevent Executive from unfairly taking advantage of contacts established, nurtured, serviced, enhanced or promoted and knowledge gained during Executive’s employment with Employer and their Affiliates, and are necessary for the reasonable and proper protection of Employer and their Affiliates and that each and every one of the restraints is reasonable with respect to the activities prohibited, the duration thereof, the Restricted Area, the scope thereof, and the effect thereof on Executive and the general public. Executive acknowledges that the Covenants will not cause an undue burden on Executive. Executive further acknowledges that violation of any one or more of the Covenants would immeasurably and irreparably damage Employer and their Affiliates, and, accordingly, Executive agrees that for any violation or threatened violation of any of such Covenants, Employer shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to it, at law or otherwise (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages from Executive), be entitled to specific performance and an injunction to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining and restraining Executive from committing any violation or threatened violation of the Covenants. Executive hereby consents to the issuance of such injunction and agrees to submit to the equitable jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction, without reference to whether Executive resides or does business in that jurisdiction at the time such injunction is sought or entered.

2.7               Notice of Covenants . Executive agrees that prior to accepting employment with any other Person during the Term or during the two-year period following the termination of his employment with Employer, Executive shall provide Employer with written notice of his intent to accept such employment, which notice shall include the name of the prospective employer, the business engaged in or to be engaged in by the prospective employer, and the position Executive intends to accept with the prospective employer. In addition, Executive shall provide such prospective employer with written notice of the existence of this Agreement and the Covenants.

3. MISCELLANEOUS.

3.1               Notices . All notices, requests, and other communications to any party under this Agreement must be in writing (including telefacsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to such party at his, her or its address or telefacsimile number set forth below or at such other address or telefacsimile number as such party may hereafter specify for the purpose of giving notice to the other party:

 

If to the Executive, to:

 

 

  13  
 

If to the Employer, to:

 

BB&T Corporation

Branch Banking and Trust Company

200 West Second Street

Winston-Salem, NC 27101

Facsimile: (336) 733-2189

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

Each such notice, request, demand or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with first class postage prepaid, addressed as aforesaid or (ii) if given by any other means, when delivered at the address specified in this Section 3.1. Delivery of any notice, request, demand or other communication by telefacsimile shall be effective when received if received during normal business hours on a business day. If received after normal business hours, the notice, request, demand or other communication will be effective at 10:00 a.m. on the next business day.

3.2               Entire Agreement . This Agreement expresses the whole and entire agreement between the parties with reference to the employment and service of Executive and supersedes and replaces any prior employment agreements (including, without limitation, the Predecessor Agreement), understandings or arrangements (whether written or oral) among Employer and Executive. Without limiting the foregoing, Executive agrees that this Agreement satisfies any rights Executive may have had under any prior agreement or understanding (including, without limitation, the Predecessor Agreement) with Employer with respect to Executive’s employment by Employer.

3.3               Waiver; Modification . No waiver or modification of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, or limitation herein contained shall be valid unless in writing and duly executed by the party to be charged therewith. No evidence of any waiver or modification shall be offered or received in evidence at any proceeding, arbitration, or litigation between the parties hereto arising out of or affecting this Agreement, or the rights or obligations of the parties hereunder, unless such waiver or modification is in writing, duly executed as aforesaid. The parties further agree that the provisions of this Section 3.3 may not be waived except as herein set forth.

3.4               Amendment . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, or modified only by a written instrument duly executed by or on behalf of each party hereto.

3.5               No Third Party Beneficiary . The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and Employer’s successors or assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person.

3.6               No Assignment; Binding Effect; No Attachment . This Agreement and the obligations undertaken herein shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successors or assigns of Employer, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives. Executive shall not be

  14  
 

entitled to assign or delegate any of Executive’s obligations or rights under this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.6 shall preclude Executive from designating a beneficiary to receive any benefit payable under this Agreement upon Executive’s death. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or required by applicable law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge or hypothecation or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.

3.7               Headings . The headings of paragraphs and sections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

3.8               Severability . Employer and Executive intend all provisions of this Agreement to be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. Accordingly, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the scope and/or operation of any provision of this Agreement is too broad to be enforced as written, Employer and Executive intend that the court should reform such provision to such narrower scope and/or operation as it determines to be enforceable. If, however, any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable under present or future law, and not subject to reformation, then (i) such provision shall be fully severable, (ii) this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision was never a part of this Agreement, and (iii) the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provisions or by their severance.

3.9               Governing Law . The parties intend that this Agreement and the performance hereunder and all suits and special proceedings hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with and under and pursuant to the laws of the State of North Carolina without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof and that in any action, special proceeding or other proceeding that may be brought arising out of, in connection with, or by reason of this Agreement, the laws of the State of North Carolina shall be applicable and shall govern to the exclusion of the law of any other forum. Any action, special proceeding or other proceeding with respect to this Agreement shall be brought exclusively in the federal or state courts of the State of North Carolina, and by execution and delivery of this Agreement, Executive and Employer irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of those courts and Executive hereby submits to personal jurisdiction in the State of North Carolina. Executive and Employer irrevocably waive any objection, including any objection based on lack of jurisdiction, improper venue or forum non conveniens, which either may now or hereafter have to the bringing of any action or proceeding in such jurisdiction in respect to this Agreement or any transaction related hereto. Executive and Employer acknowledge and agree that any service of legal process by mail in the manner provided for notices under this Agreement constitutes proper legal service of process under applicable law in any action or proceeding under or in respect to this Agreement.

3.10           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

  15  
 

3.11           Withholding . Employer shall deduct and withhold all federal, state, local and employment taxes and any other similar sums required by applicable law, or in accordance with the applicable provisions of Employer’s employee benefit plans, to be withheld from any payments made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

3.12           Definitions . Wherever used in this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Recitals, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below (unless otherwise indicated by the context) and such meanings shall be applicable to both the singular and plural form (except where otherwise expressly indicated):

a.                   “Affiliate” means a Person or person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person or person.

b.                   Business ” means the banking business, which business includes, but is not limited to, the consumer, savings, and commercial banking business; the trust business; the savings and loan business; and the mortgage banking business.

c.                    “Change of Control” the earliest of the following dates:

(i) the date any person or group of persons (as defined in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) together with its Affiliates, excluding employee benefit plans of Employer, is or becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of securities of BB&T representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of BB&T’s then outstanding voting securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of BB&T by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by BB&T); or
(ii) the date when, as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of BB&T (other than such an offer by BB&T for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who at the beginning of any two-year period during the Term constitute BB&T’s Board of Directors, plus new directors whose election or nomination for election by BB&T’s shareholders is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors still in office who were directors at the beginning of such two-year period (“ Continuing Directors ”), cease for any reason during such two-year period to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of such Board of Directors; or
  16  
 
(iii) the date the shareholders of BB&T approve a merger, share exchange or consolidation of BB&T with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of BB&T outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of BB&T or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
(iv) the date the shareholders of BB&T approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of BB&T or an agreement for the sale or disposition by BB&T of all or substantially all of BB&T’s assets; or
(v) the date of any event (other than a “merger of equals” as hereinafter described in this Section 3.12.c) which BB&T’s Board of Directors determines should constitute a Change of Control.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change of Control” shall not include any event which the Board of Directors of BB&T (or, if the event described in clause (ii) above has occurred, a majority of the Continuing Directors), prior to the occurrence of such event, specifically determines, for the purpose of this Agreement or employment agreements with other executives that contain substantially similar provisions, is a “merger of equals” (regardless of the form of the transaction), unless a majority of the Continuing Directors revokes such specific determination within one year after occurrence of the event that otherwise would constitute a Change in Control (a “ MOE Revocation ”). The parties to this Agreement agree that any determination concerning whether a transaction is a “merger of equals” shall be solely within the discretion of the Board of Directors of BB&T or a majority of the Continuing Directors, as the case may be.

d.                   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules and regulations issued thereunder.

e.                    “Commencement Month” means the first day of the calendar month next following the month in which Executive’s Termination Date occurs.

f.                    “Compensation Continuance Period” means the time period commencing with the Commencement Month and ending on the earlier of (1) or (2), where (1) is the first day of the month in which the Employee attains age sixty-five (65), and (2) is the date that coincides with the expiration of the thirty-six (36) consecutive month period which began with the Commencement Month or, if the Term had previously been fixed by the Employee to a definite three- (3-) year period, the expiration of the remaining period in such fixed Term.

  17  
 

g.                   “Computation Period” means the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning with the Commencement Month and, thereafter, beginning with each annual anniversary of the Commencement Month.

h.                   “Confidential Information” means all non-public information that has been created, discovered, obtained, developed or otherwise become known to Employer or their Affiliates other than through public sources, including, but not limited to, all competitively-sensitive information, all inventions, processes, data, computer programs, software, databases, know-how, digital intellectual property, marketing plans, business and sales plans and strategies, training programs and procedures, acquisition prospects, customer lists, diagrams and charts and similar items, depositor lists, clients lists, credit information, budgets, projections, new products, information covered by the Trade Secrets Protection Act, N.C. Gen. Stat., Chapter 66, §§152 to 162, and other information owned by the Employer or their Affiliates which is not public information.

i.                     “Excise Tax” means the excise tax on excess parachute payments under Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor or similar provision thereof), including any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax.

j.                     “Pension Plan” means the BB&T Corporation Pension Plan, a tax qualified defined benefit pension plan, as the same may either be amended from time to time or terminated

k.                   “Person” means any individual, person, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation, company, firm, group or other entity.

l.                     Restricted Area ” means the continental United States.

m.                 Retirement ” and “ retires ” means voluntary termination by Executive of Executive’s employment with Employer upon satisfaction of the requirements for early retirement or normal retirement under the Pension Plan.

n.                   “Termination Compensation” means a monthly cash amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the highest amount of the annual cash compensation (including cash bonuses and other cash-based compensation, including for these purposes amounts earned or payable whether or not deferred) received by Executive during any one of the three (3) calendar years immediately preceding the calendar year in which Executive’s Termination Date occurs; provided, that if the cash compensation received by Executive during the Termination Year exceeds the highest amount of the annual cash compensation received by Executive during any one of the immediately preceding three (3) consecutive calendar years, the cash compensation received by Executive during the Termination Year shall be deemed to be Executive’s highest amount of annual cash compensation. In no event shall Executive’s Termination Compensation include equity-based compensation (e.g., income realized as a result of Executive’s exercise of non-qualified stock options or other stock based benefits).

o.                   “Termination Date” means the date Executive’s employment with Employer is terminated, and which termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

  18  
 

p.                   “Termination Year” means the calendar year in which Executive’s Termination Date occurs.

3.13           Code Section 409A .

3.13.1     In General. To the extent applicable, the parties hereto intend that this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, or other interpretative authority thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) or an exemption or exclusion therefrom. The parties hereby agree that this Agreement shall be construed in a manner to comply with Section 409A and that should any provision be found not in compliance with Section 409A, the parties are hereby contractually obligated to execute any and all amendments to this Agreement deemed necessary and required by legal counsel for Employer to achieve compliance with Section 409A. By execution and delivery of this Agreement, Executive irrevocably waives any objections Executive may have to the amendments required by Section 409A.

3.13.2     Specified Employee . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of Executive’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A) Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A and the Company’s specified employee identification policy) and if any payment, reimbursement and/or in-kind benefit that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) is deemed to be triggered by Executive’s separation from service, then, to the extent one or more exceptions to Section 409A are inapplicable (including, without limitation, the exception under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) relating to separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service and its requirement that installments must be paid no later than the last day of the second taxable year following the taxable year in which such an employee incurs the involuntary separation from service), all payments, reimbursements, and in-kind benefits that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) to Executive shall not be paid or provided to Executive during the six- (6-) month period following Executive’s separation from service, and (i) such postponed payment and/or reimbursement/in-kind amounts shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service; (ii) any amounts payable to Executive after the expiration of such six- (6-) month period shall continue to be paid to Executive in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that any group hospitalization plan, health care plan, dental care plan, life or other insurance or death benefit plan, and any other present or future similar group executive benefit plan or program or any lump sum cash out thereof is nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A), Executive shall pay for such benefits from his Termination Date until the first day of the seventh month following the month of Executive’s separation from service, at which time the Company shall reimburse Executive for such payments. If Executive dies during such six- (6-) month period and prior to the payment of such postponed amounts of nonqualified deferred compensation, only the amount of nonqualified deferred compensation equal to the number of whole months that Executive lived shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive’s estate or, if applicable, to Executive’s designated beneficiary within thirty (30) days after the date of Executive’s death.

3.13.3     Reimbursements and In-Kind Benefits . Notwithstanding any other provision of the applicable plans and programs, all reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided

  19  
 

under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that (i) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement and the provision of benefits in kind during a calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the provision of in-kind benefits in any other calendar year; (ii) the reimbursement for an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred; (iii) the right to reimbursement or right to in-kind benefit is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit; and (iv) each reimbursement payment or provision of in-kind benefit shall be one of a series of separate payments (and each shall be construed as a separate identified payment) for purposes of Section 409A.

3.13.4     Miscellaneous Section 409A Compliance . All payments to be made to Executive upon a termination of employment may only be made upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) of Executive; and phrases in this Agreement such as “termination of employment,” “Executive’s termination,” “terminated,” and similar phrases shall mean a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. For purposes of Section 409A, (i) each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment; (ii) Executive may not, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment; and (iii) no acceleration of the time and form of payment of any nonqualified deferred compensation to Executive, or any portion thereof, shall be permitted.

3.14           Attorneys’ Fees . In the event any dispute shall arise between Executive and Employer as to the terms or interpretations of this Agreement, whether instituted by formal legal proceedings or otherwise, including any action taken by Executive to enforce the terms of this Agreement or in defending against any action taken by Employer, Employer shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from such dispute, proceeding or action, if Executive shall prevail in any action initiated by Executive or shall have acted reasonably and in good faith in defending against any action initiated by Employer. Such reimbursement shall be paid within ten (10) days of Executive’s furnishing to Employer written evidence, which may be in the form, among other things, of a cancelled check or receipt, of any costs or expenses incurred by Executive. Any such request for reimbursement by Executive shall be made no more frequently than at sixty (60) day intervals.

3.15           Joint and Several Obligations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, all obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall be joint and several.

3.16           No Excise Tax . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Executive and Employer agree that in no event shall the present value of all payments, distributions and benefits provided (including, without limitation, the acceleration of exercisability of any stock option) to Executive or for Executive’s benefit (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise which constitute a “parachute payment” when aggregated with other payments, distributions, and benefits which constitute “parachute payments,” exceed two hundred ninety-nine percent (299%) of Executive’s “base amount.” As used herein, “ parachute payment ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, without regard to Code Section 280G(b)(2)(A)(ii); and “ base amount ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Code Section 280G and the regulations thereunder as modified by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“ EESA ”) and

  20  
 

Treasury guidance under Section 111 of EESA such that references to “change in ownership or control” are treated as references to an “applicable severance from employment.” If the “ present value ”, as defined in Code Sections 280G(d)(4) and 1274(b)(2), of such aggregate “parachute payments” exceeds the 299% limitation set forth herein, such payments, distributions and benefits shall be reduced by Employer in accordance with the order of priority set forth below so that such reduced amount will result in no portion of the payments, distributions and benefits being subject to Excise Tax. All calculations required to be made under this Section 3.16 shall be made by any nationally recognized accounting firm which is BB&T’s outside auditor immediately prior to the event triggering the payment(s), distribution(s) and benefit(s) described above (the “ Accounting Firm ”). BB&T shall cause the Accounting Firm to provide detailed supporting calculations to BB&T and Executive. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by BB&T. Such payments, distributions and benefits will be reduced by Employer in accordance with the following order of priority: (i) first , “Full Credit Payments” (as defined below) will be reduced in reverse chronological order such that the payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering the reduction will be the first payment to be reduced until such payment is reduced to zero, and then the payment owed on the next latest date following occurrence of the event triggering the reduction will be the second payment to be reduced until such payment is equal to zero, and so forth, until all such Full Credit Payments have been reduced to zero, and (ii) second , “Partial Credit Payments” (as defined below) will be reduced in reverse chronological order in the same manner as “Full Credit Payments” are reduced. “ Full Credit Payment ” means a payment, distribution or benefit, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, that if reduced in value by one dollar ($1.00) reduces the amount of a “parachute payment” by one dollar ($1.00). “Partial Credit Payment” means a payment, distribution or benefit, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, that if reduced in value by one dollar ($1.00) reduces the amount of a parachute payment by an amount that is less than one dollar ($1.00). For clarification purposes only, a “Partial Credit Payment” would include a stock option as to which vesting is accelerated upon an event that triggers the reduction, where the in the money value of the option exceeds the value of the option acceleration that is added to the parachute payment.

3.17           Recitals . The Recitals to this Agreement are a part of this Agreement.

 

 

[The balance of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

  21  
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date, but on the actual dates indicated below.

 

 

BB&T CORPORATION   BRANCH BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY
         
         
By:          
      By:    
Name:          
      Name:    
Title:          
      Title:    
Date:          
      Date:    

 

 

 

  DAVID H. WEAVER
         
         
            
      Signature   
       
      Date:    

 

 

 

 

 

 

22